Citation
Undergraduate and graduate catalog

Material Information

Title:
Undergraduate and graduate catalog
Cover title:
Catalog of undergraduate and graduate studies
Cover title:
Undergraduate and graduate studies
Creator:
University of Colorado at Denver
Place of Publication:
Denver, Colo
Publisher:
University of Colorado at Denver
Publication Date:
Language:
English
Physical Description:
32 v. : ill. ; 28 cm.

Subjects

Subjects / Keywords:
Universities and colleges -- Curricula -- Catalogs -- Colorado -- Denver ( lcsh )
Education -- Curricula ( fast )
Universities and colleges -- Curricula ( fast )
Universities and colleges -- Graduate work ( fast )
Colorado -- Denver ( fast )
Genre:
Catalogs. ( fast )
Catalogs ( fast )

Notes

General Note:
Cover title varies: 1987-88, Catalog of undergraduate and graduate studies; 1988-89, Undergraduate and graduate studies.
Statement of Responsibility:
University of Colorado at Denver.

Record Information

Source Institution:
Auraria Library
Holding Location:
Auraria Library
Rights Management:
All applicable rights reserved by the source institution and holding location.
Resource Identifier:
19093218 ( OCLC )
ocm19093218
Classification:
LD1192 .A2 ( lcc )

Related Items

Succeeded by:
University of Colorado Denver Downtown Campus catalog

Auraria Membership

Aggregations:
Auraria Library

Downloads

This item has the following downloads:


Full Text
197877
ARCHIVES AURARIA LIBRARY
UNIVERSITY OF COLORADO BULLETIN


Contents
General Information.................................. 1
Academic Calendar.................................... 1
College of Liberal Arts and
Sciences......................................... 12
Division of Arts and Humanities.................. 16
Division of Natural and
Physical Sciences ............................. 23
Division of Social Sciences.......................31
Ethnic Programs.................................. 39
Special Programs ................................ 41
Preprofessional Programs..........................42
College of Business and
Administration and Graduate
School of Business Administration.................43
School of Education..................................59
College of Engineering and
Applied Science ................................. 61
College of Environmental Design......................82
College of Music ................................... 88
Graduate School..................................... 90
Graduate School of Public Affairs.................. 125
Administrative Officers ........................... 135
Index.............................................. 137
This bulletin contains general information and course descriptions. Students should consult the appropriate Schedule of Courses for day, time, and meeting place of classes as well as particular registration information.
General Series No. 1808. Published five times monthly by the University of Colorado. Second class postage paid at
University of Colorado Bulletin.
1200 University Avenue, Boulder, Colorado 80309. Vol. LXXV, No. 44, September 20, 1975 General Series No. 1808. Published five times month the University of Colorado. Second class postage pa Boulder, Colorado.



University of Colorado at Denver 1100 Fourteenth Street Denver, Colorado 80202 Telephone: 892-1117
Second-Class Postage Paid at the Post Office Boulder, Colorado 80302


General Information
UCD ACADEMIC CALENDAR*
i
Deadline Dates for Applications for Admission
The application deadline dates indicated herein will be observed provided space is available for the term indicated. The University reserves the right to change these dates in accordance with prevailing enrollment patterns. Interested applicants are encouraged to apply as early as possible for the term desired. All credentials required in the admission process must be on file with the Office of Admissions and Records by the deadline date if consideration for admission is to be made for the term desired. Applicants who are unable to complete the filing of required credentials for one term may elect to have their admission consideration date moved forward to the next or any subsequent term. Transfer applicants should take into account the time involved in having official transcripts sent from collegiate institutions attended previously and apply sufficiently in advance of the application deadline to insure that these documents are on file by the required date. Foreign applicants are advised that 120 days are usually required for credentials to arrive in this office from most international locations.
Fall Semester Spring Semester
1976 1977
New Undergraduate Students June 15 Oct. 1
Former University of Colorado students July 15 Nov. 1
Special students June 15 Oct. 1
Special to degree student status change June 15 Oct. 1
Graduate Students
Please call the school in which you are planning to enroll fpr deadline dates.
Business
Education
Environmental Design Public Affairs
892-1117, ext. 281 892-1117, ext. 276 892-1117, ext. 381 892-1117, ext. 451
For information regarding all other programs in the Graduate School, call the Graduate School office, 892-1117, ext. 414.
(Note: Prospective students are advised that different academic calendars are used by each campus of the University of Colorado. Specific information must be obtained from the campus to which the individual expects to apply.)
The following academic calendar for 1976-77 is provided for planning purposes. Prospective students should refer to information on this page regarding dates all required credentials must be on fUe for consideration for admission. To register for courses for any selected term, students must have been officially admitted to the University of Colorado at Denver for that term.
Fall Semester 1976
Students should obtain a copy of the Fall Semester 1976 Schedule of Courses for complete calendar information and instructions for registration.
Aug. 17, 18, 19 (Tues., Wed., Thurs.)—Registration (see note below).
Aug. 23 (Mon.)—Classes begin. Late registration (see note below).
Sept. 6 (Mon.)—Labor Day holiday. No classes. All offices closed.
Nov. 25-27 (Thurs., Fri.)—Thanksgiving holiday. No classes. All offices closed.
Nov. 29 (Mon.)—Classes resume.
Dec. 8 (Wed.)—Classes end.
Spring Semester 1977
Students should obtain a copy of the Spring Semester 1977 Schedule of Courses for complete calendar information and instructions for registration.
Jan. 25, 26, 27 (Tues., Wed., Thurs.)—Registration (see note below).
Jan. 31 (Mon.)—Classes begin. Late registration (see note below).
May 20 (Fri.)—Classes end. Commencement in Boulder.
Summer Term 1977
Calendar to be announced.
Registration Notes
Registration. New applicants will not be considered for admission on the days of registration. Former students desiring to return to the institution should consult with the Office of Admissions and Records regarding readmission application procedures and deadlines.
Late Registration. Because of limited space, eligible students who did not register during the days provided may have difficulty obtaining the classes desired. A late fee will be assessed.
The University reserves the right to alter the academic calendar at any time.


2IUniversity of Colorado at Denver
THE UNIVERSITY OF COLORADO AT DENVER ... AN URBAN UNIVERSITY CAMPUS
History
Beginning in 1912, courses were made available to residents of the Denver metropolitan area through the Extension Division of the University of Colorado in Boulder. Classes were held in scattered locations throughout the city until 1938, when they were gathered in one center. Increasing enrollment necessitated two moves to larger quarters, and the Denver Center came to its present location at 14th and Arapahoe Streets in 1957. In 1965, the Denver Center became a degree-granting institution, enabling students to complete full academic programs in Denver.
In January 1973, the Board of Regents adopted a resolution changing the names of the University’s centers because of an amendment to the Constitution of the State of Colorado which gave the centers legal status as separate branches of the University. The Denver Center was renamed the University of Colorado at Denver (UCD).
Location
UCD is situated at the hub of a tremendous growth area. The downtown campus is accessible to both city dwellers and suburban commuters from an eight-county area with an estimated population of 1,506,000. Located across Cherry Creek from the Auraria Higher Education Center campus, UCD shares facilities with Metropolitan State College and the Community College of Denver in the Auraria complex while remaining a unique urban institution in itself. The UCD campus is close to major business establishments and government offices in downtown Denver, as well as to civic and cultural centers.
Enrollment
UCD is one of the largest state-supported institutions of higher education in Colorado in terms of enrollment. The average number of students enrolled for credit is about 8,000 during the fall and spring semesters and 4,000 during the summer term.
Academic Programs
Academic and public service programs are especially geared to the needs of the urban population and environment, as well as to traditional fields of study. Students may earn degrees in more that 50 undergraduate fields and some 20 graduate areas. These educational endeavors emphasize quality instruction, research, and professional training. Academic programs within the University are offered by colleges that admit freshmen, by professional schools that admit students who have completed at least two or three years of preprofessional study, and by the Graduate School. Colleges and schools at UCD are:
College of Liberal Arts and Sciences
College of Business and Administration and Graduate School of Business Administration
School of Education
College of Engineering and Applied Science
College of Environmental Design
College of Music
Graduate School
Graduate School of Public Affairs
Accreditation and Memberships
UCD is fully accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools and is a member of the Association of Urban Universities.
The College of Business and Administration and Graduate
School of Business Administration is a member of the American Assembly of Collegiate Schools of Business. The School of Education is accredited by the National Council of Accreditation of Teacher Education and membership is held in the American Association of Colleges of Teacher Education.
The Engineers’ Council for Professional Development (ECPD) has accredited the programs in civil engineering and electrical engineering in the College of Engineering and Applied Science. The College of Environmental Design is accredited by the National Architectural Accrediting Board, is a member of the Association of Collegiate Schools of Architecture and Collegiate Schools of Planning, and is recognized by the American Institute of Planners. The College of Music is a member of the National Association of Schools of Music.
The Graduate School of Public Affairs is a member of the National Association of Schools of Public Affairs and Administration.
Year-Round Operation
Classes at UCD are scheduled six days a week, both day and evening. Students may begin studies in most degree fields at the start of any one of the academic terms of the year, which include a fall semester of 16 weeks, a spring semester of 16 weeks, and an 8-week (half-semester) summer term. More than half of the courses at UCD are offered during evening hours, permitting students maximum flexibility in planning for both employment and educational goals.
Faculty
More than 230 highly qualified faculty members teach full time at UCD; 70 percent have earned doctoral degrees. The faculty is alert to the challenges of the urban scene and responsive to the needs of the urban student.
Students
Strongly motivated people from all walks of life make up the student body. The diversity of interests, knowledge, occupations, backgrounds, and age stimulates a unique learning experience for these men and women. Ages range from 16 to 70. About 60 percent of the students enrolled are at the junior, senior, fifth year, graduate, or special student-with-baccalaureate-degree levels.
Prospectus
As an urban university, UCD has a fundamental commitment to meet the needs of the metropolitan Denver community; it seeks to keep pace with the needs of the current city-oriented student and at the same time plan for the demands of the future. Programs are continually being enlarged and expanded, as additional funds and space are made available, to offer students a broad scope of educational opportunities, whether the student is seeking a general education or has a desire to study in a highly specialized area.
UCD’s primary role is to provide graduate, professional, and upper division education, with undergraduate programs designed especially for those students who plan to undertake graduate work or professional study.
Equal Opportunity Policy Statement
The University of Colorado at Denver follows a policy of equal opportunity in education and in employment. In pursuance of this policy, no UCD department, unit, or employee shall discriminate against an individual or group on the basis of race, color, national origin, sex, age, or physical handicap. This policy applies to all areas of the University affecting present and prospective students or employees.


General Information13
A UCD Equal Opportunity/Affirmative Action program has been established to implement this policy. Complaints regarding possible discrimination at this University should be directed to either of the two people listed below, who will advise individuals of existing complaint procedures internal and external to the University.
Affirmative Action Director: Dr. Janet Moone, Room 806, ext. 355.
Title IX Coordinator: Alice Owens, Room M110B, ext. 385.
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION
UCD seeks to identify applicants who have a high probability of successful completion of an academic program. Admission decisions are based on evaluation of many criteria. Among the most important are:
1. Evidence of scholarly ability and accomplishment shown on national aptitude and achievment tests (ACT/ SAT).
2. General level of previous academic performance.
3. Ability to work in the academic environment of an urban, nonresidential campus.
4. Maturity, motivation, and potential for academic growth.
An applicant who is granted admission to UCD must reflect in a moral and ethical sense a personal background acceptable to the University. The University reserves the right to deny admission to applicants whose total credentials indicate an inability to assume those obligations of performance and behavior deemed essential by the University and relevant to any of its lawful missions, processes, and functions as an educational institution.
College of Business and Administration
English................................................................ 3
Mathematics (college preparatory)...................................... 2
Natural sciences (laboratory type)..................................... 2
Social sciences (including history).................................... 2
Electives ............................................................. 6
(Such as foreign languages and additional academic courses.
May include up to 2 units in business areas.)
15
College of Engineering and Applied Science*
English........................................................... 3
Algebra .......................................................... 2
Geometry.......................................................... 1
(Trigonometry and higher mathematics recommended.)
Natural sciences ................................................. 2
(Physics and chemistry recommended.)
Social studies and humanities .................................... 2
(Foreign languages and additional units of English, history, and literature are included in the humanities.)
Electives ........................................................ 5
15
College of Music
English..............................
Theoretical music....................
Physical science ....................
Social science.......................
Foreign language.....................
Mathematics..........................
Additional high school academic units
3
8
_4
15
It is expected that all students will have had previous experience in an applied music area. Two years of piano training are recommended.
The College of Music requires an audition of all entering freshmen and undergraduate transfer students. In lieu of the personal audition, applicants may substitute tape recordings (about 10 minutes in length on IVi ips monaural) or a statement of excellence by a qualified teacher. Interested students should write to the College of Music, UCD, for audition or interview applications.
High School Concurrent Enrollment
High school juniors and seniors of proved academic ability may be admitted to UCD for courses which supplement their high school programs. Credits for University courses taken in this manner may subsequently be applied toward a University degree program. Interested high school students may contact the Office of Admissions and Records for complete information and application instructions (telephone [303] 623-1181).
Admission of Freshmen (Those Who Have Not Had Prior Collegiate Experience)
New freshmen may apply for admission to the Colleges of Business and Administration, Engineering and Applied Science, Music, and Liberal Arts and Sciences.
1. General Requirements. The applicant must be a high school graduate or have been awarded a High School Equivalency Certificate as a result of the completion of the General Educational Development Test (GED). Applicants who present the High School Equivalency Certificate of the GED must score at or above the 60th percentile on each section of the test to be eligible for consideration for admission. Individuals applying for admission to UCD who have completed the Spanish Language General Educational Development Test (GED) must also submit scores from Test VI, “English as a Second Language.”
All applicants must present 15 units of acceptable secondary school credit. While the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences does not specify particular units, the Colleges of Business and Administration, Engineering and Applied Science, and Music have the following requirements:
2. Colorado Resident Applicants.f Colorado resident applicants who meet the above general qualifications are divided into three categories:
a. Applicants who ranked in the upper one-half of their high school graduating class and have a composite score of 23 or hiqher on the American College Test (ACT) or a combined score of 1000 or higher on the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) of the College Entrance Examination Board are given preferred consideration.
b. Applicants who ranked in the upper two-thirds of their high school graduating class and who have an ACT composite score from 18 to 22 or a combined score of 800 or higher on the SAT will be considered for admission on an individual basis. These applicants cannot be assured admission.
c. Applicants who ranked in the lower one-third of their high school graduating class, or who have a composite ACT score below 18 or a combined SAT score below 800 will be considered for admissions on an individual basis by the Admissions Committee.
3. Nonresident Applicants.t Nonresident applicants must meet the general requirements stated above, and, in addition, must rank in the upper one-half of their high school graduating class and present an ACT composite score of 24 or higher or a combined SAT score of 1050 or higher to be considered for admission.
♦Also see College of Engineering and Applied Science general information section of this bulletin. tSee page 9 for definition of "resident” and "nonresident" classification.


4/University of Colorado at Denver
Nonresident applicants are advised that UCD does not maintain residence facilities. Housing is available in the Denver metropolitan area, but must be obtained by the individual without dependence on University services.
How To Apply for Admission
1. Applicants may apply for the fall semester, the spring semester, or the summer term. A schedule of application deadline dates for the various semesters and terms is noted on page 1, and will be supplied with the application form. Deadline dates are subject to change. An application received after the stated deadline for one semester or term will be considered for the next semester or term if the applicant notifies the Office of Admissions and Records.
2. An Application for Admission may be obtained by contacting:
Office of Admissions and Records University of Colorado at Denver 1100 Fourteenth Street Denver, Colorado 80202 Telephone (303) 623-1181
A Colorado resident may also obtain this form from the office of his high school principal or counselor.
3. The application for admission must be completed in total and submitted to the above address prior to the stated application deadline for the term of enrollment desired. All applications for admission must be accompanied by a check or money order in the amount of $10. This application fee is nonrefundable.
In the event the applicant is granted admission but is prevented from enrolling during the term indicated on the application, the application fee will be valid for one full year (12 months) from the date of the term for which the applicant was applying; however, the applicant must notify the Office of Admissions of his intentions.
4. The applicant must request that a high school transcript, including his rank-in-class, be mailed to the above address by his high school.
5. The applicant must take either the American College Test (ACT) or the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) of the College Entrance Examination Board on one of the national testing dates. The student must request that test scores be sent to UCD (ACT code 0533, or SAT code R-4875).
If the applicant took one of these tests prior to his application for admission to the University of Colorado and did not designate UCD to receive a score report, he must request the testing agency to send the score to UCD. This is accomplished on a Request for Additional Score Report form available at test centers or from the appropriate office listed below.
Information regarding these tests may be obtained either from the applicant’s high school counselor, the UCD Office of Admissions and Records, or from one of the following offices of the national testing agencies:
Registration Department
American College Testing Program (ACT)
P.O. Box 414 Iowa City, Iowa 52240
College Entrance Examination Board (SAT)
P.O. Box 1025 Berkeley, California 94704
College Entrance Examination Board (SAT)
P.O. Box 592
Princeton, New Jersey 08540
All credentials presented for admission become the property of the University of Colorado and must remain on file.
When a complete application (application form, transcript of high school work completed, statement of rank-in-class, required entrance test scores, counselor recommendation, and the nonrefundable $10 application fee) is received by the Office of Admissions and Records, a decision of admission eligibility will be made, and the applicant will be notified.
Admission of Transfer Students
New transfer students may apply for admission to the Colleges of Business and Administration, Engineering and Applied Science, Music, and Liberal Arts and Sciences.
1. Colorado Resident Applicants * Colorado resident applicants are divided into the following three categories:
a. Applicants who hold a collegiate record of more than 12 semester credits (18 quarter credits) from an institution of university rank, have a 2.0 cumulative grade-point average or higher (calculated on all work attempted), and are eligible to return to all institutions previously attended are given preferential consideration for admission. Applicants who have completed less than 12 semester credits (18 quarter credits) of collegiate work acceptable to the University of Colorado must meet requirements for admission as freshmen.
b. Applicants who hold a collegiate record of at least 45 semester credits (68 quarter credits) from a college, have a 2.0 cumulative grade-point average (calculated on all work attempted), and are eligible to return to all institutions previously attended also are given preferential consideration for admission.
c. Applicants who hold a collegiate record of less than 45 semester credits (68 quarter hours) from a college, have a 2.0 cumulative grade-point average or higher (calculated on all work attempted), and are eligible to return to all institutions previously attended will be considered for admission on an individual basis. Primary factors affecting the admission decision in such cases are: (a) the UCD college or school to which admission is desired; (b) quality of previous work attempted; (c) age, maturity, and noncollegiate achievements; and (d) time since the last collegiate attendance.
2. Nonresident Applicants * Nonresidents must meet the general requirements stated above, and, in addition, must have a transferable grade-point average of 2.5 in order to be admitted to the Colleges of Business and Administration, Engineering and Applied Science, and Music. The above general requirements are sufficient for admission as a nonresident to the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences.
Nonresident applicants are advised that UCD does not maintain residence facilities. Housing is available in the Denver metropolitan area, but must be obtained by the individual without dependence on University services.
Applicants should consult the appropriate college or school section of this bulletin to determine specific entrance requirements.
When To Apply
Interested applicants who are currently enrolled in a collegiate institution should submit their applications for transfer admission after they have registered for the final term at
*See page 9 for definition of “resident” and “nonresident” classification.


the current institution. Evaluation of transfer credits will be based on an official transcript of record indicating work completed up to that last term of enrollment. An official transcript, indicating the grade results of the final term, will then be required in addition to the transcript furnished with the application.
Credentials Required for Transfer Admission
1. A University of Colorado transfer application.
2. The application fee of $10 in check or money order. (This fee is nonrefundable.)
3. An official transcript of record from each collegiate institution attended previously. If the applicant is currently enrolled at a collegiate institution and is submitting a transcript listing all courses except for the final term of enrollment, another official transcript must be submitted after completion of the final term.
4. An official high school transcript. If the applicant is a GED graduate, a GED Certificate of High School Equivalency, GED test scores, and a transcript of any high school work completed must be submitted. Individuals applying for admission to UCD who have completed the Spanish Language General Educational Development Test (GED) must also submit scores from Test VI, “English as a Second Language.”
All credentials presented for admission become the property of the University of Colorado and must remain on file.
Transfer of College Level Credit
The Office of Admissions and Records and the various deans’ offices cannot make an evaluation of credits from another collegiate institution or give specific degree advisement until complete and official credentials are on file and the applicant has been admitted. In general, transfer credits from other accredited collegiate institutions will be accepted insofar as they meet the degree, grade, and residence requirements of the student’s chosen program of studies at UCD.
College level credit may be transferred to the University of Colorado if it has been earned at a college or university of recognized standing, from Advanced Placement Examinations, or in military service or schooling as recommended by the Commission on Accreditation of Service Experiences of the American Council on Education; if a grade of C or higher has been attained; and if the credit is for courses appropriate to the degree sought at this institution.
The University of Colorado will accept up to 72 semester credits (or 108 quarter credits) of junior college work to apply toward the baccalaureate degree at the University of Colorado. No credit is allowed for vocational-technical or remedial courses.
A maximum of 60 semester credits of extension and correspondence work (not to include more than 30 semester credits of correspondence) may be allowed if the above conditions are met.
Readmission of Former Students
1. Former students of the University of Colorado who have not attended another collegiate institution since their last enrollment at the University of Colorado must submit a Former Student Application prior to the deadline for the term they wish to attend.
2. Former students of the University of Colorado who have attended another collegiate institution since their last enrollment at the University of Colorado must submit a Former Student Application form to apply for readmission. In addition, a $10 nonrefundable application fee must accompany the application if the student has taken 12 semester
General Information/5
or 18 quarter hours since his last attendance at the University of Colorado. The student must request that an official transcript of record from the institution(s) attended be sent to UCD. Consideration for readmission will be made after receipt of all the above listed credentials.
The University reserves the right to deny readmission to former students whose total credentials reflect an inability to assume those obligations of performance and behavior deemed essential by the University and relevant to any of its lawful missions, processes, and functions as an educational institution.
Intrauniversity Transfer
UCD students wishing to change colleges or schools within the University of Colorado, or to change campuses within the University of Colorado system, must make application through the Office of Admissions and Records, Room 203. This application must be filed not later than 90 days prior to the term for which they wish to register.
Official Notification of Admission
The only official notification of admission to UCD is provided by the Office of Admissions and Records and is printed on a Statement of Admission Eligibility form. Letters from the various colleges and schools indicating acceptance into a particular program are subject to official admission to the institution.
Admission of Special Students
Persons who wish to take University courses but who do not plan to work toward a degree from the University of Colorado are referred to as “special” students. Normally, special students have an undergraduate degree. Courses taken as a special student are fully credited and can be used in transfer to other institutions or for various professional improvement programs in the course of the student’s employment. Students who have not previously earned an undergraduate degree should apply for an undergraduate degree program rather than applying for the special student category.
Special students are advised that registration for particular courses will be on a “space available” basis.
Certified school teachers with a baccalaureate degree who seek only a renewal of the certificate currently held and who do not require institutional endorsement or recommendation may qualify for the University-wide special student classification outlined above.
Persons holding a baccalaureate degree who seek teacher certification may qualify for the special student classification but must apply for and be admitted to the Teacher Education Program separately and meet all requirements of the School of Education. Applications for teacher education are considered once each year (deadline is February 1 for the following summer term and/or academic year). Information regarding such application may be obtained from the School of Education Office, 892-1117, ext. 276.
Special students may take courses on a pass/fail basis; however, such credit will be counted as part of the total pass/fail credit allowed by the various colleges and schools should the student apply and be accepted for degree status.
The student must maintain an overall grade-point average of 2.0 or higher to continue as a special student.
Applying Special Student Credits Toward Degree
Continuing and former special students may apply for admission to an undergraduate degree program by submitting the Special to Degree Application, complete academic


6/University of Colorado at Denver
credentials, and the application fee. Accepted degree applicants may transfer a maximum of 12 semester credits taken as a special student to an undergraduate degree program with the approval of the appropriate academic dean. Acceptance of credit toward degrees at the University changed in fall 1970. Special students enrolled prior to that date may transfer credit in accordance with provisions in effect between January 1969 and August 1970.
Special students desiring to pursue a graduate degree at this University are encouraged to submit the complete Graduate Application and supporting credentials as soon as possible. However, a department may recommend to the graduate dean the acceptance of as much as 8 hours of credit toward the requirements of a master’s degree for courses taken either as a student at another recognized graduate school, as a special student at the University, or any combination thereof. In addition, the department may recommend to the graduate dean the acceptance of credit for courses taken as a special student for the semester, quarter, or summer term for which the student has applied for admission to the Graduate School.
CREDIT FOR NONTRADITIONAL EDUCATIONAL EXPERIENCES
U.S. Air Force Reserve Officer Training Corps (AFROTC)
UCD students may participate in Air Force ROTC programs offered on the Boulder Campus.
Air Force ROTC offers two programs leading to a commission in the U.S. Air Force upon receipt of the baccalaureate degree. Graduate students may be commissioned upon the completion of 12 hours of the Professional Officers Course and a six-week summer training program.
1. Standard Four-Year Course. This program is in three parts: the General Military Course for lower division (freshman and sophomore) students, the Professional Officers Course for upper division students, and Corps Training, attended by all students. Completion of the General Military Course is a prerequisite for entry into the Professional Officers Course. Completion of a four-week summer training course is required prior to commissioning.
2. Modified Two-Year Program. This program is offered to full-time, regularly enrolled, degree candidates at both undergraduate and graduate levels who will have two years remaining at the University when they enroll. Selection is on a competitive basis. Applicants may apply directly to the Professor of Air Force Aerospace Studies not later than February 1 of the spring semester immediately preceding the semester in which they desire to enroll in the program. Those selected for this program must complete a six-week field training program during the summer months as a prerequisite for enrolling in the Professional Officers Course the following fall or spring semester.
Scholarships
Most students participating in the program are eligible to compete for an Air Force ROTC College Scholarship. Students selected for this program are placed on a grant that includes payment of tuition, book costs, nonrefundable educational fees, and subsistence of $100 per month, tax free. All cadets enrolled in the Professional Officers Course receive subsistence of $100 per month during the fall and spring semesters, whether or not they are on scholarship.
Credit will be allowed for ROTC courses toward fulfillment of the requirements for a degree provided the de-
partment accepting the credit considers the work to be of suitable educational value. For more information on Air Force ROTC, and registration for AFROTC courses, write to Air Force ROTC Det 105, Folsom Stadium, Gate 3, Room 227, University of Colorado, Boulder, Colorado 80309, or call 492-8351.
U.S. Army Reserve Officer Training Corps (ROTC)
The Army ROTC program at UCD prepares students to become officers in the U.S. Army. Through this program qualified men and women have the opportunity to earn regular and reserve commissions while they are obtaining their college degrees. No previous military or ROTC experience is required and financial assistance is provided in the junior and senior years.
The ROTC program offered by the Department of Military Science consists primarily of a general four-year course of study designed for freshman students. There is also available, however, a special two-year course of study in which sophomore students who have not taken the first two years of ROTC may qualify to enroll when they become juniors. Both courses of study include extensive classroom work and field experience in the areas of leadership and management.
For further information concerning the Army ROTC program at UCD, including cross-enrollment procedures for Metropolitan State College and University of Denver students, write to the Department of Military Science (Army ROTC), University of Colorado, Boulder, Colorado 80309 or call 492-6497.
Credit for Military Service and Schooling
If copies of discharge, separation papers, and a DD Form 295 (Application for the Evaluation of Educational Experience During Military Service) are submitted to the Office of Admissions and Records at the time of application for admission or subsequently, an evaluation will be made and credit awarded as recommended by the Commission on Accreditation of Service Experiences of the American Council on Education to the extent that such credit is applicable to the degree sought at this University.
Credit will be allowed for college courses satisfactorily completed through the U.S. Armed Forces Institute, subject to the usual rules involving credit of this nature.
College Level Examination Program (CLEP)
An exciting challenge with rewarding opportunities is available to incoming UCD students who can earn university credit by examination in subject areas in which they have excelled at college level proficiency. Interested students are encouraged to take appropriate subject examinations provided in the College Level Examination Program (CLEP) of the College Entrance Examination Board (CEEB) testing service. Students who score at the 67th percentile or above in subjects approved by the University college or school from which they plan to be graduated will be granted advanced standing and University credit. The cost per examination is $15.
Students who wish to challenge subject areas for credit are urged to examine carefully the list of approved examinations for the college or school to which they are applying, or the professional school to which they expect to apply after completion of the lower division requirements, in order to determine the applicability of such credit to specific graduation requirements.
CLEP subject examinations are administered at UCD during the fourth week of each month. CLEP subject examinations are also administered during the third week


General Information17
of each month at test centers listed below (students should check with the institutions for testing days). Arrangements to take these examinations must be made well in advance of the testing date.
Colorado residents may obtain CLEP materials from the regional office by contacting:
College Level Examination Program c/o College Entrance Examination Board 2142 South High Street Denver, Colorado 80210
Colorado residents may also obtain CLEP information from the several test centers throughout the state, preferably from the center located nearest to the student’s high school. In Colorado, testing centers are located at: Metropolitan State College, Denver Colorado State University, Fort Collins El Paso Community College, Colorado Springs University of Southern Colorado, Pueblo University of Denver, Denver Fort Lewis College, Durango University of Colorado at Boulder University of Colorado at Denver University of Colorado at Colorado Springs
Students living outside of Colorado may secure CLEP information and application forms by writing:
Institutional Testing Department College Level Examination Program Box 1822
Princeton, New Jersey 08540
Students interested in obtaining advanced standing and University credit through CLEP tests should consult the college or school to which they are applying for admission or the professional school to which they expect to apply after completion of lower division undergraduate requirements for specific subject examinations acceptable to that college or school for the desired degree program.
Advanced Standing by Examination
Examinations for advanced standing credit may be granted to a student in degree status and in good standing for work completed by private study or by occupational experience if such credit is equivalent to courses offered by the University of Colorado. A nonrefundable fee is charged for each examination taken.
Advanced Placement Program
The University is a cooperating member of the Advanced Placement Program of the College Entrance Examination Board, which provides able high school students, while still in high school, an opportunity to take work and then to be examined for credit on the college level.
Advanced placement and college credit may be granted on the basis of the College Entrance Examination Board’s Advanced Placement Test. For students who achieve scores of 3, 4, or 5 in the CEEB’s Advanced Placement Examination, college credit and advanced placement will be granted. Students with scores below 3 may be considered by the department concerned. College credit granted will be treated as transfer credit without a grade but will count toward graduation and other specific requirements for which it may be appropriate.
Study Abroad Program
An important educational and cultural experience in the form of a study abroad program is available to all qualified University of Colorado students. UCD’s study abroad programs are identical to the programs offered by the University of Colorado at Boulder. Representatives from
the Office of International Education have regularly scheduled office hours in Denver to advise UCD students interested in participation in a year, semester, or vacation study abroad program.
Specific information regarding the length of each program may be obtained from the Office of International Education, Boulder Campus, telephone 492-7741. Opportunities for study abroad are currently available in the following countries: Costa Rica, England, France, Germany, Israel, Italy, Japan, and Mexico. The program in Mexico offers students the opportunity to study intensive Spanish during the fall or spring semesters, and advanced students can enter the University of Veracruz in the spring.
The programs carry resident credit toward graduation from the University of Colorado. Information regarding these programs (academic requirements, language requirements, cost, etc.) is available from the Office of International Education. This office also has information on many other programs administered by other universities and agencies, issues International Student ID cards, helps with charter flights, and maintains a library. Interested students should contact their advisers and the Office of International Education early in their freshman or sophomore year in order to prepare for study abroad. UCD students also may obtain information in the Social Sciences Division, or from Professor James Wolf, UCD History Department.
For further information contact the Office of International Education, 914 Broadway, Boulder, Colorado 80309 (telephone 492-7741); Professor James Wolf, Social Sciences Division, UCD; or the Office for Student Relations, Room 615, ext. 291.
UNIFORM GRADING SYSTEM
Grades awarded by all undergraduate colleges and schools of the University of Colorado are:
A - 4 grade points per credit hour; superior B- 3 grade points per credit hour; good C- 2 grade points per credit hour; fair D- 1 grade point per credit hour; minimum passing F- 0 grade points; failing
The instructor is responsible for determining the requirements for whatever grade is to be assigned.
The cumulative grade-point average is computed by dividing the total number of credit points earned by the total number of hours attempted.
In addition to the grades indicated above, the instructor may assign one of the following:
I IF- incomplete failing: automatic conversion to F grade after one academic year if the course is not made up IIW- incomplete /withdrawal: automatic conversion to W after one academic year if the course is not made up IP- in progress (graduate students only)
P- pass
H- honors (given only in the Honors Program)
NC- for students registered on an audit/no grade basis Y— symbol used to indicate that an entire grade roster was not received by the time grades were processed.
W- drop without discredit
Regulations Governing the Award or Accumulation of Additional Grades
1. Pass IF ail. Up to 16 semester credit hours of regular course work may be taken on a pass/fail basis and credited toward the bachelor’s degree. No more than 6 semester


8lUniversity of Colorado at Denver
credit hours of course work may be taken on a pass/fail basis in any given semester. The pass (P) grade is not included in the student’s grade-point average; the fail (F) grade is included. For additional information see the general information portion of each college or school section of this bulletin.
2. Honors. Credit hours earned in honors courses with grades of H or P count toward the student’s degree but are not included in the grade-point average calculation.
3. Withdrawal. A notation of withdrawal will be placed on the permanent record of any student who withdraws with approval during any term. Students who cease to attend classes and do not officially withdraw from the University will be subject to grades of F in all course work for which they were enrolled during that term.
INSPECTION OF EDUCATIONAL RECORDS
Under provisions of the Federal Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act, students have a right to inspect and review their educational records. Requests for such inspection may be made to the Office of Admissions and Records, Room 203.
Under the terms of the Act as amended, the University is required to list the personal “directory information” which it has on its students that will be released unconditionally to anyone. This information will be released without the consent of the student unless he has asked that his prior consent be obtained. At the University of Colorado such directory information includes the following: student name, address, telephone listing, date of birth, major field of study, dates of attendance, degrees received.
Any student who does not wish this information released must complete a directory waiver form obtained from the Office of Admissions and Records prior to the end of the first week of classes of the appropriate term. The signing of this form will restrict release of all of the above information and will remain in effect until formally canceled by the student.
Students should be aware that the signing of this waiver form will prevent the above information being printed in University directories, commencement programs, etc.
WITHDRAWAL FROM THE UNIVERSITY
A student who leaves the University without officially withdrawing will receive a grade of F in each course for which he is registered. Withdrawal forms may be obtained from the office of the academic dean of the college or school in which the student is enrolled.
OTHER REGULATIONS
Students are advised to refer to the Schedule of Courses each semester for specific information regarding course loads, adding or dropping classes, adjustments in tuition as a result of dropped classes, etc. Where requirements differ from one academic area to another, the student is advised to abide by the regulations stated by the college or school in which he is enrolled.
EXPENSES
Educational expenses at UCD normally involve tuition, fees, books, and required materials. UCD does not maintain residence facilities. All costs related to housing must be arranged by the student at his own convenience. Transportation and parking costs should be considered in the determination of expenses.
Tuition and Fees*
All tuition and fee charges are established by the Regents of the University of Colorado in accordance with appropriate legislation enacted annually (usually late in the spring) by the Colorado General Assembly. A tuition schedule is published prior to registration for each term during the year. The rates indicated below are effective for the 1975-76 academic year and are provided to assist prospective students in anticipating cost. The student should check with the Office of Admissions and Records for specific tuition and fee information for the term for which he intends to apply.
Tuition For 1975-76
Credit Hours
of Enrollment Residents Nonresidents
0.0 -3.0 $ 48.00 $111.00
3.1 -4.0 64.00 148.00
4.1 -5.0 80.00 185.00
5.1 -6.0 96.00 222.00
6.1 -7.0 112.00 638.00
7.1 -8.0 128.00 638.00
8.1 -9.0 144.00 638.00
9.1 or more 159.50 638.00
1. A student activity fee will be charged in addition to the above tuition as follows:
Summer term 1976 ............................ $3
Fall semester 1976 ........................... 7
Spring semester 1977 ......................... 7
2. There is a one-time nonrefundable matriculation fee of $15 for new degree students and $5 for new special students in the University of Colorado. This fee will be assessed at the time of initial registration. Charges then will not be made for adding or dropping courses or for transcript orders. If a special student is admitted to degree status, he will be assessed a $10 matriculation fee at the time of his first registration after the change has been made.
3. Students certified by the Graduate School for enrollment for doctoral dissertation pay $72.
4. Graduate students who enroll for a comprehensive examination only will pay $45. Such students will be assessed regular tuition and fees if they need hours toward graduation.
5. Students enrolled in a chemistry laboratory course pay a $10 breakage deposit.
6. Students enrolled in the College of Music pay an $18 music facilities fee. This same $18 fee is charged to students enrolled in piano class, sound reinforcement and recording, and electronic music. No student is charged more than one $18 fee.
Assessment of Charges and Payment Regulations
All tuition and fees are assessed during registration and must be paid at that time. Any student who registers for courses is liable for payment of tuition and fees even though he may drop out of school. A student with financial obligations to the University will not be permitted to register for any subsequent semester or term, to be graduated, or to be listed among those receiving a degree or credits. The only exceptions to this regulation are notes and other types of indebtedness maturing after graduation.
Arrangements may be made through the Finance Office
*The Board of Regents of the University of Colorado reserves the right to change tuition and fees at any time.


at the time of registration to defer payment of a portion of tuition and fees after a minimum down payment or one-third of the total tuition, whichever is greater. Specific information regarding deferred payment will be found in the Schedule of Courses which is published in advance of each term or semester.
Personal checks will be accepted for any University obligation. Any student giving a check which is not acceptable to the bank may be dropped immediately from the rolls of the University.
The student should refer to the Schedule of Courses for charges imposed for late registration and late payments.
Refund policies and policies related to adding and dropping courses and withdrawing from the University will be found in the Schedule of Courses published prior to each semester or term.
REGISTRATION
See Academic Calendar in this bulletin for dates. See the appropriate Schedule of Courses for complete registration information for each semester or summer term.
Note: There is a penalty fee for late registration.
Inter-Institutional Registration Within the Auraria Higher Education Center
Because UCD is a full participant in the Auraria Higher Education Center, students who are approved by their college dean may enroll for courses being offered by either the Community College of Denver-Auraria Campus or Metropolitan State College.
TRANSCRIPTS
Transcripts of records should be ordered from the University of Colorado Transcript Section, Regent Administrative Center 125, Boulder, Colorado 80309, or from the Office of Admissions and Records, University of Colorado at Denver, 1100 14th Street, Denver, Colorado 80202. Transcripts are prepared only at the student’s written request. A student having financial obligations to the University that are due and unpaid will not be granted a transcript. Copies of transcripts from other institutions cannot be furnished.
RESIDENCY CLASSIFICATION FOR TUITION PURPOSES
A student is classified initially as an in-state or out-of-state registrant for tuition purposes at the time an application and all supporting credentials have been received in the Office of Admissions and Records. The classification is based upon information furnished by the student and from other relevant sources. The requirements for establishing residency for tuition purposes are defined by law of the State of Colorado (Chapter 124, Article 18, Colorado Revised Statutes 1963, as amended). To be eligible for consideration for in-state status the applicant must be 21 years of age or older (or an emancipated minor as defined by law); must have been physically domiciled in the state of Colorado for 12 consecutive months immediately preceding the date of registration for the term in which in-state status is desired; and must be able to present proof of compliance with other mandatory laws of the state (valid motor vehicle operator’s license, valid motor vehicle registration, payment of state income tax, etc.).
After the student’s status is determined, it remains unchanged in the absence of satisfactory evidence to the contrary. Classification standards conform to state statutes and judicial decisions and are applicable to all of Colorado’s state-supported colleges and universities.
The student who, due to subsequent events, becomes
General Information19
eligible for a change in classification whether from out-of-state to in-state or the reverse has the responsibility of informing the tuition classification officer, Office of Admissions and Records, in writing within 15 days after such a change occurs. An unemancipated minor whose parents move their domicile from Colorado to a location outside the state is considered an out-of-state student from the date of the parents’ removal from the state. He will be assessed nonresident tuition at the next registration. The student or his parent is required to send written notification to the tuition classification officer within 15 days after such a change occurs. If an adult student or an emancipated minor establishes domicile outside Colorado, he is to send written notification within 15 days to the tuition classification officer.
Petitioning for Classification Change
Any student who is 21 years of age or older, or an emancipated minor as defined by law, is qualified to change his domicile and his tuition classification status. Detailed instructions as to the procedure to follow, the necessary petition forms, and a copy of the appropriate Colorado statute governing tuition classification at state-supported institutions in Colorado are available from the tuition classification officer, Office of Admissions and Records, Room 203.
Classification Notes
1. Petitions will not be acted upon until an application for admission to the University and complete supporting credentials have been received.
2. Changes in classification are made effective at the time of the student’s next registration.
3. A student who willfully gives wrong information to evade payment of the out-of-state tuition is subject to legal and disciplinary action.
SERVICES FOR STUDENTS
Services offered by the Office for Student Affairs are available to the student, either as an individual or as part of an organization. The Vice Chancellor for Student Affairs is concerned with the total University experience of each student. His associates and staff provide personalized assistance to the student in educational, social, organizational, and behavioral areas.
Counseling Center
The services of the Counseling Center are available by appointment to all students. Personal and vocational counseling, group experiences, and student testing are provided by trained and qualified counselors. Interviews are confidential, and there is no fee for counseling.
Financial Aid
A large proportion of UCD students receive financial assistance through grants, loans, or the work-study program. In addition, many students find part- or full-time employment in the community. Short-term emergency loans also are available.
Most financial aid is awarded on the basis of the student’s financial need, with academic achievement a secondary consideration. For current information on deadlines, applications, and types of aid available the student should consult the Office of Financial Aid at UCD or his high school counselor.
Job Opportunities
Full- and part-time job opportunities are listed in the


10/University of Colorado at Denver
Student Employment Service Office, Room 2, ext. 488. Career placement, after graduation, is available through the Boulder Campus Placement Center. Applications and further information are available through the UCD Student Employment Office. Career counseling can be scheduled through the Office for Student Affairs, Room 602, ext. 291.
Office of Veterans Affairs
All student veterans, whether new, transfer, or previous students, must notify the Office of Veterans Affairs of intent to enroll each semester. The office is responsible for assisting veterans in being properly certified with the Veterans Administration Regional Office and in obtaining all VA benefits they are entitled to receive.
The Office of Veterans Affairs advises veterans regarding personal and academic counseling, tutorial benefits, reading and study skills aid, employment referral services, and assistance in obtaining emergency situation short-term loans.
Specific information concerning VA policy for school attendance and receiving GI Bill benefits may be obtained from the Office of Veterans Affairs.
Services for Disabled Students
Special efforts are made at UCD to assist handicapped students in obtaining a university education to the fullest extent of their capabilities. A Services for Disabled Students Office is maintained to serve students who are in wheelchairs or otherwise partially disabled. Orientation to UCD, assistance in registering for classes, locating readers for blind students, and dealing with other problem areas to facilitate a rewarding school experience are functions of this office. Special reserved parking spaces are available, and plans are underway to provide employment and housing assistance as needed in the future. A movement was undertaken to remove architectural barriers to the handicapped, and there now exist no major barriers to free movement of handicapped students through the buildings.
Students From Other Countries
Appropriate applications for immigration certifications and work permits may be obtained through the Office for Student Affairs. Counseling, assistance with housing, and special information are available from the foreign student adviser at UCD, Room 602, ext. 291.
Health Insurance Program
Student health insurance coverage through Blue Cross-Blue Shield is automatic for all students. Students may elect to waive this coverage by signing a waiver card and returning the card with registration materials. If the waiver card is not returned upon registration, the health insurance assessment will be automatic. Cost to the student is $40.50 each semester and is subject to change. Dependent coverage also is available at an additional charge.Further information regarding this program may be obtained from the Office for Student Affairs, Room 602. For information regarding benefits contact the Denver Blue Cross-Blue Shield office at 831-5484 with reference to Group No. 20007.
Study Skills Center
The Study Skills Center program is based on the concept that all University students should have the opportunity to develop fully the skills necessary for their academic progress. Services are provided to meet students’ needs for general improvement of study habits and for specific help with particular subject areas.
Each semester the center offers three courses (St.Sk. 100, Developmental Composition; St.Sk. 101, Developmental Reading; and St.Sk. 102, College Preparatory Mathematics; see page 42) for which students may receive 1 semester hour of credit (pass or fail). Noncredit, five-week modular courses, such as Rapid Reading, are also offered, in which students may accelerate reading speed, learn reading flexibility, and build word-grouping ability and comprehension. Study Skills mini-courses (noncredit) are offered in such areas as use of the library, listening and taking notes, taking examinations, writing a term paper, time scheduling, and systematic approaches to study.
Tutorial assistance is available to students who need help in any subject area. The center also keeps a file for students wishing to participate in discussion groups prior to and during examination week.
The center has available a collection of books, including a number by minority authors and about minorities, which may be utilized for research assignments as well as for improvement of general knowledge.
The Study Skills Center is located on the fourth floor of the Bromley Memorial Library Building. It is open from 8
a.m. to 8 p.m. Mondays and Wednesdays, and 8 a.m. to 5 p.m. Tuesdays, Thursdays, and Fridays.
Women’s Center
Programs of special concern to women at UCD are offered through the Women’s Center. A cooperative student and faculty effort provides activities, personal and vocational counseling, and referral services.
STUDENT ACTIVITIES
Numerous student clubs and organizations exist to provide a variety of interests for students desiring extracurricular activities. The student newspaper, The Fourth Estate, is published weekly, and there is an active student government.
Students participate in dramatic and musical productions, reading programs, special seminars and workshops, and intramural sports. Lectures and programs are offered throughout the academic year.
Students are vitally concerned with current issues such as environmental action, politics, education for minority groups, and women’s liberation, and student clubs for such issues invite participation and ideas.
Several honorary societies, fraternities, and professional associations have active student chapters at Denver, and UCD students also are eligible for membership in Boulder Campus organizations.
ALUMNI PROGRAMS
A UCD Alumni and Friends organization was established in 1975 and pursues a year-round program of activities for the benefit of its members and in support of UCD. The organization is represented in the CU-wide Alumni Coordinating Council.
All UCD graduates and former students are eligible for membership in both the UCD Alumni and Friends and the CU Alumni Association. The Colorado Alumnus newspaper is mailed 11 times a year to graduates.
FACILITIES
The UCD campus consists of an eight-story tower and a classroom building providing a total of more than 50 classrooms, 26 teaching laboratories, faculty and administrative offices, the Bromley Memorial Library Building, an auditorium, cafeteria, and student lounges.


General Informational
Bookstore
Textbooks and supplies are available at the UCD bookstore, located on the first floor of the Bromley Library Building. The bookstore is open from 9 a.m. to 8:30 p.m., Monday through Thursday, 9 a.m. to 5 p.m. on Friday, and is closed Saturday, Sunday, and holidays. It also remains open during semester breaks from 9 a.m. to 6 p.m. Monday through Thursday and 9 a.m. to 1 p.m. Friday. Students must present their validated ID card when paying for purchases by check. BankAmericard and Master Charge credit cards are also accepted.
Library
The Auraria Learning Resources Center (library) is located on 10th Street between Lawrence and Curtis Streets on the Auraria Campus. Hours of service are from 8 a.m. to 10 p.m. Monday through Thursday, 8 a.m. to 5 p.m. on Friday, and 9 a.m. to 4 p.m. on Saturday. The library is closed on Sunday. Special holiday and vacation hours are posted in the library.
The library collection includes reserve books, reference materials, journals, microforms, music records and nonprint materials. Microform and media equipment, and listening facilities are provided. General reference service, interlibrary loans, and assistance with individual library problems are available through the reference office on the first floor.
Students also may use the Norlin Library on the Boulder Campus, or any library in a Colorado state-supported institution of higher learning, for research materials not available in the Auraria Library by presentation of the student’s validated ID card. Books may be borrowed through interlibrary loan to minimize the inconvenience to students who wish to use the resources of other libraries.
Children’s Center
A Children’s Center is available for use by students who have young children to be cared for while attending classes or using the library. It is partially supported by the UCD student government. For information call 892-1117, ext. 395.
Classroom Locations
Most classes and laboratory sections meet in the main UCD buildings. A few courses are scheduled at other facilities, and UCD shares classrooms and laboratories in the Auraria Higher Education Center. Locations are designated in the Schedule of Courses under Building Codes.
Parking
Parking is available at nearby commercial off-street lots both day and evening.
COOPERATIVE EDUCATION PROGRAM
Cooperative Education is a relatively new program at UCD. Based on the precept that experience is often the most effective educator, this program is designed to provide students of sophomore standing or above with an opportunity for
preprofessional employment. This is accomplished by placing students as employees with businesses, agencies, and institutions which are operating in a capacity related to the student’s course work.
The program is now expanding its placement opportunities. Normally students work full time for one semester and then attend classes full time for the following semester. However, half-time positions are also available. This program enables students in all disciplines to gain experience and income while attending college.
Students in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences may also receive credit for current job experiences. This permits students who already have jobs in their field of study to earn academic credit. Students also can obtain volunteer internships through the Cooperative Education Office and receive both credit and valuable experience for their efforts.
Students interested in any of these options can apply or obtain more information in Room 3A or by calling extension 555. Students in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences should also refer to Cooperative Education in the Special Programs section of this bulletin.
DIVISION OF CONTINUING EDUCATION
The Division of Continuing Education is responsible for noncredit programs, off-campus credit classes, correspondence study, audiovisual services, continuation education, and community services in the Denver metropolitan area. These programs and resources of the University of Colorado are an integral part of the statewide coordinated program of off-campus instruction under guidelines established by the Colorado Commission on Higher Education.
The division’s responsibility is three-fold: (1) to assist individuals in business, government, and other professions to stay abreast of latest developments in their fields and enhance their abilities to advance; (2) to offer to the general public opportunities to explore liberal arts topics, thereby enriching their cultural, intellectual, and personal vitality; and (3) to assist agencies and individuals in solving social and community problems through research, investigation, and education.
Noncredit programs are open to all adults regardless of previous education or training. Some advanced courses require a background in a specific subject matter area. Except in certificate programs, no grade is awarded upon completion of a course.
Off-campus credit offerings supplement the regular academic programs offered at UCD. Admission requirements and refund policies for off-campus instruction are identical with requirements for enrollment in UCD. Individuals who have never been enrolled on any campus of the University of Colorado usually are admitted to off-campus instruction as special students.
Individuals interested in obtaining a copy of th^Division of Continuing Education Bulletin or other information may write or call the division office at UCD, 1100 14th Street, 892-1117, ext. 286.


College of Liberal Arts and Sciences
PHYLLIS W. SCHULTZ, Acting Dean
INFORMATION ABOUT THE COLLEGE
The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences, originally established in 1971 as the College of Undergraduate Studies, was formed to serve the higher educational needs of qualified university students in the Denver metropolitan area. Reflecting the varied objectives of the urban student, the instructional program provides opportunities for general education in the arts and sciences both as an end in itself and as preparation for professional and graduate work. New programs in interdisciplinary studies particularly appropriate to the urban environment are being planned and implemented. Since many students are employed full time during the day, numerous courses are offered in the evening.
The college is organized into three divisions: Arts and Humanities, Natural and Physical Sciences, and Social Sciences. Each division offers a wide variety of curricula including traditional undergraduate majors, interdisciplinary studies, and preprofessional programs. In order to broaden the student’s perspectives, the college requires 12 semester hours of course work in each of the areas represented by the three divisions. However, the student is given a wide selection of courses to satisfy each of the three area requirements and the other requirements for his degree.
The college offers the following degrees: Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) and Bachelor of Fine Arts (B.F.A.). A student may complete a major in one of the following disciplines: anthropology, biology, chemistry, communication and theatre, distributed studies, economics, English, writing, fine arts, French, geography, geology, German, history, mathematics, philosophy, physics, political science, psychology, sociology, Spanish, and urban studies.
Students also enroll in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences to prepare themselves for admission to one of the professional schools of the University, which include the School of Dentistry, School of Education, School of Journalism, School of Law, School of Medicine, School of Nursing, and School of Pharmacy. Each professional school has specific requirements which must be followed if the student intends to pursue a career in one of these fields.
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION
Freshmen
The student must be a high school graduate and must present 15 units of acceptable secondary work. (The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences does not specify particular units.) An applicant who has not graduated from high school must present satisfactory scores on the General Educational Development Test (GED) and a high school equivalency certificate to be considered for admission. Individuals applying for admission to UCD who have completed the Spanish Language General Educational Development Test (GED) must also submit scores from Test VI, “English as a Second Language.” High school is interpreted as grades 9, 10, 11, and 12. Students should refer to the General Information section of this bulletin for complete admission requirements.
Transfer Students
Students who have attended another college or university are expected to meet the general requirements for admission of transfer students as outlined in the General Information section of this bulletin.
Applicants (residents and nonresidents) will be considered for admission provided a minimum overall grade-point average of 2.0 (C) or better has been attained on all work attempted at all institutions attended. If the applicant has been away from the collegiate environment for more than three years, he will be considered on the basis of all factors available: high school record, test scores, original collegiate admission qualifications, college performance, and interim experiences that might suggest potential success in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences. A maximum of 72 semester hours taken at junior colleges may be applied toward a degree in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences.
ADVANCED PLACEMENT PROGRAM
Advanced placement and college credit may be granted on the basis of the College Entrance Examination Board’s Advanced Placement Tests. For students who have taken an advanced placement course in high school and who make scores of 3, 4, or 5 in the CEEB’s Advanced Placement Examination, advanced placement as well as college credit will be granted. Students who make scores of 2 may be considered for advanced placement by the discipline concerned. College credit granted will be treated as transfer credit without a grade but will count toward graduation and the meeting of other specific requirements for which it may be appropriate.
College Level Examination Program (CLEP)
Prospective students who plan either to graduate from the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences or to enroll in the college to fulfill lower division requirements for professional schools may earn college level credit for advanced standing in the following CLEP Subject Examinations scored at the 67th percentile and above:
American Literature Analysis and Interpretation of
Literature English Literature American Government American History General Psychology
For complete information about the CLEP program, students should refer to the General Information section of this bulletin.
STUDY ABROAD PROGRAM
The University of Colorado sponsors an active study abroad program, which is open to students from all campuses of the University. The program is described in the General Information section of this bulletin.
ADVANCED STANDING BY EXAMINATION
Examinations for advanced standing credit may be granted to a student in degree status and in good standing for work completed by private study or by occupational experience if such credit is equivalent to courses offered by the University of Colorado. A nonrefundable fee is charged for each examination taken. The fee is assessed at the lowest resident tuition charge currently in effect at UCD. Arrangements for the examinations are made through the Office of Admissions and Records.
Introductory Economics Western Civilization Biology
General Chemistry Geology
Introductory Calculus


College of Liberal Arts and Sciencesll3
ACADEMIC ADVISING
Students in the college are expected to assume the responsibility for planning their academic programs in accordance with college rules and policies and major requirements.
To assist students with this planning the college maintains an advising staff located in Room 804 of the Tower Building. Students are urged to consult with the staff of this office concerning individual academic problems.
As soon as the student has determined his major, he must declare his intentions to his discipline adviser. The discipline adviser will be responsible not only for the student’s advising but also for the certification of the completion of his major program for graduation.
Students planning to earn a degree from one of the professional schools should see an adviser in that school. Each professional school has certain specific requirements. Preprofessional health science students should see a member of the Health Sciences Committee early in their careers. Appointments should be made through the sciences secretary in Room 508.
UCD also has a counseling service available through the Office for Student Affairs to which a student may go for assistance with problems.
CREDIT FOR ARMY ROTC
Students in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences may participate in the Army ROTC program through the College of Arts and Sciences on the Boulder Campus. The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences will accept a maximum of 12 hours of ROTC course work toward the baccalaureate degree. For more information about the ROTC program, see the General Information section of this bulletin.
ACADEMIC POLICIES
Courses and Credits
The University operates on the semester system. The term “course” as used in this bulletin means a one-semester course. Except for laboratory courses, the credit-hour value assigned to a course is roughly equivalent to the number of hours per week of class work involved in the course (thus a 3-semester-hour course normally meets 3 hours per week). The value of a course in semester-hour credits is indicated by that part of the course number which follows the hyphen. Example: Chem. 103-5. “Chem. 103” is the identifying department number, and “5” indicates that the course is for 5 semester hours credit.
Course Numbering System
Course levels are designated as follows: 100 level, freshman; 200 level, sophomore; 300 level, junior; 400 level, senior; 500 level, graduate.
Upper Division Credit
Courses numbered 300 or above and all honors courses are awarded upper division credit.
Student Classification
Students are classified according to the number of semester hours of credit earned: freshman classification, 0 to 29 semester credits; sophomore, 30 to 59 semester credits; junior, 60 to 89 credits; and senior, 90 to 120 credits.
Course Load Policy
The normal course load is 12 to 18 hours. Students registered for fewer than 12 hours are regarded as part-time students. Students wishing to register for 20 hours or more must obtain approval from the dean. These totals include all
courses taken for credit in the University, but do not include correspondence courses, noncredit courses, and courses taken at other institutions. To receive credit, the student must be officially registered for each course.
Students who hold or expect to hold full- or part-time employment while enrolled in the college must register for course loads they can expect to complete without unusual difficulty. Recommended course loads are given below, but each student must weigh his own abilities and assess the demands of each course in determining an appropriate schedule. The college assumes that all courses selected will be completed.
Employed 20 hours per week—10 to 13 semester hours or three to four courses
Employed 30 hours per week—8 to 11 semester hours or three courses Employed 40 hours per week—6 to 9 semester hours or two to three courses
Independent Study
Students may register for independent study with the written approval of the appropriate faculty member and divisional dean. The amount of credit to be given for an independent study project (not to exceed 3 credits per semester) shall be arranged at the time of registration. A maximum of 12 credits taken on an independent study basis may apply toward the bachelor’s degree.
Credit for Courses in the Professional Schools and in Physical Education
Students may count toward the Bachelor of Arts degree as many as 24 credit hours of course work for curricula leading to degrees other than the B.A. (business, engineering and applied science, environmental design, journalism, music, nursing, and pharmacy). College of Liberal Arts and Sciences students desiring secondary school certification will be allowed to take 32 hours in the certification program of the School of Education as part of their total required hours for the Bachelor of Arts degree. Vocational and technical courses from a two-year program may not be included. Activity courses in physical education, up to a maximum of 8 hours, will count toward the 120 required for the degree.
Correspondence Study
Students in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences, with the approval of the dean, may take work in correspondence study offered by the University’s Division of Continuing Education. A maximum of 30 hours of correspondence work may count toward the degree.
Adding and Dropping Courses
All changes of schedule must be made by processing the official drop/add card. No change will be made in a student’s schedule until all necessary signatures have been entered on the drop/add card and the card has been returned to the Office of Admissions and Records. Restrictions on changes of schedule are noted below:
Adding Courses. Courses may not be added after the second week of classes except under unusual circumstances.
Dropping Courses. Students receive a grade of F in any course that they discontinue without officially dropping. Students will be allowed to drop during the first two weeks of the semester with no signatures required on the drop card. After the second week the instructor must certify that the student is passing if the course is to be dropped without discredit. After the tenth week of the semester, courses may not be dropped unless there are circumstances clearly beyond the student’s control (accident, illness, etc.). The instructor and the dean must approve the drop under these circumstances.


14/University of Colorado at Denver
Withdrawal
When a student withdraws from the University, he must obtain the approval of the dean’s office (Room 804) and the Office of Admissions and Records. A notation of withdrawal is made on the permanent record page. Students who leave the University without officially withdrawing will receive grades of F for all course work. After the tenth week of the semester, a student will not be permitted to withdraw except for reasons clearly beyond his control.
Attendance Regulations
The matter of classroom attendance is left to the discretion of the instructor. It is the responsibility of the student to determine at the beginning of each semester his instructor’s policies on attendance.
Students who do not attend the first class session in limited enrollment courses of 15 or less will lose their place in the class unless arrangements have been made with the instructor prior to the first class session.
Incompletes
The following grade symbols may be assigned to indicate that work in a particular course was not completed at the end of the semester:
7tW-Incomplete/withdrawal. Automatic conversion to W after one academic year if the course is not made up. This grade is awarded when, for reasons acceptable to the instructor, sufficient information is unavailable to warrant a final grade, and when the student’s work indicates a potential passing grade.
/ IF -Incomplete failing. Automatic conversion to F grade after one academic year if the course is not made up. This grade is awarded under the same circumstances as above, except that the student's work is of failing quality. In the case of graduating seniors, I/F grades will be calculated in the grade-point average as F in order to avoid the possibility of the grade-point average dropping below the required
2.0 (C) after degrees have been conferred.
Pass/Fail Option
All students who wish to register for a course on a pass/fail basis may do so during regular registration procedures. Changes to or from a pass/fail basis may be effected during the normal two-week drop-add period. After two weeks, it will not be possible for the student to change his registration unless approved by the dean of the college as a specific exception. The following restrictions should be noted on the use of the PlF option:
1. Not more than 16 semester hours of course work passed may be credited toward the 120 hours required for graduation. These 16 hours are in addition to those taken in honors, physical education, cooperative education, and certain teacher certification courses through the School of Education.
2. The use of the pass/fail option may be restricted in certain major programs.
3. Courses taken on a pass/fail basis may not be included in the minimum of 30 hours of C or better required for the major.
4. Only 6 hours of course work may be PlF in any given semester.
5. Grades ofD and above convert to a P. The P grade is not included in the student’s grade-point average.
6. Grades of F equal a letter grade of F and will count in the grade-point average.
7. Transfer Students. No course may be taken on a PlF basis by transfer students graduating with only 30 semester hours completed at the University of Colorado.
Grade-Point Average Requirements and Scholastic Suspension
A minimum cumulative grade-point average (GPA) of 2.0 (C) is required of all students in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences. If a student’s GPA drops below 2.0 at the end of any semester (excluding summer term), the student will be required to achieve better than a 2.0 in a succeeding semester, as described in the following sliding scale, or he will be suspended. The student must then continue to meet the sliding scale every semester until his grade-point average reaches 2.0. Scholastic records of students will be reviewed as soon as possible after the close of each spring semester, and the student will be informed in writing if he is to be suspended.
Hours Deficiency 1-10 11-20 21-30 Over 30
Grade-Point Average in the Most Recent Semester After Readmission
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
The ‘‘Hours Deficiency” is the number of credit hours of B work the student must earn to raise his GPA to 2.0. Hours of deficiency may be computed as follows: multiply the total number of hours by 2 to obtain the GPA points that would have been attained with a 2.0 average. Subtract from this figure the total grade points shown on the last grade slip. The difference is the hours of deficiency.
In an effort to raise his grade-point average, a student may register for courses in the University of Colorado summer term on any campus, for correspondence study through the University, for correspondence study offered through UCD Division of Continuing Education, irrespective of his academic status.
Grades earned at another institution are not used in calculating the grade-point average at the University of Colorado. However, grades earned in another college or school within the University of Colorado are used in determining the student’s scholastic standing and his progress toward the degree.
First Suspension. The normal period of suspension is two regular semesters (one academic year, excluding summer term), after which the student will automatically be readmitted to the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences. The student will then be expected to meet the sliding scale (based on his CU record only) until his cumulative GPA reaches 2.0. Failure to do so will result in a second suspension.
A student under a first suspension may be readmitted before the end of the normal suspension period only if he has demonstrated academic improvement in one of the following ways:
1. By achieving a cumulative 2.5 average on all summer or correspondence work attempted at the University of Colorado since suspension. (A student must register for a minimum of 6 credits in the summer term on any campus or through correspondence work.)
2. By raising the cumulative grade-point average to 2.0 through correspondence or summer work at the University of Colorado.
3. By raising the cumulative grade-point average to 2.0 at another institution. (The cumulative grade-point average is defined as the grade-point average at the University of Colorado in combination with the work taken at all other institutions.) Upon return to the University, however, the student retains his previous grade-point average. (GPA from another institution does not transfer back to the University.)
Second Suspension. A student suspended for a second time will be readmitted only under unusual circumstances, and


College of Liberal Arts and Sciences/15
only by petition to the Committee on Academic Progress of the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences. Each petition will be examined individually. The committee will expect the student to show that his chances for successfully completing his education in the college have been materially improved by factors such as increased maturity or a relief from stressful circumstances. The deadline for petitions to the Committee on Academic Progress for reinstatement for any fall semester is August 1; for reinstatement for any spring semester the deadline is December 1.
Students who complete 12 or more semester hours at another institution must apply for readmission to the University of Colorado as transfer students, regardless of their status in the University of Colorado. They also must present a 2.0 cumulative grade-point average on all collegiate work attempted (at the University of Colorado and elsewhere) in order to be considered for readmission.
Academic Warning
Students whose cumulative grade-point averages fall below a 2.0 (C) at the end of the fall semester will be so notified early in the spring semester. Students will be informed in writing concerning the grade-point requirements which must be met by the end of the spring semester.
Committee on Academic Progress
The Committee on Academic Progress (CAP) is responsible for the administration of the academic policies of the college as established by the faculty. The committee constitutes the bridge between the faculty in its legislative capacity and the students upon whom the legislation comes to bear. The committee alone is empowered to grant waivers of, exemptions from, and exceptions to the academic policies of the college.
One of the major responsibilities of the committee is the handling of suspensions and reinstatement of suspended students. The normal period of suspension is two regular semesters (one academic year, excluding summer term). However, students suspended a second time will be reinstated only under unusual circumstances and only by petition to the committee.
Academic Ethics
Students are expected to conduct themselves in accordance with the highest standards of honesty and integrity. Cheating, plagiarism, illegitimate possession and disposition of examinations, alteration, forgery, or falsification of official records, and similar acts or the intent to engage in such acts are grounds for suspension or expulsion from the University.
In particular, students are advised that plagiarism consists of any act involving the offering of the work of someone else as the student’s own. It is recommended that students consult with their instructors as to the proper preparation of reports, papers, etc., in order to avoid this and similar offenses.
REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION College Requirements
The following four requirements apply to all Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Fine Arts students:
1. Arts and humanities—12 semester hours.
2. Natural and physical sciences—12 semester hours.
3. Social sciences—12 semester hours.
Lists of courses that will satisfy the above area requirements are available in the Fall and Spring Schedule of Courses, in each divisional office, and in the dean’s office.
4. Foreign language. This requirement is satisfied by:
a. Completion of a Level III high school course in any classical or modem foreign language; or
b. Completion of a third-semester course (normally 211, but in French, German, 201 or 211) in the college; or
c. Demonstration of third-semester proficiency by test.
d. This requirement also may be satisfied by completion of Intensive German (12 credit hours in one semester).
Students who elect to continue a language studied before entering the college will be placed in courses appropriate to their level of preparation and will continue from the level indicated until the third-semester course has been passed. A student who enrolls in a course at a lower level than that in which he has been placed will not receive credit for the course.
Students who may go on to do graduate work are advised to complete the fourth semester of a foreign language in preparation for language requirements of graduate schools.
Foreign Language Placement. Placement of students in college-level foreign language courses is based on units of high school language study and on the verbal SAT score or English ACT score according to the following schedule:
Verbal SAT Score English ACT Score High School Foreign Language Levels or Units Approved Courses, Strongly Advised for the Freshman Year
600-800 25-36 4 or more Exempt from requirement. No credit allowed below third-year (300-level) courses.
200-599 0-24 4 or more Exempt from requirement. Recommended 300-level courses; no credit allowed below fourth-semester (202 or 212) courses.
600-800 25-36 3 Exempt from requirement. Recommended 300-level courses; no credit allowed below fourth-semester (202 or 212) courses.
200-599 0-24 3 Exempt from requirement. No credit allowed below fourth-semester (202 or 212) courses.
600-800 25-36 2 Third semester courses (201 or 211).
200-599 0-24 2 Second semester courses (102).
600-800 25-36 1 Second semester courses (102).
200-599 0-24 1 Beginning course (101).
A student may enroll in a course at a lower level than that in which he is placed upon consultation with the appropriate faculty member. However, he will not receive credit for any course taken at a level lower than his placement. Exceptions to this policy can be made when there has been a lapse of five or more years since previous study of the language. There is ample opportunity for language review by enrolling on a noncredit basis in lower-level language courses upon consultation with the adviser.
Students may request a placement test to place them in a higher level course than that assigned, or to demonstrate proficiency sufficient to satisfy the college foreign language requirement.


16/University of Colorado at Denver
Students who do not wish to continue a language studied previously may begin a new language without penalty. However, students are strongly urged to begin or continue their college-level language study immediately upon enrollment in the college. Students also are urged to consult with the appropriate faculty member concerning any problems that might arise regarding foreign language study or the foreign language requirement.
Note: Physical education is no longer required for completion of the bachelor’s degree. However, a maximum of 8 hours of physical education credit will count toward the 120 required for the degree.
Major Requirements
A candidate for the degree Bachelor of Arts shall fulfill such requirements as may be stipulated for his major program. These requirements shall include at least 30 semester hours of work in the major area (as determined by his adviser) of C grade or higher, at least 16 hours of which shall be at the upper division level. The grade average in the major shall be at least C. Not more than 48 semester hours in one field may be counted in the 120 hours required for the degree. The student is responsible for knowing the requirements for the major. The adviser shall be responsible for determining when a student has satisfactorily completed the requirements for the major and for so certifying to the dean of the college.
For requirements of the Bachelor of Fine Arts degree, consult the fine arts section in the alphabetical listings under the description of courses and programs.
Upper Division Requirement
Students must complete at least 45 hours of upper division work (courses numbered in the 300s and 400s) to be eligible for the bachelor’s degree. Any student may registerfor upper division courses providing he has satisfied the prerequisites or has the approval of the discipline in which the course is offered.
Courses transferred from a junior college carry lower division credit. Exceptions to this require approval of the dean of the college and the appropriate discipline representative, who may ask the student to validate upper division credit by taking an advanced standing examination.
Total Credit-Hour and Grade-Point Requirement
To qualify for the Bachelor of Arts degree in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences, students must pass at least 120 semester hours with an average of at least 2.0 (C) in all courses attempted at the University of Colorado.
Residence Requirement
A candidate for a degree from the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences must earn his last 30 hours in the University of Colorado and must be enrolled as a degree student in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences.
Senior Progress Report
Upon completion of 80 semester hours of course work, each student should request a Progress Report from the Office of the Dean to determine his status with respect to the above requirements.
At the beginning of their last semester, students are required to file Diploma Cards, showing the date when they intend to be graduated. Diploma Cards are available in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences, Office of Admissions and Records, and at registration. During their senior year, students must clear all schedule changes with the Degree Requirements Section of the Office of the Dean.
Graduation With Honors and With Distinction
The Honors Program of the college is outlined in the Special Programs section of this bulletin. In addition to graduation with honors, a student may be graduated with distinction if, prior to his final semester, he has taken at least 30 hours at the University of Colorado and if his cumulative grade-point average by the end of the semester prior to his final semester’s work toward the degree is 3.5 or higher, both at the University of Colorado and in all collegiate work attempted.
Summary Checklist of Graduation Requirements
The student alone is ultimately responsible for the fulfillment of these requirements. Questions concerning them should be directed to the Office of the Dean. Upon completion of degree requirements (including the fulfillment of a major) the student will be awarded the appropriate degree.
General Requirements
1. 120 semester hours passed.
2. 2.0 cumulative grade-point average on all University of Colorado work.
3. 45 hours of upper division work.
4. The last 30 hours in residence in the college.
Area Requirements
1. Arts and humanities: 12 semester hours.
2. Natural and physical sciences: 12 semester hours.
3. Social sciences: 12 semester hours.
4. Foreign language: third-semester proficiency in any one language or completion of a Level III high school foreign language course.
Major Requirements
1. 30 to 48 hours in the major area.
2. 30 hours of C grade or better in the major area.
3. A 2.0 grade-point average in all major work.
4. 16 hours of upper division courses in the major, C grade or higher.
5. Special requirements as stipulated by the major program.
Note: Not more than 48 hours in any one field and not more than 24 hours outside the college can be counted in the 120 hours required for the degree.
Students planning to transfer to the Boulder Campus are responsible for informing themselves of the degree requirements on that campus.
Division of
Arts and Humanities
ROBLEY D. RHINE, Assistant Dean
The division includes the disciplines of communication and theatre, communication disorders and speech science, English, fine arts, French, German, philosophy, and Spanish. Complete undergraduate majors are offered in all but communication disorders and speech science. Requirements for each major are explained before the course listings for the respective disciplines. Information on preprofessional programs is given in that section of this bulletin.
This division offers course work in several special programs including Comparative Literature, American Studies, and the Writing Program. The Writing Program is


College of Liberal Arts and Sciences/17
designed to prepare professional writers in the techniques and vocabularies of fields such as fine arts, science, engineering, creative writing, business, social sciences, and literature. Two cocurricular programs also are open to students: Theatre and Forensics.
Students interested in majoring in any of the disciplines or in participating in any of the specialized programs should request additional information from the divisional office.
Description of Courses and Programs
For information on scheduling of courses, consult the appropriate Schedule of Courses for day, time, and meeting place of classes.
ARTS AND HUMANITIES
A.H. 398-3 Cooperative Education. Designed experiences involving application of specific, relevant concepts and skills in supervised employment situations. Prer., sophomore standing and 2.5 GPA.
COMMUNICATION AND THEATRE
A major in communication and theatre at both the bachelor’s and master’s levels may be completed at UCD.
Students majoring in communication and theatre must present a minimum of 40 semester hours (although the individual areas within communication and theatre may require additional hours) including C.T. 202 and C.T. 400. The student must elect to pursue one of the several areas of emphasis within the communication and theatre field. Each area has its own requirements for graduation, and specific programs will be developed in consultation with academic advisers to insure proper balance of courses within the major. Lists of required and suggested courses in each major area may be obtained from the divisional office.
C.T. 40-0. Speech Laboratory in English as a Second Language.
Group assistance for people for whom English is a second language and who wish to improve their spoken English.
C.T. 41-0. Reading Laboratory in English as a Second Language.
Group assistance for people for whom English is a second language and who wish to improve their speed and comprehension in reading English.
C.T. 42-0. Writing Laboratory in English as a Second Language. Group assistance for people for whom English is a second language and who wish to improve their writing in English.
C.T. 140-5. Structure and Pronunciation of Standard English for Speakers of Other Languages. Practice in speaking and understanding spoken English, with attention to grammar, pronunciation, and vocabulary as well as meaning and appropriateness.
C.T. 141-3. Written Composition for Speakers of Other Languages I.
Beginning course in written English composition for people for whom English is a second language. Oral and written work.
C.T. 142-3. Written Composition for Speakers of Other Languages II. Second semester course. Continued work on grammar, syntax, spelling, and the mechanics of writing, but with greater focus on selection, development, and organization of material for longer connected discourse.
C.T. 200-3. Voice and Diction. Improvement of the normal speaking voice, articulation, and pronunciation.
C.T. 202-3. Principles of Communication I. A lecture-discussion-recitation approach to communication theory and its application.
C.T. 203-3. Principles of Communication II. Further development of the principles of communication. Specific topics such as argumentation, source credibility, attitude, organization, language style, and mass communication will be expanded by both theoretical refinement and analysis of specific research studies. Prer., C.T. 202.
C.T. 210-3. Speechmaking. The theory and practice of developing ideas, supporting materials, organization, style, delivery, and audience adaptation.
C.T. 250-3. Introduction to Oral Interpretation. Study and performance of the narrative, lyric, and dramatic modes of literature. Not open to freshmen.
C.T. 270-3. Introduction to Theatre. A study of the theory and practice of theatrical art, historical and contemporary. Readings, lectures, demonstrations, play-going, and participation in live productions.
C.T. 273-2. Stage Movement. (Dance 242.) Analysis and practice of stage movement, including the study of basic techniques in gesture, mime, and pantomime as related to period drama, modem drama, and musical comedy.
C.T. 276-3. Stagecraft. Theory and practice. An introduction to stagecraft, including basic mechanical drawing, mechanics, lighting, and their application to the scenic arts.
C.T. 308-3. Introduction to Phonetics. International Phonetic Alphabet (IPA) and some kinesics of American English, phonemes transcription in context.
C.T. 315-3. Discussion. Theory and practice in group discussion processes, decision making, participant and leader behavior combined with interpersonal laboratory.
C.T. 320-3. Argumentation. Theory of argumentation and debate applied to contemporary issues. Briefing and presenting arguments.
C.T. 349-variable credit. Problems in English as a Second Language.
Study in problem areas. Work is basically investigative in character. Prer., consent of supervising instructor.
C.T. 350-3. Oral Interpretation of Literature: Poetry. Exploration of poetry through analysis and performance. Prer., C.T. 250.
C.T. 360-3. Introduction to Broadcasting and Film. Development, organization, controls, and functions of radio and television. An introduction to structure, economics, and social influence of film.
C.T. 361-3. Radio Programming and Production. Introduction to basic elements of radio including the audio console, microphone, turntables, tape recorders, tape editing, timing, and combo operation. Emphasis on applying the basic principles and practices through professional production of live and taped radio programs. Prer., C.T. 360.
C.T. 362-3. Television Production. Introduction to basic television production principles, practices, techniques, facilities, and equipment, including cameras, audio equipment, lighting, films, videotape, graphics, sets, etc. Prer., C.T. 360.
C.T. 373-3. Acting. Theory and practice to enable the student to improve his techniques and to utilize these techniques in creative acting.
C.T. 374-3. Directing. A study of the director’s function in the live theatre with particular emphasis on play analysis and the relationship of creative communication existing between the director and the production team.
C.T. 378-3. Black Theatre. Black playwrights through the Harlem renaissance to the present American Black Revolution.
C.T. 399/499-variable credit. Problems in Communication and Theatre. Study in problem areas in the field of communication and theatre. Prer., consent of supervising instructor.
C.T. 400-3. Rhetorical and Aesthetic Dimensions of Communication.
The study of communication as a process which integrates instrumental and consumatory elements. Prer., C.T. 202, senior standing in communication and theatre, or C.T. 202 and consent of instructor.
C.T. 415-3. Group Communication Theory. Observation and analysis of group processes and leadership roles and functions from the viewpoint of modem communication theory. Prer., C.T. 315 or consent of instructor.
C.T. 416-3. Representative American Speeches. Study of American speeches and speakers as they interact with audiences and events. Rhetorical analysis of ideas, organization, supporting materials, motivation, style, and delivery.
C.T. 420-3. Seminar: Persuasion. Theory of motivation and how it
changes as it operates in individual and groups. Consideration of attitudes, beliefs, values, credibility, message variables, ethics, and effects. Analysis of persuasive campaign.
C.T. 421-3. The Psychology of Communication. Examination of psychological factors affecting comprehension and retention of speech and formation of linguistic habits, set, attitude formation and change, perception, values, and meaning. Prer., C.T. 202 for majors.
C.T. 422-3. Information Analysis. Study of the applications and misapplications of the mathematical theory of communication. Prer., consent of instructor.
C.T. 426-3. Communication and Conflict: Interpersonal and Intergroup. Study of the influence of communication of intrapersonal, interpersonal, intragroup, and intergroup conflict situations.
C.T. 427-3. Intercultural Communication. Examination of the philosophy, process, problems, and potentials unique to communication across cultural boundaries. Implications for personal and social innovation. Prer., C.T. 202.


I8/University of Colorado at Denver
C.T. 428-3. Communication of Directed Change. Examination of the communication process underlying the diffusion of innovations. Provides a bridge between theory and application in the study of directed change. C.T. 430-3. Teaching of Communication and Theatre. Fundamental problems of the teacher of communication and theatre. Prer., consent of instructor.
C.T. 433-3. Teaching With Group Methods. The study of group forces, potentials, and the teacher’s role in creating effective learning groups.
C.T. 435-3. Creative Dramatics. The study of creativity, its role and application in dramatics, and the manner in which creative dramatics assists in the growth and development of children and youth.
C.T. 440-3. Structure of Today’s English With Linguistic View. An
up-to-date exploration of the workings of the English language with attention to current linguistic science trends in language analysis and description.
C.T. 441-3. Teaching Standard English to Speakers of Other Languages or Dialects. Comprehensive overview of the principals and techniques necessary to a broad-based audiolingual-cognitive approach to language teaching. Prer.. C.T. 440 or consent of instructor.
C.T. 442-variable credit. Practicum in Teaching English as a Second Language. Practical experience in situations appropriate to the student teacher's particular English-teaching interests. Prer.. C.T. 441 or consent of instructor.
C.T. 450-3. Advanced Oral Interpretation. Exploration of prose forms; theory and analysis of fiction and nonfiction. Development and presentation of individual and group programs. Prer., C.T. 350.
C.T. 451-3. Advanced Oral Interpretation. Exploration of poetic forms; theory and analysis of modem poetry. Development and presentation of individual and group programs. Prer.. C.T. 350.
C.T. 452-3. Dramatic Interpretation. Analysis of dramatic literature. Development and presentation of individual and group programs. Prer., C.T. 350.
C.T. 460-3. Radio-TV Station Organization and Operation. Procedures, organization, and problems of management and operation of radio and television broadcast stations. Prer., C.T. 360 or consent of instructor. C.T. 465-3 to 4. Television in Education (L.M. 507.) Utilization of television at all levels of education. Theory and practice in defining needs, identifying alternative solutions, producing materials, and evaluating results. Fourth credit hour requires comprehensive project design. Prer., C.T. 360 or consent of instructor.
C.T. 471-3. History of the Theatre I. Study of theatres, methods of presentation, actors, and acting from primitive times to 1700, emphasizing perception of contemporary theatre as a way of understanding and appreciating the place of theatre in historical contexts.
C.T. 473-3. Advanced Acting. Research, analysis, and preparation and performance of roles in period and modem drama, emphasizing theories and techniques of historical and presentational styles. Prer., C.T. 373. C.T. 475-3. Playwriting; The Short Form. Play, radio, and television scripts. Prer., any course in drama or consent of instructor.
C.T. 478-3. Drama Theory. Examination of critical and theoretical ideas from Aristotle to the present day.
C.T. 479-0 to 4. Theatre Practice. Participation in University Theatre productions. Credit hours to be arranged by director of the theatre. Not more than 2 hours may be earned in any one semester or in the summer session. Prer., consent of the director of the theatre.
C.T. 481-3. History of the Theatre II. Continuation of C.T. 471. From 1700.
C.T. 485-3. Playwriting; The Long Form. (Engl. 306.) Full-length plays, etc. Prer., consent of instructor.
C.T. 499-variable credit. Problems in Communication and Theatre.
Prer., consent of instructor.
COMMUNICATION DISORDERS AND SPEECH SCIENCE
NATALIE HEDBERG, Coordinator
The B.A. degree in communication disorders and speech science is not available at UCD. The following courses are open to undergraduates: CDSS 401 and CDSS 435. For graduate-level courses see Communication Disorders and Speech Science in the Graduate School section of this bulletin.
CDSS 401-2. Speech and Language Development in Children. Underlying processes in the development of speech and language, normal and atypical.
CDSS 435-2. Introduction to Language and Learning Disabilities.
Orientation to the field of language and learning disorders found in preschool, elementary, and secondary school children. Diagnostic and remedial techniques and treatment programs will be surveyed. Films, case studies, guest speakers, and field trips will provide a comprehensive view of the field.
CDSS 499-1 to 3. Independent Study.
COMPARATIVE LITERATURE
Students wishing to pursue graduate work in comparative literature should consult the Graduate School Bulletin.
On the 400 level, students may read all texts in translation; however, reading knowledge in at least one foreign language is highly recommended. On the 500 and 600 levels, students must be able to read in two foreign languages or obtain the consent of the instructor.
C.L. 410-6. Background Readings in Classical, Medieval, and Renaissance Texts.
C.L. 411-3. Basic Literary Concepts.
C.L. 412-3. Literary Genres: Narrative Prose.
C.L. 413-3. Literary Genres: Lyric Poetry.
C.L. 414-3. Literary Genres: Verse Epic.
C.L. 415-3. Literary Genres: Drama—Baroque.
C.L. 435-3. Studies in the Novel: The Modern Novel.
C.L. 436-3. Studies in the Drama: Contemporary European Drama— Ibsen to Brecht.
C.L. 437-3. Studies in Poetry: The Lyric as Genre and Attitude.
C.L. 446-3. Nineteenth- and Early 20th-Century Literature.
C.L. 447-3. Modern Literature.
C.L. 448-3. Contemporary Literature.
C.L. 466-3. Themes, Motifs, and Characters.
C.L. 473-3. Philosophy and Literature. (Phil. 473.)
C.L. 487-3. International Literary Relations: The United States and the Hispanic World.
ENGLISH
A major in English at both the bachelor’s and master’s levels may be completed on the Denver Campus.
Students majoring in English must present a total of 36 hours in English, excluding Engl. 100-101, of which 24 hours must be earned in upper division courses. None of the required 36 hours may be taken on a pass/fail basis. Of the 24 hours required at the 300- or 400-level, at least 3 must be earned in a course dealing with English literature before 1800, at least 3 in a course dealing with English literature after 1800, and at least 3 in a course on American literature. Required courses: Engl. 250, 251, 252 (Survey of English Literature — 9 hours); Engl. 300 (Critical Writing — 3 hours); Engl. 497 or 498 (Major Authors or Topics in Literature — 3 hours).
At least 12 hours of the major’s upper or lower division work in English must be done at UCD in order to qualify for the B.A. in English.
English majors interested in graduating with honors should confer with the honors adviser as soon as possible, but definitely no later than the beginning of the spring term of their junior year.
Students who contemplate teaching should obtain from the School of Education sheets listing curriculum required for a teaching certificate and should consult the School of Education, which supervises the teacher-training program. Since fulfilling requirements for education and English involves close scheduling, students should fulfill at least some of the college requirements during their freshman and sophomore years.
English for foreign students and courses for prospective teachers of English as a foreign language are listed under


College of Liberal Arts and Sciences/19
Communication and Theatre in this bulletin.
For additional literature courses see Comparative Literature and Mexican American Education Program.
Note: A considerable amount of writing is required in all English courses and is graded on form as well as on content.
Engl. 101/102-3. Beginning Composition. Students are placed in 101 or 102 after diagnostic testing during the first week of classes to determine their writing needs.
Engl. 103-3. Intermediate Composition. Emphasis on the longer essay and the research paper. Prer., Engl. 102 or consent of instructor.
Engl. 120-3. Introduction to Fiction. Reading and analysis of short stories and novels.
Engl. 130-3. Introduction to Drama and Poetry. Reading and analysis of plays and poems.
Engl. 200-3. Advanced Composition. Prer., Engl. 100 and 101, or consent of instructor.
Engl. 206-3. Modern Grammatical Usages.
Engl. 215-3. Introduction to Creative Writing. Seminar.
Engl. 216-3. Study of Poetry. Reading of representative English and American poets.
Engl. 250-3. Survey of English Literature I. Chronological study of the greater figures and forces in the mainstream of English literature from the beginning through the 16th century including Shakespeare. Engl. 250, 251, and 252 should be taken in sequence.
Engl. 251-3. Survey of English Literature II. Continuation of Engl. 250. English literature of the 17th and 18th centuries.
Engl. 252-3. Survey of English Literature III. Continuation of Engl .251 English literature of the 19th and 20th centuries.
Engl. 253-3. Masterpieces of British Literature. An intensive study of several major works of British literature.
Engl. 258-3. Great Books I. Literary classics of the ancient world: the Odyssey or Iliad, Greek drama, and several books of the Bible.
Engl. 259-3. Great Books II. From Plato to the Renaissance; selected dialogues of Plato, the Aeneid, the Inferno, and a few works by other writers.
Engl. 260-3. Great Books III. Major works of the 17th, 18th, and 19th centuries.
Engl. 261-3. Great Books IV. Major works of 20th-century poetry, drama, and fiction.
Engl. 265-3. Masterpieces of American Literature. American literary classics: novels, poems, plays, and essays of the 19th and 20th centuries. Engl. 274-3. The American Writer and the Black Man I. Reading and analysis of significant literary works by black or white American writers treating black Americans.
Engl. 275-3. The American Writer and the Black Man II. Continuation of Engl. 274, but may be taken independently of that course.
Engl. 279-3. Survey of Ethnic Literature. Same as Black Studies 279. Engl. 290/390-3. Topics in Literature. Topics such as the following will be offered at regular intervals: science fiction, women in literature, opera as drama.
Note: Before taking any 300-level course in English, a student must have earned 24 semester hours of college credit.
Engl. 300-3. Critical Writing. Criticism of novels, poems, and plays; emphasis on written work.
Engl. 302-3. Writing Workshop: Poetry. Writing poetry. Seminar. May be repeated for up to 6 hours credit.
Engl. 305-3. Writing Workshop: Fiction. Writing fiction. Seminar. May be repeated for up to 6 hours credit. Prer., Engl. 215 or consent of in structor. Engl. 315-3. Report Writing. Practice in reports, papers, and articles. Emphasis on style and editing.
Engl. 318-3. Writing Topics. Individual papers based on upper division courses from the arts and humanities, natural and physical sciences, and social sciences. For writing program majors only. May be repeated for up to 9 hours credit.
Engl. 365-3. American Literature I. Survey of the literature from its beginnings until the Civil War.
Engl. 366-3. American Literature II. Survey of the literature from the Civil War to the present. Continuation of Engl. 365.
Engl. 377-3. Black Literature.
Engl. 394-3. The Bible as Literature. Survey of literary achievements of the ancient Hebrews and the early Christians.
Engl. 395-3. Chaucer. A study of Chaucer’s major works with emphasis
upon the Canterbury Tales. Reading in Middle English after a short introduction to the language.
Engl. 397-3. Shakespeare. A survey of Shakespeare’s characteristic and major plays.
Engl. 398-3. Topics in Shakespeare. Focuses on particular topics and problems in the study of Shakespeare’s plays.
Engl. 399-3. Milton. Milton’s poetry and selected prose.
Note: Before taking any 400-level course in English, a student must have earned 36 semester hours of college credit.
Engl. 420-3. Development of the English Novel I. From the beginnings to 1830.
Engl. 421-3. Development of the English Novel II. From 1830 to World War 1. Continuation of Engl. 420.
Engl. 423-3. Development of the American Novel I. From the beginnings to 1900.
Engl. 424-3. Development of the American Novel II. From 1900 to the present. Continuation of Engl. 423.
Engl. 425-3. Twentieth-Century Fiction. The modem novel in an international perspective, with emphasis on new tendencies.
Engl. 430-3. Development of British Drama I. From the beginnings through the Restoration.
Engl. 431-3. Development of British Drama II. From 1700 to the present. Continuation of Engl. 430.
Engl. 435-3. American Drama. Survey of American drama, with emphasis on O’Neill and subsequent playwrights.
Engl. 436-3. Twentieth-Century Drama. Continental, British, and American drama since Ibsen.
Engl. 443-3. British and American Poetry of the 20th Century.
Engl. 444-3. American Poetry. From the beginnings through the 20th century.
Engl. 446-3. Recent World Literature. Survey of important works and trends in poetry, drama, and fiction since World War II.
Engl. 450-3. Medieval Literature. Selections read in modem English, representative of the life and thought of the Middle Ages (up to 1500). Engl. 452-3. The English Renaissance. Selected works from the 16th and 17th centuries.
Engl. 454-3. The Restoration and the Age of Johnson. Selected works from the period 1660-1800.
Engl. 456-3. English Romanticism. Major works of the chief English romantics: Blake, Wordsworth, Coleridge, Byron, Keats, and Shelley. Engl. 458-3. The Victorian Age. Main currents of Victorian thought in prose and poetry, 1830-1890.
Engl. 460-3. Modern British and Irish Literature. Chronological survey of the period 1890 to World War II.
Engl. 476-3. Contemporary Chicano Literature. Same as M.AM. 476. Engl. 480-3. Advanced Composition for Secondary School Teachers of English. Same as T.Ed. 445. Emphasis on improving expository and argumentative essays by careful criticism. Examination of secondary school composition courses and methods of criticizing and evaluating the writing of secondary school students. Not counted toward minimum number of upper division hours for English major.
Engl. 481-3. Literature for Adolescents. Same asT.Ed. 444. Reading and evaluating books for junior and senior high school pupils. Attention is given to sources of information about books and criteria for selection, as well as to the writers.
Engl. 482-3. Methods and Materials in English. Same as T.Ed. 452. Required of all who wish recommendation as high school English teachers. Engl. 484-3. English Grammar. Study of the English language and of the various grammars of English. Required for candidates for teacher certification only.
Engl. 485-3. History of the English Language. History of the language, including the sound changes affecting modem English and its grammatical forms and vocabulary. Elementary knowledge of English grammar assumed.
Engl. 489-3. Semantics. The meaning of words, their changes of meaning, and the relationship between words and reality.
Engl. 497-3. Topics in American and British Literature. Courses such as the following will be offered at regular intervals: Regional Literature—the Frontier; Satire; Comedy; Tragedy. Open to English majors only, except with consent of the instructor.
Engl. 498-3. Major American and British Authors. Intensive study of works of one major British or American author. Open to English majors only, except with consent of instructor.
Engl. 499-variable credit. Independent Study.


20lUniversity of Colorado at Denver
FINE ARTS
The Department of Fine Arts offers both a B. A. degree and a B.F.A. degree in painting, sculpture, print-making, or design. The B. A. degree must include 40, but not more than 48, hours in fine arts, 24 of which must be in upper division courses. The B.F.A. degree must include 54, but not more than 72, hours in fine arts, 24 of which must be in upper division courses. Students wishing to apply for the B.F.A. degree must have a 2.0 average in all course work at the time of application, which may not be earlier than the end of the junior year. Application forms are available in the divisional office.
The core curriculum for fine arts majors includes 12 hours of Studio I (Fine Arts 100, 101, 102), Studio II (Fine Arts 202), Fine Arts 180-181, Fine Arts 496, and 6 hours of upper division art history. The recommended program for the B.F.A. includes at least two years in one creative field (painting, printmaking, design, or sculpture) plus 9 semester hours in drawing. Students who are candidates for the B .F. A. must take a minimum of 20 hours while in residence.
Studio I and II Courses
For an orientation to studio practice, including drawing and an exploration of two- and three-dimensional media, fine arts majors are required to take 12 hours of Studio I and II courses. There are no prerequisites for Studio I and II courses, but all upper division courses require the corresponding basic course as a prerequisite.
Fine Arts 100-3. Basic Drawing. Exploration of drawing approaches and media.
Fine Arts 101-3. Basic Sculpture. Exploration in three-dimensional form and materials.
Fine Arts 102-3. Basic Painting. Primarily exploration in composition and color.
Fine Arts 202-3. Visual Studies. Studio course designed to introduce to the student the realm of visual thinking while solving the problem of making a visual statement.
Life Drawing
Fine Arts 300-3. First-Year Life Drawing and Composition. Problems in drawing from life; exploring the possibilities in pictorial design and composition. May be repeated.
Fine Arts 400-3. Advanced Drawing. Problems in drawing with emphasis on individual development. Prer., 6 hours Fine Arts 300. May be repeated.
Printmaking
Fine Arts 340-3. First-Year Printmaking. Introduction to intaglio and relief printing, including metal engraving and etching, and woodcut. May be repeated.
Fine Arts 440-3. Second-Year Printmaking. Continued study and experimentation in intaglio, relief printing media. Prer., Fine Arts 340. Maybe repeated.
Fine Arts 342-3. Silk Screen (Serigraphy). Silk screen techniques as they relate to fine art prints. May be repeated.
Painting
Fine Arts 320-3. First-Year Painting. Basic investigation of the materials of the painter and their use in expressing ideas. May be repeated.
Fine Arts 420-3. Second-Year Painting. Expressive pictorial problems involving varied subject matter and painting media, with emphasis on individual development. Prer., Fine Arts 320 or equivalent. May be repeated.
Sculpture
Fine Arts 350/351-3. Sculpture. Creative investigation of various sculptural materials and concepts.
Fine Arts 450/451-3. Advanced Sculpture. Individual sculptural themes. Prer., Fine Arts 350/351.
Design
Fine Arts 315-3. First-Year Photography 1. Using lecture as an introduction to history, technique, and concepts of photography as it relates to the fine arts. Emphasis on photography as a means to a formal and expressive end. Students must have access to a camera.
Fine Arts 316-2. Graphic Design. Problems in advertising illustration and design.
Fine Arts 319-3. First-Year Photography II. Emphasis on processes and critical evaluation of student’s photographs. Prer., Fine Arts 315.
Fine Arts 363-3. Film Making. Studio course designed to acquaint students with the basic visual and esthetic elements of film through actual shooting, editing, and discussion. All work is in 8 or super 8mm. with student’s own or rented camera.
Fine Arts 402-3. Movement-Performance in Fine Art. Studio course designed to present the possibility of movement-performance to the fine arts/humanities student as a form for self-exploration and expression. May be repeated.
Fine Arts 415-3. Second-Year Photography I. Advanced work with photographs and refined technical processes. Prer., Fine Arts 319.
Fine Arts 418-3. Creativity and Problem Solving. Exploration of the process of problem solving through the means fundamental to all artistic endeavors, i.e., making and doing. May be repeated.
Fine Arts 419-3. Second-Year Photography II. Continuation of Fine Arts 415.
Art History
Note: Not all art history courses are offered every year. Check current Schedule of Courses.
Fine Arts 180-3. History of Art I (Survey). History of art of all ages, reflecting the various cultures of mankind from cave paintings to the Renaissance.
Fine Arts 181-3. History of Art II (Survey). History of art of all ages, reflecting the various cultures of mankind from the Renaissance to the present.
Fine Arts 470-3. Primitive Art. (African and Pacific areas.) Native arts of various African peoples as well as those of the major island groups of the Pacific area.
Fine Arts 471-3. Pre-Columbian Art. Architecture, sculpture, painting of the high cultures of Meso-America and the Andean area before the Spanish conquest.
Fine Arts 472-3. North American Indian Art. Survey of major tribal styles of the North American continent.
Fine Arts 476-3. Pre-Classical Art and Archaeology. (Anthro. 427 and Gen. Classics 427.) Greece and Crete from the neolithic period to the end of the Mycenaean world.
Fine Arts 477-3. Classical Art and Archaeology. (Anthro. 428 and Gen. Classics 428.) Greek art and archaeology from the end of the Mycenaean world through the Hellenistic era.
Fine Arts 487-3. American Art. Study of American art and architecture from the Colonial period through the 19th century.
Fine Arts 488-3. American Art. Study of American art and architecture from the 19th century to the present.
Fine Arts 489-3. Origins of Modern Art I. History of European movements of the early 19th century from the French Revolution to Realism. Fine Arts 490-3. Origins of Modern Art II. History of European movements of the late 19th century from Realism through Post-Impressionism. Fine Arts 491-3. Modern Art I. A survey of major trends in painting and sculpture from Post-Impressionism through Dada (1884-1924).
Fine Arts 492-3. Modern Art II. A survey of major trends in painting and sculpture from Surrealism to the present (1924-).
Independent Study and Seminar
Fine Arts 399, 499-variable credit. Independent Study. Individual projects or studies assigned by the major professor. To be arranged.
Fine Arts 494-3. Seminar in Literature and the Visual Arts. Interdisciplinary, team-taught course with another discipline.
Fine Arts 496-3. Art Seminar. For fine arts majors, undergraduate and graduate. Course based on an exchange of ideas basic to the student’s own creative work, and to contemporary philosophies and tendencies in the field. Prer., 12 hours of basic art courses or equivalent. Fine Arts 180-181, or consent of instructor. May be repeated once with consent of instructor.


College of Liberal Arts and Sciences/21
FRENCH
Students who have completed a Level III high school French course have automatically satisfied the college graduation requirement in foreign language. This requirement may also be satisfied by completion of French 201 or 211 or by demonstration of equivalent proficiency by placement test. Students who have studied French in high school and who wish to continue with the language will be placed according to their high school record and verbal SAT score or English ACT score. A student normally may not receive credit for a course at a lower level than that into which he is placed. For a complete statement of policy on foreign language placement and credit, see the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences General Information section of this bulletin.
Students majoring in French must complete 35 semester hours beyond the first year. Students presenting four years of high school French for admission must complete 30 hours beyond the second year. Required courses are French 211-212, 301-302, 311-312, 401-402, plus 6 hours of literature courses at the 400 level.
Note: For comparative literature, see that section.
French 101-5. Beginning French I.
French 102-5. Beginning French II. Prer., French 101.
French 201-3. Second-Year Oral Grammar Review and Conversation.
Prer., French 102 or two years of high school French.
French 202-3. Second-Year Oral Grammar Review and Conversation. Prer., French 201 or two years of high school French.
French 211-3. Second-Year French Reading and Conversation I. Prer., French 102 or two years of high school French.
French 212-3. Second-Year French Reading and Conversation II. Prer., French 211 or three years of high school French.
French 301-2. French Phonetics and Pronunciation. Prer., French 212 or equivalent.
French 302-2. Oral Practice. Prer., French 301 or consent of instructor. French 305-3. French Composition. Prer., French 202 or 212 or equivalent.
French 306-3. French Composition. Prer., French 305 or consent of instructor.
French 311-3. Main Currents of French Literature. Prer., French 212 or consent of instructor.
French 312-3. Main Currents of French Literature. Prer., French 311 or consent of instructor.
French 321-3. La France d'aujourd’hui. Readings and discussion in French of 20th-century French culture. Prer., French 212 or consent of instructor.
French 401-3. Advanced Composition. Prer., French 305 or consent of instructor.
French 402-3. Advanced Composition. Prer., French 401 or consent of instructor.
French 403-3. Advanced Oral Practice. Prer., French 301 and 302, or
consent of instructor.
French 420-3. French Civilization to 1789. Prer., French 312 or 302, or consent of instructor.
French 421-3. French Civilization from 1789 to Present Day. Prer., French 312, 302, or 420, or consent of instructor.
French 436/536-3. Eighteenth-Century French Novel, Theatre, and Poetry.
French 443/543-3. Nineteenth-Century French Novel.
French 448/548-3. Twentieth-Century French Novel. Prer., French 312.
French 496-3. Methods of Teaching Modern Languages. Methodology of teaching French, German, and Spanish in an urban setting; required for secondary language teachers wishing to be certified through the Initial Certification Program of the School of Education. Prer., language proficiency interview and upper-division standing.
French 499-variable credit. Independent Study.
GERMAN
Students who have completed a Level III high school German course have automatically satisfied the college requirement in foreign language. This requirement may also be satisfied by completion of Intensive German (12 credit hours in one semester), by completion of German 201, or by demonstration of equivalent proficiency by placement test. Students who have studied German in high school and wish to continue with the language will be placed according to their high school record and verbal SAT score or English ACT score. A student may not receive credit for a course at a lower level than that into which he is placed.
The German major must take 35 semester hours beyond first year proficiency. Not more than 12 semester hours of 200-level courses and not more than 6 semester hours of courses given in English translation may be taken for credit toward the 35-hour minimum. Required courses for the B. A. are German 301-302: Advanced Conversation, Grammar, Composition; German 401-402: Structural Analysis, Composition, Stylistics; German 423: German Civilization; and German 495: Methods of Teaching German (required of students who desire the recommendation of the discipline representative for secondary school teaching positions). Native German speakers or students with advanced training may request permission to substitute more advanced German courses to fulfill the 35-hour minimum.
German 101-4, Sect. I; German 102-4, Sect. I; German 201-4, Sect. I.
These three sections together comprise a 12-hour, one-semester course. Satisfactory completion of Intensive German fulfills the foreign language requirement. Offered fall semesters only.
German 101-4. Beginning German I.
German 102-4. Beginning German II. Prer., German 101 or one year of high school German.
German 201-4. Intermediate German I: Reading. Prer., German 102 or two years of high school German.
German 202-4. Intermediate German II: Reading. Prer., German 201 or three years of high school German.
German 222-4. Scientific German. Prer., German 201 or upon consultation.
German 301-3. Advanced Conversation and Grammar. Prer., German 202 or consent of instructor.
German 302-3. Advanced Conversation and Composition. Prer., German 301 or consent of instructor.
German 311-3. Die deutsche Novelle. Prer., German 202 or consent of instructor.
German 312-3. Das deutsche Drama. Prer., German 202 or consent of instructor.
German 333-3. Deutsche Klassik. Prer., German 311 and 312, or consent of instructor.
German 334-3. Deutsche Romantik. Prer., German 311 and 312, or consent of instructor.
German 381-3. German Literature in Translation I.
German 382-3. German Literature in Translation II.
German 401-3. Structural Analysis, Composition, and Stylistics I.
Prer., German 302 or consent of instructor.
German 402-3. Structural Analysis, Composition, and Stylistics II. Prer., German 401 or consent of instructor.
German 411-3. Deutsche Literatur des 19. Jahrhunderts.
German 412-3. Deutsche Literatur des 20. Jahrhunderts.
German 423-3. German Civilization.
German 436-3. Die Deutsche Lyrik. Prer., German 311 and 312 or consent of instructor.
German 437-3. Einfuhrung in die deutsche Literaturgeschichte I. Prer., German 311 and 312 or consent of instructor.
German 438-3. Einfuhrung in die deutsche Literaturgeschichte II.
Prer., German 311 and 312 or consent of instructor.
German 494-3. Seminar in Literature and the Visual Arts. Interdisciplinary, team-taught course with fine arts discipline.
German 496-3. Methods of Teaching Modern Languages. Methodol-


22lUniversity of Colorado at Denver
ogy of teaching French, German, and Spanish in an urban setting; required for secondary language teachers wishing to be certified through the Initial Certification Program of the School of Education. Prer., language proficiency interview and upper-division standing.
German 499-variable credit. Independent Study.
PHILOSOPHY
A program for the philosophy major must include a minimum of five courses (15 hours) at the 300 level; a minimum of three courses (9 hours) at the 400 level; and a minimum of one course (3 hours) at the 500 level. The balance of the courses for the major may be taken at the discretion of the student.
The following courses are recommended (not required) for philosophy majors who are planning to do graduate work in philosophy: Symbolic Logic (Phil. 344); History of Philosophy (Phil. 300, 302, 402, 403, 404); Ethics (Phil. 315); Metaphysics (Phil. 335); Epistemology (Phil. 336); Philosophical Method (Phil. 350); several courses concerned with a single philosopher (e.g., Phil. 580, 581, 582, etc.); and one course concerned with the relationship of philosophy to some other discipline (e.g., Philosophy of Science, Philosophy of History, etc.).
General prerequisites (which may vary for some courses) are: 100-level—none; 200-level—3 hours; 300-level—6 hours; 400-level—9 hours; and 500-level—12 hours. The prerequisite may by waived with consent of instructor.
Phil. 115-3. Ethics. Introductory study of major philosophies on the nature of the good of man, principles of evaluation, and moral choice.
Phil. 120-3. Philosophy and Society. Systematic discussion and analysis of the philosophic ideas of community, freedom, political power, the nature and role of violence, etc., together with the challenge of war, poverty, and racism to contemporary culture.
Phil. 130-3. Philosophy and the Physical World. An introduction to philosophy through the consideration of topics and problems related to the physical and biological sciences such as freedom and determinism; mind and body; artificial intelligence; sciences and ethics; current theories of the universe, space, time, matter, energy, causality, etc.
Phil. 144-3. Introductory Logic. Introductory study of definition, informal fallacies, and the principles and standards of correct reasoning.
Phil. 160-3. Philosophy and Religion. An introduction to philosophy through problems of religion, such as the existence of God, faith and reason, religious language, etc.
Phil. 170-3. Philosophy and the Arts. Consideration of philosophic questions involved in the analysis and assessment of artistic experiences and of the objects with which the arts, including the literary arts, are concerned. Phil. 220-3. Classical Social Theories. Introductory study of major philosophies of the past in relation to political, economic, and social issues. Phil. 221-3. Modern Social Theories. Present social issues, together with theoretical analyses by communist, fascist, and democratic thinkers.
Phil. 240-3. Introduction to Philosophy of Science. Examination of some major concepts and problems of scientific thought: explanation, confirmation, causality, measurement, and theory construction.
Phil. 260-3. Oriental Religions.
Phil. 290-3. A Philosophical Classic. Detailed study of one major philosophic text which illustrates a variety of types of philosophical concerns. Emphasis on techniques for analysis, discussion, and assessment of philosophical argumentation. Such works as The Republic, Leviathan, and Treatise of Human Nature.
Phil. 300-3. Greek Philosophy. History of Pre-Socratic, Attic, and Hellenistic philosophy. No prer.
Phil. 301-3. Medieval Philosophy.
Phil. 302-3. Modern Philosophy. History of philosophy from Descartes through Kant. No prer.
Phil. 315-3. Ethical Theory. Selected problems in classical and contemporary ethical theory.
Phil. 320-3. Social and Political Philosophy. A nonhistorical, systematic treatment of basic issues in social and political philosophy, with reference to theories of being, knowledge, and human nature.
Phil. 328-3. Philosophy of Education.
Phil. 335-3. Metaphysics.
Phil. 336-3. Epistemology.
Phil. 344-3. Introduction to Symbolic Logic.
Phil. 360-3. Philosophy of Religion. Nature of religion and methods of studying it.
Phil. 370-3. Aesthetic Theory. Introduction to major theories of aesthetics and contemporary discussions of problems in aesthetics; i.e., the nature of art, the problem of evaluations in art.
Phil. 389-3. Oriental Philosophy. No prer.
Phil. 400-3. Nineteenth-Century Continental Philosophy.
Phil. 401-3. Nineteenth-Century British Philosophy.
Phil. 402-3. Twentieth-Century Analytic Philosophy.
Phil. 403-3. Twentieth-Century Speculative and Idealistic Philosophy. Phil. 404-3. Twentieth-Century Phenomenology and Existentialism. Phil. 405-3. Studies in Contemporary Philosophy.
Phil. 410-3. American Philosophy.
Phil. 424-3. Philosophical Problems and Contemporary Culture.
Issues and controversies in contemporary culture, their relation to modem theories of society, and their manifestations in the arts, science and technology, education, religion, and ethics. No prer.
Phil. 426-3. Philosophy of Law. Consideration of various views of the nature of law, its role in society, and its relation to other disciplines. Investigation of philosophic commitments which underlie and affect legal conceptions and procedures. No prer.
Phil. 427-3. Philosophy of History. Contemporary issues in critical and speculative theory of history, including the problems of methodology, explanation, values, and the relationship between history and social philosophy.
Phil. 430-3. Philosophy of Mind. Consideration of the problems in the philosophy of mind, including the mind-body problem, the problem of our knowledge of other minds, the compatibility of free will and determinism, etc., and discussion of such concepts as action, intention, motive, desire, enjoyment, memory, imagination, dreaming, self-knowledge, etc.
Phil. 443-3. Logical Theory. Prer., Phil. 144 or Phil. 344, or consent of instructor.
Phil. 444-3. Intermediate Symbolic (Mathematical) Logic. Prer., Phil. 344 or consent of instructor.
Phil. 446-3. Theories of Human Nature.
Phil. 449-3. Philosophy of Language.
Phil. 473-3. Philosophy and Literature.
Phil. 493-3. Existentialist Philosophies.
Phil. 496-3. Senior Major Colloquium.
Phil. 499-3. Independent Study.
SPANISH
Students who have completed a Level III high school Spanish course have automatically satisfied the college graduation requirement in foreign language. Requirement may also be satisfied by completion of Spanish 211 or by demonstration of equivalent proficiency by placement test. Students who have studied Spanish in high school and wish to continue with the language will be placed according to their high school record and verbal SAT or ACT score. A student may not receive credit for a course lower than that into which he is placed. For complete statement of policy on foreign language placement and credits, see the College of Liberal Arts and Science General Information section of this bulletin.
A major in Spanish consists of the following requirements:
1. Total of 35 credit hours in Spanish courses beyond 102, including the following minimum distribution: (a) at least 9 hours in upper division courses in language theory and practice (301-302, 401-402, 495); (b) at least 8 hours in upper division literature courses including at least one course in Spanish Peninsular literature and one in Spanish-American literature; (c) at least 12 hours in courses numbered 400 or above.
2. Total of 6 hours from one or more of the following areas: (a) Latin American studies (e.g., history, political science, etc.); (b) Mexican American Studies; (c) linguistics; (d) upper division courses in another foreign language or comparative literature.


College of Liberal Arts and Sciences/23
Students who entered the University before fall 1969 may choose the current major program or the program in effect at the time of their first registration.
Students seeking certification for teaching at secondary level note: School of Education requires Spanish 495 (Methods of Teaching Spanish); the 3 credit hours earned in that course count toward the major and are subject to the 48-hour maximum from one discipline allowed by the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences for the B.A. degree. Hence, students who begin the major program with Spanish 101 and intend to include secondary certification in their B.A. program must include Spanish 495 in their electives in Spanish
To be admitted to practice teaching of Spanish, majors must take the language skills tests of the Modem Language Association Proficiency Tests for Teachers and Advanced Students of Spanish and make satisfactory scores.
Students must see the discipline adviser prior to registration for their final semester. Failure to do so may result in delay of graduation. Students considering entering graduate school, either at the University of Colorado or elsewhere, should see an adviser as early as possible since admission depends largely on courses taken in the major.
It is strongly recommended that all majors include some study in a Spanish-speaking country in their programs. Credit earned normally counts toward satisfaction of major requirements, but students should see an adviser before enrolling in a foreign program to insure full transfer of credit. Courses taken abroad and designated as Spanish are subject to the 48-hour-maximum rule of the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences. Students interested in study abroad should consult with the Spanish faculty or the UCD representative for International Education.
For comparative literature courses, see that section.
Spanish 101-5. Beginning Spanish I.
Spanish 102-5. Beginning Spanish II. Prer., Spanish 101 or placement. Spanish 211-3. Second-Year Spanish I. Prer., Spanish 102 or placement.
Spanish 212-3. Second-Year Spanish II. Prer., Spanish 211 or placement.
Spanish 301-3. Pronunciation, Diction, and Conversation. Prer.. Spanish 212 or consent of instructor.
Spanish 302-3. Conversation and Oral Composition. Prer., Spanish 301 or consent of instructor.
Spanish 303-3. History of the Spanish Language in the Southwest. Spanish 304-2. Workshop in Southwestern Spanish. Prer., Spanish 303 or consent of instructor.
Spanish 314-2. Introduction to Literature. Prer., Spanish 212 or consent of instructor.
Spanish 331-3. Twentieth-Century Spanish Literature. Prer., Spanish 314 previously or concurrently, or consent of instructor.
Spanish 332-3. Nineteenth-Century Spanish Literature. Prer., Spanish 314 previously or concurrently, or consent of instructor.
Spanish 333-3. Spanish Literature: Middle Ages Through Golden Age. Prer., Spanish 3i4 and 6 hours of literature at the 300 level, or consent of instructor.
Spanish 334-3. Twentieth-Century Spanish-American Novel and Essay. Prer., Spanish 314 previously or concurrently, or consent of instructor.
Spanish 335-3. Spanish-American Novel and Essay to 20th Century.
Prer., Spanish 314 previously or concurrently, or consent of instructor. Spanish 336-3. Spanish-American Poetry and Short Story. Prer., Spanish 314 and 3 hours of literature at the 300 level, or consent of instructor.
Spanish 391-3. Topics in Spanish Literature. Prer., Spanish 314 or consent of instructor.
Spanish 401/501-3. Advanced Rhetoric and Composition I. Prer., Spanish 302, or consent of instructor.
Spanish 402/502-3. Advanced Rhetoric and Composition II. Prer., Spanish 401, or consent of instructor.
Spanish 414-2. Gaucho Literature.
Spanish 415/513-3. Masterpieces of Spanish Literature.
Spanish 416/516-3. Masterpieces of Spanish American Literature. Spanish 422/522-3. Mexican Literature.
Spanish 430/530-3. Generation of 1898.
Spanish 431/531-3. Spanish-American Literature: Independence Through Romanticism.
Spanish 432/532-3. Spanish Literature Since the Spanish Civil War. Spanish 440/540-3. Romanticism in Spain.
Spanish 441/541-3. Modernism.
Spanish 450/550-3. Nineteenth-Century Spanish Novel.
Spanish 451/551-3. Contemporary Spanish-American Novel.
Spanish 452/552-3. Golden Age Drama.
Spanish 453/553-3. Golden Age Prose.
Spanish 462/562-3. Don Quijote.
Spanish 496-3. Methods of Teaching Modern Languages. Methodology of teaching French, German, and Spanish in an urban setting; required for secondary language teachers wishing to be certified through the Initial Certification ftogram of the School of Education. Prer., language proficiency interview and upper-division standing.
Spanish 499/599-1 to 3. Independent Study.
Division of Natural and Physical Sciences
RICHARD E. STEVENS, Assistant Dean
The Division of Natural and Physical Sciences includes the following disciplines: biology, chemistry, geography, geology, mathematics, physical education, physics, and psychology.
The division offers a wide variety of programs of study which includes undergraduate majors within a discipline, interdisciplinary programs, and preprofessional programs.
It is possible to satisfy all requirements for the Bachelor of Arts degree at UCD in the following disciplines: biology, chemistry, geography, mathematics, physics, and psychology. The description of the program of each discipline includes the requirements for a major within that discipline.
Students enrolling in health-related preprofessional programs should consult with the Health Sciences Committee of the Division of Natural and Physical Sciences at the beginning of their preprofessional education and at selected intervals thereafter. Appointments for advising must be made in the division office, Room 508. The preprofessional health program options are: child health associate, medical technology, physical therapy, dentistry, dental hygiene, medicine, optometry, osteopathy, nursing, and pharmacy. Requirements for preprofessional programs can be obtained in Room 508.
Course options are available for the nonscience major. There are three sets of courses from which a student may satisfy the Division of Natural and Physical Sciences’ area requirement of 12 semester hours. Any combination of these courses will satisfy the requirement.
Set I, Topics in Science—133-1, are modular courses designed for, but not limited to, majors outside of the natural and physical sciences. Each module carries 1 semester hour of credit and is offered in a 'A-semester time block of five weeks, during which the course meets the equivalent time of three lectures a week. There are no prerequisites and each module is a self-contained unit designed to cover a given problem or topic in science in a unified way. It is recommended that the student take a


24lUniversity of Colorado at Denver
single module during each five-week period with a maximum of three per semester.
The topics will change from semester to semester and from year to year. The Schedule of Courses for each semester will give the list of current topics offered. (For general descriptions, see Topics in Science entries under each discipline involved.)
Set II courses are one or two semesters in length and have no formal prerequisites. These include both introductory survey courses and special topics courses and are also usually designed with the nonscience major in mind.
Set III includes all other natural and physical science courses offered in the division. Although these courses are generally designed for the science major, they are open to students with the proper prerequisites.
Description of Courses and Programs
For information on scheduling of courses, consult the appropriate Schedule of Courses for day, time, and meeting place of classes.
BIOLOGY
The major in biology is designed to be as flexible as possible to allow each student to build a program that meets his needs. The student should contact a biology adviser early in his academic career. Majors are required to take 17 hours of core biology courses: Biol. 205, 206; Biol. 341; Biol. 383; and Biol. 361. An additional 15 hours of biology courses are to be selected in consultation with a biology adviser. Majors are required to take Chem. 103, 106 and sufficient mathematics to prepare themselves to take Math. 140 in addition to the 32 hours in biology.
Biol. 133-1. Topics in Biology. Five-week courses dealing with topics in biology. See Schedule of Courses for current topics. For nonscience majors to fulfill the natural science requirements.
Biol. 205-4. General Biology I. Lect., lab. Study of structures and function of living systems—cells, organ systems, organisms, and populations. Primarily for science majors.
Biol. 206-4. General Biology II. Continuation of Biol. 205. Prer., Biol. 205.
Biol. 322-3. Essentials of Animal Physiology. Lect., lab. Introduction to animal physiology. Prer., one year of general biology and one year of general chemistry.
Biol. 325-4. Human Biology and Pathogenesis I. Lect. Understanding of the human organism as a biological being and interrelationships and interdependence between structure and function of systems. Prer., one year of general biology and one year of general chemistry, or consent of instructor.
Biol. 326-4. Human Biology and Pathogenesis II. Lect. Emphasis is on multiple causality of disease and factors that contribute to vulnerability. Prer., Biol. 325.
Biol. 341-3. Principles of Ecology. Lect. Biological communities, population interactions, and environment. Prer., one year of general biology. Biol. 361-3. Cell Biology. Lect. Interrelationships between cell structure and function. Prer., one year of general biology.
Biol. 383-3. General Genetics. Lect. Introduction to molecular, classical, developmental, and population genetics. Prer., one year of general biology.
Biol. 384-2. Laboratory in General Genetics. Lab. To acquaint students with techniques used in study of genetics. Independent study projects and general laboratory exercises included. Prer., Biol. 383.
Biol. 410-3. Behavioral Genetics. (Psych. 410.) Lect. Interdisciplinary course for upper division students interested in relationships between behavior and heredity. Prer., consent of instructor.
Biol. 412-3. Quantitative Genetics. (Psych. 412.) Lect. Principles of genetics of quantitative traits. Topics include gene frequencies, effects of mutation, migration, and selection; correlations among relatives, herita-bility, inbreeding, crossbreeding, and selective breeding. Prer., Biol. 383.
Biol. 415-3. Population Dynamics. Lect. Current concepts and models of population theory. Emphasis on regulation of numbers, dispersal, competition, predator-prey interactions, niche theory, and stability and diversity of natural systems. Prer., Biol. 341 or 441 or 443.
Biol. 425-3. Introduction to Animal Behavior. (Psych. 425.) Lect. Similarities and differences among animals. Principles of behavior in a variety of species. Prer., 6 hours of psychology or of biology, or consent of instructor.
Biol. 427-4. Environmental Physiology. Lect., lab. Adaptations of plants and animals to such parameters as temperature, light, and water. Prer., one year of chemistry and a course in physiology.
Biol. 438-3. Advanced Animal Behavior. (Psych. 438.) Lect. Comparison of behavior in a variety of species, with emphasis on social behavior and its evolution. Prer., Biol. 425 or consent of instructor.
Biol. 439-2. Laboratory in Animal Behavior. (Psych. 439.) Lab. Laboratory projects and field observations of the behavior of animals. Prer. or coreq., Biol. 438 and consent of instructor.
Biol. 441-4. Plant Ecology. Lect., lab. Study of plant communities, populations and mountain ecosystems. Field work in vegetarian analysis. Prer., one year of general biology.
Biol. 447-4. Ecological Methods. Lect., lab. Empirical facets of ecological study. Emphasis upon hypothesis testing and sampling techniques based on known environmental phenomena. Independent study of a field problem. Prer., Biol. 341 or equivalent.
Biol. 451-3. Population Genetics. Lect. Introduction to population genetic theory and its application to evolution. Prer., Biol. 383 and college algebra.
Biol. 452-3. Human Genetics. Lect. Heredity of man’s normal and defective traits. Modes of inheritance, pedigree analysis, consanguinity, sex associated traits, chromosomal aberrations, mutations and causes, karyotyping, multiple births, gene linkage studies, histocompatibilities, and metabolic disorders. Prer., Biol. 383.
Biol. 461-4. Vertebrate Embryology. Lect., lab. Development from fertilized egg through organ systems, with introduction to experimental analysis. Prer., one year of general biology or college zoology.
Biol. 470-4. Biometry. Lect., lab. An intensive course in intermediate statistics with emphasis on experimental design and analysis. Includes statistical design of repeated measures, analysis of variance, correlation, regression, and nonparametric tests. Use of computer processing is introduced. Prer., one year of general biology, statistics, and two other biology courses.
Biol. 491-variable credit. Independent Study in Biology. Prer., open to seniors with consent of instructor.
CHEMISTRY
A major in chemistry at either the bachelor’s or master’s levels may be completed at UCD.
For graduation at the bachelor’s level, students majoring in chemistry must present credits in the following courses or their equivalents: Chem. 103, 106, 311, 341, 342, 348, 349, 412, 413, 451, 452, 455; Phys. Ill, 112, 114; Math. 140, 241, 242. Students interested in the chemistry major should consult regularly with a member of the chemistry faculty. A copy of the chemistry major’s program may be obtained in Room 508.
Qualified majors are strongly urged to participate in the Independent Study program.
A Distributed Studies program in chemistry must include the following courses or their equivalent: Chem. 103, 106, 311, 341, 342 and either 343 and 344 or 348 and 349, 451. Thirty hours are required in chemistry.
Students planning chemistry as a career should be familiar with the recommendations of the American Chemical Society for the professional training of chemists. Among these recommendations are a reading knowledge of German or Russian, one semester of inorganic chemistry (Chem. 401), and two semesters of advanced work: see graduate chemistry offerings. Six hours of Chem. 493 will satisfy the special courses requirement.
Students wishing to graduate with honors in chemistry should plan to do a minimum of two semesters (6 credit hours) of research (Chem. 493), ordinarily starting in the junior year. Additional requirements are listed under Honors Program.


College of Liberal Arts and Sciences/25
Chem. 100-2. General Chemistry. Lect. For students with no previous chemistry or with inadequate background. This course is in preparation for Chem. 103. Prer., working knowledge of high school algebra.
Chem. 101-5. General Chemistry. Lect., rec., and lab. A beginning course intended primarily for prenursing, physical education, physical therapy, and other students wanting to fulfill curriculum or natural science requirements. No previous knowledge of chemistry is required. Prer., working knowledge of high school algebra.
Chem. 102-5. General Chemistry. Lect., rec., and lab. Continuation of Chem. 101 with introduction to organic and biochemistry for prenursing, physical education, physical therapy, and other students. Prer., Chem. 101.
Chem. 103-5. General Chemistry. Lect., rec., and lab. A beginning course for science majors, medical technologists, premedical, predental, and preveterinarian students. Prer., one year of high school chemistry or Chem. 100, and working knowledge of high school algebra.
Chem. 106-5. General Chemistry. Lect., rec., and lab. Continuation of Chem. 103. Prer., Chem. 103.
Chem. 133-1. Topics in Chemistry. Different 5-week modules dealing with topics in chemistry. See current Schedule of Courses. Designed for nonscience majors to fulfill the natural science requirement.
Chem. 311-4. Quantitative Analysis. Two hrs. lect. and 6 hrs. lab. per week. Theory and practice of gravimetric and volumetric analysis. Introduction to separation and instrumental methods of analysis. Prer., Chem. 106.
Chem. 341-3. Organic Chemistry I. A lecture course designed as an introduction to the study of structure, reactions, properties, and mechanisms of organic molecules. Chem. 343 lab. to be taken concurrently by nonmajors. Chem. 348 lab. to be taken concurrently only by majors. Prer., Chem. 103 and 106.
Chem. 342-3. Organic Chemistry II. A continuation of Chem. 341. A lecture course designed as an introduction to the study of structure, reactions, properties, and mechanisms of organic molecules. Chem. 344 lab. to be taken concurrently by nonmajors. Chem. 349 lab. to be taken only by majors. Prer., Chem. 341 and 343.
Chem. 343-1. Organic Chemistry Laboratory I. A laboratory course to be taken concurrently with Chem. 341 illustrating the practical aspects of organic chemistry. Prer., Chem. 103 and 106; coreq., Chem. 341. Chem. 344-1. Organic Chemistry Laboratory II. A laboratory course to be taken concurrently with Chem. 342 illustrating the practical aspects of organic chemistry. Prer., Chem. 341 and 343; coreq., Chem. 342. Chem. 348-2. Organic Chemistry Majors Recitation Laboratory I. A recitation and laboratory for chemistry majors enrolled in Chem. 341. Prer., Chem. 103 and 106; coreq., Chem. 341.
Chem. 349-2. Organic Chemistry Majors Recitation Laboratory II. A
recitation and laboratory for chemistry majors enrolled in Chem. 342. Prer., Chem. 341 and 348; coreq., Chem. 342.
Chem. 401-3. Modern Inorganic Chemistry. Lect. Introduction to bonding, in transition metal complexes, and the study of selected transition metal and main group elements. Prer., Chem. 452 or consent of instructor.
Chem. 412-3. Instrumental Analysis. Three hrs. lect. per week. Survey of instrumental methods of analysis. Emphasis on spectrophotometry, electrochemistry, chromatography, and radiochemical techniques. Includes chemical equilibria and chemical literature. Chemistry majors must take Chem. 413 concurrently. Prer., Chem. 311, Phys. 114, Chem. 342, or consent of instructor.
Chem. 413-1. Instrumental Analysis Laboratory. Laboratory practice to accompany Chem. 412. Required of chemistry majors and open to other students in Chem. 412. Coreq., Chem. 412.
Chem. 451-3. Physical Chemistry. Lect. Includes study of the laws of thermodynamics, thermochemistry, solutions, electrochemistry, chemical equilibria, and kinetics. Prer., Chem. 342, Phys. Ill, 112, 114, Math. 242.
Chem. 452-3. Physical Chemistry. Continuation of Chem. 451, with emphasis on quantum mechanics, molecular structure, spectroscopy, and statistical mechanics. Prer., Chem. 451.
Chem. 455-3. Experimental Physical Chemistry. One lect. and two 3-hour labs, per wk. Instruction in the experimental techniques of modem physical chemistry with emphasis on the fundamental principles of chemical thermodynamics, quantum chemistry, statistical mechanics, and chemical kinetics. For chemistry majors. Prer., Chem. 418; prer. or coreq., Chem. 452.
Chem. 481-3. General Biochemistry. Lect. Topics include structure, conformation, and properties of proteins; enzymes: mechanisms and kinetics; intermediary metabolism; carbohydrates, lipids; energetics and metabolic control; and an introduction to electron transport and photosynthesis. Prer., one year of organic chemistry.
Chem. 482-3. General Biochemistry. Continuation of Chem. 481. Topics include macromolecules; metabolism of nucleic acids and
nitrogen-containing compounds; biosynthesis and function of macromolecules including DNA, RNA, and proteins; biochemistry of subcel-lular systems; and special topics. Prer., Chem. 481.
Chem. 493-1 to 3. Independent Study in Chemistry. Consent of instructor required.
COMPUTER SCIENCE
ROLAND SWEET, Adviser
Students in the college may enroll in courses in computer science for College of Liberal Arts and Sciences credit. Mathematics majors may select an option in computer science.
C.S. 201-3. Introduction to Computer Science. (E.E.201.) An elementary course in computer science covering computer programming methods. Fortran programming, numerical applications, and non-numerical applications. Prer., high school algebra, trigonometry, and geometry.
C.S. 311-3. Computer Applications in Mathematical Sciences. (Math. 311.) An advanced Fortran course for scientists and engineers. Aspects of optimal programming with respect to various goals and examination of goals that are appropriate to given contexts. Prer., C.S. 201 and Math. 140.
C.S. 401-3. Introduction to Programming Languages and Processors.
(E.E. 401.) A study of programming languages and digital processors. Conceptual aspects of programming languages, translators, data structures, hardware organization, and system architecture. Relationship of language features to processor features. Prer., E.E. 201 or C.S. 201. C.S. 453-3. Assembly Language Programming. (E.E. 453.) A laboratory course in programming at the machine code level. Lectures deal with the organization of the machine, its effect on the order code, and techniques for programming in Assembly Language. Primary emphasis is on preparing and running programs. Prer., C.S. 201, or consent of instructor.
C.S. 459-3. Computer Organization. (E.E. 459.) This course is concerned with computer arithmetic units, memory systems, control systems, and input-output systems. The emphasis is completely on logic structure rather than electronic circuitry. Prer., E.E. 257 or equivalent.
C.S. 465-3. Numerical Analysis I. (Same as Math. 465.) Solution of algebraic and transcendental equations. Solutions of linear and nonlinear systems of equations. Interpolation, integration. Solution of ordinary differential equations. Least squares. Sources of error and error analysis. Computer implementation of numerical methods. Matrix eigenvalue problems and summation of infinite series. Prer., C.S. 201 and Math. 315, or Math. 319.
C.S. 466-3. Numerical Analysis II. (Same as Math. 466.) Continuation
of C.S. 465. Prer., C.S. 465.
GEOGRAPHY
Students majoring in geography must complete the following basic courses or their equivalents: Geog. 100, 101, 199, 306, and 361. Distributed majors selecting geography as a primary or secondary subject should consult with the discipline adviser. Students interested in environmental problems will find the nonregional courses of particular value to their program.
Geog. 100, 101, 102 is a series of three courses designed to provide a broad introduction to the physical environment and may be taken concurrently or in any order.
Geog. 100-4. Man and His Physical Environment I. (Geol. 100.) A general introduction to elements of weather, physical climatology, and world regional climate classification.
Geog. 101-4. Man and His Physical Environment II. (Geol. 101.) Study of earth materials, features, and processes, and how they relate to man.
Geog. 102-4. Man and His Physical Environment IU. (Geol. 102.) Study of structure of the crust of the earth, history of the earth, and development of life forms throughout geologic time. Includes Sunday field trips.
Geog. 199-3. Introduction to Human Geography. Systematic introduction to basic concepts and approaches in human geographic analysis.


26lUniversity of Colorado at Denver
Geog. 200-3. World Regional Geography. An analysis of the relationships of man and the landscape based on geographic distributions in the world.
Geog. 305-3. Cartography I. Techniques of mapping various distributions with emphasis on research and design.
Geog. 306-3. Map and Air Photo Analysis. Introduction to the analysis and use of maps and air photos, and elementary field techniques as research tools. Two all-day field trips.
Geog. 320-2. Descriptive Meteorology. Nonmathematical description of the structure and composition of the earth’s atmosphere. Observational/ forecasting techniques and weather map analysis.
Geog. 332-3. Introduction to Soils. Survey of the chemical and physical composition of soils, with emphasis on structure, soil moisture, soil chemistry, and fertility. Prer., Geog.-Geol. 101 or equivalent, Chem. 101 or equivalent, or consent of instructor.
Geog. 360-3. Economic Geography: Agriculture. An introduction to rural land use patterns and agricultural production.
Geog. 361-3. Economic Geography: Manufacturing. An introduction to location analysis of manufacturing activities.
Geog. 370-3. Geographic Analysis of Issues in American Society. The
geographic investigation of such socio-economic concerns as pollution, poverty, racism, crime, and political reorganization.
Geog. 384-3. Middle East. A physical, cultural, and economic approach to the arid lands of the Middle East including Arab lands of the Sahara. Geog. 385-3. Far East. Regional survey of the physical and cultural features characterizing the geography of Asia, with emphsis on China. Geog. 386-3. Africa. A physical, cultural, and economic approach to an understanding of man-land relationships on the continent.
Geog. 387-3. Anglo-America. Regional survey of the United States and Canada, focusing on urban, economic, and environmental problems in regions of both countries.
Geog. 400-3. Introductory Quantitative Methods in Geography. The
application of quantitative techniques to geographic research problems.
Geog. 401-3. Methods of Regional Analysis. Examination of techniques for measuring regional economic structure and structural change. Applicability and utility of shift-share, input-output, multiplier, and interaction models to regional geographic research. Prer., Geog. 361 or consent of instructor.
Geog. 406-3. Geographic Interpretation of Aerial Photos. Use of
aerial photographs for the analysis of vegetation, land-forms, agriculture, and urban-industrial patterns. Prer., Geog. 306 or consent of instructor. Geog. 420-3. Microclimatology. Examination of microscale climatic patterns, with emphasis on the physical processes in the lowest layer of the atmosphere and responses of man, animals, and plants. The urban atmospheric environment and regional planning implications of various microclimates will be examined. Prer., Geog.-Geol. 100 or consent of instructor.
Geog. 421-3. Climatology. Analysis of energy exchange, temperature, wind, pressure, and atmospheric humidity as elements and controls leading to an understanding of physical climatology. Prer., Geog. 100 or equivalent.
Geog. 431-4. Principles of Geomorphology. (Geol. 463.) Systematic study of weathering, mass-wasting, fluvial, wind, amd marine processes and the landforms resulting therefrom. Prer., Geog.-Geol. 101 or equivalent and elementary chemistry, or consent of instructor.
Geog. 434-4. World Mineral Resources. (Geol. 494.) Nontechnical study of distribution, reserves, and uses of mineral resources.
Geog. 441-3. Conservation Practice. Introduction to various environmental problems. Emphasis on food production, water, soil, and climate.
Geog. 461-3. Urban Geography: Economic. An introduction to the origin, economic growth processes, distribution, and functions of urban areas.
Geog. 462-3. Urban Geography: Social. Analysis of social, behavioral, and other factors influencing the spatial arrangement of cities. Prer., Geog. 199 or consent of instructor.
Geog. 463-3. Transportation Geography. Concepts and theories leading to description and understanding of the relationships between people, products, and transportation systems over space and time.
Geog. 465-3. Location Analysis of Human Activities. The study of spatial order in human use of the earth, emphasizing theories of locational structure and methods of analysis.
Geog. 473-3. Population Geography. Analysis of population dynamics, distributions, densities, and migration flows.
Geog. 499-1 to 3. Independent Study. Independent research primarily for undergraduate majors. Prer., consent of department.
GEOLOGICAL SCIENCES
Students majoring in the geological sciences must take the following courses within the discipline: Physical Geology, Mineralogy, Structural Geology, and Field Geology. Introductory Paleontology, Stratigraphy, and Petrology are recommended. In addition, students must take the following courses in allied fields: Chem. 103, 106; Math. 140, 241, 319 (or the equivalent Boulder Campus courses, Math. 130, 230); Phys. Ill, 112, and 114.
Physical Geology, Mineralogy, and Introductory Petrology are presently offered at UCD, as are the required courses in chemistry, physics, and mathematics. Structural Geology and Field Geology must be taken on the Boulder Campus in order to complete a career-oriented major in the geological sciences. Alternatively, a student may complete all the requirements for a distributed studies major and environmental sciences major, with emphasis in geology at UCD.
Man and His Physical Environment I, II, III is a series of three courses designed to provide a broad introduction to the physical environment and evolution of the earth. They may be taken concurrently or in any order.
Geol. 100-4. Man and His Physical Environment I. (Geog. 100.) A general introduction to elements of weather, physical climatology, and world regional climate classification.
Geol. 101-4. Man and His Physical Environment II. (Geog. 101.) Study of earth materials, features, and processes, and how they relate to man. Includes Sunday field trips.
Geol. 102-4. Man and His Physical Environment III. (Geog. 102.) Study of structure of the crust of the earth, history of the earth, and development of life forms throughout geologic time. Includes Sunday field trips.
Geol. 207-4, 208-4. Physical Geology and Geophysics. General instruction to geologic processes of the earth’s surface and interior. Physical properties of the earth as a planet. Intended for students desiring major work in the geological sciences. Includes three Sunday field trips per semester. Prer., two years of high school science or mathematics and science. (Students may follow Geol. 101 with Geol. 208 if they wish additional work in geophysics and internal processes, or they may begin the 207-208 sequence with Geol. 208, with consent of the instructor.) Geol. 301-4. Mineralogy. Principles of mineralogy, including crystallography, crystal chemistry, and a systematic study of the more important nonsilicate and silicate minerals. Origins and occurrences of minerals. Prer., physical geology and college-level chemistry, or consent of instructor.
Geol. 323-4. Introductory Petrology. An introduction to the classification, distribution, and origin of igneous, metamorphic and sedimentary rocks, including their indentification in hand specimens. Prer., physical geology and mineralogy.
Geol. 341-4. Introductory Paleontology. The study of fossils, including a survey of the organic world and its history in the geologic past. Includes invertebrates, protista, vertebrates and plants, an introduction to evolution and paleoecology, and discussion of the uses of fossils in geologic correlation. Prer., introductory geology or biology. Offered occasionally. Geol. 425-3. Groundwater. Occurrence, movement, and problems of pollution of subsurface water and the hydrologic properties of waterbearing materials. Prer., Geol. 101 (Geog. 101) or consent of instructor. Geol. 463-4. Principles of Geomorphology. (Geog. 431.) Systematic study of weathering, mass-wasting, fluvial, wind and marine processes, and the landforms resulting therefrom. Prer., elementary geology or equivalent and elementary chemistry, or consent of instructor. Offered occasionally.
Geol. 494-4. World Mineral Resources. (Geog. 434.) Nontechnical study of distribution, reserves, and uses of mineral resources.
MATHEMATICS
A major in mathematics can be completed by students in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences by satisfying all of the following requirements, completing each with a grade of C or better:
1. At least 30 semester hours of mathematics courses.
2. At least 18 semester hours of mathematics courses


College of Liberal Arts and Sciences/27
numbered above 300, approved by adviser, and excluding Math. 303, 304, 383, 427, 428, 429, 470, 475, 495, 496 and 497.
3. Math. 140, 241, 242, 300, 314, and 315.
4. Either Math. 431-432 or Math. 321-422.
Students who plan to do graduate work in mathematics should take Math. 431-432; students who wish to obtain a secondary teaching certificate are encouraged to complete Math. 321-422; students planning to major in mathematics must see an adviser from that discipline.
Students who choose the computer science option in the mathematics major are required to take the following courses, all with grades of C or better:
Math. 140, 241, 242 Math. 300, 314, 315 Math. 431, 432 Math. 443 Math. 481
C.S. 201 C.S. 311 C.S. 401 C.S. 453
C.S. 465 (Math. 465) C.S. 546
Variations in these courses must be approved by a mathematics adviser.
At the graduate level, master’s degrees are available in mathematics, applied mathematics, and basic science (mathematics option).
The Department of Mathematics offers a Teaching Internship Program which consists of three phases as follows:
Phase 1. A junior-level student who is majoring in mathematics or applied mathematics, and who shows promise as a teacher, is sponsored by a member of the full-time faculty of the department. A freshman-level course is then assigned to the student, on an honorarium basis, with the understanding that the faculty member will attend all sessions of the course. The student will thus be acting as an intern and will be provided with a critique of his performance after each lecture.
It is the interested student’s task to convince a faculty member that he or she should sponsor the student. No faculty member is required to perform this function nor is any compensation afforded to the sponsor for so doing.
Phase 2. After completion of one or two semesters of fully supervised classroom exposure, and upon the student’s entry into the senior year of study, the faculty sponsor may recommend that the intern be accepted as an undergraduate teaching assistant. With approval of the mathematics faculty, the student will then be assigned broader responsibility for one (or at most, two) freshman courses, with the faculty sponsor exercising such supervision as may appear appropriate under individual circumstances.
Phase 3. Upon completion of a baccalaureate program the intern hopefully would be prepared to accept a graduate teaching assistantship in the department, or in a related interdisciplinary area, as the next step in his or her professional career.
No student may earn more than 9 hours credit in mathematics courses numbered below 140.
Math. 101-3. College Algebra. A credit course in introductory college algebra. Prer., one year of high school algebra and satisfactory placement test score.*
Math. 107-3. Algebra for Social Science and Business. Logic, set theory, permutations, combinations, probability, matrix algebra. Does not prepare students for Math. 140. Prer., one year high school algebra. Math. 108-3. Polynomial Calculus. A one-semester course in the calculus. No knowledge of trigonometry or analytic geometry is presup-
*Students without prerequisites are advised (and with an unsatisfactory placement test score will be directed) to consider enrollment in precollege course D.C.E. 95, as needed, through the Division of Continuing Education.
posed. Intended especially for social science and business students and for the general liberal arts student. Those planning to take more than one semester of calculus should take Math. 140 instead of Math. 108. Prer., 1 Vi years high school algebra.
Math. 111-3. College Mathematics I. Advanced topics in algebra, especially designed for students who intend to take the calculus sequence. Prer., Math. 101 or 1)4 years of high school algebra, one year of plane geometry, and satisfactory placement test score.
Math. 112-3. College Mathematics II. Topics in trigonometry and elementary functions, especially designed for students who intend to take the calculus sequence. Prer., Math. Ill or four years of high school mathematics and satisfactory placement test score.
Math. 133-1. Topics in Mathematics. Different five-week course modules dealing with various topics in mathematics. See current Schedule of Courses for the particular topics being offered. Designed for nonscience majors to fulfill the natural science requirement.
Math. 140-3. Analytic Geometry and Calculus I. Students with credit in Math. 108 will receive no credit for Math. 140. Prer., Math. 112. Math. 241-3. Analytic Geometry and Calculus II. The second of a three-semester sequence (Math. 140, 241, 242) in calculus. Prer., Math. 140.
Math. 242-3. Analytic Geometry and Calculus III. The third of a three-semester sequence (Math. 140, 241, 242) in calculus. Prer., Math. 241.
Math. 300-3. Introduction to Abstract Mathematics. The student learns to prove and critique proofs of theorems by studying elementary topics in abstract mathematics, including such necessary basics as logic, sets, functions, equivalence relations, etc. Prer., Math. 241 or consent of instructor.
Math. 303-3. Mathematics for Elementary Teachers I. Designed to help provide appropriate mathematical background to teach K-6 mathematics. This is not a methods course but each topic is related to the elementary curriculum through concurrent examination of relevant text and laboratory materials as each topic is studied. Topics include sets, the concept of number, place value numeration and associated algorithms, the structure of the natural numbers, the integers, and the rational numbers. Applications and problem solving are included. Carries credit only for elementary education majors.
Math. 304-3. Mathematics for Elementary Teachers II. Designed to meet objectives as described for Math. 303 above. Topics include intuitive and logical development of geometric ideas relevant to K-6 curriculum; measurement of length, area, volume, mass, angle, temperature, and time; stress is on the metric system; further study of the rational number system; applications and problem solving. Carries credit only for elementary education majors. Prer., Math. 303 or consent of instructor. Math. 311-3. Computer Applications in Mathematical Sciences. (C.S. 311.) An advanced Fortran course for scientists and engineers. Aspects of optimal programming with respect to various goals and examination of goals that are appropriate to given contexts. Prer., C.S. 201 and Math. 140.
Math. 314-3. Introduction to Modern Algebra. Groups, rings, fields, polynomials. Prer., Math. 300.
Math. 315-3. Introduction to Linear Algebra. Systems of linear equations, vector spaces, matrices, determinants. Prer., Math. 314. Students cannot receive credit for both Math. 315 and 319.
Math. 319-3. Applied Linear Algebra. Designed primarily for majors in applied science and engineering. Topics include matrix algebra, determinants, matrix inversion, rank and equivalence of matrices, systems of linear equations, and matrix calculus. Prer., Math 241 with grade of C or better. Students cannot receive credit for both Math. 315 and 319.
Math. 321-3. Higher Geometry I. Axiomatic systems. The foundations of Euclidean and Lobachevskian geometries. Prer., Math 241 with grade of C or better.
Math. 352-3. Computable Functions. Turing computers, computable functions, alternate formulations of computable functions, the halting problem and noncomputable functions. Church’s thesis, universal machines, Godel’s incompleteness theorem, and undecidable theories. Prer., college algebra or consent of instructor.
Math. 383-3. Introduction to Statistics. Study of the elementary statistical measures. Introduction to statistical distributions, statistical inference, and hypothesis testing. Prer., college algebra or equivalent. Not for mathematics majors.
tMath. 403-3. Introduction to Topology. Metric spaces and topological spaces; homotopy and homology in simplicial complexes. Prer., Math. 300 or consent of instructor.
tMath. 411-3. Theory of Numbers. Divisibility, greatest common divisor, prime numbers, fundamental theorem of arithmetic, congruences and other topics. Prer., Math. 300 or consent of instructor.
t This is one of several courses offered alternately by UCD and Metropolitan State College. See appropriate Schedule of Courses.


28lUniversity of Colorado at Denver
Math. 4X2-3. Topics in Mathematics. Special topics in mathematics will be covered. Students should check the current Schedule of Courses to obtain the topics to be covered as well as the prerequisites. With permission, this course may be taken for credit more than once.
Math. 413-3, 414-3. Advanced Finite Mathematics I, II. Prer., one semester of calculus.
Math. 422-3. Higher Geometry II. An introduction to the study of synthetic projective geometry. The relation of the projective and affine planes. Coordinates in the projective plane. Prer., Math. 321.
Math. 426-3. Elementary Differential Geometry. Differential forms in Euclidean 3-space, vector fields, frame fields, Frenet formulas, calculus of differential forms on surfaces, geometry of surfaces, Gaussian curvature, second fundamental form. Prer., Math. 315, Math. 432, or consent of instructor.
Math. 427-3. Mathematical Tools for Urban Planning. Development of the fundamental techniques of applied quantitative methods. This course covers those topics required for the two subsequent quantitative methods courses, Math. 428 and Math. 429.
Math. 428-3. Mathematical Foundations of Quantitative Methods I.
Matrix algebra related to model building and linear and nonlinear programming leading to a study of the Theory of Games with applications in engineering and other applied areas such as planning, transportation and environmental problems. Prer., Math. 427 and consent of instructor. Math. 429-3. Mathematical Foundations of Quantitative Methods II. Parametric and nonparametric statistics which treat statistics in a Decision Framework (includes introduction to Decision Theory). Bayesian statistics and applications with exercises in probability representative of simple probabilistic models (e.g., queueing, single-server models, etc.). Prer., Math. 427 or consent of instructor.
Math. 431-3. Advanced Calculus I. Calculus of one variable, the real number system, continuity, differentiation, integration (possibly Riemann-Stieltjes). Prer., Math. 242 and Math. 300.
Math. 432-3. Advanced Calculus II. Sequences and series, convergence, uniform convergence; Taylor’s theorem; calculus of several variables including continuity, differentiation and integration; Picard’s theorem in ordinary differential equations and Fourier series if time permits. Prer., Math. 431.
Math. 433-3. Advanced Calculus III. Vector fields, implicit function theorem, inverse function theorem; Green’s, Stokes' and divergence theorems; Taylor's theorem for functions of several variables; calculus on manifolds if time permits. Prer., Math. 432 or consent of instructor, and Math. 313 or 319.
Math. 437-3. Advanced Calculus for Engineers I. Vector analysis; vector calculus, including divergence, curl, Green’s theorem, Stokes’ theorem, and the divergence theorem. Tensor analysis. Prer., Math. 319. Math. 438-3. Advanced Calculus for Engineers II. Fourier series. Laplace transforms, Gamma and Beta functions, Bessel’s functions, and other special functions. Prer., Math. 443.
Math. 443-3. Ordinary Differential Equations. Elementary systematic introduction to linear nth order differential equations, including equations with regular singular points. Existence, uniqueness, and successive approximations of solutions for linear and nonlinear equations. Prer., Math. 242 and 319.
Math. 445-3. Complex Variables for Engineers and Scientists I.
Topics include complex algebra, Cauchy-Riemann equations, Laurent expansions, theory of residues, complex integration, and introduction to conformal mapping. Technique and applicability are stressed. Prer., ordinary differential equations.
Math. 446-3. Complex Variables for Engineers and Scientists II. A
continuation of Math. 445, with coverage dependent partly on the interests of the class. Topics include Schwartz-Christofel transformations and thorough development of techniques of conformal mappings. Solution of boundary value problems will be emphasized. Prer., Math. 445. Math. 447-3. Introduction to Partial Differential Equations I. Boundary value problems for the wave, heat, and Laplace equations; separation of variables method, eigenvalue problems, Fourier series, orthogonal systems. Prer., Math. 443.
Math. 448-3. Introduction to Partial Differential Equations II. Continuation of Math. 447. Boundary value problems, initial value problems, eigenvalue problems in higher dimensions, Sturm-Liouville problems. Fourier and Laplace transform, approximation methods. Prer., Math. 447.
Math. 449-3. Tensor Analysis for Engineers and Scientists. Review of vector concepts. Indicial notation, oblique coordinates, generalized coordinates, summation conventions. Contravariant and covariant tensors. Tensor algebra and tensor calculus. The course is designed primarily to familiarize the professional with the foundations of this useful subject rather than to develop detailed applications. Prer., differential equations and matrix analysis.
*Math. 451-3. Introduction to Mathematical Logic. Sentential logic
and first order logic. Completeness theorems. Prer., Math. 300 with a grade of C or better.
*Math. 453-3. Boolean Algebra. Axioms, subalgebras, ideals, direct and free products, free algebras, representation theorem, completions. Prer., Math. 314.
* Math. 455-3. Set Theory. Axioms of set theory, algebra of sets, cardinal numbers, ordinal numbers, axiom of choice and continuum hypothesis. Prer., Math. 300.
Math. 456-3. Laplace Transforms for Engineers and Scientists. Topics include the general methods, transforms of special functions, heaviside expansion theorems, transforms of periodic functions, convolution integrals, the inverse transforms, and solutions of ordinary and partial differential equations. Prer., ordinary differential equations.
Math. 457-3. Theory of Equations. A study of the classical theory of equations, including such topics as higher degree polynomials and their zeroes, symmetric functions of polynomial coefficients; general solution of the cubic and quartic equations; resultants, and elementary graphical analysis. Prer., Math. 242.
Math. 458-3. Calculus of Variations for Engineers and Scientists.
Techniques and applications of the powerful tools of the variational calculus will be developed and both classical and modem optimization problems will be attacked. Prer., ordinary and partial differential equations.
Math. 461-3. Analog Computation and Simulation. (Same as E.E. 450.) Analog computing techniques including time and amplitude scaling, and programming of linear and nonlinear differential equations. Simulation of dynamic systems, iterative analog computing. Laboratory work on an analog machine is required. Digital simulation languages are studied. Prer., ordinary differential equations and familiarity with Laplace transforms.
Math. 465-3. Numerical Analysis I. (Same as C.S. 465.) Solution of algebraic and transcendental equations. Solutions of linear and nonlinear systems of equations. Interpolation, integration. Solution of ordinary differential equations. Least squares. Sources of error and error analysis. Computer implementation of numerical methods. Matrix eigenvalue problems and summation of infinite series. Prer., C.S. 201 and Math. 315, or Math. 319.
Math. 466-3. Numerical Analysis II. (Same as C.S. 466.) Continuation of Math. 465. Prer., Math. 465.
Math. 467-3. Computer Techniques in Engineering. (Same as E.E. 455.) Introduction to the use of numerical methods in engineering and science. Those methods suitable for solution by high-speed digital computers are emphasized. Prer., E.E. 201 and Math. 443.
Math. 468-3. Estimation Theory for Engineers and Scientists I. Tchebychev approximations, approximation by rational functions, linear and nonlinear, regression analysis, applications of interpolating polynomials, economic value, and cost analysis. Comparisons of estimation and approximation techniques, and other related topics. Prer., third-semester calculus and one course in statistics.
Math. 469-3. Estimation Theory for Engineers and Scientists II. A
continuation of Math. 468. Selected topics will be developed extensively in accordance with the needs of the class. With the consent of the department, students may register for this course more than once. Prer., Math. 468 or consent of instructor.
Math. 470-3. Methods of Teaching Secondary School Mathematics.
(Educ. 455.) Problems in teaching mathematics including objectives, sequence of topics, methods of presentation, materials, testing, and recent curricular developments. Prer., Math. 241. Carries credit only for students in secondary education.
* Math. 472-3. History of Mathematics. A history of the development of mathematical techniques and ideas from early civilization to the present, including the interrelationships of mathematics and sciences. Prer., Math. 140.
Math. 475-3. Topics in Finite Mathematics. Especially suitable for those students who are not majoring in engineering or physical science. Prer., consent of department.
Math. 481-3. Introduction to Probability Theory. Axioms, combinatorial analysis, independence and conditional probability, discrete and absolutely continuous distributions, expectation and distribution of functions of random variables, laws of large numbers, central limit theorems, simple Markov chains. Prer., Math. 241.
Math. 482-3. Introduction to Mathematical Statistics. Point and confidence interval estimation. Principles of maximum likelihood, sufficiency, and completeness; tests of simple and composite hypothesis, linear models and multiple regression analysis. Analysis of variance distribution free methods. Prer., Math. 481.
Math. 493-2, 494-2. Honors Seminar. Intended for candidates for departmental honors and other superior students. Topics covered vary
•This is one of several courses offered alternately by UCD and Metropolitan State College. See appropriate Schedule of Courses.


College of Liberal Arts and Sciencesl29
from year to year. Student participation is stressed.
Math. 495-1 to 5. Workshop in Teaching Elementary Mathematics.
Variable credit depending upon specific topics covered. Course content designed in consultation with groups of practicing teachers who desire courses to meet their specific needs. Students may register for this course more than once with consent of appropriate departmental adviser. Prer., consent of department.
Math. 496-1 to 5. Workshop in Teaching Middle School Mathematics. Variable credit depending upon specific topics covered. Course content designed in consultation with groups of practicing teachers who desire courses to meet their specific needs. Students may register for this course more than once with consent of appropriate departmental adviser. Prer., consent of department.
Math. 497-1 to 5. Workshop in Teaching Secondary Mathematics.
Variable credit depending upon specific topics covered. Course content designed in consultation with groups of practicing teachers who desire courses to meet their specific needs. Students may register for this course more than once with consent of appropriate departmental adviser. Prer., consent of department.
Math. 499-1 to 3. Independent Study. Variable credit depending upon the student’s needs. This course is listed for the benefit of the advanced student who desires to pursue one or more topics in considerable depth. Supervision of a full-time faculty member is necessary, and the dean’s office must concur. Students may register for this course more than once with departmental approval. Prer., consent of department.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION
Effective fall semester 1976, Metropolitan State College will be responsible for teaching all undergraduate physical education for the Auraria Higher Education Center. This includes the basic activity program as well as the undergraduate major in health, physical education and recreation.
UCD students may take any activity class MSC offers. Check the fall and spring UCD Schedule of Courses for activities offered, class times, and procedures for enrolling in such classes.
Although physical education credit is not required for completion of the Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Fine Arts degrees, a maximum of 8 hours of elective credit consisting of activity courses may be applied toward the graduation requirement of 120 hours. All activity classes offered by MSC in Auraria may be taken on an elective basis. A course may be counted for credit only once. The student will have the option of being graded either by letter grade or pass fail.
Students interested in pursuing a Bachelor of Science degree in physical education should contact the discipline representative at UCD. Major courses will be available through MSC or the Boulder Campus.
PHYSICS
Required of all physics majors are Phys. Ill, 112, 114, 213, 214, 215, two years of calculus, and one year of another science. Majors preparing for graduate study in physics should also take Phys. 317, 321, 322, 331, 332, 341, 491, 492, and 495, and additional mathematics courses. Students not going to graduate school in physics or wishing an interdisciplinary physics major must consult an adviser for the suitable additional program. Students should also be aware of the engineering physics major available through the College of Engineering and Applied Science.
Phys. 105-4. General Astronomy. The methods and results of modem astronomy (solar system, stars, galaxies, cosmology) at an elementary level.
Phys. 106-4. General Astronomy. Continuation of Phys. 105. Prer., Phys. 105.
Phys. 111-4. General Physics. First semester of four-semester sequence for science and engineering students. Covers vectors, kinematics, dynamics, momentum of particles and rigid bodies, work and energy, gravitation, simple harmonic motion, and introduction to thermodynamics. Prer., knowledge of algebra, geometry and trigonometry;
coreq., calculus through derivatives and indefinite and definite integrals of polynomials and trigonometric functions, as typically covered in Math. 140.
Phys. 112-4. General Physics. Covers electricity and magnetism. frer., Phys. Ill; coreq., Math. 241.
Phys. 114-1. Experimental Physics. To be taken concurrently with or following Phys. 112-4. One 2-hour lab. per wk.
Phys. 133-1. Topics in Physics. Different five-week course modules dealing with various topics in physics. See current Schedule of Courses for the particular modules being offered. Designed for nonscience majors to fulfill the natural science requirement.
Phys. 199-variable credit. Independent Study for Lower Division. Phys. 201-5, 202-5. General Physics. Four demonstration lect. and one lab. per wk. Phys. 201 mechanics, heat, and sound; Phys. 202: electricity, light, and modem physics. An elementary but thorough presentation of the fundamental facts and principles of physics. Majors in mathematics, chemistry, and others taking calculus are urged to take Phys. Ill, 112, 114, 213, and 215. Prer., 1 Vi years high school algebra and satisfactory grade on mathematics placement test. Generally offered by MSC.
Phys. 213-3. General Physics. Covers wave motion, physical optics, and introduction to special relativity, quantum theory, and atomic physics. Prer., Phys. 112 and 114.
Phys. 214-3. Introductory Modern Physics. To be taken by physics majors and interested nonmajors. Introduces students to the nature of modem physics and provides majors with perspective on the frontiers of this field. Emphasis on concepts without mathematical developments. Includes relativity, atomic and nuclear physics, solid state and particle physics. Prer., Phys. 213.
Phys. 215-1 Experimental Physics. To be taken concurrently with or following Phys. 213. One 2-hour lab. per wk.
Phys. 251-5, 252-5. Physics for the Life Sciences. A two-semester introductory physics course emphasizing those subjects relevant to biology and medicine. Topics covered will include mechanics, fluids, thermodynamics, sound, optics, electricity, magnetism, atomic and nuclear physics, and their applications to the life sciences. Three hours of lect., one rec. pd., and one lab. per wk.
Phys. 308-3. Energy. A course in the supply and usage of energy resources and the environmental problems associated with our energy usage. Prer., one course in college science or mathematics.
Phys. 317-2, 318-2. Junior Laboratory. Contains experiments on data handling, electrical measurements, electronics, optics, vacuum techniques, heat and thermodynamics, mechanics, and modem physics. Emphasis will be on developing basic skills and on design of experiments. Each student will carry at least one project experiment each semester. Coreq., Phys. 321, 331, or consent of instructor.
Phys. 321-3. Classical Mechanics and Relativity. Topics covered include: Newtonian mechanics, special relativity, oscillations, Lagrange’s and Hamilton’s equations, central forces, and scattering. Analytical procedures employing the methods of vector analysis and calculus will be stressed. Prer., Phys. 214 and A.Math. 232, or equivalent.
Phys. 322-3 Classical Mechanics, Relativity, and Quantum Mechanics. Topics covered include: noninertial reference frames, rigid body motion, coupled oscillators, introduction to quantum mechanics, Bohr theory, simple solutions to Schroedinger equation, and perturbation theory. Prer., Phys. 321.
Phys. 331-3, 332-3. Principles of Electricity and Magnetism. Elements of mathematical theory of electricity and magnetism, including magnetostatics, electrostatics, polarized media, direct and alternating current theory, and introduction to electromagnetic fields and waves. Prer., for Phys. 332: Phys. 331; coreq., for Phys. 331: Phys. 321.
Phys. 341-3. Thermodynamics and Statistical Mechanics. Statistical mechanics applied to macroscopic physical systems; statistical thermodynamics, classical thermodynamic systems; applications to simple systems. The relationship of the statistical to the thermodynamic points of view is examined. Prer., Phys 213.
Phys. 362-3. Sound and Music. This course will consider the basic nature of sound waves, the ear and hearing, and musical instruments. No prer. Although this course is mainly descriptive, some high school algebra will be used.
Phys. 363-1. Sound Laboratory. Laboratory course to accompany Phys. 364 as an option. Students will do an acoustical project on a subject of their own choice. Prer., Phys. 362.
Phys. 364-3. Sound, Music, and Noise. A continuation of Phys. 362, covering scales, sound measurement, room acoustics, and noise. Prer., Phys. 362.
Phys. 395-3. Development of Physics from the 17th Century. This course examines the history and development of the important theories of physics from the time of Newton to the present day. The broad concepts and the people who originated them are stressed, rather than the mathematical details. Prer., Phys. 105.


30/University of Colorado at Denver
Phys. 429-variable credit. Psychophysics Methods and Research. This course covers the methodology of psychophysics by involving students in actual research in perception, with occasional seminars on techniques and data analysis. Prer., Psych. 416 or Phys. 363 and 364, and a knowledge of statistical analysis.
Phys. 451-3. Light. Basic electromagnetic theory of light using Maxwell’s equations. Examples in geometrical optics; extensive applications in physical optics including diffraction and polarization. Spectra, including Zeeman effect and fluorescence. Recent advances in experimental techniques; microwaves, optical masers, image converters, etc. Prer., Phys. 332.
Phys. 465-3. Creative and Cultural Aspects of Physics. One of two
independent courses (with Phys. 466) dealing with the interplay between physics and culture. It examines the lives and works of individual scientists and the relationship of physical theory to culture and creativity. Prer., upper division standing.
Phys. 466-3. Art, Science, and Technology. One of two independent courses (with Phys. 465) dealing with the interplay between physics and culture. It examines the relationship between physics and art, and the possibilities of art based on science and technology. Prer., upper division standing.
Phys. 491-3, 492-3. Atomic and Nuclear Physics. Topics include a quantum mechanical treatment of the one-electron atom, atomic shell structure, atomic and molecular spectroscopy, band theory of solids, X-rays, nuclear properties, radioactivity, and the properties of the fundamental particles. Prer., Phys. 322 and 332.
Phys. 495-2, 496-2. Senior Laboratory. Individual project laboratory with emphasis on modem physical experimentation.
Phys. 499-variable credit. Independent Study for Upper Division.
Students must check with a faculty member before taking this course.
PSYCHOLOGY
Majors should include college algebra in their lower division schedules. At least 30 semester hours and not more than 48 semester hours in psychology must be completed, with at least 16 hours in upper division courses. No grade below C in psychology courses is acceptable toward the major.
Specific course requirements are Psych. 203-204 with laboratory; Psych. 210; at least one biotropic course, including Psych. 322, 405, 410, 414, 416, 425, 438; at least one sociotropic course, including Psych. 364, 365, 430, 431, 440, 445, 449, 464, 466, 471, 485; at least one advanced laboratory course, including Psych. 416, 422, 440, and 485; and one integrative course, Psych. 451.
Psych. 203-3. General Psychology I. Introduction to the scientific study of behavior. Motivation, perception, learning and memory, development, and the physiological bases of behavior. Psychology majors must register concurrently for Psych. 206.
Psych. 204-3. General Psychology II. Continuation of Psych. 203, covering topics of individual differences and their assessment and experimental social psychology. Psychology majors must register concurrently for Psych. 207.
Psych. 205-3. Biological Bases of Behavior. An introduction to biopsychology, covering biological variables related to behavior. Prer., Psych. 203.
Psych. 206-1. General Psychology Laboratory I. To be taken concurrently with Psych. 203 by psychology majors.
Psych. 207-1. General Psychology Laboratory II. To be taken concurrently with Psych. 204 by psychology majors.
Psych. 210-4. Introduction to Research Methods in Psychology. Research methods and analysis of data. Intended for those who plan to major in psychology. Prer., Psych. 203-204 and college algebra; prer. or coreq., Math. 383 (statistics).
Psych. 245-3. Psychology of Social Problems. An examination of social psychological aspects of social issues and problems in contemporary society. Includes such topics as poverty or minority status, prejudice, drug use, student protest, and patterns of sexual behavior. Consideration of theory and research relative to the topics as well as the definition of social behavior as a “problem.”
Psych. 300-2. Honors Seminar. Current theoretical issues and problems in psychology. Prer., major in psychology and consent of instructor. Psych. 320-3, 321-3. Human Behavior and Maturation Through the Life Span. Three hours lect. per week. Analysis of the normal range of behaviors found in each development stage from birth through senescence.
Psych. 322-3. Principles of Learning. Basic principles of operant and respondent conditioning as demonstrated in the experimental literature and their application to behavior change. Prer., Psych. 203-204.
Psych. 364-3. Child Psychology. Principles of normal development and patterns of child-rearing. Prer., Psych. 100 or 203-204.
Psych. 365-3. Adolescence and Youth. Principles of development in adolescence, including physical, cognitive, and social development. Prer., Psych. 203-204 or 6 hrs. of psychology.
Psych. 400-2. Honors Seminar. Topic to be determined. Prer., major in psychology, senior standing, and consent of instructor.
Psych. 405-3. Physiological Psychology. The morphological, neurochemical, and physiological bases of behavior. Prer., Psych. 203-204 and 6 additional hrs. of psychology.
Psych. 409-3. Hormones and Behavior. Endocrinological concepts and techniques and the problems of motivation and behavior. Prer., junior standing and one year of biology.
Psych. 410-3. Behavioral Genetics. (Biol. 410.) Interdisciplinary course for upper division students interested in relationships between behavior and heredity. Prer., consent of instructor.
Psych. 412-3. Quantitative Genetics. (Biol. 412.) Survey of the principles of genetics of quantitative characteristics. Topics will include gene frequencies, effects of mutation, migration, and selection; correlations among relatives, heritability, inbreeding, cross-breeding, and selective breeding. Prer., consent of instructor.
Psych. 413-3. Drugs and the Nervous System. The physiological basis of drug action on the nervous system and behavior, with emphasis on the use of drags as analytic tools in the study of behavior. Not concerned with the subjective, social, or legal consequences of drag use. Part I: chemical basis of conduction and transmission in the nervous system. Part II: pharmacology of sleep, pain, addiction, dependence, appetite, anxiety, learning, memory, and perception. Prer., Psych. 405.
Psych. 414-3. Cognitive Psychology. Introduction to the study of cognitive processes in man: the development of conceptual behavior, memory, and thinking. Prer., Psych. 203-204 and 6 additional hours in psychology, or consent of instructor.
Psych. 416-4. Psychology of Perception. The study of sensory processes and perceptual variables. Lect. and lab. Prer., Psych. 203-204 and 210. Psych. 421-1. Theories of Learning and Motivation. An advanced survey of past and present major theoretical formulations in learning and motivation. Prer., Psych. 322 and consent of instructor.
Psych. 422-2. Laboratory in Learning. Laboratory projects demonstrating basic principles of operant and respondent conditioning. Class meetings for discussion as well as laboratory work will be required. May be used to fulfill the advanced laboratory requirement for the psychology major. Prer. or coreq., Psych. 322.
Psych. 425-3. Introduction to Animal Behavior. (Biol. 425.) Similarities and differences among animals. Principles of behavior in a variety of species. Prer., 6 hrs. of psychology or biology.
Psych. 429-1 to 3. Psychophysical Methods and Research. (Phys. 429.) Methodology of psychophysics is studied by involving students in research in perception, with occasional seminars on techniques and data analysis. Prer., Psych. 416 or Phys. 363 and 364 and knowledge of statistical analysis.
Psych. 430-3. Abnormal Psychology. Borderline disorders as extreme variations of the normal personality. Major functional and organic disorders. Theories of mental disorders and methods of psychotherapy. Not open for credit to those who have taken Psych. 431. Prer., Psych. 203-204, and upper division standing.
Psych. 431-4. Psychopathology. Intensive analysis of the major theories of personality and behavior disorders. Open to majors only, and not open for credit to those who have taken Psych. 430. Prer., Psych. 203-204, 6 additional hrs. of psychology, and upper division standing.
Psych. 438-3. Advanced Animal Behavior. (Biol. 438.) Comparison of behavior in a variety of species, with emphasis on social behavior and its evolution. Prer., Psych. 425 or consent of instructor.
Psych. 439-2. Laboratory in Animal Behavior. (Biol. 439.) Laboratory projects and field observations of the behavior of animals. Prer. or coreq., Psych. 438 and consent of instructor.
Psych. 440-4. Social Psychology. Lect. and lab. Psychological principles underlying social behavior. Analysis of special topics such as attitude surveys, public opinion research, propaganda, intergroup relations. Prer., Psych. 203-204 and 210.
Psych. 445-3. Psychology of Personality. The physiological and psychological nature of personality. Individual differences. Development of personality. Prer., 16 hrs. of psychology.
Psych. 449-3. Cross-Cultural Psychology. The influence of culture and subculture on personality, including sex roles, patterns of child rearing, attitudes and values, and mental illness. Prer., 6 sem. hrs. of courses in psychology, sociology, and/or anthropology in any combination.
Psych. 451-3. History of Psychology. Development of psychological


theories since 500 B.C. Schools of psychology and their adherents. Readings of primary and secondary sources. Prer., 16 hrs. of psychology and senior standing.
Psych. 464-3. Developmental Psychology. Principles and theories of child development. Prer., Psych. 364 or consent of instructor.
Psych. 466-3. Psychology of the Exceptional Child. Psychology of retarded, handicapped, and superior children. The relation of special traits to educational and social needs. Prer., Psych. 203-204, a course in developmental or child psychology, and upper division standing.
Psych. 467-2. Psychology of Mental Retardation. Psychological problems of mental deficiency. Concern with causes, identification characteristics, and treatment of the mentally retarded with an emphasis on research findings. Prer., Psych. 203-204 and 364.
Psych. 471-3. Survey of Clinical Psychology. Theories and practices relating to problems of ability and maladjustment. Diagnostic procedures and treatment methods with children and adults. Prer., Psych. 203-204 and Psych. 431, or consent of instructor.
Psych. 485-4. Principles of Psychological Testing. Lect. and lab. Principles underlying construction, validation, and use of tests of ability and personality. Prer., Psych. 210.
Psych. 494-3. Psychology of Sports. A survey of psychological conditions affecting performance in athletics. Includes assessment of psychological demands of sports, assessment of the athlete, preparation of the athlete for coping with the psychological demands of sports. Prer., 9 hrs. of psychology.
Psych. 496-3. Performance Under Stress. Examines the processes which influence the effects of stress on performance in academic, vocational, and other situations. Prer., Psych. 322.
Psych. 497-1. Workshop in Kinesthetic Methods for the Prevention and Remediation of Learning Disabilities. Survey of kinesthetic teaching methods, with “hands on" practice. Prer., consent of instructor. Psych. 498-1 to 3. Topics in Psychology. Advanced study of special topics in psychology to be selected by the instructor. May be repeated for credit. Prer., consent of instructor.
Psych. 499-1 to 3. Independent Study. Prer., consent of instructor.
Division of Social Sciences
FREDERICK S. ALLEN, Assistant Dean
In the last two decades the social sciences have included study of some of the most intractable problems of contemporary society: the population explosion, urban concentration, the impact of rapidly changing technology, the strains of race relations, and the thrust of developing societies. Students interested in such problems can come to grips with important concepts in the social sciences which will help orient their lives as well as their careers. The social science disciplines also provide important bridges between thought and action and between values and problemsolving techniques. In short, the social sciences may now be considered to be at the center of the academic constellation, giving inspiration and possibly direction in the entire enterprise of education.
The Division of Social Sciences includes the following disciplines: anthropology, economics, history, political science, and sociology. The division offers courses in the various disciplines, in interdisciplinary studies, and in preprofessional studies.
Students can satisfy all requirements for the Bachelor of Arts degree at UCD in all the disciplines included in the division. The requirements of each major are explained before the course listings for the respective disciplines.
Students should be aware of the possibilities for a distributed studies major in the social sciences. The most usual combinations are economics and sociology, and history and political science. See the Special Programs
College of Liberal Arts and Sciences/31
section of this bulletin for details on a distributed studies major.
The division also has developed a major in urban studies. The program is designed to provide a broad educational experience for persons who are interested in careers related to the problems of urban life. The major is appropriate for students intending to enter the fields of business, law, medicine, or public school teaching, to work in or with federal, state, or local agencies or volunteer and community action groups, or to enter graduate programs in the social sciences or environmental planning. Interested students should contact the Division of Social Sciences office for information concerning advisers, requirements, courses currently offered and proposed, and options involved in the program.
For preprofessional programs, see listings and requirements in that section of this bulletin.
Description of Courses and Programs
For information on scheduling of courses, consult the appropriate Schedule of Courses for day, time, and meeting place of classes.
ANTHROPOLOGY
Undergraduate students majoring in anthropology must complete a minimum of 30 semester hours with grades of C or better. Sixteen of the 30 hours must be upper division. The maximum number of hours in the major is 48.
Majors in anthropology must take Anthro. 103 and 104 (Principles of Anthropology I and II) or demonstrate knowledge of materials covered by these courses. Majors also must take Anthro. 201 and 202 (Introduction to Physical Anthropology I and II); Anthro. 453 (History of Anthropology); and either Anthro. 280 (Nature of Language); Anthro. 480 (Anthropological Linguistics); or Anthro. 481 (Language and Culture)
Note: Most 400-level courses do not have prerequisites.
Anthro. 103-3. Principles of Anthropology I. Physical anthropology and archaeology. Evolution of man; his physical and cultural development through the rise of early civilization. Includes consideration of man as a biological organism, his origin and relationship with nonhuman and prehuman primates and development of culture as an adaptive device. Anthro. 104-3. Principles of Anthropology II. Cultural-social anthropology and linguistics. Study of man from the standpoint of the many and varied cultures manifest through time. Survey of relationships between environment, technology, social organization, language, and ideology. Nature of anthropology and its analysis of the similarities and differences in human cultural adaptations.
Anthro. 201-4. Introduction to Physical Anthropology I. Theory of biological evolution; examination of man’s organic structure, function, and behavior from an evolutionary-comparative perspective; analysis of fossil evidence of human evolution. Laboratory work emphasizing osteometry and osteology.
Anthro. 202-4. Introduction to Physical Anthropology II. On-going human evolution with emphasis on quantitative assessment of genetic variation in man.
Anthro. 220-3. Principles of Archaeology. Basic introduction to concepts, techniques, and theory of archaeological excavation and interpretation. Two lect., one two-hour lab per week. Lectures, demonstrations, and practical work.
Anthro. 227-3. The Evolution of New World Culture. Cultural evolution in the New World from the earliest hunting cultures through the rise of civilization as seen from the perspective of archaeological evidence and theory.
Anthro. 240-3. Principles of Ethnology. Intensive survey of concepts, methods, and objectives in the comparative study of world cultures. Comparative analysis of selected ethnographic materials within a framework of sociocultural evolution and cultural ecology. Introductory techniques of fieldwork, library research, and report writing.
Anthro. 280-3. The Nature of Language. Survey of languages of the world and their historical relationships. Introduction to language analysis.


32lUniversity of Colorado at Denver
Study of theories of the origin of language, its relationship to other forms of communication, to cognition, and to systems of writing.
Anthro. 310-3. Cultural Pluralism. The cultural and social anthropology of the plural ethnic and racial component of modern complex societies (nation-states). The focus will be on the forms and processes of sociocultural identity, its maintenance and change with national integration. Although comparative across nations, there will be an emphasis on U.S. society.
Anthro. 360-3. Anthropology of Sex. Study of sex as a factor in human evolution, contemporary biological variation, and in the allocation of roles and responsibilities in different cultures. (Special emphasis will be placed on roles and attributes of women.)
Anthro. 399-3. Undergraduate Seminar in Anthropology. Directed investigation of a specific topic of current importance. The topic may be within the subfields of anthropology or interdisciplinary with anthropology. Prearranged topics will be announced. Prer., consent of instructor. Anthro. 408-3. Anthropological Genetics. A consideration of the data and theory of human genetics. Emphasis on analytical techniques relating to a genetic analysis of the individual, family, and populations.
Anthro. 410-3. Race and Man. Concepts of human race: history, theory, and applications thereof. Biological factors in the establishment and maintenance of human diversity.
Anthro. 411-3. Human Paleontology. Detailed consideration of the fossil evidence for human evolution. History, description, interpretation of key fossils, and review of current and controversial issues.
Anthro. 412-3. Advanced Physical Anthropology. Introduction to population genetics and its application to understanding problems of process in human evolution and the formation of races in man.
Anthro. 414-3. Primatology. Survey of the Primate Order in evolution. Morphology and behavior from a comparative point of view, with emphasis on issues related to the origin and evolution of the most social member of this order.
Anthro. 415-3. Human Ecology. A study of demographic and ecological variables as they relate to man. Aspects of natural selection, overpopulation, and environmental deterioration will be considered.
Anthro. 416-3. Ecology, Adaptation, and Culture. Culture, culture change, and evolution from the perspective of human behavioral adaptations to environmental variables. A general systems, multifactorial (sociocultural and biophysical) approach to cause and effect.
Anthro. 417-3. Human Ethology. Ethological principles and their application to anthropological investigations. Methods and techniques of data collection. Practice in assessment of behavior in natural settings.
Anthro. 418-3. Group Processes—Sociobiology. Human and other animal behavior in groups. Social biological processes, structures, and systemic functions of groups in cross-specific evolutionary comparison. Anthro. 421-3. Archaeology of the American Southwest. Prehistoric cultures of the southwestern U.S. and adjacent Mexico, their origins, characteristics, and interrelationships.
Anthro. 422-3. Archaeology of Mesoamerica. Prehistoric and protohis-toric cultures of Mexico and northern Central America, including the Aztecs and the Maya.
Anthro. 430-3. Cultural Evolution. Review of various theories explaining the evolution of culture with particular attention to the Neolithic and Urban Revolutions.
Anthro. 435-2 to 6. Archaeological Field and Laboratory Research.
Summer session only; Boulder Campus only. Students will participate in archaeological field research and conduct laboratory analysis of archaeological materials and data. Open only to University of Colorado anthropology majors. Prer., consent of instructor.
Anthro. 443-3. Economic Anthropology. Cross-cultural survey and comparison of economic systems and their functional relationships with other social institutions in a range of societies from simple to complex. Anthro. 444-3. Urban Anthropology. An anthropological approach to the comparative study of factors influencing urbanization in different parts of the world along with the implications of environments, economy, values, and psychology of urban living in general. Cross-cultural, but with emphasis on the modem western world.
Anthro. 447-3. Ethnohistory. The use of documents and other external sources in the reconstruction of culture history.
Anthro. 448-3. Anthropology and Education. An anthropological focus on contemporary educational systems. Review of recent research in the anthropology of education as well as an introduction to teaching anthropology in the schools. Primarily for social studies teachers, education, and anthropology students. Prer., consent of instructor.
Anthro. 450-3. Family Dynamics. The course examines processes of change in values, roles, and relations involved in marriage and family structure, using contemporary cross-cultural materials leading to understanding of such problems as generation gap and sex role change. Special attention is given to changing structure of authority, economics, and the emotional components associated with marriage and family life of today’s America.
Anthro. 451-3. Applied Cultural Anthropology. Concept, methods, and problems in the application of anthropology to community and institution organization, development and administration; exemplified through analysis and discussion of U.S. and cross-cultural case materials. Urban and medical problems as well as ethical issues to be included. Anthro. 452-3. Seminar; Recent Anthropology. Current directions in sociocultural theory, method, and technique as exemplified in reported research and theoretical works of major anthropologists from mid-20th century to the present. Prer., anthropology major or consent of instructor. Anthro. 453-3. History of Anthropology. Foundations and development of major concepts and approaches (theory and method) in the study of man and culture. Discussion of principal contributors and their works to mid-20th century. Prer., anthropology major or consent of instructor. Anthro. 454-3. Psychological Anthropology. A comparative study of the relationship between culture and social character and between culture and individual personality. Anthropological perspectives on the effects of various sociocultural contexts on individual experience. The relationships of sociocultural situations to motives, values, cognition, personal adjustment, stress, and qualities of personal experience are emphasized. Anthro. 455-3. Culture Process—Maintenance, Change, and Evolution. Theories and perspectives in the study of culture process. Analysis and discussion of case materials dealing with persistence, innovation, situations of culture contact and acculturation, directed change and resistance, and long-term sociocultural development.
Anthro. 456-3. Contemporary American Indian Cultures. Beginning with the historical background on American Indian acculturation and persistence, but emphasizing present-day relations between Indian communities and the dominant society, stressing conditions and events in Denver and the Southwest generally.
Anthro. 458-3. Political Anthropology. Analysis of institutions of political control both comparatively and from an evolutionary perspective; the interconnections between political and other aspects of human cultural
systems.
Anthro. 459-3. Comparative Social Organization. Principles in the comparative study of human social systems, types of social structure, social control, sociocultural integration, and processes of social change and societal development. Focus on the analysis of ethnographies. Prer., Anthro. 240, 452, 453, or consent of instructor
World Ethnography (Anthro. 462-476)
Each course listed below will cover the major aspects of cultural and social anthropological interest relating to the peoples and cultural systems within the areas indicated. Following a survey of the geographical affiliations of the inhabitants, the culture-history of the area will be reviewed. The ways of life of the indigenous populations, their relations with each other and to other peoples, and the effects of culture change will be discussed.
Anthro. 462-3. Ethnography of the American Southwest.
Anthro. 463-3. Ethnography of Mexico and Central America.
Anthro. 470-3. Ethnography of China, Japan, and Korea.
Anthro. 474-3. Ethnography of India, Pakistan, and Ceylon.
Anthro. 476-3. Ethnography of Southeast Asia.
Anthro. 480-3. Anthropological Linguistics. Boulder Campus only. Methods and results of scientific analysis of languages of nonliterate peoples.
Anthro. 481-3. Language and Culture. The course explores the relationships between culture and language in the following contexts: language acquisition, language and individual, social dialects, language and education, language and world view, the role of language in cultural interaction and social structure, planned language change including language problems in new nations and at the international level.
Anthro. 499-variable credit. Guided Study. Directed individual study based in a specific subfield of anthropology. Consent of instructor required.
ECONOMICS
Students majoring in economics must meet the following requirements: at least 30, but not more than 48, semester hours in economics, of which 22 must be numbered 300 or higher; C.S. 201; Econ. 381, 407 and 408. Majors are urged to take Econ. 381 as soon as possible.
For all courses numbered above 300, the prerequisite, unless otherwise indicated, is Econ. 201 and 202, or Econ. 300.


Distributed Studies
Students majoring in distributed studies may make economics their primary area of concentration by taking 30 semester hours in economics. Required courses for this option are Econ. 407-408 and a course in statistics.
Introductory Courses
Econ. 201-3. Principles of Economics I: Macroeconomics. Purpose is to teach fundamental principles, to open the field of economics in the way most helpful to further and more detailed study of special problems, and to give those not intending to specialize in the subject an outline of the geneiul principles of economics. Open to qualified freshmen.
Econ. 202-3. Principles of Economics II: Microeconomics. Continuation of Econ. 201.
Econ. 250-3. Capitalism and Slavery I. History of the development of slavery as an American institution from 1619 to 1970. Includes growth of the slave trade, development of the plantation system, stimulation of the American economy by slavery, economic implications of the Civil War, theoretical freeing of the slaves in 1863, and the development of modem slavery in America from Reconstruction to the present.
Econ. 251-3. Capitalism and Slavery II. Continuation of Econ. 250. Econ. 300-3. Accelerated Principles of Economics. Condensation of Econ. 201 and 202. Intended for students who have taken Soc. Sci. 210 and 211 and others who want a one-semester introduction to economics. Open to seniors without prerequisite. Not open to students who have taken Econ. 201 and 202.
Econ. 379-3. Consumer Economics. Application of microeconomics to the problems of the ordinary consumer: budget management, purchases, interest, etc. Intended for nonmajors.
Econ. 381-3. Introduction to Quantitative Research Methods in Economics II. Introduction to statistical methods and their application to quantitative economic research. Prer., (1) Math. 108 with a grade ofS or better, or Math. 140 with a grade of C or better, or passing grade on mathematics placement examination; (2) Math. 140, 241, 242 (students planning to go to graduate school in economics should take option 2); and Econ. 201 and 202.
Econ. 480-3. Introduction to Quantitative Research Methods in Economics I. Introduction to the use of mathematics in economics research. Prer., Math. 107 and 108; Econ. 201 and 202.
Econ. 481-3. Introduction to Econometrics. The application of mathematical and statistical techniques to problems of economic theory. Emphasis is on principles rather than computational methods or mathematical rigor. Major topics include demand, production, and cost analysis. Prer., two semesters of calculus and one semester of statistics, or consent of instructor.
Econ. 482-3. Introduction to Econometrics II. Continuation of Econ. 481. Prer., Econ. 481.
Economic Theory and Thought General Courses
Econ. 201 and 202. See Introductory Courses section.
Econ. 300-3. See Introductory Courses section.
Econ. 403-3. The Price System. Course in microeconomics designed for teachers and other nonmajors. Production, price, and distribution theory in a free-market system. Assumptions and conditions of a free-market and other market structures.
Econ. 404-3. Income, Employment, and Economic Activity. Course in macroeconomics designed for teachers and other nonmajors. Theory and applications of national income determination, the role of money in the economy, and economic growth. Policy problems in dealing with unemployment, inflation, growth, and our international balance of payments.
Econ. 407-3. Intermediate Microeconomic Theory. Production, price, and distribution theory. Study of value and distribution theories under conditions of varying market structures, with special reference to the contribution of modem economic theorists.
Econ. 408-3. Intermediate Aggregative Economic Theory. Macroeconomics and monetary theory.
Econ. 409-3. History of Economic Thought. Survey of the development of economic thought from ancient to modem times.
Econ. 410-3. Radical Political Economy. An introduction to modem radical economics, emphasizing Marxian critiques of capitalism: Marx’s theory of capitalist development; contemporary analysis and majors in economics; others by consent of instructor. Designed to give seniors a chance to evaluate critically some practical or theoretical problems under supervision, and to present results of their thinking to fellow students and instructors for critical evaluation.
College of Liberal Arts and Sciencesl33
Econ. 499-variable credit. Independent Study. Consent of instructor required.
Fiscal and Monetary Theory and Policy;
Public Finance
Econ. 412-3. National Economic Policy. Monetary and macroeconomic policy; national economic planning. Prer., Econ. 408.
Econ. 421-3. Public Finance I. Taxation, public expenditures, debts, and fiscal policy. Role of public finance in times of peace and war. National, state, local taxation, with some special attention to the state of Colorado.
Econ. 422-3. Public Finance H. Continuation of Public Finance I. Either course may be taken separately.
International Economics and Economic Development
Econ. 441-2. International Trade and Finance. Theories of interregional and international trade, private and public trade, world population and resources, tariffs, and commercial policy. International economic organization.
Econ. 477-3. Economic Development—Theory and Problems I.
Theoretical and empirical analysis of problems of economic development in both underdeveloped and advanced countries.
Econ. 478-3. Economic Development—Theory and Problems H. Current conditions of economic development, with emphasis on accelerating and maintaining growth.
Econ. 487-3. Economic Development of Latin America. Current problems of economic development in Latin America.
Econ. 489-3. Economics of Africa and the Middle East. Current problems of development faced by African and Middle Eastern economies. Emphasis on case studies, regionalism, planning, and ramification of economic change.
Economic History, Systems, and Institutions
Econ. 250 and 251. See Introductory Courses section.
Econ. 450-3. The Soviet World: Origins and Present Condition. (Pol. Sci. 450.) East Europe, Russia, and Central Asia from earliest times to the present. Equal emphasis on economics, culture, and politics. Particular attention to 20th-century developments.
Econ. 451-3. Economic History of Europe. Evolution of industrial society with emphasis upon the growth and development of English industry and commerce.
Econ. 452-3. Economic History of the United States. American economic organization and institutions and their development from colonial times to present.
Econ. 471-2. Comparative Economic Systems. Critical study of socialism, capitalism, communism, and other proposed economic systems, emphasizing comparative studies of communist economics.
Human Resources Economics and Labor Economics
Econ. 460-3. Introduction to Human Resources. Economics of investments in man, including the economics of poverty and the application of cost benefit analysis to social welfare programs.
Econ. 461-3. Labor Economics. Study of problems associated with determination of wages, hours, and working conditions in the American economy. History and analysis of economic effects of trade unionism and other social institutions, including agencies of formal government. Introduction to manpower studies.
Econ. 462-3. Economics of Collective Bargaining. Scientific analysis of processes by which labor and management democratically reach agreements; how differences between labor and management are settled by means of grievance procedure and arbitration; and overall economic effect of collective bargaining on goods produced by the national economy. Demonstrations, workshops, and lectures.
Econ. 463-3. Income Security. Development of social insurance in various countries, with emphasis on the United States. Security in old age, unemployment, accident, sickness, and other income-loss situations. Economic analysis of costs and risks of social security; types of carriers, problems of administration. Critical examination of recent American social security legislation.
Econ. 464-3. Collective Bargaining, Labor Law, and Administration.
Study of social pressures that are shaped into labor policy acceptable to labor, management, and the general public by various means of social control. Evolution of a “common law” of labor relations out of free collective bargaining and arbitration. Prer., senior status.


34/University of Colorado at Denver
Government and Business; Industrial Organization
Econ. 456-3.- Economics of Agriculture. Economic analysis of the agricultural sector and of problems and policies related to agriculture and other primary industries.
Econ. 469-3. Government in the Economy. Analysis of the role of government in the economy, neo-classical microeconomic theory as a point of departure for understanding what a free market system can and cannot accomplish. Prer., Econ. 403 or equivalent.
Econ. 474-3. Industrial Organization. Structure and performance of some important American manufacturing industries.
Econ. 476-3. Government Regulation of Business. Economic characteristics of public utilities and analysis of problems of regulation and control.
Urban, Regional, and Environmental Economics
Econ. 425-3. Urban Economics. Analysis of the level, distribution, stability, and growth of income and employment in urban regions. Urban poverty, housing, land use, transportation, and local public services, with special reference to economic efficiency and social progress.
Econ. 427-3. Economics of Transportation. Survey of transportation in U.S. First part of course deals with development of intercity transportation via water, rail, highway, and air. Second part deals with the urban transportation problem, comparing private and public alternatives.
Econ. 453-3. Resource Economics. Application of economic theory to resource-oriented industries.
HISTORY
Undergraduate students majoring in history must complete a minimum of 30 semester hours in history, 16 of which must be upper division. Not more than 48 hours in the student’s major area will count toward the 120-hour requirement. As of fall 1973, a student must have a cumulative grade-point average of 2.0 or better in the major to be graduated.
A history major shall fulfill his lower division course requirements with Hist. 101 and 102 and Hist. 150 or any 200-level course in U.S. history or the equivalents.
Hist. 101-3. History of Western Civilization I. Selected topics from ancient to early modem times.
Hist. 102-3. History of Western Civilization II. Selected topics from early modem to modem times.
Hist. 150-3. Introduction to United States History. Survey of selected topics in American history from colonial times to the 1960s. Emphasis on the major forces and events that have shaped American society.
Hist. 215-3. Afro-American History I. Major emphasis on the events that have occurred in the life of the Afro-American from the time of his first landing in the U.S. to the present.
Hist. 216-3. Afro-American History II. Continuation of Hist. 215. Hist. 241-3. History of England to 1832.
Hist. 242-3. History of England Since 1832.
Hist. 250-3. Topics in American History. Forces that have affected the development of the United States. Each topic is treated as a complete unit. Suggested background: Hist. 150.
Hist. 258-3. History of Colorado.
Hist. 281-3. History of Latin America I. An introduction to Latin civilization in America. Focus on period before independence.
Hist. 282-3. History of Latin America II. Latin America since independence. Focus on Mexico, Brazil, and Argentina.
Hist. 322-3. Women in History. A study of Western culture with particular focus on the role of women.
Hist. 363-3. Problems in American Society and Thought: The Courts. Hist. 366-3. Problems in American Economic and Social History. Hist. 384-3. History of the Mexican Americans in Colorado. A history of the Mexican American experience in Colorado with emphasis on 20th-century urbanization, especially within the Denver metropolitan area.
Hist. 395-3. Problems in African History: The Novelist’s Perspective. Hist. 406-3. History of the British Empire/Commonwealth. Analysis of development, administration, and dissolution of the empire.
Hist. 412-3. Intellectual History of Medieval Europe.
Hist. 419-3. Intellectual History of Early Modern Europe.
Hist. 422-3. The Second World War. A military-political orientation, examining the grand strategy, diplomacy, and campaigns of the war in some detail. Emphasizes the influence of technology upon the conflict. Hist. 423-3. Europe During the Renaissance. Social and intellectual history of Europe from the 14th to the 16th centuries.
Hist. 424-3. Europe During the Reformation. Social and intellectual history of Europe from the 16th to the 18th centuries.
Hist. 430-3. History of France Since 1815.
Hist. 431-3. Nineteenth-Century Europe. Social and economic change in the political and intellectual context between 1789 and 1914. Suggested background: Hist. 102.
Hist. 432-3. Twentieth-Century Europe. Social and economic change in the political and intellectual context between 1914 and 1970. Suggested background: Hist. 102.
Hist. 434-3. Seventeenth-Century America.
Hist. 437-3. International History of Europe in the 19th Century. The
diplomatic process, major crises, leading personalities, interaction between domestic and foreign policies, reflections on causes and consequences of war. Suggested background: Hist. 102 or 431.
Hist. 438-3. International History of Europe in the 20th Century.
International organizations and traditional diplomacy. Suggested background: Hist. 102 or 432.
Hist. 440-3. Social and Economic Change in African History. An
examination of change in African life. Emphasis on new directions in commerce, agriculture, labor, religion, family structure, and urbanization.
Hist. 441-3. History of Africa to 1840. Part I of a two-semester sequence introducing the student to political, economic, and cultural change in Africa.
Hist. 442-3. History of Africa From 1840. Part II of a two-semester sequence introducing the student to political, economic, and cultural change in Africa.
Hist. 446-3. History of Ireland. Analysis of the relationship between the English and the Irish from the Irish perspective.
Hist. 449-3. The Gilded Age: U.S. History 1865-1900. A topical study of the evolution and growth of major American institutions since the Civil War.
Hist. 450-3. A Political History of Africa. An analysis of the variety of political units in Africa and the ways in which they have changed.
Hist. 451-3. The American Revolution.
Hist. 452-3. Early National America.
Hist. 453-3. Civil War and Reconstruction. Events leading to the outbreak of war, the war itself and its impact on North and South, and the efforts to reconstruct Southern society during the post-war period.
Hist. 454-3. The Progressive Movement and After, 1900-1929. In domestic affairs, emphasis on the Progressive Movement and the reaction against it in the twenties. In foreign affairs, emphasis on slowly increasing but reluctant participation in world power politics.
Hist. 456-3. The Jacksonian Era. Emphasis on conditions that produced striking alterations in the social, psychological, and economic organization of the United States, as well as violence and war.
Hist. 459-3. American Southwest.
Hist. 460-3. Mexican-American Southwest.
Hist. 463-3. American Society and Thought to 1865. Analysis of social ideas to 1865, and the impact of these ideas on American society.
Hist. 464-3. American Society and Thought Since 1865. Analysis of social ideas since 1865, and the impact of these ideas on American society.
Hist. 465-3. U.S. in Depression and War, 1929-1952. Emphasis upon the New Deal, World War II, and emergence of the Cold War. Suggested background: Hist. 454.
Hist. 466-3. The Age of Affluence and Anxiety: The U.S. Since 1948.
Includes the U.S.-Communist international confrontation and the growth of an increasingly affluent but anxiety-ridden American society. Suggested background: Hist. 465.
Hist. 467-3. Diplomatic History of the United States to 1912. The
development of American foreign policy, emphasizing the evolution of the basic policy of isolation from European affairs and increasing involvement in the Pacific and East Asia.
Hist. 468-3. Diplomatic History of the United States Since 1912. The
conflict between isolationism and internationalism in American foreign policy, ending in the triumph of the latter. Suggested background: Hist. 467.
Hist. 469-3. The New South From Reconstruction to the Present.
Historical origins, race relations, society and culture, and political aspects.
Hist. 470-3. History of Urban America. From colonial times to the present with the chief focus on major changes in the process of urbaniza-


College of Liberal Arts and Sciences/35
tion. Subjects will include town promotion, rise of heavy industrial cities, utopian towns, emergence of the city “boss,” urban transportation, and the future of American cities.
Hist. 471-3. The U.S. in the Pacific. A thematic course which explores the following major themes: the growth of American interest in the Pacific, especially in trade and missionary activities; the gaining and governing of the American colonial empire; and the U.S. role in international rivalry in the Pacific.
Hist. 473-3. History of China. Deals with traditional China covering a period from the “beginning” to the mid-19th century.
Hist. 474-3. History of China. A combination of descriptive material with a broad analytical base is applied to an investigation of the emergence and development of modem China.
Hist. 476-3. History of Japan in the Modern Age.
Hist. 479-3. United States Military History to 1900. Development of the military and naval art of war in American history, in both its peacetime and wartime aspects, from colonial times to the end of the Spanish-American war.
Hist. 480-3. United States Military History Since 1900. American military and naval history since the Spanish-American war, presented as a continuing evolution in both war and peace and emphasizing the dominating influence of technology upon operations, organizations, and policies. Hist. 481-3. Mexico and Central America Since Independence I. Study of society, economics, and politics in the 19th century.
Hist. 482-3. Mexico and Central America Since Independence II. Study of society, economics, and politics in the 20th century.
Hist. 486-3. The Old South and National Disunion. Early development of the southern United States, the institution of slavery, and the sectional conflict leading to national disunion.
Hist. 487-3. History of South Africa. Analysis of European and Asian communities in Africa: their origins and development and their relations with the indigenous African population.
Hist. 489-3. The Modern Middle East, 1789 to the Present. Emphasis on the modernization of the region from Egypt through Persia, Anatolia, and Arabia, not only in political terms, but also in terms of the economic, social, and intellectual changes which have transformed the Middle East in the last century and a half.
Hist. 494-3. Evolution of Modern Russia.
Hist. 495-3. The Russian Revolution and the Soviet Regime.
Hist. 496-3. The Soviet Union, 1929 to the Present.
Hist. 498-3. Senior Colloquium. Readings and discussion of eminent modem historians and their writings. Recommended but not required for senior history majors.
Hist. 499-variable credit. Independent Study. Consent of instructor required.
POLITICAL SCIENCE
Undergraduate majors must complete a minimum of 36 semester hours in political science, of which at least 21 semester hours must be in upper division courses. Courses must be distributed among the primary fields as listed in this bulletin, i.e., American government and politics, comparative politics, international relations, public administration, and political theory and public law. The major must include the following: Pol. Sci. 100, 110, 200, 440, and 441; Econ. 201 and 202; and one upper division course in each of the primary fields of political science except public administration. In addition, it is strongly recommended that all majors enroll for Pol. Sci. 202.
For all courses numbered 300 and above, the prerequisite, unless otherwise indicated, is either the Pol. Sci. 100-110 sequence or consent of the instructor.
General Courses in Political Science
Pol.Sci. 100-3. Introduction to Political Science. Introduction to the study of politics, its human importance, and its relationship to social institutions. Analysis of the relationship between individual political behavior and characteristics of the political system. Development of key concepts such as power, legitimacy, authority, political socialization, and revolution. Required of all majors.
Pol.Sci. 200-3. Research in Contemporary Political Topics. Development of basic research skills in areas of current political controversy and conflict, such as poverty, crime, racism, corruption, censorship, and imperialism. Choice of research topics related to interests of the student. Required of all majors. Prer., Pol.Sci. 100 or consent of instructor.
Pol.Sci. 499-1 to 3. Independent Study. Intended to give an opportunity for advanced students with good scholastic records, and with appropriate courses completed, to pursue independently the study of some subject of special interest to them. Subjects chosen and arrangements made to suit the needs of each student. Primarily for seniors. Prer., 15 semester hours in political science and consent of instructor.
American Government and Politics
Pol.Sci. 110-3. The American Political System. General introduction to the American political system with emphasis upon the interrelations among the various levels and branches of government, formal and informal institutions, processes, and behavior. Required of all majors. Not open to those who have had Pol.Sci. 101 and/or 102.
Pol.Sci. 210-3. Power in American Society. Who has power in the United States; how it is distributed and used; sources of power and legitimacy; checks and potential checks on decision making by the powerful; consequences of power allocation and use for citizen wellbeing; continuity and change in the structure of power in America. Prer., Pol.Sci. 110 or consent of instructor.
Pol.Sci. 402-3. Legislatures and Legislation. Structure and organization of legislatures and process of statute lawmaking; political forces and interest groups; problems of representation and the public interest. Pol.Sci. 403-3. Political Parties and Pressure Groups. Nature, structure, organization, and functions of political parties and pressure groups in the United States. Analysis of pressure politics and political behavior. Impact of parties and pressure groups on “the public good.”
Pol.Sci. 405-3. Public Opinion and Political Behavior. Theories of public opinion and propaganda; the formation, management, and measurement of political attitudes; behavior of men and groups in politics, especially Americans. Systematic consequences of political attitudes. Pol.Sci. 406-3. State Government and Administration. National, state and interstate relations; constitutional development; legislative, executive, and judicial processes and problems; administrative organization and reorganization; state finances; major state services; future of the states. Special attention to the government of Colorado.
Pol.Sci. 407-3. Urban Politics. Examination of the structure of political and social influence in urban areas; selection of urban leadership; relationship of the political system to governmental and social institutions. Pol.Sci. 408-3. Municipal Government and Administration. Municipalities and their relations to the states and the national government; local politics; forms of municipal government; application of ideas and techniques of public administration to management of municipal affairs; activities of cities, e.g., planning, public utilities, law enforcement, and fire protection.
Pol.Sci. 409-3. Comparative Metropolitan Systems. Comparative analysis of the major metropolitan systems in different countries; the structural environment, decision making in the bureaucracies and political groupings, governmental interaction and communication.
Pol.Sci. 451-3. Black Politics. Examination of black politics in the United States: the role of black interest groups, structure and functions of black political organizations, goals and political styles of black politicians, trends and the future of black politics in the United States.
Pol.Sci. 455-3. The Mexican American in Politics. (M.A.M. 455.) Analysis of the social, cultural, and economic factors which affect political behavior of Mexican Americans. Special attention will be paid to the Mexican-American cultural heritage and to relations between Mexican Americans and Anglo Americans.
Pol.Sci. 456-3. Political Perspectives on Women. Analysis of the political experience of women and of strategies of change.
See also Pol. Sci. 435 and 439 listed under Public Administration.
Comparative Politics
Pol.Sci. 201-3. Introduction to Comparative Politics I: Technological Societies. Comparison of legal-institutional features; social, economic, and ideological forces; patterns of recruitment and decision making and of political-system maintenance and change.
Pol.Sci. 202-3. Introduction to Comparative Politics II: Pretechnolog-ical Societies. Comparison of the basic political features of the economically developing societies. The traditional political culture, nationalism, political integration, political structures, political groups in developing societies, modes of political recruitment, the style of development politics and political implications of planned socioeconomic change; evolution and revolution in the third world.
Pol.Sci. 310-3. Women in a Changing World. (Soc.Sci. 335.) Offers an understanding of the historical, economic, and sociocultural background of women’s changing roles and function in the contemporary


36lUniversity of Colorado at Denver
world. The approach and material are multidisciplinary. The goal is a balanced understanding through analysis and discussion based on objective information.
Pol.Sci. 409-3. Comparative Metropolitan Systems. Comparative analysis of the major metropolitan systems in different countries; the structural environment, decision-making in the bureaucracies and political groupings, governmental interaction and communication.
Pol.Sci. 410-3. Advanced Comparative Politics—Western Europe. An intensive and comparative analysis of the political systems and processes of Western Europe. Emphasis on political culture and constitutionalism; executive-legislative relationships: electoral systems; political parties and interest groups; administrative and judicial processes; and the impact of social changes on political institutions. Prer.. Pol. Sci. 201 or consent of instructor.
Pol.Sci. 411-3. Advanced Comparative Politics—Third World. An
intensive comparative examination of the political process in Africa, Asia, and Latin America. Survey of different methodological approaches to the study of the non-Westem political systems. The components of political development. Effective political units in a transitional society. Prevailing “styles" of political action, including the use of violence. Pol.Sci. 413-3. Political Behavior and Political Systems in Latin America. Governments and politics of selected countries of Latin America. Politics and government in theory and practice. Political parties, movements, and conflicts. The relationships between political problems and physical and social environments.
Pol.Sci. 415-3. Political Systems of the Middle East and North Africa.
Comparative analysis of political processes in the Middle East and North Africa. Islamic political theory and its contemporary manifestation. The role of nationalism and the “quest for modernity” in the political development of this region. Parties and programmed modernization in transitional polities. Violent and nonviolent change.
Pol.Sci. 416-3. Politics and Government of East Asia. Political and governmental changes within China, Japan, and Korea from the 19th century to the present. Primary emphasis on contemporary political systems and sociopolitical problems.
Pol.Sci. 418-3. Politics of Southeast Asia. Impact of the West on political theory and institutions in Burma, Thailand, Laos, Cambodia, Vietnam, Malaysia, Indonesia, and the Philippines. Constitutions, political parties, movements, and conflicts. Influence of geographical, economic, and social factors on the political systems in each country. Pol.Sci. 419-3. Political Systems of Sub-Saharan Africa. Analysis of major types of political systems in sub-Saharan Africa and intensive case studies of selected countries exemplifying each type. Anticolonial movement, adoption and rejection of Western political institutions and values. Special political problems of multiracial and multicultural societies. Pol.Sci. 450-3. The Soviet World: Origins and Present Condition. (Econ. 450.) East Europe, Russia, Central Asia from earliest times to the present. Equal emphasis on economics, culture and politics. Particular attention to 20th-century developments.
Pol.Sci. 460-3. Politics of South Asia. Study of the political and administrative systems of India, Pakistan, Ceylon, and Nepal. Impact of British rule on development of political institutions on subcontinent as well as problems of political development at all levels.
International Relations
Pol.Sci. 421-3. International Politics. The system of national states, concepts of national interest, goals of foreign policies, conduct of diplomacy, and the bearing of these elements on the problem of peace. Presentation and evaluation of the solutions that have been offered for the maintenance of peace. Great powers and regions of the earth in international politics today, and their roles in international tensions.
Pol.Sci. 423-3. American Foreign Policy. Examination of the foundations, assumptions, objectives, and methods of U.S. foreign policy. Special attention to the revolutionary international environment, and to problems of colonialism and imperialism.
Pol.Sci. 428-3. International Behavior. Presentation of alternate theoretical frameworks for the explanation of international processes. Theories of conflict behavior and social organization applied to problems of war and peace. Major emphasis on the role of systematic empirical research in the development of theories of international behavior.
Pol.Sci. 472-3. Soviet and Chinese Foreign Policy. Foreign policies of the Soviet Union and China, including the Sino-Soviet conflict; relations with Western powers and the Third World; interaction of domestic developments and foreign policy; role of national interest, ideology, and elite personalities.
Pol.Sci. 473-3. The Middle East and World Affairs. Evolution and revolution in the Middle East. The character of nationalism in the area. Analysis of intraregional and international problems affecting the Middle East with special emphasis on the Arab-Israeli imbroglio. Impact of major-power intervention.
Pol.Sci. 474-3. Sub-Saharan Africa in World Affairs. An examination of the international behavior of the new Africa. Includes preindependence antecedents and post-independence determinants, motives, techniques, and results of African state relations in the inter-African and world-wide settings. Impact of major-power intervention.
Pol.Sci. 475-3. Africa in U.S. Foreign Policy. Examination of historical background, assumptions, objectives, methods, and results of U.S. policy toward black Africa. Special attention to areas under foreign or minority rule, ethnic factors, potency of economic and political variables, and stresses between alliance policy and sympathy for self-determination. Pol.Sci. 476-3. International Relations in the Far East. Developments and problems in the modern-day relations of China, Japan, Korea, Vietnam, and the Western powers. The Far East in world politics today. Pol.Sci. 477-3. Latin America in World Politics. Basic elements in Latin America international relations. United States-Latin American relations and policies. Foreign policy formulation in major Latin American republics.
Public Administration
Pol. Sci. 406 and 408 may be used by majors in political science to satisfy the requirement in the field of public administration.
Pol.Sci. 432-3. Public Administration. Role of administration in government; trends in American public administration; techniques of management; theories of public administration.
Pol.Sci. 435-3. Natural Resources: Policy and Administration. Resources in the American economy; corporate, governmental, and popular control of natural resources; organization, procedures, and programs for administration and development of natural resources.
Pol.Sci. 437-3. Public Financial Administration. Governmental fiscal policy, administrative organization for fiscal administration in governmental units, revenue administration, budgeting, preaudit and postaudit, treasury management and debt administration, purchasing, financial reporting. Economic sources of political corruption.
Pol.Sci. 439-3. National Policies and Administration. Major policies and programs of the national government and their administration; the role of the President and other administrators in formulating public policy; problems of centralization and public accountability.
Political Theory and Public Law
Pol.Sci. 420-3. Theories of Social and Political Change. Conservative, radical, and incremental approaches to change. Role of psychological and sociological factors in political change. Comparative perspectives on change. Self-perpetuation processes of power systems and their vulnerabilities. Requisites of system maintenance and system change. Selected case studies.
Pol.Sci. 440-3. Early Political Thought. Main currents of political thought in their historical setting from Plato to the 17th century, with a critical evaluation of those elements of continuing worth. Required of all majors.
Pol.Sci. 441-3. Modern Political Thought. Main currents of political thought in their historical setting from 17th century to the present. Pol Sci. 440 is not a prerequisite for Pol.Sci. 441. Required of all majors. Pol.Sci. 443-3. Jurisprudence. Origins of modem legal institutions and role of law in society throughout the ages. Contrast between Anglo-American and legal systems stemming from the Roman Law. Law cases are studied only insofar as they mirror historical and sociological developments.
Pol.Sci. 445-3. American Political Thought. History and development of American political theories and ideas from colonial period to present. Pol.Sci. 446-3. Administrative Law. General nature of administrative law, types of administrative action and enforcement, analysis of ralemaking adjudication, administrative due process, judicial review.
Pol.Sci. 447-3. Constitutional Law I. Nature and scope of the following American constitutional principles as developed by the U.S. Supreme Court: federalism, jurisdiction of the federal courts, separation of powers, the taxing power, and the commerce power. Case method.
Pol.Sci. 448-3. Constitutional Law II. Continuation of Pol.Sci. 447, with emphasis on the war power, powers of the President, citizenship, the Bill of Rights, and the Civil War Amendments. Case method. Not open to freshmen and sophomores.
Pol.Sci. 449-3. American Judicial System. Examination of the principal actors in the legal system: police, lawyers, judges, citizens. About half of the course will be devoted to the study of judicial behavior, especially at the Supreme Court level.
Pol.Sci. 490-3. Revolution and Political Violence. Study, discussion, and evaluation of alternative frameworks for the analysis of revolution and political violence. The theoretical material will be firmly couched in


College of Liberal Arts and Sciencesl37
case situations such as western, class, colonial, urban, international, historical, racial, religious, and intergenerational violence. Development by the class of its own theoretical model.
SOCIOLOGY
Majors in sociology are required to complete 30 hours in sociology with a grade of C or better. Of these hours, 16 must be upper division. Maximum in the major is 48 hours. A maximum of 6 hours of social science credit may be counted toward the major in sociology. As no fixed sequence of courses is prescribed, it is recommended and expected that students will select an adviser from the sociology faculty to help them develop their programs. This is particularly important for those intending to do graduate work in sociology.
The department has developed the following rationale for courses offered. The course number changes that have resulted take effect in the fall semester 1976.
1. Lower Division Courses (100 and 200)
a. One hundred level courses are an introduction to the broad sociological perspective as it applies to social life, social systems, and society.
b. Two hundred level courses introduce the student to somewhat more specific content areas: population study, human ecology, social psychology, etc.
2. Upper Division Courses (300 and 400)
a. Three hundred level courses serve as advanced surveys of some specific area of concentration. They are designed to acquaint the student with the issues, methods and concepts, and theoretical frameworks employed in the content area. Such courses as urban sociology, sociology of the family, and sociology of work are offered at this level. Many of these courses are “open” courses in that students from other disciplines and colleges are encouraged to enroll in them.
b. Four hundred level courses are devoted to a more detailed in-depth examination of specific issues, approaches, and concepts within the previously identified content areas. These are advanced courses and are geared more directly to sociology and social science majors.
Soc. 100-3. Introduction to Sociology. (Formerly Soc. 111.) Sociology as a science, man and culture, social groups, social institutions, social interaction, social change.
Soc. 101-3. Race and Minority Problems. (Formerly Soc. 128.) Race and racism; facts and myths about great populations, including psychological, social, and cultural sources of bias and discrimination.
Soc. 102-3. Comtemporary Social Issues. Introductory consideration of some current social controversies such as democracy, capitalism, race and ethnic groups, marriage, the family, crime, international tensions, and world order. Designed to improve the student’s ability to understand current debate and to formulate opinions for himself.
Soc. 103-3. Mass Society. (Formerly Soc. 239.) Study of the emergence of modem society. Emphasis on the role of masses and of separated and isolated individuals who lack unifying values and purposes.
Soc. 104-3. Social Problems and Social Change. (Formerly Soc. 250.) Sociological analysis of problems resulting from recent social changes including occupational shifts and the redefinition of work; adolescent roles and responses; public responses to crime, delinquency, and mental illness; race and minority relations; community disorganization; and the effects of population growth and redistribution on underdeveloped areas. Soc. 105-3. Analysis of Modern Society. (Formerly Soc. 255.) Examination of various sociological views of modem society including those of Lundberg, Richardson, Mills, Riesman, Goffman, Sorokin, Cohen, and others.
Soc. 119-3 Deviance. A consideration of the processes of social differentiation.
Soc. 221-3. Population Studies. Elements of demography, natality, mortality, international and internal migration, population growth, population policy.
Soc. 222-3. Human Ecology. Ecological organization and processes in urban, rural, and regional areas.
Soc. 246-3. Introduction to Social Psychology. Survey of the following varieties of social psychology: psychoanalysis, symbolic interactionism, culture and personality, structural functionalism, and psychological social psychology.
Soc. 248-3. Social Movements. Social bases and development features of such modern social and political movements as communism, socialism, liberalism, and conservatism.
Soc. 299-variable credit. Independent Study in Sociology. Consent of instructor required.
Soc. 300-3. Urban Sociology. (Formerly Soc. 426.) The city in terms of its social structure, residential and institutional pattemings, processes of interaction, demographic processes, and patterns of growth and change. Soc. 301-3. Social Stratification. (Formerly Soc. 444.) Status, social mobility, and class in selected societies; elites and leadership problems. Soc. 302-3. Social Institutions. Organized system of practices and social roles developed about values. Machinery evolved to regulate the practices and behavior of family, church, government, economy, recreation, and education.
Soc. 303-3. Social Change. (Formerly Soc. 453.) Process of change in Western society and its effects on the individual, the family, and economic and political institutions.
Soc. 304-3. Sociology of the Family. (Formerly Soc. 455.) The family as a social institution. Historical development and contemporary cross-cultural analysis with emphasis on the contemporary American family. Soc. 305-3. Sociology of Work. (Formerly Soc. 478.) The analysis of work in a variety of organizational settings with an emphasis on the changing meaning of work.
Soc. 384-3. Environment and Behavior. Focuses on the influence of both rational and man-made environments upon human behavior and social organization.
Soc. 400-3. Contemporary Sociological Theory. (Formerly Soc. 316.) The explication of various conceptual approaches to the problems of social order, societal functioning and integration, social conflict, social oppresiion, and social structural change by the examination of the works of cor temporary sociological theorists.
Soc. 401-3. History of Sociological Thought. (Formerly Soc. 315.) Major social theorists from early times to date, including Aristotle, Plato, Machiavelli, Comte, Spencer.
Soc. 402-3. Statistics. (Formerly Soc. 317.) Quantitative techniques used in analyzing social phenomena. Prer., Math. 107 or its equivalent, or consent of instructor.
Soc. 406-3. Sex Role Differentiation. Causes and consequences of sex role differentiation at the individual, group, and societal levels.
Soc. 409-3. Research Practicum. Practical experience for undergraduates in application of principles of research design and data processing to a social research problem selected by the instructor.
Soc. 417-3. Research Methods. Design of social research. Application of statistical techniques and procedures to social phenomena. Prer., Soc. 402 or consent of instructor.
Soc. 421-3. Advanced Population Studies. The sociological importance of population study. Advanced demographic analysis and population theory. Natality, mortality, problems of population growth and international and internal migrations, population policy, and aspects of population planning and control.
Soc. 422-3. City and Region. Reviews and appraises theory and research concerning the relationship of the city to its hinterland. The analysis examines institutional, demographic, and ecological patterns evolving from dynamic city-region relationships.
Soc. 424-3. Migration. World migration patterns. Migration examined as an effect and as an influence. Planned and unplanned migration.
Soc. 433-3. Communities. Review and appraisal of community studies.
Soc. 443-3. Technology and Modernization. Description and analysis of changing social structure and social relationships as a response to technological innovation and change.
Soc. 449-3. Social Control. Informal and formal regulative processes in social behavior, with reference to techniques and processes of social control, such as propaganda, the political order, and other institutions.
Soc. 451-3. Social Institutions. Organized system of practices and social roles developed about values, and behavior of institutions of family, church, government, economy, recreation, education.
Soc. 452-3. Collective Behavior. Social, cultural, and psychological factors affecting behavior in crisis situations.
Soc. 454-3. Social Mobility. Status, occupational, and income change examined from viewpoints of individual, organization, and society as a whole. Special attention to methods of analyzing change, comparative social mobility, and status equilibration.
Soc. 466-3. Advanced Social Psychology. An in-depth course in social psychology viewed from a sociological perspective.


38/University of Colorado at Denver
Soc. 467-3. Sociology of Education. Sociological study of the techniques of education. Classroom procedures, school administration, educators’ roles, and reciprocal relations of school and community.
Soc. 477-3. Occupations and Professions. The analysis of work, emphasizing selected occupational and professional roles, structures, characteristics, and trends.
Soc. 479-3. Large-Scale Organization. Analysis of sociological theories of bureaucracy and inquiry into bureaucratic developments in governmental, industrial, military, educational, and welfare institutions.
Soc. 489-3. Sociology of Mental Health. History of mental health in American society with a focus on mental illness and social class.
Soc. 490-3. Senior Seminar. Seminar for senior sociology majors considering important concepts, issues, and problems in sociology.
Soc. 495-3. Criminology. Nature and causes of crime as a social phenomenon. Processes of making laws, breaking laws, and reaction toward the breaking of laws.
Soc. 499-variable credit. Independent Study in Sociology. Consent of instructor required.
Social Science
These courses can satisfy, in part, the area requirement in the social sciences.
Soc.Sci. 210-3. The Study of Man in Society I. An integrated introduction to concepts and methods of the social sciences as they apply to analysis of societal contexts.
Soc.Sci. 211-3. The Study of Man in Society II. Continuation of Soc.Sci. 210. Emphasis on processes in society—social and cultural change and evolution, industrialization, urbanization, and other dynamic institutions.
Soc.Sci. 305-3. Education and Culture in Historical Perspective. An
analysis of the interaction of culture and education in Western society since the Renaissance.
Soc.Sci. 320-3. The Legal Process. Nature of legal reasoning and methods of legal development. Reciprocal relations of law with political philosophy and ethics. Materials drawn from both public and private law. Soc.Sci. 321-3. The American Indian and Federal Law. The objectives of this course are to survey a special status as set forth in Federal law, to identify its problems, costs and benefits to Native Americans, and to acquaint course participants with applications and politics of the law through the study of actual case materials.
Soc.Sci. 324-3. The Consumer and the Law. A study of the rights of the consumer when dealing with corporations, unions, and government agencies.
Soc.Sci. 325-3. Pathology of the Ghetto I. Major emphasis on social and institutional ills found in the disadvantaged Black community. Soc.Sci. 326-3. Pathology of the Ghetto II. Major emphasis on social and institutional ills found in the disadvantaged Black community. Soc.Sci. 327-3. Comparative Urban Cultures. Emphasis on historical background and social concerns of diverse cultural and ethnic groups which constitute the modem American city.
Soc.Sci. 329-3. The Asian Americans. An investigation of the historical, social, and psychological identity of the Asian Americans and their communities in the United States.
Soc.Sci. 330-3. Selected Topics on Asian Americans. Examination of topics and issues concerning Asian Americans to be selected by instructor and students.
Soc.Sci. 335-3. Women in a Changing World. Offers an understanding of the historical, economical, and sociocultural background of women’s changing roles and function in the contemporary world. The approach and material are multidisciplinary. The goal is a balanced understanding through analysis and discussion based on objective information.
Soc.Sci. 391-3. Seminar: American Indian Education. (N.AM. 391.) Study of the historical development of American Indian education and proposed solutions to selected problems in contemporary Indian education. Emphasis on alternative means as viewed by American Indians. Soc.Sci. 398-variable credit. Cooperative Education. Designed experiences involving application of specific, relevant concepts and skills in supervised employment situations. Prer., sophomore standing and 2.5 grade-point average.
Soc.Sci. 402-3. Economic and Political Determinants in a Health Care System. (Health Ad. 602.) Designed to acquaint the student with the health care industry, in terms of both the organization and delivery of health care services and the socioeconomic consequences of those services.
Soc.Sci. 410-3 Business and Government. (B.Ad. 410.) The study of government regulation of the business systems. Topics include regulation of business concentration, markets for labor, money, other resources and final products. Prer., Econ. 201-202, Pol.Sci. 110.
Soc.Sci. 411-3. Business and Society. (B.Ad. 411.) Examination of the interrelations between business, society, and the environment. Topics will include perspectives on the socio-economic-business system, current public policy, issues and social responsibility, and ethics. Prer., Econ. 201-202, Pol.Sci. 110, Soc. 111.
Soc.Sci. 438-3. World Politics in the 1970s. A study of great power politics, the role of the United Nations organization, and select crisis situations in the contemporary period.
Soc.Sci. 440-3. Women in a Changing World. Offers an understanding of the historical, economic, and sociocultural background of women’s changing roles and functions in a contemporary world.
Soc.Sci. 450-3. Environmental Systems I. (U.D. 450.) A study of political, social, and environmental effects of man-made land changes, development, and land use. Does not satisfy College of Liberal Arts and Sciences area requirement in social science.
Soc.Sci. 451-3. Environmental Systems II. (U.D. 451.) Continuation of Soc.Sci. 450 (U.D. 450). Does not satisfy College of Liberal Arts and Sciences area requirement in social science.
Soc.Sci. 490-3. Seminar: Urban Problem Analysis. The course will focus on a contemporary problem confronting Metropolitan Denver.
URBAN STUDIES MAJOR
All students majoring in urban studies will be expected to meet the following course requirements:
1. Soc.Sci. 210, The Study of Man in Society.
2. Four of the following five upper division courses: Urban Economics (Econ. 425); Urban History (Hist. 470); Urban Politics (Pol. Sci. 407); Urban Anthropology (An-thro. 444); and Advanced Population Studies (Soc. 421).
3. Any two of the following minority studies courses: The Chicano Community and Community Organization (M.AM. 360); Contemporary Mexican American I (M.AM. 127); Black Behavioral Analysis I or II (Bl.St. 203 or 204); Religion and the Black Man (Bl.St. 223); The Asian Americans (Soc. Sci. 329); and Undergraduate Seminar in American Indian Education (Soc. Sci. 391).
4. In addition, each student must successfully complete the Seminar in Urban Problem Analysis (Soc. Sci. 450). This course will focus upon the analysis of a single local urban problem from an interdisciplinary perspective. Extensive field work will further familiarize the student with the roles and techniques required in the analysis of urban problems and will serve to integrate in a practical applied setting theories and sources of information developed in previous academic work.
The above core program of required courses specifies a minimum of 27 of 42 units required for graduation with the urban studies major. Though a variety of options is available, the student will be permitted basically to choose 18 hours of electives from the following courses. The urban studies major is experimental and its architects strive to keep it flexible, responsive to students’ needs and interests. Students desiring to add an elective not listed below should contact the urban studies coordinator.
Anthropology
Anthro. 310-3. Cultural Pluralism Anthro. 416-3. Ecology, Adaptation, and Culture Anthro. 443-3. Economic Anthropology Anthro. 451-3. Applied Cultural Anthropology Anthro. 456-3. Contemporary American Indian Cultures Anthro. 458-3. Political Anthropology Anthro. 459-3. Comparative Social Organization Anthro. 481-3. Language and Culture
Economics
Econ. 427-3. Transportation Economics
Econ. 453-3. Resource Economics
Econ. 460-3. Introduction to Human Resources
Econ. 461-3. Labor Economics
Econ. 463-3. Income Security
Econ. 492-variable credit. Special Economic Problems


College of Liberal Arts and Sciences/39
History
Hist. 465-3. History of American Economic Growth I Hist. 466-3. History of American Economic Growth II
Political Science
Pol.Sci. 210-3. Power in American Society Pol.Sci. 402-3. Legislatures and Legislation Pol.Sci. 403-3. Political Parties and Pressure Groups I Pol.Sci. 408-3. Municipal Government and Administration Pol.Sci. 409-3. Comparative Metropolitan Systems Pol.Sci. 451-3. Black Politics
Sociology
Soc. 317-3. Statistics
Soc. 417-3. Research Methods
Soc. 424-3. Migration
Soc. 426-3. Urban Sociology
Soc. 433-3. Communities
Soc. 444-3. Stratification
Soc. 446-3. Persons in Society
Soc. 478-3. Industrial Organization
Soc. 479-3. Large Scale Organization
Soc. 495-3. Criminology
Soc. 496-3. Juvenile Delinquency
Communication and Theatre
C.T. 315-3. Discussion Group
C.T. 423-3. Group Communication Theory
Geography
Geog. 402-3. Geography and Populations
Geog. 407-3. Location Analysis of Human Activities
Philosophy
Phil. 424-3. Philosophical Problems and Contemporary Culture Psychology
Psych. 440-3. Social Psychology Psych. 493-3. Industrial Psychology
Civil Engineering
C.E. 340-2. City Planning
C.E. 442-4. Municipal Design
C.E. 448-3. Introduction to Environmental Pollution
Black Studies
Bl.St. 115-3. Law and Minorities
Bl.St. 215-3 or 216-3. Afro-American History I or II
Bl.St. 325-3. Pathology of the Ghetto
Bl.St. 370-3. Culture, Racism, and Alienation
Bl.St. 412-3. Civil Rights
Mexican American Studies
M.AM. 300-3. The Chicano Movement
M. AM. 405-3. Intergroup Relations
Native American Studies
N. AM. 472-3. North American Indian Art
Social Science
Soc.Sci. 398-variable credit. Cooperative Education
Educational Opportunity Programs
CECIL E. GLENN, Director
Programs for minority groups were established at UCD in 1969. Since then the quality and scope of these programs have expanded greatly. Courses are presently offered in Asian American, Black, Mexican American, and Native American Studies.
Student organizations provide assistance with recruiting, counseling, personal guidance, and tutoring; financial help is available through grants and the Work-Study Program.
ASIAN AMERICAN STUDIES
ANDREW G. WILLIAMS, Director
Soc.Sci. 329-3. The Asian Americans. Examines the experience of Asian Americans from a sociological perspective. Emphasizes analysis of activities and problems. The history of the groups is reviewed and the contemporary situation in their communities receives attention. Class is structured around lecture/discussion, reading materials, speakers, films, and field trips. Students have the opportunity to work on projects related to Asian American communities and peoples.
Soc.Sci. 330-3. Topics on Asian Americans. Examines specific topics on Asian Americans to be selected by the instructor and the students. Detailed study of subjects related to the Asian American experience and communities.
BLACK STUDIES
CECIL E. GLENN, Director
Bl.St. 110-3. Black Contemporary Social Issues. Designed to expose the student to those areas of intellectual, social, cultural, economic, political, and educational concerns relevant to the Afro-American experience. Principally an introductory survey of primary issues currently affecting the black man.
Bl.St. 112-3. Introduction to Black Studies. A course designed to acquaint new students with the history, purpose, organization, and goal of the Black Education Program.
Bl.St. 160-3. Economic History of Africa. A study of the black man in Africa before and after the coming of Europeans with emphasis on the economic aspect of Africa’s historical development.
Bl.St. 203-3. Behavioral Analysis I. A psychology course which deals with the interrelationships between the black individual and his social environment. Social influences upon motivation, perception, and behavior. The development and change of attitudes and opinions in the ghetto.
Bl.St. 204-3. Behavioral Analysis II. Psychological analysis of small groups, social stratification, and mass phenomena such as riots. Continuation of Bl.St. 203.
Bl.St. 210-3. Politics of Contemporary Africa I. Systematic survey of modem Africa with special emphasis on selected countries, both independent and nonindependent. Southern Africa: political impacts of racial and religious problems, stressing recent development in Rhodesia, South Africa, and the Portuguese colonies of Angola and Mozambique.
Bl.St. 215-3. Afro-American History I. Survey of the history of Afro-Americans. Study, interpretations, and analysis of major problems, issues, and trends affecting the black man from pre-slavery to the present. Bl.St. 216-3. Afro-American History II. Continuation of Bl.St. 215. Bl.St. 220-3. Black Social Movements. (Soc. 228.) Developmental paradigms for black social movements. Differential linear movements, theories of nationalism, integration, separatism, rhetorical nationalism, and tyranny.
Bl.St. 221-3. Black Social Theory. (Soc. 229.) Historical paradigms for black social movements. Strategies and tactics of racial oppression, recurring ideology. Pan-Africanism, nationalism, civil rights, black power, and riot movements. Continuation of Bl.St. 220.
Bl.St. 223-3. Religion of the Black Man. Critical examination of the black family’s utilization of religious beliefs and practices.
Bl.St. 227-2. Interrelated Studies. An integrated study of the development of the black man in the arts, history, literature, politics, economics, etc.
Bl.St. 250-3. Capitalism and Slavery I. (Econ. 250.) The development of slavery as an American institution from 1619 to 1970, the plantation system, the growth of the slave trade, the stimulation of the American economy by slavery, the Civil War as an economic conflict between the industrialists of the North and the agriculturalists of the South.
Bl.St. 251-3. Capitalism and Slavery II. (Econ. 251.) Post-Civil War to the present, trade unions, legislation, the urban crisis, and “Black Capitalism.” Continuation of Bl.St. 250.
Bl.St. 270-3. African-American Art History I. (Fine Arts 270.) A study of black art in both Africa and the Americas; problems in depicting real life experiences of black people.
Bl.St. 271-3. African-American Art History II. (Fine Arts 271.) Continuation of Bl.St. 270.
Bl.St. 274-3. The American Writer and the Black Man I. Close reading and analysis of significant literary works by black or white American writers treating black Americans: novels, poems, plays, and
essays.


40lUniversity of Colorado at Denver
Bl.St. 275-3. The American Writer and the Black Man II. Continuation of Bl.St. 274 but may be taken independently of that course.
Bl.St. 279-3. Survey of Ethnic Literature. (Engl. 279.) This course studies various ethnic writers and their contributions to literature from their own particular culture with reference to their perception of life through their literary efforts.
Bl.St. 280-3. Afro-American Music History and Appreciation I. A
study of the history of black music. The African background and the influences of Europe and the Carribbean. Emphasis on Afro-American folk music.
Bl.St. 281-3. Afro-American Music History and Appreciation II.
Music since 1900—religious and secular. The development of jazz, modem rhythm, and blues today. Black musicians and their technical development. Continuation of Bl.St. 280.
Bl.St. 315-3. Law and Minorities. Designed to acquaint students with the legal system of American society, including contracts, buying and selling, wills and inheritance, family relations, civil wrongs, and criminal law in order to develop a cooperative relationship between the law and minorities.
Bl.St. 325-3. Pathology of the Ghetto. (Soc.Sci. 325.) Designed to analyze black ghetto frustration and despair as elements in urban crisis, with emphasis on possible solutions through various community agencies. Bl.St. 326-3. (Soc.Sci. 326.) Continuation of Bl.St. 325.
Bl.St. 330-3. Law and the Black Man. A two-semester seminar which will place major emphasis on the law and legal institutions in America. Particular emphasis will be placed on the legislative and judicial functions in the struggle for civil rights. All major U.S. Supreme Court decisions, as well as significant legislative enactments, will be examined in depth. Bl.St. 370-3. Culture, Racism, and Alienation. Effects of racism on the individual personality of the recipient and the donor of practices evolving from participation in a racist culture.
Bl.St. 390-3. Modern African Literature I. (Engl. 390.) A survey of contemporary African literature. The main forces which have shaped modem African literature, and the crisis and conflicts of the African man and his culture in contact with these forces as they are portrayed by the African writer.
Bl.St. 391-3. Modern African Literature II. (Engl. 391.) Continuation of Bl.St. 390.
Bl.St. 412-3. Civil Rights and Fair Employment Practices. Designed to give the student the necessary background to enter the field of civil rights and equal employment opportunities. Emphasis on Fair Employment Practices procedures. Field visits.
Bl.St. 434-3. Black Art and Society I. (Fine Arts 434.) A two-semester seminar dealing with black art in relationship to society. The influences of the black revolution, black culture, political thought, and integration. Bl.St. 435-3. Black Art and Society II. (Fine Arts 435.) Continuation of Bl.St. 434.
EDUCATIONAL OPPORTUNITY PROGRAM/ SPECIAL SERVICES
DANNY MARTINEZ, Director
The Educational Opportunity Program/Special Services Project is concerned with the academic success of low-income, educationally disadvantaged, and physically handicapped students. It provides its participants with counseling, tutoring, special curriculum, and other services designed to remedy any deficiencies or problems which the students may have. Classes offered through Special Services are restricted to students participating in the project.
M.AM. 100-3. Writing and Study Skills. Review of techniques for studying languages, science, mathematics, and other areas. Systems of note-taking, research methods (including proper use of library facilities), preparing for and taking examinations, as well as building self-confidence will be discussed.
M.AM. 102-3. Beginning Algebra and Geometry. Review of basic mathematics, including fractions and signed numbers. Includes an introduction to basic algebra. The class terminates with an introduction to basic geometry.
M.AM. 103-3. Advanced Algebra and Geometry. Students review what they learned in the beginning class and advance to a thorough study of basic geometry. In addition, students acquire skills in the use of logarithms and the slide rule.
MEXICAN AMERICAN STUDIES
NEREYDA LUNA BOTTOMS, Director
M.AM. 100-3. Introduction to Mexican American Studies. Required of all incoming M.A.E.P. students. Course will review techniques for studying languages, science, mathematics, and other areas. Systems of notetaking, research methods (including proper use of library facilities), preparing for and taking examinations, as well as building self-confidence will be discussed.
M.AM. 111-3. Introduction to Drama: Chicano Workshop. Designed to encourage and guide the development of student acting, directing, and playwriting, with a concentration on the specialized techniques and content of Teatro Campesino.
M.AM. 112-3. Bilingual Skills. A basic language course in which students with a background of both Spanish and English can learn the similarities as well as the differences in the two languages. Oral as well as written exercises in Spanish. Readings in Southwest folklore.
M.AM. 127-3. Contemporary Mexican American I. (Soc. 127.) An introductory sociology course in which the basic terminology of the Chicano milieu is defined and a survey made of the Chicano movement from its early manifestations to the present.
M.AM. 135-1. Beginning International Folk Dance, Spanish and Mexican. (P.E. 135.) Basic dances of Mexico and Spain: El Jarabe Tapatio; La Bamba, jotas, and paso dobles.
M.AM. 136-1. Advanced International Folk Dance, Spanish and Mexican. (P.E. 136.) An advanced course in the dances of Spain and Mexico including jotas, paso dobles, zapateados, huastecas, and jaranas. M.AM. 137-3. Contemporary Mexican American n. (Soc. 137.) Continuation of M.AM. 127. A more detailed breakdown of the many facets of the Chicano movement today.
M.AM. 211-3. Contemporary Mexican Literature in Translation.
Mexican literature since World War I has been in the forefront of literary innovations directly reflecting the rapid progress and changes in the society. The purpose of the course is literary but serves also to dispel many false views of Mexico as a rural, traditionally conservative country. M.AM. 212-3. Contemporary Latin American Literature in Translation. The approach is the same as in M.AM. 211. The best of the contemporary Latin American authors are studied: Borges, Fuentes, Rulfo, Carpentier, Cortazar, and others.
M.AM. 213-3. History of Chicano Art. A survey of art, indigenous as well as that with Spanish and Mexican influence. The focus on the Mexican American includes the fields of painting, sculpture, and architecture.
M.AM. 300-3. The Chicano Movement. A study of the ideas of the contemporary thinkers and leaders of today’s Mexican American and the events which have shaped them.
M.AM. 302-3. Methodology of Tutoring the Educationally Disadvantaged. A course designed to improve the tutorial skills of upperclassmen, especially Chicanos, or those who expect to help minority students. Concentration on tutoring of basic skills required for M.A.E.P. and Special Services tutors.
M.AM. 303-3. History of the Spanish Language in the Southwest.
The Spanish of the southwest is compared to that spoken in other areas of the world. The course is the first and most basic in the linguistic series in the Spanish discipline. Basic linguistic terminology is introduced and applied in the analysis of Southwest Spanish. Prer., Spanish 212 or equivalent.
M.AM. 304-3. Workshop in Southwest Spanish. A research-oriented workshop designed to conduct an in-depth analysis of Southwest Spanish through field study. Basic fundamentals of field research will be introduced. Prer., M.AM. 303 or consent of instructor.
M.AM. 310-3. Mexican American Ethnic Relations (Same as Anthro. 310.) The anthropology of North Americans of Spanish, Spanish-Indian, and Mexican national descent, ethnohistorical backgrounds, current interrelations and social movements among rural and urban groups. Cultural patterns, identity maintenance, and the social forms and problems of national incorporation.
M.AM. 311-3. Mexican Literature in Translation—Poetry. A survey of the masterpieces of Mexican poetry in English translations from Aztec poetry to modem day.
M.AM. 312-3. Mexican Literature in Translation—Narrative. A
survey of the masterpieces of Mexican narrative works in English translations, from the Popol Vuh a Chilam Balam to the contemporary period. M.AM. 313-3. Arts of the Mexican Revolution. A study of the art forms that developed during the years of the Mexican Revolution. Both plastic and letters included.
M.AM. 340-3. Social Psychology and the Mexican American. (Psych. 340.) Exposes students to the research on Mexican Americans in the fields of intelligence and achievement, language and learning ability,


College of Liberal Arts and Sciences/41
attitudes, perception, personality, and motivation.
M.AM. 369-3. Historical Geography of the Southwest. Regional study of man and culture in relationship to the environment.
M.AM. 383-3. History of Mexican American in Colorado I. (Hist.
383. ) Research-oriented seminar course in which the student is expected to gather material on the subject from original sources.
M.AM. 384-3. History of Mexican American in Colorado II. (Hist.
384. ) Continuation of M.AM. 383.
M.AM. 399-3. History of the Mexican in the Southwest. A survey of the history of the Southwestern region of the U.S. from the indigenous origins, through Spanish conquest and colonization and later Anglo invasion.
M.AM. 405-3. Intergroup Relations. (Soc. 405.) A study of intergroup (race) relations at the small group level. Includes analysis of a group that has been stratified into a majority number of white students and a fixed number of minority students.
M.AM. 430-3. Chicano and the U.S. Social System. A study of the Mexican American in his contact with the systems of justice, education, politics and social sets, primarily in the Southwest.
M.AM. 432-3. Education in Multilingual Communities. (Soc. 432.) A combined social problem and sociolinguistic approach to education in multilingual communities in the United States Southwest. Topics considered will include historical and contemporary trends in schools’ language policies and practices; intra-school social and academic stratification; and consequences for student achievement, aspirations, and vocational choice and channeling.
M.AM. 455-3. The Mexican American in Politics. (Pol.Sci. 455.) Analysis of the social, cultural, and economic factors which affect political behavior of Mexican Americans. Special attention will be paid to the Mexican American cultural heritage and to relations between Mexican Americans and Anglo Americans.
M.AM. 459-3. The Mexican-American in the Southwest. A study of the development of the social structures of the Mexican American in the Southwest and the forces that have affected them.
M.AM. 460-3. The Chicano Community and Community Organizations. (Soc. 460.) Examination of the origin of the terms “community" and “barrio.” A comparative analysis of the internal barrio structure and the larger society. Community organization and community development. Positive and negative role models/leaders. Methods and techniques of community organization as related to La Raza.
M.AM. 462-3. The New Chicano Movement. (Soc. 462.) A seminar which requires extensive field research aimed at discovering the current role of the Chicano in American society.
M.AM. 476-3. Contemporary Chicano Literature. (Engl. 476.) A study of the present narrative literature produced by Chicanos. No political slant is imposed. The literary value is emphasized.
Note: Spanish 101 and 102 special M.A.E P. sections are taught by a Chicano with an understanding of the particular problems of the bilingual student.
NATIVE AMERICAN STUDIES
LINDA MASON, Director
N.AM. 250-3. The American Indian Experience. An introduction to Native American literature and other expressive forms with emphasis on the aesthetic, linguistic, psychological, and historical properties, as well as the contemporary, social, and cultural influence upon the native author and his material.
N.AM. 321-3. The American Indian and Federal Law: A Survey of Legal Status and Problems. (Soc.Sci. 321.) A survey of the special status of American Indians, as well as the problems, costs, and benefits affecting various tribal groups and individuals as exemplified in a selection of actual case studies.
N.AM. 391-3. Seminar: American Indian Education. (Soc.Sci. 391.) Study of the historical development of American Indian education and proposed solutions to selected problems in contemporary Indian education. Emphasis on alternative means as viewed by American Indians.
N.AM. 436-3. The American Indian in Contemporary Society. (An-thro. 436.) Begins with the historical background on American Indian acculturation and persistence, but emphasizes the present day relations between Indian communities and the dominant society, stressing conditions and events in Denver and the Southwest generally.
N.AM. 472-3. North American Indian Art. (Fine Arts 472.) Survey of major tribal styles of the North American continent.
Special Programs
COOPERATIVE EDUCATION PROGRAM
DANIEL R. GUIMOND, Coordinator
UCD offers undergraduates an opportunity to earn academic credit for approved work experience through the Cooperative Education Program. The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences participates in this program, listing three divisional courses; A.H. 398, N.P.S. 398, and Soc.Sci. 398. Students placed by the cooperative education office in paid or volunteer assignments, as well as students who have obtained their own jobs, may be eligible, subject to the guidelines below:
1. The student should have reached the sophomore level of University work and must be enrolled in an undergraduate degree program.
2. The participating student should have at least a 2.5 grade-point average. Students with GPAs in the 2.0 (C) to 2.4 range must obtain the approval of the dean in order to participate in the program.
3. Job experiences approved for credit should be preprofessional in nature and should be generally related to the student’s major area of study. Jobs of a routine nature, lacking experience relative to the undergraduate academic curriculum, are not suitable for University credit.
4. A job in which the learning possibilities and responsibilities of the student remain static will not be approved for more than one semester. In contrast, a job in which the learning opportunities and responsibilities vary and increase may be eligible for credit over a longer time span.
5. Projects will be granted from 1 to 6 hours of elective credit per semester, 3 being the usual number of credit hours for each project. However, certain projects, such as certain full-time intensive internships, may be granted as much as 6 credits.
6. Twelve semester hours is the maximum number of credits a student can earn in cooperative education. In some disciplines, cooperative education hours may count toward satisfying requirements for the major.
Information and forms for placement and credit are available in Room 3A, or call ext. 555.
DISTRIBUTED STUDIES PROGRAM
Students working toward the B.A. degree may elect a major in a Distributed Studies Program in any one of the three divisions of the college. Requirements are a minimum of 60 semester hours in two or three subjects in which a major program for the B.A. is offered. One of these shall be designated the primary subject. Major advisers shall have the prerogative of designating acceptable secondary subjects.
Primary Subject. Minimum of 30 hours. (Not more than 30 hours will be required.) The grade-point average in the primary subject must be at least 2.0; 30 hours of work must carry grades of C or better; 12 hours must be in upper division courses in which grades of C or better have been earned. The adviser for the primary area may stipulate specific course requirements. The student should check each major listing to note specific course requirements for the primary field.
Secondary Subjects. Minimum of 30 hours distributed in one or two disciplines. A secondary subject shall consist of at least 12 hours in one discipline.
Language Courses. No first-year course in English (100-101) or foreign language (101-102) may be used in satisfaction of the requirements of either a primary or a secondary subject.


42/University of Colorado at Denver
HONORS PROGRAM
The Honors Program of the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences is designed for the student who likes to deal creatively with ideas and who desires to extend his education beyond the usual course requirements.
The Honors Program is responsible also for determining which students merit the award of the bachelor’s degree with honors: cum laude, magna cum laude, or summa cum laude. These awards are made on the basis of special honors work and not simply on the basis of grades.
A student may participate in either discipline honors or general honors, or both. To become a candidate for discipline honors, the student must (1) have at least a 3.0 grade-point average; (2) complete special work such as a research project or honors thesis in his particular discipline; (3) take the Advanced Graduate Record Examination; and (4) take an oral examination given by a committee of faculty members in his discipline and a member of the Honors Council. To become a candidate for general honors, the student must (1) have at least a 3.0 grade-point average; (2) complete at least four general honors courses with a grade of H; (3) take the Undergraduate Program Area Test; (4) submit an Honors paper; (5) take oral and written honors examinations.
Any qualified junior or senior may enroll in honors courses without becoming a candidate for graduation with honors. There are no examinations in the honors courses themselves; and no letter grades are awarded, only the marks H (Honors), P (Pass), and F (Fail). All honors courses are awarded upper division credit.
Detailed information concerning the Honors Program should be obtained from Dr. Fahrion, director, or from the Office of the Dean at least three semesters prior to graduation.
PREJOURNALISM
Students are referred to the School of Journalism Bulletin for detailed information concerning requirements for the Bachelor of Science degree in journalism, which is granted only on the Boulder Campus.
Prejoumalism students should so designate themselves on all application and registration materials so that they may be advised by members of the faculty of the School of Journalism (Boulder).
Students normally transfer to the School of Journalism at the beginning of the junior year. Application for intra-University transfer must be filed not later than 90 days prior to the term for which the student wishes to register, or 60 days prior to preregistration if the student participates in early registration. A cumulative grade-point average of 2.25 in prior work at the University of Colorado is required.
PRELAW
Students are referred to the School of Law Bulletin for details of the curriculum leading to the professional degree, Juris Doctor (J.D.), which is granted only on the Boulder Campus.
The School of Law of the University of Colorado requires a bachelor’s degree for admission, but does not stipulate courses that shall constitute a prelaw curriculum.
The Law School Admission Test is required of all applicants for admission to the School of Law and should be taken as early as possible during the senior year in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences.
Students are urged to contact the Admissions Office of the School of Law, Room 118, Fleming Law Building, Boulder, Colorado 80309.
STUDY SKILLS CENTER
KATHY R. JACKSON, Director
St.Sk. 100-1. Developmental Composition. Offered as an aid to improving writing skills. Areas in which the student feels a need for growth are explored, and a concentrated program for improvement is then determined for each individual. The mechanics of writing as well as methods of research are reviewed as a general guide for composition growth. St.Sk. 101-1. Developmental Composition. Offered as an aid to improving writing skills. Areas in which the student feels a need for comprehension. Improvement of other related reading skills, such as skimming and scanning, critical reading, reading for the main idea, and significant facts also are offered.
St.Sk. 102-1. College Preparatory Mathematics. Offered as both a refresher course for those interested in brushing up previous algebra skills and an aid for students requiring specific help with any algebra course offered by the University.
Preprofessional Programs
TEACHER EDUCATION
Students are referred to the School of Education office at UCD for detailed information concerning teacher education programs at both elementary and secondary levels.
Two avenues are open to students wishing to prepare themselves for careers in teaching.
1. Elementary education majors and distributed studies majors preparing to teach at the secondary school level normally transfer from the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences to the School of Education at the beginning of the junior year and continue on to receive the Bachelor of Science degree in education.
2. Students with a major program in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences who seek certification for teaching at the secondary school level remain in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences for the bachelor’s degree, but take approximately 32 hours of professional education work in the School of Education.
HEALTH CAREERS
The required preprofessional courses are offered in the following areas:
Child Health Associate Dental Hygiene Dentistry
Medical Technology Medicine
Nursing Optometry Osteopathy Pharmacy Physical Therapy
Because the prerequisites for these health career programs are continually changing, students interested in pursuing one of these careers should contact the Health Sciences Committee, Room 508, ext. 257, for current requirements and for advising.
Pre-Education Program
Students pursuing elementary education or distributed studies majors for secondary school teachers should so indicate on all application and registration materials so that they may be advised by the education counselor or faculty members of the School of Education. Application for transfer to the School of Education and for admission to the Teacher Education Program should be made during the last semester of the sophomore year. The minimum requirements for acceptance are:
1. Completion of at least 60 semester hours of acceptable college work with a grade-point average of 2.5 for all


College of Business and Administration/43
courses attempted, and 2.5 for all courses attempted at the University of Colorado; and 2.5 in the major teaching field. No student will be recommended for certification to teach in any field or subject in which the grade-point average is less than 2.5.
2. General education requirements for students planning to student teach at the secondary or elementary school level as follows:
(2) For elementary certification, the following work should be included as part of general education requirements:
Two courses in physical science with lab.
Two courses in biological science with lab.
Two courses in mathematics (Math. 303 and 304)
b. Urban Studies (College of Liberal Arts and Sciences)............. 9
a. General Education (with early counseling, a major part of genera] education, urban studies, and teaching field requirements can be combined):
Semester Hours
(1) 12 cumulative semester hours to be completed in each of the following three areas; sequences of course work not required:
Arts and Humanities ............................... 12
(In order to meet typical certification requirements in other states, students should take at least 6 semesters hours of humanities in English language courses, e.g., Engl. 100, Exposition I;
Engl. 101, Exposition II; Engl. 480,
Advanced Composition; Engl. 484,
English Grammar; Engl. 485, History
of the English Language)
Social Sciences ................................. 12
Natural and Physical Sciences ................ 12-16
Bachelor of Arts (in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences) With Teacher Certification
Students in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences who intend to pursue a regular major curriculum in one of the disciplines or programs in the college, and who also desire secondary school teacher certification, must apply for and be accepted into the Teacher Education Program. The requirements for such admission are identical with those in “a” above. These students also must meet all requirements for a bachelor’s degree in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences.
Early planning is crucial for students intending to enter the Teacher Education Program. Since the School of Education has initiated a new program at both the elementary and secondary levels, students are urged to consult the school early and regularly concerning new requirements.
College of Business and Administration and Graduate School of Business Administration
GORDON G. BARNEWALL, Associate Dean
INFORMATION ABOUT THE COLLEGE
The College of Business and Administration and Graduate School of Business Administration at UCD exist to serve today’s need for competent responsible administrative and related professional personnel, for the continued education of men and women already in such positions, and to further research and new thinking about administrative problems.
The College of Business and Administration was admitted to membership in the American Assembly of Collegiate Schools of Business in 1938.
The problems of administration are common to many kinds of public and private endeavor, and the College of Business attempts to confront these problems as they pertain to the management of business enterprises.
The major purpose of the College of Business is to provide opportunities both for a liberal education and for professional training. Students are given help in preparing not only for effective careers but also for satisfying living and constructive citizenship.
The Graduate School of Business Administration offers graduate-level education in business to persons with undergraduate degrees in business and other academic fields and prepares them for work in the broad spectrum of business enterprise.
Organization
Within the broad framework of policy established by the Regents of the University of Colorado, policy decisions for the College of Business are made by the Educational Policy Committee of the faculty under the chairmanship of the dean and are subject to review by the faculty as a whole.
The college’s activities are administered by the associate dean at UCD, by the heads of its several instructional divisions, and by other faculty directors of particular programs.
Student Organizations
Opportunity for association with other College of Business students in varied activities intended to stimulate professional interests and to give recognition to scholastic attainment is provided by the following student organizations:
4/ES£C-intemational business association Beta Alpha P.Yi-professional and honorary accounting fraternity Beta Gamma Sigma-honorary scholastic fraternity in business CSBA-Chicano business students association
CUAMA -University of Colorado student chapter of the American Marketing Association
Delta Phi Epsilon-honordry graduate fraternity in business education Della Sigma /’/'-national professional business fraternity MBA Association-University of Colorado association of master’s students in business
Phi Chi 77/c/a-national professional business and economics fraternity
Rho £p,v;7on-professional real estate fraternity
Sigma lota Epx/7on-professional and honorary management fraternity
UNDERGRADUATE DEGREE PROGRAMS
The undergraduate curriculum leading to the Bachelor of Science (Business) degree is intended to help the student achieve the following general objectives:
1. Understanding of the activities that constitute business enterprise and of the principles underlying administration of those activities.
2. Ability to think through logically and analytically the kinds of complex problems encountered by management.
3. Facility in the arts of communication.
4. Comprehension of the human relationships involved


44lUniversity of Colorado at Denver
in an organization.
5. Awareness of the social and ethical responsibilities of those in administrative positions.
6. Skill in the arts of learning that will help the student continue self-education after leaving the campus.
UNDERGRADUATE ACADEMIC POLICIES
Each student in the College of Business is responsible for knowing and complying with the academic requirements and regulations established for the college and for the student’s classes. Upon admission to the College of Business, the student has the responsibility for conferring with the student adviser in the college concerning an academic program.
Standards of Performance
Students are held to basic standards of performance established for their classes in respect to attendance, active participation in course work, promptness in completion of assignments, correct English usage both in writing and in speech, accuracy in calculations, and general quality of scholastic workmanship. Fulfillment of these fundamental responsibilities must be recognized by students as a requirement for continuance and as an essential condition for achievement of satisfactory academic standing. Only those who meet these standards should expect to be recommended for a degree.
In general, examinations are required in all courses for all students, including graduating seniors.
To be in good standing, the student must have an overall grade-point average of not less than 2.0 (C) for all course work attempted and 2.0 (C) for all business courses attempted. This applies to work taken at all University campuses. Activity, physical education, and remedial course work is not included in the overall average.
When semester grades become available, the College of Business Committee on Academic Deficiency will review the records of all students not meeting academic standards. Students below standard will be notified of (1) probationary status or (2) suspension.
To return from probationary status to good standing, students must not only achieve a grade-point average of
2.0 or better for the academic year but also bring their cumulative grade average on all courses attempted, and on all College of Business courses attempted, to a 2.0 level or above.
To receive credit, all courses must be listed on the student’s registration in the Office of Admissions and Records. Courses completed at UCD are credited toward College of Business degree requirements exactly the same as courses taken on the Boulder Campus. Credits earned at UCD are applicable toward residence requirements only when earned after admission to the College of Business.
Transfer Credit
Credits in business subjects transferred from other institutions will be limited to the number of credit hours given for equivalent work in the regular offerings of the University. Transfer work from unaccredited institutions may not apply toward the business degree. In general, the college will limit transfer credit for business courses taken at a lower division level, which it applies toward degree requirements, to such courses as the college offers at that level. All courses in the area of emphasis must be taken at the University of Colorado unless written approval is given by the appropriate division head. Transfer students must take 30 hours of degree requirements in residency after admission to the College of Business. For a detailed
explanation of transfer credit, see the General Information section of this bulletin.
Nonclassroom Sources of Credit
A total of 6 hours of credit for business or nonbusiness courses in Experimental Studies or Independent Study programs will be accepted toward graduation. A maximum of 3 hours of this type of credit may be taken in any one semester.
Independent Study Credit
Upper division undergraduate business students desiring to do work beyond regular business course coverage may take variable credit courses (1-3 semester hours) under the direction of an instructor who approves the project, but the students must have prior approval of the dean. Complete information and request forms are available in the Office of the Associate Dean.
To receive credit for nonbusiness independent study courses, students should obtain the dean’s approval prior to registering for the course. Further information and forms are available in the Office of the Associate Dean.
Correspondence Credit
Only 9 semester hours of credit in business courses taken through correspondence study at the University of Colorado or any other institution will be counted toward the B.S. degree in business. Required business courses and area of emphasis courses cannot be taken by correspondence. All correspondence courses are evaluated to determine their acceptability.
ROTC Credit
Students who are enrolled in and complete the ROTC program may apply a maximum of 12 semester hours of advanced ROTC credit toward nonbusiness elective requirements and toward the 120-semester-hour total degree requirement for the B.S. degree in business. No credit toward degree requirements is granted for basic (freshman and sophomore) ROTC courses.
For more detailed information, students should consult the ROTC adviser.
Credit by Examination
Students who are able to offer evidence of prior study of the subject matter of a given course may make application for an advanced standing examination. If performance on the examination is satisfactory, the student will be given credit for the course but will not receive a grade for it. Students who have received a failing grade in a course may not take an advanced standing examination in the same course. Arrangements are made through the Office of Admissions and Records.
College Level Examination (CLEP) credits are acceptable toward degree requirements under procedures established by the college. Specific information is available in the Office for Student Affairs, Room 602.
CLEP credit will be applied in the same manner as transfer credits from accredited institutions. To receive credit, students must rank in the 66.7 percentile based on national available norms. Generally, CLEP credit is most appropriate for (a) prebusiness requirements and (b) nonbusiness electives. A maximum of 6 hours of credit in any one course area will be allowed. CLEP examinations may not be taken in course areas where credit already has been allowed. General examinations are not acceptable for college credit.
Credit for CLEP subject examinations in business course areas must be approved by the College of Business and


College of Business and Administration/45
Administration and by the appropriate division head. Business degree students may receive CLEP credit for selected business course requirements only with prior written approval as above.
Study Abroad Credit
Transfer credit from study abroad programs is most appropriately applied as nonbusiness elective credit. Required business courses should not be taken during studies abroad. Such credit must be validated either by examination or additional course work at the University. Students are responsible for checking with the Office of the Associate Dean for details and approval.
Adding and Dropping Courses
See the General Information section of this bulletin for University-wide Drop/Add policies.
Withdrawal
A student leaving the University before the end of the semester should secure a Withdrawal Form from the Office of the Associate Dean and follow the instructions on the form. The completed form should be returned to the Office of Admissions and Records. Students who attend classes will be charged an appropriate amount or receive a refund according to a definite schedule published in the official Schedule of Courses each term.
Registration for Business Courses
Students may register for only those courses for which they have the stated prerequisite training. If junior standing is required, students should have earned at least 60 semester hours of credit; for senior standing, 90 semester hours.
Scholastic Load
The normal scholastic load of an undergraduate student in the College of Business is 15 semester hours, with 19 hours the maximum except as indicated below. Hours carried concurrently in the Division of Continuing Education, whether in classes or through correspondence, are included in the student’s load.
Students having a grade-point average of 3.0 or higher for the most recent semester in which they completed at least 15 semester hours may register for a load exceeding 19 semester hours with the approval of the associate dean.
Pass/Fail
A maximum of 16 hours of a combination of business and/or nonbusiness course work may be taken on a pass/ fail basis and credited toward the bachelor’s degree in business. Transfer students are limited to 1 semester hour of pass/fail for every 8 attempted at the University. For business majors, pass/fail courses may not be included in “core” courses or in the area of emphasis. Advanced standing and CLEP examinations will count toward the 16 hours of option.
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION Admission of Freshmen
The College of Business and Administration expects entering freshmen to present 15 units of the following secondary course work:
Units
English................................................................ 3
Mathematics (college preparatory)...................................... 2
Natural science (lab-science course)................................... 2
Social science (including history) .................................... 2
Electives (areas such as foreign languages, additional courses in English, mathematics, natural or social sciences; may include up to 2 credits in business)...........................6
15
Preferred Admission. Students given first consideration are those who rank in the upper half of their high school graduating class, have a combined Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) score of 1000 or above or a composite American College Test (ACT) score of 23 or above, and have completed the high school course units as recommended by the appropriate college.
Considered on an Individual Basis. Students considered on an individual basis are those who rank in the lower half of their high school graduating class, and/or have combined SAT scores below 1000 or a composite ACT score below 23 and show variations from the high school course unit expectations.
Admission of Transfer and Former Students
Students who have attended another college or university are expected to meet the general requirements for admission of transfer students to the University of Colorado (see General Information section.)
Former students who have attended another college or university and who have completed 12 or more semester hours must reapply as transfer students and must present a
2.0 cumulative grade-point average on all collegiate work attempted to be eligible for readmission.
A maximum of 60 semester hours taken at junior colleges may be applied toward the B.S. degree in business.
Intrauniversity Transfer
Students seeking admission to the College of Business and Administration from another college or school of the University must formally apply at the Office of Admissions and Records for intrauniversity transfer. Application for admission to the college must be on file in the Office of Admissions and Records at least 90 days prior to the appropriate deadlines.
Recommended Preparation for Study in Business
Prospective students in business are encouraged to pursue a broad college preparatory program in high school, with particular emphasis on English, mathematics, the social sciences, and speech.
Candidates for the Bachelor of Science (Business) degree normally enter as freshmen. In the first two years they acquire a broad background in mathematics, communications, and the social and behavioral sciences. They will complete required basic courses in each of the core areas of business study, for the most part, during their junior year. The remainder of their degree program will consist of courses selected to further their professional preparation through more advanced work and electives.
REQUIREMENTS FOR B.S. (BUSINESS) DEGREE
The Bachelor of Science (Business) degree is conferred after completion of these requirements:
Total Credits. A minimum of 120 acceptable semester hours of credit, of which at least 51 hours must be in nonbusiness courses (including 9 hours of upper division work) and at least 51 hours in business courses. The remaining 18 hours may be in either, or some combination of both. This does not include remedial work, repetition of courses, courses failed, or activity physical education courses. ROTC work is acceptable up to a maximum of 12 hours for advanced work, and only if the ROTC program is completed. All incomplete grades and correspondence course grades must be completed and recorded at the Office of Admissions and Records no later than four weeks


46!U niversity of Colorado at Denver
prior to graduation. It is the student’s responsibility to contact the instructor concerning the removal of incomplete grades.
Residence. Completion of at least one full academic year’s work (normally 30 semester hours, usually in the senior year, after admission to the College of Business and Administration, and including the 12 hours in the area of emphasis). Courses completed at any University of Colorado campus after the candidate has been admitted to the college are acceptable toward this requirement.
Grade Average. A scholastic grade-point average of at least 2.0 (C) for all courses attempted at the University acceptable toward the B.S. (Business) degree; an average of at least 2.0 for all business courses; an average of at least 2.0 in the student’s area of emphasis.
Graduation With Honors. Upon recommendation of the faculty of the College of Business, students who demonstrate superior scholarship are given special recognition at graduation.
Those students who achieve an overall grade-point average of 3.3 and a grade-point average of 3.5 in all business courses taken at the University of Colorado while completing 30 hours after admission to the College of Business and Administration will be graduated cum laude.
Those students who achieve an overall grade-point average of 3.5 and a grade-point average of 3.7 in all business courses taken at the University of Colorado while completing 30 hours after admission to the College of Business and Administration will be graduated magna cum laude.
Course Requirements
Semester Hours
Political science ................................................... 6
Introductory sociology or cultural anthropology...................... 3
Principles of economics.............................................. 6
General psychology .................................................. 6
Communication and/or English ........................................ 6
College algebra and calculus......................................... 6
Core requirements (basic courses in accounting, business law, business statistics, business and society, marketing, finance, organizational behavior, operations analysis,
business policy).................................................. 30
Area of emphasis .................................................... 12
Electives
Business........................................................... 9
Nonbusiness (to include 9 hours upper division work) .............. 18
Free electives .................................................... 18
120
All graduating seniors are encouraged to contact the College of Business and Administration for a complete academic evaluation prior to registering for the last term on campus.
An intent to graduate (Diploma Card) must be filed with the College of Business and Administration at least 90 days prior to the desired graduation.
Model Degree Program
The following sequence of courses is suggested as a guide to registration:
Freshman Year Semester Hours
♦Communications...................................................... 6
College algebra (Math. 107) ........................................ 3
College calculus (Math. 108)......................................... 3
Introduction to Political Science (Pol.Sci. 100)..................... 3
American Political System (Pol.Sci. 110)............................. 3
Introduction to Sociology (Soc. Ill) ................................ 3
â– (â– Introduction to Business (B.Ad. 100).............................. 3
Nonbusiness electives.................................................6
30
Sophomore Year
Principles of Economics—macro/micro (Econ. 201, 202).............. 6
General Psychology (Psych. 203 and 204)........................... 6
Business Information and the Computer (B.Ad. 200) ................ 3
Business Statistics (Q.M. 201) ................................... 3
Introduction to Financial Accounting (Acct. 200) ................. 3
tNonbusiness electives............................................_9
30
Junior Year
Principles of Marketing (Mk. 300) ................................ 3
Basic Finance (Fin. 305) ......................................... 3
Introduction to Management and Organization
(Or.Mg. 330) ...................................................3
Operations Analysis (Pr.Mg. 300).................................. 3
Business Law (B.Law 300).......................................... 3
tNonbusiness electives............................................ 3
Business electives................................................ 3
Either business or nonbusiness electives.........................._9
30
Senior Year
Business Policy (B.Ad. 450, 451, or 452).......................... 3
Business and Government (B.Ad. 410) or
Business and Society (B.Ad. 411)............................... 3
Area of emphasis ................................................ 12
Business electives................................................ 3
Either business or nonbusiness electives.........................._9
30
Area of Emphasis
Each candidate for the B.S. (Business) degree must complete the prescribed courses in an area of emphasis comprising 12 semester hours taken at the University of Colorado. This is intended to provide the educational experience of concentrated study in depth.
Although only one area of emphasis will be listed on the student’s official records, students so desiring may accomplish the effect of a dual area of emphasis by careful selection of courses.
Accounting
The accounting area of emphasis builds on the foundation of required background courses in the College of Business and Administration and the core courses required of all business students. Accounting courses are offered in the several fields of professional accountancy at the intermediate, advanced, and graduate levels.
The professional accountant practices in one or more of the following fields:
Net income determination and financial reporting to investors
Auditing financial statements and reports to investors
Tax determination and tax planning Data processing and computer systems
In addition to thorough knowledge of their field, accountants need a broad understanding of the social, legal, economic, and political environment of business. A high degree of analytical ability and communication skill is indispensable.
The undergraduate area of emphasis in accounting is based upon two introductory courses, Acct. 200 and 202, required for all students intending to major in this area.
♦Courses selected from the following: Engl. 100 and either C.T. 202 or C.T. 210. tApplies as a business elective. It is recommended, but not required.
tFor completion of the B.S. (Bus.) degree requirements, the student’s program must include at least 9 semester hours in upper-division nonbusiness courses.
Budgetary planning and control systems Internal auditing Information systems for management planning and control
University teaching and research in accounting


College of Business and Administration147
Required Courses Semester Hours
Acct. 322. Intermediate Accounting................................. 3
Acct. 323. Intermediate Financial Accounting II.................... 3
Acct. 332. Cost Accounting......................................... 3
Acct. elective ....................................................._3
12
Students planning to enter professional accountancy as a career should take more than the required 12 semester hours. There are more than enough semester hours of electives available for this purpose. Students are urged to work closely with their adviser in planning their accounting programs.
Those students planning to sit for the uniform national C.P.A. examination should be aware of the comprehensive range of subject matter covered in the examination. The student also should note that the Colorado Accountancy Law requires completion of 30 semester hours of accounting courses to sit for the national uniform C.P.A. examination in Colorado. (Six of these 30 semester hours may be Business Law courses.)
Accounting students meeting the admission requirements to the Graduate School of Business Administration should seriously consider continuing their education at the graduate level. For more detailed advice and information on careers in professional accountancy, C.P.A. certificate requirements, and Graduate School, the student should see his adviser or any accounting professor.
Finance
The area of emphasis in finance is intended to give students an understanding of fundamental theory pertaining to finance and to develop their ability to make practical applications of the principles and techniques of sound financial management in business and personal affairs. Every endeavor is made to train students to think logically about financial problems and to formulate sound financial decisions and policies.
To accomplish these objectives, it is necessary to understand the importance of finance in the economy and to acquire a grasp of the functions and purposes of monetary systems, credit, prices, money markets, and financial institutions. All of these are considered in the various courses of the finance curriculum. Emphasis is placed on financial policy, management, control, analysis, and decision making.
The methods of instruction employed include lectures, class discussions, field trips, case studies, and seminars. In the latter, students engage in advanced individual research on selected or assigned topics pertaining to personal, business, or governmental finance.
Since finance plays an important role in all forms of business and governmental endeavor, employment opportunities for graduates trained in finance are many and varied. These graduates are limited only by their energy, perseverance, and resourcefulness. Many leading business executives are men and women with broad financial backgrounds. Numerous opportunities are to be found with financial institutions and in the field of business finance.
Required Courses Semester Hours
Fin. 401. Business Finance I..................................... 3
Fin. 402. Business Finance II ................................... 3
Fin. 433. Investment and Portfolio Management.................... 3
Fin. 455. Monetary and Fiscal Policy............................. 3
Recommended Elective Courses
Fin. 440. International Financial Management..................... 3
Fin. 434. Security Analysis...................................... 3
Fin. 453. Bank Management........................................ 3
Fin. 454. Mortgage Financing..................................... 3
Ins. 484. Principles of Insurance.................................3
The principal areas of study in finance are financial management, banking, investments, and insurance.
International Business
The internationalization of American business has been one of the most dramatic changes on the business scene in the last decade. In recent years, companies have completely re-oriented their thinking, planning, and operations to capitalize on the opportunities offered in the world marketplace. Every phase of business operation is affected by this re-orientation, and individuals who offer the appropriate skills, training, and orientation are in great demand.
By emphasizing core requirements and technical area training, the University of Colorado program reflects the basic principle that effectiveness in international business is based on a thorough training in business administration. The international business program provides the opportunity to build on these skills. The student electing this area must complete at least 12 semester hours as follows:
Required Courses Semester Hours
Econ. 441. International Trade ......................................... 3
plus three of the following courses:
B.Ad. 440. International Business Seminar............................... 3
Fin. 440. International Financial Management............................ 3
Or.Mg. 458. International Transportation................................ 3
Mk. 490. International Marketing........................................ 3
A second area of emphasis in business is highly recommended. The course requirements for the second area can be included as part of the business and free elective hours. Foreign language study is also recommended and foreign language skills are much sought after by business recruiters for this field. Other courses emphasizing international affairs may be elected from the following departments: anthropology, economics, geography, history, political science, psychology, and sociology. International business area advisers have lists of recommended courses. Students interested in this area may start their preparation by electing language and other arts and sciences courses in their program.
Marketing
Marketing has been defined as the “delivery of a standard of living.” Today, the administrative policies and practices of any well-managed firm should lye marketing oriented toward the customer. One of the major problems facing business is how to market the output of productive capacity. A marketing manager is concerned, therefore, with analyzing the market for his product or service, planning and developing that product, determining the most appropriate distribution channels, pricing the product, and promoting it.
The career opportunities in marketing reflect the businessman’s awareness of the importance of this field. Today, many men are rising to top executive positions by the marketing route. There are more executive and other job opportunities for women in the marketing field than in any other single area outside teaching or secretarial work. One out of every four persons gainfully employed in this country is in a marketing position. Career opportunities abound in personal selling, advertising, sales management, marketing research, retailing, wholesaling, marketing by manufacturers, international marketing, etc.
To meet the requirements for an area of emphasis in marketing, students must complete 12 semester hours in marketing courses beyond Mk. 300 as follows:


48IUniversity of Colorado at Denver
Required Courses Semester Hours
Mk. 330. Marketing Research..................................... 3
Marketing electives (beyond Mk. 300)............................ 9
Minerals Land Management
The Rocky Mountain states possess a wide range of mineral resources which are essential to the economic welfare of the United States. The utilization of these resources will require increasing numbers of business and technical specialties in a number of fields.
The curriculum in minerals land management is designed to incorporate the primary course patterns of the College of Business and Administration along with certain field area preparation in geology, chemistry, economics, and land management.
With this preparation, the graduate is a candidate for entry into employment as a landman, exploration trainee, lease broker, and other jobs related to the minerals industry. Colorado is presently the headquarters for a wide assortment of resource-based companies operating throughout the western United States and Canada. These companies need qualified employees and have helped in the preparation of this program.
The four-year program will consist of all College of Business requirements and must include the following:
1. Nonbusiness Courses Semester Hours
Geol. 151. Man and Environment................................ 4
Chem. 101. General Chemistry ................................. 4
Geol. 463. Principles of Geomorphology .......................4
Geol. 493. Introduction to Geophysical Prospecting............4
Econ. 453. Natural Resource Economics or
Econ. 454. Environmental Economics............................ 3
2. Business Courses
Acct. 202. Introduction to Managerial Accounting.............. 3
R.Es. 300. Principles of Real Estate.......................... 3
Fin. 355. Financial Markets or
Fin. 401. Business Finance I.................................. 3
3. A minimum of 12 hours for the major area is required as specified below:
Required Courses
(The following three courses)
M.L. Mg. 485. Mineral Land Management Administration........... 3
R.Es. 473. Legal Aspects of Real Estate Transactions........... 3
Acct. 441. Income Tax Accounting............................... 3
Recommended Elective Courses (Three semester hours minimum)
R.Es. 430. Real Estate Appraisal............................... 3
B.Law 412. Business Law........................................ 3
B.Ad. 411. Business and Society................................ 3
Mk. 485. Physical Distribution ................................3
Tr.Mg. 450. Survey of Transportation Operation and Procedure ... 3
Organization Management
The study of organization management offers opportunities to develop understanding and skill in managing human resources in organizations. The curriculum provides the foundation for supervisory and general management careers.
In addition to regular lectures and discussions, appropriate laboratory exercises are used for the study of individual behavior, group processes, interpersonal skills, and problem solving.
A minimum of 12 hours is required as specified below. In addition, elective courses may be selected in consultation with the student’s adviser.
Required Courses Semester Hours
(The following two courses)
Or.Mg. 335. Managing Work Groups............................... 3
Or.Mg. 437. Managing Complex Organizations .................... 3
(At least one of the following:)
Ps.Mg. 434. Labor Relations: Policy and Practice...............3
Ps.Mg. 438. Personnel Management: Policy and Practice.......... 3
Recommended Electives
Ps.Mg. 439. Personnel Management: Legal and Social Issues......3
Ps.Mg. 444. Work Design and Measurement........................ 3
Ps.Mg. 447. Policy Analysis in Production and
Operations Management....................................... 3
Tr.Mg. 450. Transportation Operation and Management............ 3
Pr.Mg. 460. Purchasing and Materials Management................ 3
B.Ad. 470. Small Business—Management and Operation ............ 3
Personnel Management
The study of personnel management offers opportunities to students to develop professional competence in the areas of personnel administration and labor relations. Students develop understanding and skill in developing and implementing personnel systems including recruitment, selection, evaluation, training, and motivation of employees. Students also develop understanding and skills in union-management relations in the private and public sectors.
A minimum of 12 hours is required for students selecting this area of emphasis. Ps.Mg. 434, 438, and 439 are required. Three additional hours are to be selected in consultation with advisers from the choices provided below.
Required Courses Semester Hours
(The following three courses)
Ps.Mg. 434. Labor Relations: Policy and Practice................. 3
Ps.Mg. 438. Personnel Management: Policy and Practice............3
Ps.Mg. 439. Personnel Management: Legal and Social Issues........3
Recommended Electives
Or.Mg. 335. Managing Work Groups.................................. 3
Or.Mg. 437. Managing Complex Organizations ....................... 3
Pr.Mg. 440-3. Planning and Control Systems in
Production and Operations Management.............................3
Pr.Mg. 444-3. Work Design and Measurement......................... 3
Pr.Mg. 447-3. Policy Analysis in Production and
Operations Management............................................3
Tr.Mg. 450-3. Transportation Operation and Management...............3
B.Ad. 452-3. Small Business Strategy, Policy, and
Entrepreneurship................................................ 3
O.Ad. 440-3. Principles of Office Management....................... 3
Econ. 461-3. Labor Economics....................................... 3
Psych. 485-3. Principles of Psychological Testing.................. 3
Psych. 487-3. Personality Assessment ...............................3
Soc. 479-3. Industrial Sociology................................... 3
Production and Operations Management
The area of emphasis in production and operations management is designed to prepare the student for a career as a production manager, operations manager, management analyst, or systems analyst in a broad range of private sector organizations in manufacturing, banking, insurance, hospitals, and construction, as well as in a variety of municipal, state, and federal organizations.
Production or operations managers could be charged with the design, implementation, and maintenance of the productive systems in an organization so that it runs smoothly yet responds to the demand of its market. The product may range from a manufactured item to health care to urban services. Managerial activities could include forecasting demand, production planning and inventory control, scheduling manpower and equipment, job design and labor standards, quality control, purchasing, and facilities location and layout.


College of Business and Administration149
A management or systems analyst could be in a staff position similar to a production or operations manager and be involved in management studies of activities similar to those listed above where analytic, communication, and managerial skills would be challenged.
The courses are taught with a heavy emphasis on experiential learning through the application of analytic skills to case studies, simulation games, and field research in local firms and governmental organizations. The use of quantitative methods and computers as tools to aid in decision making is also stressed.
Required Courses
(The following three courses)
Q.M. 330. Operations Research .................................... 3
Pr.Mg. 440. Planning and Control Systems in
Production and Operations Management........................... 3
Pr.Mg. 447. Policy Analysis in Production and
Operations Management.......................................... 3
(One of the following courses)
Pr.Mg. 444. Work Design and Measurement........................... 3
Pr.Mg. 460. Purchasing and Materials Management................... 3
Recommended Electives
1.5. 215. Information Systems: Introduction to Data Processing.... 3
1.5. 345. Information Systems..................................... 3
Or.Mg. 335. Managing Work Groups.................................. 3
Or.Mg. 437. Managing Complex Organizations ....................... 3
Ps.Mg. 434. Labor Relations: Policy and Practice.................. 3
Ps.Mg. 438. Personnel Management: Policy and Practice............. 3
Tr.Mg. 450. Transportation Operation and Management............... 3
Mk. 485. Physical Distribution Management......................... 3
Acct. 332. Cost Accounting........................................ 3
Public Agency Administration
In our modern economy, public agencies provide an increasingly important contribution to the economic vitality of society. The area of emphasis in public agency administration is designed to prepare the student for a career in management of governmental or other nonprofit service organizations. The curriculum in public agency administration provides the student with a foundation of core courses upon which to construct an area of emphasis which will focus on the type of service organization the student desires to enter upon graduation.
A minimum of 12 hours is required beyond the normally required business curriculum, as specified below. In addition, elective courses may be selected based upon individual interest and in consultation with the program adviser.
Required Courses
Acct. 480. Business and Governmental Budgeting and Control......... 3
Ps.Mg. 438. Personnel Administration............................... 3
O.Ad. 440. Principles of Office Management ........................ 3
O.M. 330. Operations Research ..................................... 3
Small Business Management and Entrepreneurship
The study of small business management provides understanding, knowledge, and skills in organizing and managing small business. The emphasis in the curriculum is on the managerial aspects of the wide range of activities required of the entrepreneur.
A minimum of 12 semester hours is required as specified below. It is also recommended that students take B.Ad. 452 (Small Business Strategy, Policy and Entrepreneurship) in satisfying their business policy requirement. Additional courses in management, finance, accounting, and marketing should be planned in consultation with the adviser to serve the career needs of each student.
Required Courses Semester Hours
(The following course)
B.Ad. 470. Small Business—Management and Operation ..............3
(Two of the following four courses)
Fin. 401. Business Finance I..................................... 3
Acct. 332. Cost Accounting........................................ 3
Ps.Mg. 438. Personnel Management: Policy and Practice............ 3
Mk. 480. Marketing Policies and Strategies....................... 3
Recommended Electives
Ps.Mg. 434. Labor Relations: Policy and Practice................. 3
Pr.Mg. 440. Planning and Control Systems in
Production and Operations Management........................... 3
Pr.Mg. 447. Policy Analysis in Production and
Operations Management.......................................... 3
Tr.Mg. 450. Transportation Operation and Management............... 3
Pr.Mg. 460. Purchasing and Materials Management.................. 3
Mk. 485. Physical Distribution Management........................ 3
O.Ad. 440. Principles of Office Management ...................... 3
Fin. 402. Business Finance II ................................... 3
Transportation and Traffic Management
In our interdependent economy, transportation services provide an increasingly important contribution to the economic life of society. The curriculum in transportation management includes the role of transportation in society and the problems of traffic management within specific industries as well as the management of firms in the transportation industry, such as airlines, trucking firms, railroads, and urban transit firms. International transportation management problems and policies are analyzed.
A minimum of 12 hours is required as specified below. One of the following recommended elective courses may be substituted with permission of the adviser for one of the below-mentioned required courses if there is a schedule conflict, if the course is not given that year, or if a student demonstrates a career need for such a course.
Required Courses Semester Hours
(Any four of the following six courses)
Tr.Mg. 450. Transportation Operation and Management.............. 3
Tr.Mg. 452. Problems in Traffic Management....................... 3
Tr.Mg. 456. Air Transportation................................... 3
Tr.Mg. 457. Urban Transportation ................................ 3
Tr.Mg. 458. International Transportation......................... 3
Mk. 485. Physical Distribution Management........................ 3
Recommended Electives
Ps.Mg. 434. Labor Relations: Policy and Practice................. 3
Ps.Mg. 438. Personnel Management: Policy and Practice............ 3
Tr.Mg. 451. Survey of Transportation ........................... 3
Pr.Mg. 460. Purchasing and Materials Management.................. 3
B.Ad. 470. Small Business—Management and Operation ..............3
O.Ad. 440. Principles of Office Management ...................... 3
Real Estate
The real estate businessman must be prepared to make decisions in the midst of powerful conflicting forces: environmental groups who advocate prohibiting further development of land for housing, others who call for more and better and often lower cost housing, and investors and lenders who demand an adequate return on investment funds. To function in this climate requires knowledge of real estate investments, urban land economics, real estate law, appraising, finance, taxes, management, sales, and accounting.
Such a businessman must be adequately rewarded for his knowledge and ability. Real estate can provide the necessary monetary reward and is one segment of the economy where it is still possible for a person to be his own boss, whether as broker, appraiser, developer, syndicator, or property manager.
Whether the student is looking at his life’s work from the point of view of service to the community, monetary


50lUniversity of Colorado at Denver
reward, or independence as his own boss, real estate can be a very gratifying career. The real estate area of emphasis is designed to help prepare the student for this profession.
Required Courses* Semester Hours
R.E. 430. Real Estate Appraising................................. 3
R.E. 473. Legal Aspects of Real Estate Transactions.............. 3
R.E. 401. Urban Land Analysis ................................... 3
or
Fin. 454. Mortgage Financing...................................... 3
Recommended Elective Courses (Three semester hours minimum)
R.E. 533. Real Estate Investments ............................... 3
Acct. 441. Income Tax Accounting ................................ 3
Ins. 484. Principles of Insurance................................ 3
Fin. 401. Business Finance I..................................... 3
Fin. 402. Business Finance II.................................... 3
Fin. 455. Monetary and Fiscal Policy............................. 3
Mkt. 310. Salesmanship............................................ 3
fB.Ad. 452. Small Business Strategy, Policy and
Entrepreneurship.............................................. 3
tArch. 420. Planning........................................... . 3
tArch. 451. Seminar in Urban Design............................... 3
tArch. Eng. 240. Building Construction ........................... 3
COMBINED PROGRAMS
Numerous career opportunities exist for persons trained in both a specialized field and management. For this reason, students may be interested in combined programs of study leading to completion of degree requirements concurrently in two fields. Such combined programs have been arranged for engineering and business, pharmacy and business, and environmental design and business. Programs may be arranged for other professional combinations also.
The two programs of study proceed concurrently, terminating together with the award of two degrees. Generally, at least five years will be needed for such combined programs. No substitutions are allowed in this program.
For students in combined programs, the requirements for the degree in business are as follows:
1. Completion of at least 48 semester hours in business and economics, to include Econ. 201 and 202 (6 semester hours), required courses in business (30 semester hours), and a business area of emphasis (12 semester hours).
2. Completion of at least 30 of these semester hours at the University of Colorado while concurrently enrolled in the College of Business.
3. Completion of nonbusiness requirements in mathematics, communications, and the social and behavioral sciences in a degree program approved in advance by the College of Business. In addition, for some courses and areas of emphasis, there are prerequisite requirements which must be met.
4. At least a 2.0 grade average must be earned in all courses undertaken in the College of Business.
Shown below is the combined engineering-business program. For other combinations, students must consult with the associate dean of the College of Business.
The requirements for all combined business and engineering programs are as follows:
Courses Semester Hours
Econ. 201 and 202. Principles of Economics (Should
be completed during the student’s sophomore
or junior year.)................................................... 6
Acct. 200. Introduction to Financial Accounting....................... 3
B.Ad. 200. Business Information and the Computer...................... 3
Q.M. 201. Business Statistics.......................................... 3
Mk. 300. Principles of Marketing....................................... 3
Fin. 305. Basic Finance.................................................3
Pr.Mg. 300. Operations Analysis .................................... 3
Or.Mg. 330. Introduction to Management
and Organization................................................ 3
B.Law 300. Business Law............................................. 3
B.Ad. 410. Business and Government; or B.Ad. 411.
Business and Society ........................................... 3
B.Ad. 450. Business Policy (Cases and Concepts in Business Policy); or B.Ad. 451 (Management Games and Cases in Business Policy); or B.Ad. 452 (Small Business Strategy, Policy and Entrepreneurship)........................ 3
Courses in an area of emphasis in one of the following fields: accounting, computer-based information systems, finance, international business, marketing, office administration, operations management, organizational behavior, real estate, small business management, statistics, or transportation management. All work in the area of emphasis must be taken at the University of Colorado College of Business.
Areas of emphasis.................................................. 12
48
GRADUATE DEGREE PROGRAMS
The graduate programs leading to the Master of Business Administration degree are offered through the faculty of the Graduate School of Business Administration. (Note: An application for admission to the Graduate School of Business Administration must be accompanied by a non-refundable fee of $20 when the application is submitted.)
Graduate programs leading to the Doctor of Business Administration, Master of Science, and Master of Business Education are offered through the University of Colorado Graduate School. Master’s degree programs in business are accredited by the American Assembly of Collegiate Schools of Business.
Requirements for Admission—Master’s Programs
Admission to the master’s programs will be determined by the following criteria:
1. Applicant’s academic record.
2. The applicant’s scores on the Graduate Management Admission Test (GMAT). (This test is given four times each year at numerous centers throughout the country. For information and to make application for the test, write to the Educational Testing Service, P. O. Box 966, Princeton, New Jersey 08540.)
Applicants are encouraged, but not required, to submit letters of evaluation from college instructors or employers.
Because of the large number of applications which must be processed, the deadlines set out below are strictly adhered to, and applicants should be careful to observe them. Personal interviews are not required or encouraged. Applicants should submit in writing any additional information or statements which they wish to have considered by the admissions committee.
In general, students failing to meet minimum standards are not admitted on provisional status. Under exceptional circumstances, a student may be admitted on a provisional status for a specified probationary term. At the end of the probationary period, the Business Graduate Committee will review the student’s performance and recommend to the dean whether the student should be admitted to regular degree status or dropped from the graduate program.
Only graduate students admitted as regular degree or provisional students and senior undergraduates in engineering who intend to pursue graduate study in business will be permitted to register for any of the 500-level “fundamentals” courses (which are specifically for degree candidates). Only graduate degree candidates will be permitted
*R.E. 300 (Principles of Real Estate) is a prerequisite for these courses. tB.Ad. 452 can not be used for both a core requirement and real estate elective course. tStudents should not take these courses until checking that the required percentage of their courses is in business.


College of Business and Administration/51
to register for the 600-level courses.
Students who were registered as special students before the fall semester 1970 may request that work completed as a special student be applied toward a graduate degree. Students registering as special student after the fall semester of 1970 can request that work taken as a special student be applied toward a degree only if they are admitted to the Graduate School during the term in which they are taking work as a special student.
Seniors in this University who have satisfied the undergraduate residence requirements, and who need not more than 6 semester hours of advanced subjects and 12 credit points to meet their requirements for bachelor’s degrees, may be admitted to the Graduate School of Business Administration by special permission of the director of graduate studies.
Complete applications, including GMAT scores and transcripts, must be in the Office of Graduate Studies, Graduate School of Business Administration, by February 1 for summer admission, by March 1 for fall admission, and by October 1 for spring admission.
Background Requirements
Students applying for graduate programs in business do not need to have an undergraduate degree in business; however, they must acquire an adequate background preparation in:
Accounting Business finance Business law Financial institutions Management science
Marketing Operations analysis Organization management Principles of economics Statistics
Statistics, management science, and operations analysis are not required for candidates for the Master of Business Education degree.
An undergraduate degree program in business administration usually provides the minimal necessary background in most of these fields. At the University of Colorado, a student who has had the following courses will be considered to have the minimal necessary background.
Acct. 200. Introduction to Financial Accounting
Acct. 202. Introduction to Managerial Accounting
B.Law 300. Business Law
Econ. 201 and 202. Principles of Economics
Fin. 305. Basic Finance
Pr.Mg. 300. Operations Analysis
Or.Mg. 330. Introduction to Management and Organization
Mk. 300. Principles of Marketing and one additional 3-hour marketing
course approved by adviser
Stat. 200. Business Statistics (note exception below)
Stat. 490. Business Operations Research
For students lacking such preparation, 3-credit graduate fundamentals courses are offered in each of the background fields: B.Ad. 501 (Acct.), B.Ad. 502 (Stat.), B.Ad. 503 (Mk.), B.Ad. 504 (Or.Mg.), B.Ad. 505 (Fin.), B.Ad. 506 (Law), and B.Ad. 507 (Mg.Sc.). These fundamentals courses do not carry graduate business degree credit, nor may they be used to satisfy requirements for the bachelor’s degree in business. They are open only to graduate students admitted on a regular or provisional status and qualified nonbusiness senior undergraduates who intend to pursue graduate study in business and who have the written approval of the Office of Graduate Studies.
All students entering any of the graduate programs (except Master of Business Education) are required to take either B.Ad. 502 (Fundamentals of Business Statistics) or to pass satisfactorily a qualifying examination covering this
subject matter. In addition, all graduate students are required either to take B.Ad. 500 (Sources of Information and Research Methods) for no credit or to pass satisfactorily a qualifying examination covering this subject matter.
A student with a bachelor’s degree in business normally can complete the requirements for the master’s degree in one calendar year. Students with no undergraduate work in business normally require two years.
Advising. An advisory committee is appointed for each Master of Science and Master of Business Education degree candidate. Students should initially meet with the graduate student adviser in the Office of Graduate Studies for the purpose of ascertaining their principal field of interest and the particular degree program they should follow. A chairman selected for the student’s advisory committee then acts as the student’s faculty adviser. Other committee members are appointed during the student’s first semester in residence. Master of Business Administration degree candidates should report to the head of the division of their area of emphasis for advising.
During the first term of residence, each student should prepare a degree plan. This plan with appropriate signatures should be filed in the Office of Graduate Studies.
Qualifying Examinations. Satisfactory performance on the Graduate Management Admissions Test and admission into a master’s program with the status of a regular degree student will constitute the qualifying examination for graduate study.
Course Load. The normal course load for graduate students is 12 semester hours. Additional hours may be taken upon approval of the student’s adviser, subject to the general rules of the Graduate School.
Minimum Hours Required as Regular Degree or Provisional Student. A candidate for a master’s degree in business must complete a minimum of 24 semester hours of course work after being admitted to the program. This requirement in no way changes the minimum of 30 semester hours needed for a degree.
Comprehensive Examination. Each candidate for a Master of Science or Master of Business Education degree is required to take a comprehensive final examination after the other requirements for the degree have been completed. This examination is given near the end of the candidate’s last semester of residence.* Comprehensive examinations are given in November, April, and July. A comprehensive examination is not required for students pursuing the Master of Business Administration degree program.
Students must file an Application for Admission to Candidacy with the Office of Graduate Studies during the first month of the final term of their residency.
Minimum Grade-Point Average. A minimum cumulative grade-point average of 3.0 must be achieved in courses taken after the student’s admission to the graduate program. If the student’s cumulative grade-point average falls below 3.0, he will be placed on academic probation and given one regular semester (summer terms excluded) in which to achieve the required 3.0 cumulative average. Failure to achieve the required average within the allotted time period will result in dismissal.
Work receiving the lowest passing grade, D, may not be counted toward a degree, nor may it be accepted for the removal of deficiencies.
To earn a grade of W (withdrawal) in a course, a graduate student must be earning a grade of C or better in that course. Graduate students will not be permitted to withdraw from courses after the tenth week of the semester.
♦Students must be registered when they take this examination.


52/University of Colorado at Denver
An IP (in progress) grade shall be a valid grade only until the end of the regular semester (summer terms excluded) following that in which the grade of IP is given. By the end of that interval, the instructor concerned shall have turned in a final grade of A, B, C, D, or F. If no reports are received from the instructor within the allotted time the IP shall be converted to an F.
Time Limit. All work, including the comprehensive final examination, should be completed within five years or six successive summers. Candidates for the master’s degree are expected to complete their work with reasonable continuity.*
No thesis is required in the M.B.A. program. In the total program there must be a minimum of 24 semester hours of course work at the 600 level. Independent study courses (499 or 699) are normally not acceptable for credit in the final 30 semester hours of the M.B.A. program.
Students may start their graduate programs at the beginning of the fall, spring, or summer terms.
Master of Science
The Master of Science degree affords opportunity for specialization and depth of training within a particular major field and a related minor field.
Master of Business Administration
The Master of Business Administration program is devoted to the concepts, analytical tools, and communication skills required for competent and responsible administration. The administration of an enterprise is viewed in its entirety and within its social, political, and economic environment.
In addition to the background requirements for a master’s degree listed above, the candidate for the M.B.A. degree must complete the specific requirements of the M.B.A. curriculum (30 semester hours) as follows:
Core Requirements Semester Hours
a. Business and Its Environment
Business, Government, and Society (B.Ad. 610).................. 3
b. Analysis and Control
Business and Economic Analysis (B.Ad. 615)...................... 3
tAdministrative Controls (B.Ad. 620)............................ 3
c. Human Factors
Organizational Behavior (B.Ad. 640) ............................ 3
d. Planning and Policy
Administrative Policy (B.Ad. 650) .............................. 3
Area of Emphasis....................................................9
^Electives ........................................................_6
Total ....................................................... 30
Areas of emphasis include accounting, finance, management science (shown below), marketing!), office administration, operations management, organizational behavior, and transportation management.
Courses comprising the area of emphasis must be approved by the head of the division or his designated representative.
M.B.A. Management Science Program
For students selecting management science as their area of emphasis, the M.B.A. program is as follows:
Policy Formulation and Administration (12 semester hours)
B.Ad. 610. Business, Government, and Society .................... 3
B.Ad. 615. Business and Economic Analysis ...................... 3
B.Ad. 640. Organizational Behavior............................... 3
B.Ad. 650. Business Policy....................................... 3
Area of Emphasis (9 semester hours)
At least three courses from the following:
Mg.Sc. 615. Decision Analysis..................................... 3
Mg.Sc. 625. Computer Oriented Decision Modeling................... 3
Mg.Sc. 635. Mathematical Programming.............................. 3
Mg.Sc. 675. Seminar in Management Science......................... 3
Mg.Sc. 685. Advanced Topics in Management Science................. 3
Electives (9 semester hours)
One 600-level course in the area of Acct., Fin., Mk., Pr.Mg.,
Or.Mg., or Tr.Mg ........................................... 3 **
** At least two courses from the following:
Q.M. 510. Sampling and Inference.................................. 3
Q.M. 520. Multivariate Analysis................................... 3
Q.M. 530. Business Forecasting.................................... 3
I.S. 565. Systems Analysis and Design ............................ 3
B.Ad. 620. Administrative Controls................................ 3
Major Fields
For detailed information concerning requirements and recommended programs for each of the major fields, students should consult the following professors:
Accounting.............
Finance ...............
Management science
Marketing..............
Organization management
.Professor Schattke . . . .Professor Kolb .Professor Jedamus Professor Goeldner .. . .Professor Reed
Minor Fields
Fields available in the College of Business for selection as a minor are:
Accounting Business education Finance
Management science
Marketing
Office administration Organization management Real estate
Transportation management
With the approval of the student’s adviser, minor fields may be chosen from among other business subjects, from the social sciences, or from law. In exceptional cases, minors are permitted in other subject matter areas on recommendation of the Graduate Committee of the College of Business and Administration and with the approval of the dean of the Graduate School.
Minimum Requirements
The minimum requirements for the M.S. degree, after all undergraduate background deficiencies have been removed, are normally met by Plan I, shown below. Candidates may be permitted to fulfill the degree requirements under Plan II, upon approval in advance by their advisory committee.
Plan I. In this plan, the requirement is 30 semester hours of graduate credit including a thesis (4 to 6 hours credit) based upon original research by the candidate. A minimum of 20 semester hours of credit, including B.Ad. 630 (Business Research), is required of all candidates and, including the thesis, must be earned in a major field. A minimum of three courses, normally 9 semester hours but not fewer than 6, must be completed in a minor field.
Plan II. In this plan a minimum of 30 semester hours of course work must be completed in courses numbered at the 500 level or above. Requirements must be met in both a major and a minor field. No thesis is required.
Candidates for the M.S. degree, whether following Plan I or Plan II, may not receive credit for 600-level courses
•Under unusual circumstances, students whose residence is interrupted for legitimate reasons, such as military service, may apply for an extension of time.
tB.Ad. 620 may be waived if a student has had similar work in his graduate or undergraduate program. Waiver will be upon recommendation of faculty teaching the course(s) and approval of the director of graduate studies.
JElective courses must be 500- or 600-level and cannot be taken in the area of emphasis.
§Requirements for an area of emphasis in marketing in the M.B.A. will consist of 9 hours as follows: Mk. 600 (Marketing Management), Mk. 605 (M.B.A. Seminar in Marketing), and one additional 3-hour marketing course at the 500 level or higher.
••One of these courses may be EDEE 548, Applied Probability Models, EDEE 545, Production Automation Systems, or EDEE 595, Selected Topics.


College of Business and Administrationl53
with B.Ad. prefix, except B.Ad. 630 (Business Research) and in some cases, B.Ad. 620 (Administrative Controls.)
For both Plan I and Plan II there will be written comprehensive examinations covering major and minor fields. The candidate’s committee may require an oral final comprehensive examination subsequent to the written examination.
selected, in consultation with the student’s adviser, with the following courses recommended:
B.Ad. 620. Administrative Controls.................................. 3
Pr.Mg. 544. Sociotechnical Work Systems:
Synthesis and Design............................................ 3
Pr.Mg. 640. Operations Management................................... 3
Mg.Sc. 625. Computer-Oriented Decision Modeling.................... 3
Programs in Major Fields
Accounting
At the undergraduate level, most accounting majors take 24 or more semester hours, either to prepare themselves for the CPA exam or because most employment opportunities in professional accounting require a heavy major. For these students the M.B.A. program with an area of emphasis in accounting is recommended. With so many semester hours in accounting at the undergraduate level, the student is well prepared to enter the graduate level seminars in accounting.
The M.S. program is more suited for those students who have minimal background in accounting at the undergraduate level. At the minimum, B.Ad. 501 (Accounting) and Acct. 612, or their equivalents, are necessary prerequisites for the 500-level and 600-level accounting courses that constitute the major field of study in the M.S. program.
Management Science
Required Courses (15 hours) Semester Hours
Slat. 570. Elements of Mathematical Statistics................. 3
Mg.Sc. 625. Computer-Oriented Decision Modeling................ 3
Mg.Sc. 635. Mathematical Programming........................... 3
Mg.Sc. 675. Management Science Seminar......................... 3
Or.Mg. 601. Organizational Behavior as a System................ 3
The remaining 15 or more semester hours are to be selected, in consultation with the student’s adviser, with the following courses recommended:
B.Ad. 620. Administrative Controls................................. 3
Or.Mg. 640. Operations Management.................................. 3
Or.Mg. 647. Seminar in Operations Management Policy and
Administration................................................. 3
Or.Mg. 632. Behavior of Task Groups............................... 3
Mk. 530. Quantitative Marketing Analysis........................... 3
Mg.Sc. 685. Advanced Topics in Management Science................. 3
Fin. 603. Seminar in Business Financial Policy.................... 3
Acct. 626. Seminar in Managerial Accounting........................ 3
If Plan I is to be followed, B.Ad. 630 (Business Research) is required as 3 of the remaining 15 or more semester hours, and Mg.Sc. 700 is substituted for Mg.Sc. 675.
Organizational Behavior
A student majoring in organizational behavior is required to demonstrate competency in the general area of organization theory and behavior, and in the applied areas of labor relations and personnel management. A minimum of 15 semester hours is to be selected, in consultation with the student’s adviser, from the following courses:
Courses Semester Hours
Or.Mg. 601. Organizational Behavior as a System...................... 3
Or.Mg. 602. Individual Behavior in Organizations..................... 3
Or.Mg. 534. Labor Relations: Policy and Practice .................... 3
Or.Mg. 632. Behavior of Task Groups.................................. 3
Or.Mg. 634. Seminar in Industrial Relations.......................... 3
Or.Mg. 636. Behavior in Complex Organizations........................ 3
The remaining 15 or more semester hours are to be
If Plan I is to be followed, B.Ad. 630 and Or.Mg. 700 are required among the remaining 15 or more semester hours.
Master of Business Education
The Master of Business Education program provides preparation for careers in secondary school and college teaching of business subjects.
Specific Prerequisites
For advanced work in business education, the candidate must possess a bachelor’s degree, or its equivalent, from an approved institution, and also must present the following courses or their equivalents:
Econ. 201 and 202. Principles of Economics Acct. 200. Introduction to Financial Accounting Fin. 305. Basic Finance Mk. 300. Principles of Marketing B.Law 300. Business Law
Or.Mg. 330. Introduction to Management and Organization Education courses—12 semester hours of credit.*
Deficiencies in accounting, finance, marketing, business law, and organizational behavior may be fulfilled by taking the fundamental courses in the respective areas: B.Ad. 501 (Acct.), B.Ad. 503 (Mk.), B.Ad. 504 (M&O), B.Ad. 505 (Fin.), B.Ad. 506 (Law).
Doctor of Business Administration
Students should refer to the College of Business and Administration and Graduate School of Business Administration Bulletin for information regarding the Doctor of Business Administration (D.B.A.) program.
Description of Courses
The College of Business and Administration and Graduate School of Business Administration offer courses in the subject areas shown below:
Accounting
Business Administration Business Education Business Law Finance Insurance
Management Science Marketing
Minerals Land Management Office Administration
Organization Management Personnel Management Production and Operations Management
Public Agency Administration Quantitative Methods Real Estate
Small Business Management Transportation and Traffic Management
Courses numbered from 100 to 299 are intended for lower division students.
Courses numbered from 300 to 399 are intended for upper division students. Sophomores in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences also will be admitted if they are considered eligible by that college to register for upper division courses.
Courses numbered from 400 to 499 are intended for upper division students. Courses numbered from 500 to 599 are intended for graduate students. Courses numbered
*Not a prerequisite for a degree with a community college teaching emphasis.


54/University of Colorado at Denver
in the 600s and 700s are open only to graduate students.
For each course there is indicated the course prefix; the course number and, after the hyphen, the number of credits carried by the course; the course title and description; and, following, the course prerequisites.
Schedules of classes are issued before the start of each semester. These provide a complete list of offerings for the forthcoming semester, together with names of instructors, class hours, and room assignments.
ACCOUNTING
Undergraduate Courses
Acct. 200-3. Introduction to Financial Accounting. The preparation and interpretation of the principal financial statements of the business enterprise, with emphasis on asset and liability valuation problems and the determination of net income. Prer., sophomore standing.
Acct. 202-3. Introduction to Managerial Accounting. The analysis of cost behavior and the role of accounting in the planning and control of business enterprises, with emphasis on management decision-making uses of accounting information. Note: Accounting majors must take this course. Prer., Acct. 200.
Acct. 322-3. Intermediate Financial Accounting I. Intensive analysis of problems and theory of financial statements of condition and net income, and other published financial statements of business organizations. Consideration of the role of professional accounting organizations in establishing generally accepted accounting principles, especially the AICPA and AAA. Prer., Acct. 202.
Acct. 323-3. Intermediate Financial Accounting II. Continuation of Acct. 322. Prer., Acct. 322.
Acct. 332-3. Cost Accounting. Cost analysis of the manufacturing, marketing, and administrative functions of business organizations, primarily for purposes of control and decision making. Prer., Acct. 202 and Q.M. 201.
Acct. 424-3. Advanced Financial Accounting. Advanced financial accounting theory and practice with emphasis on accounting for partnerships, business combinations, and consolidations. Prer., Acct. 323.
Acct. 425-3. Accounting Problems and Cases. In-depth analysis of contemporary accounting issues and problems, the development of accounting thought and principles, and critical review of generally accepted accounting principles. Prer., Acct. 322 and 323.
Acct. 441-3. Income Tax Accounting. Provisions and procedures of federal income tax laws and requirements affecting individuals and business organizations, including the management problems of tax planning and compliance. Prer., Acct. 202 or consent of instructor.
Acct. 442-3. Advanced Income Tax Accounting. Continuation of Acct. 441, with special emphasis on the income tax problems of partnerships, corporations, and estates and trusts. Consideration is also given to federal estate and gift taxes. Prer., Acct. 441.
Acct. 454-3. Accounting Systems and Data Processing. The design and analysis of management information systems; automated data processing methods with special emphasis on computers and computer programming; and the role of accounting in the management process. Prer., 9 sem. hrs, of accounting.
Acct. 462-3. Auditing. Generally accepted auditing standards and the philosophy supporting them; auditing techniques available to the independent public accountant. Pertinent publications of the AICPA reviewed. Prer., Acct. 323 or consent of instructor.
Acct. 480-3. Business and Governmental Budgeting and Control.
Development and operation of various budgets for planning and control of business and governmental activities. Includes the integration of program budgets, responsibility center budgets, and fund accounting in governmental accounting systems. Prer., Acct. 202 or consent of instructor.
Graduate Courses
Acct. 524-3. Advanced Financial Accounting. Continuation of Acct. 323, with additional emphasis on financial accounting theory. Prer., Acct. 323 or 612.
Acct. 525-3. Accounting Problems and Cases. In-depth analysis of contemporary accounting issues and problems, the development of accounting thought and principles, and critical review of generally accepted accounting principles. Prer., Acct. 322 and 323 or 612.
Acct. 541-3. Income Tax Accounting. Provisions and procedures of federal income tax laws and requirements affecting individuals and business organizations, including the management problems of tax planning and compliance. Prer., Acct. 202 or B.Ad. 501 or consent of instructor.
Acct. 542-3. Advanced Income Tax Accounting. Continuation of Acct. 441, with special emphasis on the income tax problems of partnerships, corporations, and estates and trusts. Consideration is also given to federal estate and gift taxes. Prer., Acct. 441 or 541.
Acct. 554-3. Accounting Systems and Data Processing. The design and analysis of management information systems; automated data processing methods with special emphasis on computers and computer programming; and the role of accounting in the management process. Prer., 9 sem. hrs. of accounting.
Acct. 562-3. Auditing. Generally accepted auditing standards and the philosophy supporting them; auditing techniques available to the independent public accountant. Pertinent publications of the AICPA reviewed. Prer., Acct. 323 or 612.
Acct. 580-3. Business and Governmental Budgeting and Control.
Development and operation of various budgets for planning and control of business and governmental activities. Includes the integration of program budgets, responsibility center budgets, and fund accounting in governmental accounting systems. Prer., Acct. 202 or B.Ad. 501.
Acct. 612-3. Financial Accounting Practice and Procedures. Designed to be a graduate level treatment of substantially the same material covered in Acct. 322 and 323. Should not be taken by students who have taken Acct. 322 and 323 or their equivalent. Restricted to graduate students. Prer., B.Ad. 501 or equivalent.
Acct. 626-3. Seminar: Managerial Accounting. In-depth exploration of the broad professional field of managerial accounting, especially as related to organizational decision making, planning, and control. Development and current problems of the managerial accounting function analyzed. Prer., Acct. 332 and 454 or 554 or equivalents.
Acct. 627-3. Seminar: Income Determination. Critical analysis of problems and theory of measurement and reporting of periodic net income of business organizations. Net income models, research efforts, and role of professional accounting organizations. Current issues and problems given special attention. Prer., Acct. 323 or 612.
Acct. 628-3. Seminar: Accounting Theory. Nature and origin of accounting theory and the development of postulates, principles, and practices. Methodology appropriate to development and evaluation of accounting theory, with special emphasis on accepted research standards and procedures. Prer., Acct. 323 or 612.
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
Undergraduate Courses
B.Ad. 100-3. Introduction to Business. Nature of business enterprise; role of business in our society; problems confronting business management. Career opportunities in business. Business students are advised to take this course during their freshman year. Open only to freshmen and sophomores.
B.Ad. 200-3. Business Information and the Computer. A study of the sources and uses of business information. Includes computer programming, data presentation, descriptive statistics, and interpretation of business, economic, and demographic data. Prer., Math. 108 or equivalent. Students should enroll in B.Ad. 200 and Q.M. 201 in consecutive semesters.
B.Ad. 410-3. Business and Government. The study of government regulation of the business system. Topics include regulation of business concentration, markets for labor, money, other resources, and final products. Prer., Econ. 201 and 202. Completion of Pol.Sci. 110 is recommended before taking this course.
B.Ad. 411-3. Business and Society. An examination of interrelationships between business, society, and the environment. Topics will include perspectives on the socio-economic-business system, current public policy issues, and social responsibilities and ethics. Prer., Econ. 201 and 202. Completion of Pol.Sci. 110 and Soc. Ill is recommended before taking this course.
B.Ad. 450-3. Cases and Concepts in Business Policy. Emphasis is on integrating the economic, market, social-political, technological, and competition components of the external environment with the internal characteristics of the firm; and deriving through analysis the appropriate interaction between the firm and its environment to facilitate accomplishment of the firm’s objectives. Extensive use of actual case studies from business supplemented by readings in business policy and strategy. Priority for enrollment will be given to business seniors in their final semester prior to graduation. Students should register for this course only after completion of all other core course requirements for the B.S. degree. Does not carry graduate credit. Prer., Fin. 305, Mk. 300, Pr.Mg. 300, Mg.Or. 330, and Q.M. 201.
B.Ad. 485-3. Public Relations. Image of public relations; potential power of public relations with media, press conference, stock holders, employees, dealers, distributors and suppliers, and the local community; intradepartmental and intrapersonal relations; the public relations of


College of Business and Administration/55
political parties and candidates; lobbying; the public relations of ideas; international public relations; the lie, or negative public relations.
Graduate Courses
The following graduate fundamentals courses do not carry graduate business degree credit, nor may they be used to satisfy requirements for the bachelor’s degree in business. They are open only to graduate students admitted on a regular or provisional status. Qualified nonbusiness senior undergraduates who intend to pursue graduate study in business may be admitted with the written approval of the Office of Graduate Studies.
B.Ad. 500-noncredit. Sources of Information and Research Methods.
The objective of this course is to provide the M.B.A. student with the basic research techniques needed to locate, use, and evaluate secondary resource materials. The approach will be to emphasize techniques rather than actual titles. Open only to M.B.A. graduate degree candidates. B.Ad. 501-3. Fundamentals of Accounting. Provides basic understanding of accounting essential for graduate study of business.
B.Ad. 502-3. Fundamentals of Business Statistics. Provides basic understanding of business statistics essential for graduate study of business. This course may be waived by successfully passing the statistics qualifying examination.
B.Ad. 503-3. Fundamentals of Marketing. Provides basic understanding of marketing essential for graduate study of business. This course may be waived if the student has completed Mk. 300 and one additional 3-hour marketing course approved by an adviser.
B.Ad. 504-3. Fundamentals of Management and Organization. Provides basic understanding of organization theory, personnel management, labor relations, and organizational behavior essential for graduate study in business.
B.Ad. 505-3. Fundamentals of Finance. Provides basic understanding of financial institutions and business finance essential for graduate study of business. Prer., B.Ad. 501 or equivalent.
B.Ad. 506-3. Legal Environment of Business. Provides basic understanding of the private and public law essential for graduate study of business.
B.Ad. 507-3. Fundamentals of Management Science. A survey of the analytical methods of management science operations research as applied to decision problems in business. A major objective of the course is to develop an understanding of the power and the limitations of mathematical-statistical models and to develop skills in problem formulation. Prer., B.Ad. 502 or equivalent.
The following graduate courses are open only to admitted graduate students. Students should have completed all of the fundamental requirements or be currently registered for them before enrolling in any of the 600-level courses.
B.Ad. 610-3. Business, Government, and Society. The interaction and interdependence of business and its executives with societal, governmental, and economic environments, including analytic elements such as the forecasting and analysis of business conditions. Explores the firm’s and its executives’ social and ethical responsibilities to various internal and external publics: employees, organized labor, stockholders, suppliers, customers, the financial community, and the general public. Considers the relationship between business and government at federal, state, and local levels, and the control and regulation of business activities by various statutes and by social pressures, and specifically includes the study of anti-trust policy. Considers the problems and opportunities of operating in the international environment. Prer., by course work or waiver, completion of at least half (12 hours) of the B.Ad. 500 series of fundamentals.
B.Ad. 615-3. Business and Economic Analysis. A presentation of the concepts, tools, and methods of economic analysis relevant to a broad cross-section of decisions within the business firm. Particular attention will be given to market demands and the interrelationships between price policy and costs. Prer., economics.
B.Ad. 620-3. Administrative Controls. Nature and techniques of control in modem managerial context. Intensive case analysis to study theory and application of control methods. Prer., B.Ad. 501, 502 and 505. B.Ad. 630-3. Business Research. Nature, scope, and importance of business research and research methodology. Emphasizes sources of information, methods of presentation, methods of analysis, and interpretation of statistical data. Involves individual investigation and report writing on problems of current business interest. Prer., B.Ad. 502 or equivalent. B.Ad. 640-3. Organizational Behavior. Application of behavioral sci-
ence concepts and research to management of organizations. Prer., B.Ad. 504 or equivalent.
B.Ad. 650-3. Business Policy. Emphasizes problem analysis and decision making at integrative-management level. Devoted to internal policy making. Considerable use of case method of instruction. Emphasis on integrated use of managerial research, analysis, and control in making company-wide policy decisions. This course must be taken in the candidate’s final term of the program. B.Ad. 500-level fundamentals, by course completion or waiver, are firm prerequisites.
BUSINESS LAW
B.Law 300-3. Business Law. To understand the legal significance of business transactions as part of the decision-making process in business. Coverage of text and statutes include law and its enforcement and integration of the Uniform Commercial Code with the law of Contracts, Bailments, Warehousemen and Carriers, Documents of Title, Sales of Goods, and Commercial Paper. Prer., junior standing.
FINANCE
Undergraduate Courses
Fin. 305-3. Basic Finance. An introduction to finance and financial management of business. The course includes a study of the monetary system and other institutions comprising the money and capital markets. Also includes a study of the financial manager’s role in business, with emphasis on the investment of capital in assets and on financing the asset requirements of business firms. Prer., Econ. 201 and 202, and Acct. 200. Fin. 333-3. Investments. Study of the basic problems concerning the development and implementation of a personal investment program. Includes analysis of investment risks, alternative investment media, and designing and executing an investment program. Intended for business students not majoring in finance. Prer., Fin. 305.
Fin. 355-3. Financial Markets. Discusses major operating characteristics and problems of money and capital markets, both national and international. Emphasizes the sources and availability of money and capital for financing business and the market structure for the employment of savings. Prer., Fin. 305.
Fin. 401-3. Business Finance I. Basic principles and practices governing management of capital in the business firm constitute the core of this course. Determinants of capital requirements, methods of obtaining capital, problems of internal financial management and methods of financial analysis. Financing the business corporation given primary emphasis. Prer., Fin. 305; Acct. 202.
Fin. 402-3. Business Finance II. Develops analytical and decisionmaking skills of students in relation to a wide range of problems that commonly confront financial management. General problem areas include planning, control, and financing of current operations and longer term capital commitments; management of income; evaluation of income-producing property; and expansion of business through merger and consolidation. Case method of instruction. Prer., Fin. 401.
Fin. 433-3. Investment and Portfolio Management. Discusses investment problems and policies and the methodology for implementing them. Includes portfolio analysis, selection of investment media, and measurement of performance. Prer., Fin. 401 and 455; coreq., Fin. 402.
Fin. 434-3. Security Analysis. An application of the theories and methodology for the selection of investment media for implementing an investment portfolio. Prer., Fin. 402 and 433.
Fin. 440-3. International Financial Management. Considers international capital movements and balance of payments problems. Emphasizes special problems of international operations as they affect the financial functions. Reviews both public and private foreign and international institutions as well as the foreign exchange process. Considers financial requirements, problems, sources, and policies of firms doing business internationally. Prer., Fin. 305.
Fin. 454-3. Mortgage Financing. Functions and practice of various real estate mortgage financing institutions. Embraces mortgage lending, servicing, and mortgage banking relative to all types and uses of real estate. Prer., Fin. 305.
Fin. 455-3. Monetary and Fiscal Policy. Analyzes the theoretical and practical problems concerning the use of monetary and fiscal devices for controlling national and international economic relationships. Emphasizes the major theories and analytical models for current monetary and fiscal policies. Prer., Fin. 305.
Graduate Courses
Fin. 534-3. Security Analysis. An application of the theories and methodology for the selection of investment media for implementing an investment portfolio. Prer., Fin. 402 and 433, 602 and 633.


56lUniversity of Colorado at Denver
Fin. 540-3. International Financial Management. Considers international capital movements and balance of payments problems. Emphasizes special problems of international operations as they affect the financial functions. Reviews both public and private foreign and international institutions as well as the foreign exchange process. Considers financial requirements, problems, sources, and policies of firms doing business internationally. Prer., Fin. 305 or B.Ad. 505.
Fin. 554-4. Mortgage Financing. Functions and practice of various real estate mortgage financing institutions. Embraces mortgage lending, servicing, and mortgage banking relative to all types and uses of real estate. Prer., Fin. 305 or B.Ad. 505.
Fin. 601-3. Problems and Policies in Financial Management I. Emphasizes analysis of financial condition, planning and control of current assets and current liabilities, and long-term financial arrangements. Analytical skills are developed by analyzing case studies covering a broad range of policies and problems. Specific topics include management of working capital; short, intermediate, and long-term financing; and capital structure policies. Prer., B.Ad. 505 or equivalent.
Fin. 602-3. Problems and Policies in Financial Management II. A continuation of Financial Management I. Specific topics include longterm financing (hybrid securities and leasing), marketing securities, capital budgeting, dividend policy, valuation, external expansion or acquisitions, and capital structure adjustments. Prer., Fin. 601.
Fin. 633-3. Investment Management and Analysis. Develops the theory of investment management and security values; portfolio management, including the analysis of investment risks and constraints for both short- and long-run investment policies and objectives; the analysis and use of investment information; and the development and application of the tools for determining security values. Prer., Fin. 601; coreq., Fin. 602.
Fin. 655-3. Business Fluctuations and Monetary Policy. Theoretical and empirical study of forces governing business fluctuations in the U.S., and the effectiveness of monetary and fiscal policies as major control vehicles. Attention is given to the analytical tools essential for understanding business indicators and the various policy alternatives to attain stated economic goals and objectives. Prer., B.Ad. 505.
INSURANCE
Undergraduate Course
Ins. 484-3. Principles of Insurance. Fundamental principles of insurance and their application to life, disability, property, and liability insurance. Provides the basic knowledge for intelligent solution of personal and business insurance problems as well as for further specialized study of insurance.
Graduate Course
Ins. 584-3. Principles of Insurance. Fundamental principles of insurance and their application in life, disability, property, and liability insurance. Provides the basic knowledge for intelligent solution of personal and business insurance problems as well as for further specialized study of insurance.
MANAGEMENT SCIENCE
Mg.Sc. 625-3. Computer-Oriented Decision Modeling. Application of the methods of computer science to problems in industrial management Emphasis is placed on simulation as a method for studying the behavior of dynamic systems and the use of optimization models for their control. Prer., B.Ad. 507 or equivalent.
Mg.Sc. 635-3. Mathematical Programming. A study of linear and nonlinear programming algorithms, both deterministic and chance-constrained, including linear programming, dynamic programming, integer programming, quadratic programming, and related techniques. Prer., B.Ad. 507 or equivalent.
Mg.Sc. 675-3. Seminar; Management Science. Application of operations research methods to problems of business and industry, with emphasis on the functional fields of marketing, financial management, and production. Prer., B.Ad. 507 or equivalent, plus 6 additional semester hours of management science or statistics at the 400 level or hiqher.
MARKETING
Undergraduate Courses
Mk. 300-3. Principles of Marketing. Analytical survey of problems encountered by businessmen in distributing goods and services to markets. Takes a marketing-management approach in attacking problems
related to product planning, channels of distribution, pricing, advertising, and personal selling. Emphasizes the role of the consumer in the marketing process and the social responsibility of the marketer.
Mk. 330-3. Marketing Research. Fundamental techniques. Practical experience in research methodology: planning an investigation, questionnaires, sampling, interpretation of results, and report preparation. Research techniques for product analysis, motivation research, sales and distribution-costs analyses, and advertising research. Student will incur project expenses in this course. Prer., Mk. 300 and Q.M. 201.
Mk. 340-3. Marketing Institutions and Retailing. A study of the macroeconomic foundations of marketing intermediaries, middlemen, and institutional alignments. Emphasis placed on the development and change of institutional structures and functions and the roles played by various participants in moving goods from origin to ultimate consumer, with particular focus on retailing functions and strategies. Prer., Mk. 300.
Mk. 350-3. Principles of Advertising. Analysis of principles and practices in national and retail advertising from executive’s point of view. Considers whether a firm should advertise; product and market analysis as planning phase of advertising program; media; survey of creation and production of advertisements; advertising budgets, copy testing, and organization. Prer , Mk. 300.
Mk. 360-3. Industrial Marketing. Major activities involved in marketing of industrial goods. Analysis of industrial market structures, habits and motives of industrial purchasers, types of industrial products, pricing problems, and distribution channels. Problems in selling to agencies of government. Oriented to engineers and others who may enter the fields of industrial selling or industrial marketing. Prer., Mk. 300.
Mk. 420-3. Consumer Behavior. Survey of noteworthy contributions of the behavioral sciences to the understanding and prediction of consumer behavior. Contributions of various research techniques in the social sciences to the understanding of consumer purchasing and decisionmaking processes, with particular attention to formal and informal influence patterns. Survey of models of consumer purchasing behavior, brand loyalty, and product cycles. Prer., Mk. 300.
Mk. 450-3. Advertising Management. Advertising problems from management point of view. Stimulating primary and selective demand, selection of media, building promotional programs, advertising appropriations and campaigns, evaluations of results, and agency relations. Prer., Mk. 350.
Mk. 470-3. Sales Management. Problems involved in managing a sales force. Includes sales organization, operating a sales force (recruiting, selection, training, compensation, supervision, stimulation), sales planning (forecasting, budgeting, territories), and sales analysis and control. Prer., Mk. 300.
Mk. 480-3. Marketing Policies and Strategies. Detailed consideration of process of formulating and implementing marketing policies. Major emphasis on markets, distribution channels, and product analysis. Problem approach utilized to develop student’s analytical ability and to integrate all major areas of marketing. Prer., Mk. 300.
Mk. 485-3. Physical Distribution Management. Investigation and analysis of the logistics of distribution systems for firms engaged in manufacturing and marketing. Component parts of each system are studied and analytical tools are presented for selecting those alternatives which will attain the distribution goals of the firm. Prer., Mk. 300.
Mk. 490-3. International Marketing. Studies managerial marketing policies and practices of firms marketing their products and services in foreign countries. An analytical survey of institutions, functions, policies, and practices in international marketing. Relates marketing activities to the market structure and marketing environments. Prer., Mk. 300 or consent of instructor.
Graduate Courses
Mk. 520-3. Consumer Behavior. Survey of noteworthy contributions of the behavioral sciences to the understanding and prediction of consumer behavior. Contributions of various research techniques in the social sciences to the understanding of consumer purchasing and decision making processes, with particular attention to formal and informal influence patterns. Survey of models of consumer purchasing behavior, brand loyalty, and product cycles. Prer., Mk. 300 or B.Ad. 503.
Mk. 550-3. Advertising Management. Advertising problems from management point of view. Stimulating primary and selective demand, selection of media, building promotional programs, advertising appropriations and campaigns, evaluations of results, and agency relations. Prer., Mk. 350.
Mk. 570-3. Sales Management. Problems involved in managing a sales force. Includes sales organization, operating a sales force (recruiting, selection, training, compensation, supervision, stimulation), sales planning (forecasting, budgeting, territories), sales analysis and control. Prer., Mk. 300 or B.Ad. 503.
Mk. 585-3. Physical Distribution Management. Investigation and analysis of the logistics of distribution systems for firms engaged in


College of Business and Administrationl57
manufacturing and marketing. Component parts of each system are studied and analytical tools are presented for selecting those alternatives which will attain the distribution goals of the firm. Prer., Mk. 300 or B.Ad. 503.
Mk. 590-3. International Marketing. Studies managerial marketing policies and practices of firms marketing their products and services in foreign countries. An analytical survey of institutions, functions, policies, and practices in international marketing. Relates marketing activities to the market structure and marketing environment. Prer., Mk. 300 or B.Ad. 503 or consent of instructor.
Mk. 600-3. Marketing Management. Analysis of marketing problems and policies requiring decisions by marketing executives. Integrates all areas of marketing management and relates the marketing activities of a firm to finance, production, and other major policy areas. Prer., Mk. 300 or B.Ad. 503.
Mk. 605-3. M.B.A. Seminar: Marketing. A comprehensive survey of current problems and issues in marketing from the perspective of the firm. An analysis of the firm’s process of adjustments to market changes. (Required of all M.B.A. students with an area of emphasis in marketing.) Prer., Mk. 600.
MINERALS LAND MANAGEMENT
Undergraduate Course
M.L.Mgt. 485-3. Minerals Landman Administration. A thorough and detailed examination of the wide range of administrative duties performed by the minerals landman. Leasing, property rights, easements, participating interests, taxation, and pay-out schedules are included. Emphasis is on the various governmental agencies and private interests that are dealt with in acquiring land for exploration and development.
Graduate Course
M.L.Mgt. 585-3. Minerals Landman Administration. A thorough and detailed examination of the wide range of administrative duties performed by the minerals landman. Leasing, property rights, easements participating interests, taxation, and pay-out schedules are included. Emphasis is on the various governmental agencies and private interests that are dealt with in acquiring land for exploration and development.
OFFICE ADMINISTRATION
Undergraduate Course
O.Ad. 440-3. Principles of Office Management. Analysis of principles and their application in the planning, organizing, and controlling of office activities. Methods of developing office systems; importance as a preliminary step in office automation.
Graduate Course
O.Ad. 540-3. Principles of Office Management. Analysis of principles and their application in the planning, organizing, and controlling of office activities. Methods of developing office systems; importance as a preliminary step in office automation.
ORGANIZATION MANAGEMENT
Undergraduate Courses
Or. Mg. 330-3. Introduction to Management and Organization. An
introductory study of management fundamentals and organizational behavior. How individuals adapt to organizations, managers motivate and lead in work situations, and organizations are designed and managed. Students are urged to complete Psych. 203 and 204 and Soc. Ill before taking this course.
Or.Mg. 335-3. Managing Work Groups. The course examines leadership and supervision of individuals and small work groups in organizations, including the study of group formation and operation, analysis of group member roles, group structure and norms, leadership, and intergroup relationships Prer., Or.Mg. 330.
Or.Mg. 437-3. Managing Complex Organizations. From the perspective of a general manager, the course explores organizational design and management processes for effective organizational performance. Prer., Or.Mg. 330.
Graduate Courses
Or.Mg. 601-3. Organizational Behavior as a System. An introductory study of task organizations concentrating on individuals, groups, and complex formal organizations, and their interrelationships and means of mutual adaptation in a systems context. Prer., B.Ad. 504 or equivalent.
Or.Mg. 602-3. Individual Behavior in Organizations. Analysis of individual differences including issues such as perception, cognition, motivation, human judgment and problem solving, learning, achievement, emotions, value and attitude formulation, abilities, alienation, and integrating the personality into organizations. Prer., B.Ad. 640 or Or.Mg. 601 or equivalent.
Or.Mg. 632-3. Behavior of Task Groups. A study of interpersonal competence in organization. Topics include group formation and development, leadership, power conflict, conformity, cohesiveness, and task effectiveness. Prer., B.Ad. 640 or Or.Mg. 601 or equivalent. Or.Mg. 636-3. Behavior in Complex Organizations. Analysis of behavior and structure required for total organizational functioning. Issues discussed include bureaucracy, technological and environmental influences, organizational socialization, structure, goals, adaptation, information, communication and control systems, lateral relationships, system integration, conflict resolution, change, organizational development, and organizational decision processes. Pfer., B.Ad. 640 or Or.Mg. 601 or equivalent.
PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT
Undergraduate Courses
Ps.Mg. 434-3. Labor Relations: Policy and Practice. Analysis of legal, political, social, and managerial aspects of collective bargaining and union-management relations. Prer., Or.Mg. 330.
Ps.Mg. 438-3. Personnel Management: Policy and Practice. Study of development and implementation of personnel systems, including selection, training, motivation, and performance appraisal. Prer., Q.M. 201 or Or.Mg. 330.
Ps.Mg. 439-3. Personnel Management: Legal and Social Issues. A
study of legal and social issues related to personnel administration, such as equal employment opportunity and affirmative action, with emphasis on program implementation and evaluation. Reviews both federal and state laws, guidelines and procedures, and their administration by governmental regulatory agencies. It is recommended that students take Ps.Mg. 434 and 438 before taking this course. Prer., Or.Mg. 330.
Graduate Courses
Ps.Mg. 534-3. Labor Relations: Policy and Practice. Analysis of legal, political, social, and managerial aspects of collective bargaining and union-management relations. Prer., Or.Mg. 330 or B.Ad 504.
Ps.Mg. 538-3. Personnel Management: Policy and Practice. Study of development and implementation of personnel systems, including selection, training, motivation, and performance appraisal. Prer., Or.Mg. 330 or B.Ad. 504.
Ps.Mg. 539-3. Personnel Management: Legal and Social Issues. A
study of legal and social issues related to personnel administration, such as equal employment opportunity and affirmative action, with emphasis on program implementation and evaluation. Reviews both federal and state laws, guidelines and procedures, and their administration by governmental regulatory agencies. It is recommended that students take Ps.Mg. 534 and 538 before taking this course. Prer., Or.Mg. 330 and B.Ad. 504.
Ps.Mg. 634-3. Seminar: Industrial Relations. The application of theory and research integrating labor relations and personnel management into the total manpower system. Topics may include manpower research and policy, public policy, collective bargaining trends and patterns, integrating the organization’s manpower system, and current issues. Emphasis on national and organizational manpower research and research designs. Prer., Ps.Mg. 534 and 538 or equivalent.
PRODUCTION AND OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT
Undergraduate Courses
Pr.Mg. 300-3. Production and Operations Management. An introduction to the design and analysis of production systems in manufacturing, service, and public organizations. Topics include facility location and layout; job design, safety, and work standards; production and inventory planning and control; quality control; simulation; waiting line analysis; and linear programming. Prer., Acct. 200; coreq., B.Ad. 200.
Pr.Mg. 440-3. Planning and Control Systems in Production and Operations Management. Study of the design, implementation, and control of production, inventory, and service delivery systems. Topics include computer-based scheduling and control systems, analytic models for design of operating systems, and material requirements planning (MRP). Organizations studies include manufacturing, services (including


58/University of Colorado at Denver
urban services), and government. Prer., Pr.Mg. 300, Q.M. 300, and Q.M. 330.
Pr.Mg. 444-3. Work Design and Measurement. Study of the design of jobs in manufacturing, service, and public organizations. Topics include job specialization vs. job enlargement, work measurement, determining job standards, job health and safety, and the impact of automation on job design. Prer., Pr.Mg. 300; Or.Mg 330.
Pr.Mg. 447-3. Policy Analysis in Production and Operations Management. Study of production and operations management policy formulation and analysis. Emphasis is on developing decision-making skills through the use of case analysis, field study in local organizations, and production-oriented simulation games. Prer., Pr.Mg. 440.
Graduate Courses
Pr.Mg. 540-3. Planning and Control Systems in Production and Operations Management. Study of the design, implementation, and control of production, inventory, and service delivery systems. Topics include computer-based scheduling and control systems, analytic models for design of operating systems, and material requirements planning (MRP). Organizations studies include manufacturing, services (including urban services), and government. Prer., Pr.Mg. 300, Q.M. 300, and Q.M. 330.
Pr.Mg. 544-3. Work Design and Measurement. Study of the design of jobs in manufacturing, service, and public organizations. Topics include job specialization vs. job enlargement, work measurement, determining job standards, job health and safety, and the impact of automation on job design. Prer., Pr.Mg. 300; Or.Mg. 330 or B.Ad. 504.
Pr.Mg. 547-3. Policy Analysis in Production and Operations Management. Study of production and operations management policy formulation and analysis. Emphasis is on developing decision-making skills through the use of case analysis, field study in local organizations, and production-oriented simulation games. Prer., Pr.Mg. 540 or equivalent. Pr.Mg. 640-3. Production and Operations Management. Study of the strategies and techniques of formal analysis of the management of operations systems. Student develops skills in problem definition and means of implementing solutions in specific situations where technological, economic, and human factors must be considered. Prer.. B.Ad. 504 and 507 or equivalent.
Pr.Mg. 647-3. Seminar; Production and Operations Management Policy and Administration. Analysis of economic and strategic implications of alternative approaches to designing, controlling, and managing operations systems. Considers industry characteristics and economics, organizational processes, and market factors in operations management policy making and program implementation. Prer., B.Ad. 504 and 507 or equivalent.
PUBLIC AGENCY ADMINISTRATION
The program will encompass the following subject areas: budgeting, personnel management, administration, and quantitative methods.
QUANTITATIVE METHODS (FORMERLY STATISTICS)
Undergraduate Courses
Q.M. 201-3. Business Statistics. Application of statistical theory to the solution of business problems. Includes the study of probability, sampling distributions, statistical inference, and decision analysis. Prer., Math. 107 and 108 and B.Ad. 200. Students are encouraged to take Q.M. 201 in the semester following completion of B.Ad. 200.
Q.M. 300-3. Intermediate Statistics. Covers at an intermediate level the principles and practice of regression and time series forecasting models in business and research, the principles of statistical quality control in manufacturing processes, basic sampling and analysis of variance, parametric and nonparametric statistical inference. The use of standard computer statistics packages is emphasized. Prer., Q.M. 201.
Q.M. 330-3. Operations Research. Objectives and models of operations research, and their application in a managerial setting. Inventory models and control, simulation, linear programming topics, and network models. Includes introductory uses of Fortran and a special-purpose simulation language. Prer., Pr.Mg. 330.
REAL ESTATE
Undergraduate Courses
R.Es. 300-3. Principles of Real Estate Practice. Activities in the current field of real estate practice. Prer., upper division standing.
R.Es. 401-3. Urban Land Analysis. The nature of urban real estate and the market forces affecting its utilization. Prer., R.Es. 300.
R.Es. 430-3. Real Estate Appraising. Methods of real estate appraising are studied and applied by a field problem in appraising. Prer., R.Es. 300.
R.Es. 473-3. Legal Aspects of Real Estate Transactions. Business and legal aspects. Estates in land, purchase and sales contracts, conveyances, mortgage and trust deed transactions, property taxes, landlord and tenant, wills and inheritance. Prer., B.Law 300 and R.Es. 300.
Graduate Courses
R.Es. 501-3. Urban Land Analysis. The nature of urban real estate and the market forces affecting its utilization. Prer., R.Es. 300.
R.Es. 530-3. Real Estate Appraising. Methods of real estate appraising are studied and applied by a field problem in appraising. Prer., R.Es. 300.
R.Es. 533-3. Real Estate Investments. Emphasizes problems and methodology for making the real estate investment decision. Includes real estate versus other investments; real estate user and investor requirements; decision models; local, state, and federal regulations; tax factors; and syndication. For M B A. and undergraduate students with real estate emphasis. Prer., R.Es. 300 for undergraduate students, Fin. 401 or 601 for graduate students.
R.Es. 573-3. Legal Aspects of Real Estate Transactions. Business and legal aspects. Estates in land, purchase and sales contracts, conveyances, mortgage and trust deed transactions, property taxes, landlord and tenant, wills and inheritance. Prer., B.Law 300 or B.Ad. 506 and R.Es. 300.
TRANSPORTATION AND TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT
Undergraduate Courses
Tr.Mg. 450-3. Transportation Operation and Management.
Economics of transportation service and rates. History and patterns of regulation. Explanation of various forms in common use in freight and passenger transportation. Introduction to tariffs and their use. Service and management problems of industrial traffic managers. Prer., Econ. 201 and 202 or consent of instructor.
Tr.Mg. 457-3. Urban Transportation. Analysis of the two aspects of urban transportation—freight and people. Issues in policy, modes, governmental actions and structure, investment and costs, and effect upon urban environment.
Graduate Courses
Tr.Mg. 550-3. Transportation Operations and Management.
Economics of transportation service and rates. History and patterns of regulation. Explanation of various forms in common use in freight and passenger transportation. Introduction to tariffs and their use. Service and management problems of industrial traffic managers. Prer., Econ 201 and 202 or consent of instructor.
Tr.Mg. 557-3. Urban Transportation. Analysis of the two aspects of urban transportaton—freight and people. Issues in policy, modes, governmental actions and structure, investment and costs, and effect upon urban environment.


School of Education
RICHARD E. WYLIE, Associate Dean
INFORMATION ABOUT THE SCHOOL
UCD offers undergraduate and graduate programs to prepare teachers and other educational workers. The education of school personnel has long been a recognized responsibility of the University. No program of studies involves the coordination of more scholastic disciplines than does teacher education. None is more fundamental, more significant, more far-reaching, or more enduring in its impact on society.
The teacher education program, both undergraduate and graduate, is fully accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools and by the National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education. Membership also is held in the American Association of Colleges of Teacher Education.
Students interested in pursuing a program of studies leading to initial teacher certification should consult the School of Education Office. Those desiring to pursue graduate programs or to take courses as graduate students should consult the Graduate School Bulletin.
All students wishing to take work in professional education are urged to seek advice from a faculty member of the School of Education to insure that requirements for both certification and the degree program sought are fully understood.
All application forms for School of Education programs are available in the School of Education Office, ext. 276.
Initial Certification Program
Undergraduate students desiring to pursue degree and certification programs should contact the School of Education Office and become familiar with the requirements and other information provided. The first two years of college work are taken in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences. However, all students are urged to consult appropriate School of Education advisers in their freshman and sophomore years if they plan to become teachers.
Approximately half the students in the Initial Certification Program at UCD enter with bachelor’s degrees. For such students the Initial Certification Program leads to a teaching certificate but not to a graduate degree.
The Initial Certification Program is designed to prepare classroom teachers for one of two levels of certification: elementary or secondary. To foster a K-12 perspective, all program candidates have school-based tutoring experiences in both elementary and secondary situations. Although the program is not designed to meet the requirements of certification simultaneously at both levels, it facilitates such certification if the candidate desires to invest additional time for the completion of necessary work in special methods courses, academic disciplines, and student teaching. A key feature of the program is extensive experience in both school and community agencies in addition to professional course work. Further information can be obtained from the School of Education Office.
Initial certification is available at UCD in the following areas: elementary education, and secondary education in the fields of English, German, Spanish, mathematics, science, social studies, and communication and theatre.
A personal interview with the student adviser and one or more faculty members in the specific area of the student’s
interest is mandatory prior to admission to the Teacher Education Program.
Rehabilitation Services Program
The School of Education offers a two-year program in rehabilitation services to juniors and seniors, focusing strongly on the recruitment and training of minorities. Students entering the program must have completed 60 semester hours by September of the year for which application is made and should consult with the School of Education regarding entrance requirements. The program leads to a B.S. degree, but not a teaching certificate.
The program combines didactic and experiential facets of rehabilitation counseling. Trainees spend a minimum of two days per week working in settings such as drug and alcohol treatment centers, juvenile probation, and rehabilitation service agencies. The program requires 30 hours of core curriculum courses during the two years.
Application Deadlines
Applications for admission to the Initial Certification Program are accepted each year until July 31. All applicants who have been interviewed by the student adviser and a faculty member in the School of Education and accepted into the program by July 31 will be able to start professional education courses the following semester. Any student accepted for a particular fall semester must begin his professional work that semester. Reapplication will be required if enrollment is not accomplished for the semester the student is accepted.
All students in the Initial Certification Program (elementary and secondary) are required to make application for student teaching no later than March 1 preceding the fall semester of student teaching.
Graduate Programs
Refer to the Graduate School section of this bulletin for information regarding graduate programs in education.
Description of Courses
The value of each course in semester hours is given as part of the identifying department number: for example, T.Ed. 306-3 identifies Foundations of American Education as a 3-semester-hour course.
Candidates preparing to teach are expected to follow the sequence and placement of courses outlined by the School of Education.
With some exceptions, chiefly in the curriculum for elementary majors, courses numbered from 400 to 499 are usually taken during the senior year.
Courses numbered from 500 to 599 are graduate courses and are open to qualified seniors only with the consent of the instructor and the associate dean. Courses numbered 600 and above are open only to graduate students.
The Schedule of Courses is available several weeks before the beginning of each semester. It provides a complete list of offerings and a statement of time and place.
These courses are open only to students who have been admitted to the Teacher Education Program. Students interested in elementary or secondary undergraduate pro-


60IUniversity of Colorado at Denver
grams may obtain a copy of the program from the School of Education Office.
For courses in the education series numbered 500 and above see the Graduate School section of this bulletin.
UNDERGRADUATE TEACHER EDUCATION
T.Ed. 306-3. Foundations of American Education. A study of American education in its cultural setting and its nature, role, and function in society. Includes school-based tutorial experience.
T.ED. 313-3. General Educational Psychology. An introduction to the applicants of psychology to education. Designed for teachers-to-be; emphasis is on selected topics (objectives, motivation, retention and transfer and cognitive, affective, and psychomotor outcomes, etc.). Special attention is given to problems of mentally retarded children and to slow learners.
T.Ed. 314-1. Communications: Human Relations and Group Processes I. Examines the principles of underlying effective inter- and intra-personal communication. The class will examine the cognitive, affective, and psychomotor aspects of human interaction. The emphasis will be on how to be helpful to another person who is experiencing problems.
T.Ed. 315-1. Communications: Human Relations and Group Processes II. Examines various models of altering the behavior of others which is unacceptable to the teacher. Classroom management techniques as well as conflict reduction models will be presented.
T.Ed. 336-3. Teaching Reading in Urban Schools. Designed to describe the reading process as it relates to and affects inner-city children. General topics include foundations of reading instruction K-12, current approaches for teaching reading, and materials for reading instruction. T.Ed. 370-2. The City as a Cultural Laboratory I. Develops a first-hand awareness and understanding of the nature and culture of a city and builds a better appreciation of the possibilities for human and environmental growth within. Acquaints students with the educational resources and opportunities and further exploration and utilization of a city as a cultural laboratory for education. Weekly field experiences combined with a seminar-workshop.
T.Ed. 371-2. The City as a Cultural Laboratory II. Further field exploration of and activity within the city as a cultural-educational laboratory.
T.Ed. 375-2. School-Based Group Tutorial. Teaching experience in small groups in an elementary or secondary school setting. Includes a weekly seminar.
T.Ed. 404-2. Educational Measurement. Introduction to principles and practice of measurement and evaluation in public schools. Consideration of standardized tests and informal evaluation techniques; emphasis on construction and use of teacher-made tests. (Elective at the undergraduate level.)
T.Ed. 414-3. Senior Seminar: Urban Education, Billingual/Bicultural Education, and Special Education. Team-taught workshops, e.g., in communications, reading skills, teaching English as a second language, psychology, foundations, and special learning handicaps.
T.Ed. 415-9. Elementary Block. Curriculum, materials, methods, evaluation, and related aspects of instruction for elementary pupils in language arts, mathematics, media, reading, science, social studies, and special education.
T.Ed. 434-3. Language Arts for Urban Schools. Adaptation of intact sense for listening, speaking, reading, and writing. Diagnosis for weaknesses in listening, speaking, and coordination and application of dramatic play, oracy procedures, sensory imagery, and creative expression. Preparation of cases, records, and application of differential instruction. (Elective at the undergraduate level.)
T.Ed. 435-2. Kindergarten Education. History of the kindergarten. Characteristics of young children. Daily and weekly program and planning. Testing and evaluation, and parent-teacher cooperation. (Elective at the undergraduate level.)
T.Ed. 439-4. Seminar: Elementary Education. Accompanies the student teaching assignment and yields undergraduate credit only.
T.Ed. 440-1. Seminar: Secondary Student Teaching. Accompanies the student teaching assignment and yields undergraduate credit only.
T.Ed. 443-3. Teaching Reading in Content Areas at the Secondary Level. Teaching techniques to improve reading skills in content fields. Current secondary school reading program. (Elective at the undergraduate level.)
T.Ed. 444-3. Literature for Adolescents. (Same as Engl. 481.) Reading and evaluation of books for junior and senior high school pupils. Emphasis on modem literature.
T.Ed. 445-3. Advanced Composition for Secondary School English Teachers. (Same as Engl. 480.) Emphasis on evaluation, criticism, and improvement of writing.
T.Ed. 452-3. Methods and Materials in English. (Same as Engl. 482.) Curriculum, materials, methods, evaluation, and related aspects of instruction. Integration of content and methodology. Secondary level. T.Ed. 453-3. Methods and Materials in Social Studies. Curriculum, materials, methods, evaluation, and related aspects of instruction. Integration of content and methodology. Secondary level.
T.Ed. 454-3. Methods and Materials in Science. Curriculum, materials, methods, evaluation, and related aspects of instruction. Integration of content and methodology. Secondary level.
T.Ed. 455-3. Methods and Materials in Mathematics. Curriculum, materials, methods, evaluation, and related subjects of instruction. Integration of content and methodology. Secondary level.
T.Ed. 456-3. Children’s Literature. Reading and evaluation of books for children, information about children’s books, children’s interest in reading, important authors and illustrators, and problems in the guidance of reading. (Elective at the undergraduate level.)
T.Ed. 470-8. Student Teaching—Elementary School. Kindergarten and grades one through six. Student teacher attends an elementary school in Denver metropolitan area.
T.Ed. 471-8. Student Teaching—Secondary School. Student teacher attends a senior or junior high school in Denver metropolitan area.
T.Ed. 473-4. Assignment—Elementary School. This is the final experience in the elementary professional year. It involves a wide number of possibilities for the students, and arrangements are made on an individual student basis. Pier., admission to elementary professional year.
T.Ed. 484-1 to 4. Workshop in the Application of Psychological Development to Education. Principally for in-service education dealing with school-oriented application of psychological principles. (Elective at the undergraduate level.)
T.Ed. 490-1 to 6. Independent Study. (Elective at the undergraduate level.)
UNDERGRADUATE REHABILITATION SERVICES
R.S. 312-3. Introduction to Rehabilitation Services and Community Resources. Introductory course to prepare students for careers in vocational rehabilitation, social work, employment counseling, probation and parole, and other helping professions. Also included will be a review of community services and their uses and effectiveness.
R.S. 330-3. Rehabilitation Counseling and Interviewing Techniques. Introduction to the theory and practice of rehabilitation counseling and to interviewing techniques. Verbal and nonverbal communication skills will be presented and several theories and systems of counseling will be examined.
R.S. 331-2. Theories of Personality. An introduction to the major theories of personality. An overview of the nature of the theories and their scope, utility, and history will be presented.
R.S. 333-3. Appraisal and Evaluation in Rehabilitation Services. Designed to acquaint students with the basic concepts of appraisal and evaluation as applied to the rehabilitation client. Students will be exposed to tests and evaluation procedures in the areas of aptitude, intelligence, vocational interest, personality, etc. Prer., T.Ed. 312.
R.S. 373-3. Seminar and Field Experience in Rehabilitation I. Experience is designed to provide practical training with social and rehabilitation services agencies. The agencies and the University provide on-the-job instruction and supervision to the student. Class time will be devoted to discussion of field experiences and professional role expectations.
R.S. 374-3. Seminar and Field Experience in Rehabilitation II. Experience is designed to provide practical training with social and rehabilitation service agencies. The agencies and the University provide on-the-job instruction and supervision to the student. Class time will be devoted to casework write-ups, presentations, and decision-making processes and procedures and to discussion of the field experiences and professional role expectations.


College of Engineering and Applied Science
PAUL E. BARTLETT, Associate Dean
INFORMATION ABOUT THE COLLEGE
Engineering is the art and science by which the resources of nature are used for the benefit of man and the resources of society are used to preserve a wholesome global environment. The engineer has the primary duty to undertake research and study of the effects of present and prospective technology on man and his environment, to communicate his findings effectively to decision-making groups, and to implement decisions and designs which will shape tomorrow’s world.
Engineering study and practice requires qualities such as initiative, energy, willingness to take responsibility, reliability, rigorous honesty, good judgment, and the ability to work and cooperate with others and to work through to the conclusion of an assignment. Obviously, the fundamentals of sound citizenship are a necessity in any profession.
Today the key decisions affecting the future of mankind are increasingly complex and technological or quantitative in nature. Engineers require a broad social orientation which will enable them to participate in the decisionmaking process.
The prospective engineering student should enjoy mathematics and also have a keen interest in science and its methods. Sound curiosity about the principles governing the behavior of forces and materials and the ability to visualize structures and machines are necessary prerequisites The ability to express ideas in both written and spoken form is of primary importance.
Career of Service
Engineering offers wide opportunities for a professional career. Upon graduation, the young engineer normally enters employment that provides basic practical training in the field he has studied. Professional progress depends on hard work, initiative, and demonstrated capacity for increased responsibility.
More representation by women and minority groups is urgently needed in engineering today, because of the increasing role of the engineer in social decision making.
Few college graduates have employment opportunities equalling those of the engineer. The best estimates available indicate that the nation is not producing as many engineers as it will need. Many serious social problems require engineering answers. Most engineers are versatile men and women who can transfer as needed from one discipline to another and who progress readily into administration and management. The need is becoming especially acute for engineers capable of dealing with problems of pollution, ecological and urban planning, and computer modeling.
Registered Professional Engineer
Currently, registration is required in all states for the legal right to practice professional engineering. Although there are variations in the state laws, graduation from an accredited curriculum in engineering, subscription to a code of ethics, and four years of qualifying experience are required. In addition, two days of examinations, covering the engineering sciences and the applicant’s practical experience, are required in most states. Those who cannot qualify for registration are expected to work under experienced registered professional engineers.
Educational Opportunities—Degrees
The College of Engineering and Applied Science at UCD offers complete four-year courses leading to the B.S. degree in civil and environmental engineering, electrical engineering, electrical engineering and computer science, and applied mathematics. Many of the courses leading to the B.S. degree in aerospace engineering sciences, architectural engineering, chemical engineering, engineering design and economic evaluation, mechanical engineering, and engineering physics are offered at UCD. Students who plan to complete a portion of their program at UCD and then transfer to the Boulder Campus for the remaining requirements are encouraged to obtain and familiarize themselves with the College of Engineering and Applied Science Bulletin. It gives a comprehensive listing of all curricula, course descriptions, and programs offered by the College of Engineering and Applied Science.
The course requirements during the freshman year are essentially the same throughout the College of Engineering and Applied Science.
About two-thirds of the sophomore year is common to all, and the remainder of the courses begin to point to the various fields of engineering taught; however, real specialization begins in the junior year and carries on through the senior year. A fifth year of study leading to the master’s degree is strongly urged for students of more than usual ability who feel they can profit from additional study. Those in this category are likely to achieve greater ultimate success in the engineering profession.
At the University of Colorado, it is also possible for a student to obtain the bachelor’s degree in both engineering and business in five years plus one or two summer terms.
Most departments offer varied programs in each of these degree fields—some of these amounting to joint degrees in computing and engineering or, with additional work, two engineering degrees. Also, any of these degree programs can be modified for an excellent premedical program.
If subjects in the liberal arts courses, such as science and mathematics, and engineering subjects, such as graphics and certain specialized courses, have been elected, a graduate of the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences may obtain an engineering degree in four semesters.
The College of Engineering and Applied Science at UCD offers complete M.S. degree programs in civil engineering, electrical engineering, and applied mathematics. Graduate courses in other fields also are offered.
For information regarding courses and requirements leading to the degree Master of Engineering and Master of Science or to the Ph.D. degree, see the Graduate School Bulletin and the Graduate School section of this bulletin.
Undergraduate Research
Research is an important part of many, if not most, engineering careers. Recent years have seen a strong movement in the College of Engineering and Applied Science to include undergraduates in the type of research programs formerly restricted to graduate students. Undergraduates, including some freshmen, have helped to carry out valuable projects in pollution control, bioengineering, solid state electronics, and other fields, including systems analysis and many areas of computerization.


62lUniversity of Colorado at Denver
At the same time, instructional laboratories are moving from routine apparatus manipulation to placing major emphasis upon experimentation and original projects. Students and faculty alike have responded to this change with new zest, achieving in many cases socially or scientifically valuable results along with an enhanced understanding of research methods.
Summer Courses
Summer term courses are planned for regular students who must clear deficiencies and for transfer students. Courses also are offered for high school graduates who wish to enter as freshmen and for those who need to remove subject deficiencies. For information about courses, students should write to the dean of the College of Engineering and Applied Science, UCD, for the Schedule of Summer Courses.
For many students there are several advantages in starting their college careers during the summer term. Some required freshman and sophomore courses are normally offered at UCD during the summer and are taught by the regular staff. Generally, the summer classes are smaller than regular academic-year classes, which means that students can get more individual attention. Beginning during the summer term gives the student a head start and enables him to take a lighter load during the fall semester, or to take additional courses to enrich his program.
Scholarships, Fellowships, and Loan Funds
Money contributed to the University Development Foundation for assistance to engineering students is deposited in appropriate accounts and used according to the restrictions imposed by the donors. Numerous industries match employee contributions. A list of companies contributing to scholarships and fellowships and different loan funds available can be obtained from the dean’s office.
Student Organizations
The following honorary engineering societies have active student chapters in the College of Engineering and Applied Science:
Alpha Chi Sigma, professional chemical fraternity Chi Epsilon, civil and architectural fraternity Eta Kappa Nu, electrical engineering society Phi Tau Sigma, society of mechanical engineers Sigma Tau, engineering society Tau Beta Pi, engineering society
Student chapters of the following professional societies are well established at UCD:
American Society of Civil Engineers Association for Computing Machinery Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers
The following societies have chapters on the Boulder Campus; however, UCD students are eligible for membership:
American Institute of Aeronautics and Astronautics American Institute of Chemical Engineers American Society of Mechanical Engineers Society of Manufacturing Engineers Society of Industrial and Applied Mathematics Society of Women Engineers and Architects
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION
In order to enroll, the student must meet the admission requirements of the College of Engineering and Applied Science and the admission requirements described in the General Information section of this bulletin. Persons of
sufficient maturity and experience who do not meet the prescribed requirements for admission may be admitted upon approval of the dean.
Women and minority students are encouraged to include the field of engineering in their educational plans, and are urged to contact an engineering adviser to find out what opportunities in engineering are available to them.
Beginning students in engineering should be prepared to start analytic geometry-calculus. No credit toward a degree will be given for algebra or trigonometry (courses will be offered to allow a student to make up deficiencies). Any student who questions the adequacy of his pre-college background in mathematics should see the applied mathematics coordinator for suggestions.
To be prepared for the type of mathematics courses that will be taught, the student must be competent in the basic ideas and skills of ordinary algebra, geometry, and plane trigonometry. These include such topics as the fundamental operations with algebraic expressions, exponents and radicals, fractions, simple factoring, solution of linear and quadratic equations, graphical representation, simple systems of equations, complex numbers, the binomial theorem, arithmetic and geometric progressions, logarithms, the trigonometric functions and their use in triangle solving and simple applications, and the standard theorems of geometry, including some solid geometry. It is estimated that it will usually take seven semesters to cover this material adequately in high school.
Freshmen
Subjects Required for Admission English
Mathematics distributed as follows: Algebra Geometry
Trigonometry and higher mathematics Natural sciences Physics Chemistry
Social studies and humanities Foreign languages and additional units of English, history, and literature are included in the humanities.
Electivesf
Totals
Transfer Students
Students transferring from other accredited collegiate institutions are admitted if they meet the requirements outlined in the General Information section of this bulletin and the freshman requirements for entering the College of Engineering and Applied Science.
In general, a resident of Colorado will be granted admission provided an overall grade-point average above
2.0 (C) has been attained (above 2.5 for nonresidents). *
*A unit of work in high school is defined as a course covering a school year of not fewer than 36 weeks, with five periods of at least 40 minutes each per week. (Two periods of manual training, domestic science, drawing, or laboratory work are equivalent to one period of classroom work.) This is equivalent to 180 actual periods per unit. Fractional credits of value less than one-half unit will not be accepted. Not less than one unit of work will be accepted in a foreign language, elementary algebra, geometry, physics, chemistry, or biology. tElectives may be chosen from any of the high school subjects (except physical education) which are accepted by an accredited school for its diploma and which meet the standards as defined by the North Central Association. However, not more than two units will be considered from drawing, shop, or other vocational work; courses that have descriptive geometry features may be considered for elective units beyond the recommended units.
Required Recommended
Units* Units
3 4
2 1 2 1
2 1 1 1
2 1 3
5 3
15 16


Transfer from within the University to the College of Engineering and Applied Science will be approved if one of the three following conditions is fulfilled:
1. Transfer may be effected at the end of the first semester in residence at the University of Colorado (without regard to grades earned here) provided the prior academic record fulfills the admission requirements of the College of Engineering and Applied Science.
2. A transfer will be approved if the student has attained an overall grade average of 2.0 (C) in all work attempted at the University of Colorado.
3. Other transfers may be approved by the dean of the College of Engineering and Applied Science (or his designee) after a formal petition has been submitted.
Transfer hours of credit may be accepted upon approval by the Office of Admissions and Records and the major department. The grade-point average of the student transferring from another institution does not transfer into the College of Engineering and Applied Science. Transfer credit hours must be evaluated by the major department before they may be applied to the student’s engineering degree requirements.
Advanced Placement
Advanced placement and college credit may be granted on the basis of the College Entrance Examination Board’s advanced placement tests or by special examinations administered by the department involved. For students who have taken an advanced placement course in high school and who make scores of 4 or 5 in the CEEB’s Advanced Placement Examination, advanced placement as well as college credit will be granted. Students who make scores of 3 may be considered for advanced placement and college credit by the department concerned. All placement and credit must be validated by satisfactory performance in subsequent course work, in accordance with the practices being followed in the transfer of credits from other colleges and universities. These stipulations concerning advanced placement may differ from those stated for other colleges and schools of the University.
College Level Examination (CLEP) Credit
Prospective students may earn college level credit through the College Level Examination Program (CLEP) examinations, provided that they score at the 66th percentile or above. The number of credits so earned must be within the limits of the number of elective hours of the individual department. Prospective students desiring recognition of such credit must request that scores be reported to the Office of Admissions, University of Colorado at Denver, 1100 Fourteenth Street, Denver, Colorado 80202. Notification that the credit has been approved will be returned. A list of subjects in which CLEP examination credit will be accepted may be obtained at the College of Engineering and Applied Science. The currently approved list includes 23 subjects in the fields of computing, business, science, mathematics, the humanities, and social sciences.
ACADEMIC POLICIES Freshman Year
Fundamentals taught in the freshman year are of prime importance in the more advanced classes, and every effort is made to register a beginning freshman in the proper courses. (Course requirements for freshmen are detailed within the curriculum given under each department.)
All freshmen are urged to consult their instructors whenever they need help in their assignments.
College of Engineering and Applied Science/63
Course Load Policy
Full-time Students. Undergraduate students employed less than 10 hours per week should register for the regular work as outlined in the departmental curricula. Additional courses may be allowed when there is satisfactory evidence that these extra courses can be taken profitably and creditably. Permission to take more than 21 hours or fewer than 12 hours may be granted only after written petition to the associate dean. The petition must carry the approval of the departmental faculty adviser.
Employed Students. Suggested course loads for undergraduate students employed 10 or more hours per week are as follows:
Employed 40 or more hours per week—two courses (maximum of 9 semester hours).
Employed 30 to 39 hours per week—three courses (maximum of 12 semester hours).
Employed 20 to 29 hours per week—four courses (maximum of 15 semester hours).
Employed 10 to 19 hours per week—five courses (maximum of 18 semester hours).
Course Scheduling and Abbreviations
For information on scheduling of courses, write to the associate dean of the College of Engineering and Applied Science, UCD, or consult the Schedule of Courses issued at the beginning of each semester.
The University reserves the right to cancel any listed course or to make a substitution in instructors. Courses for which there is insufficient enrollment may be cancelled by the college.
The 1-credit lecture-recitation period is 50 minutes long. A laboratory period includes two to four hours per week in the laboratory, drafting room, or field.
Unless the course descriptions specify laboratory or other work, it is understood that classes will consist of lectures and discussions.
The value of a course in semester-hour credits is indicated by that part of the course number which follows the dash. Example: Chem. 103-5. “Chem. 103” is the identifying department number, and ”5” indicates that the course is for 5 semester hours credit.
Refer to the College of Engineering and Applied Science Bulletin for the complete list of course descriptions.
Credits
Students may receive credit for only those courses for which they have officially registered. Exceptions to this are credits obtained through special examinations, correspondence courses, CLEP, and transfer credits from other institutions. Students who have had extensive experience in the work covered by any required course and feel they would be able to pass an examination over the course may apply for such an examination. Credit will be allowed upon successful completion of the test. See General Information section for complete details.
Schedule Changes
All official changes of registration are made by processing the appropriate Change of Schedule Form. Courses may be added on or before the tenth day of each semester. After the second week, courses may be added only by special approval of the instructor and department offering the course. Courses may be dropped without penalty before the end of the second week of the semester. After the second week, but before the end of the tenth academic week, a student may drop a course without penalty if he is passing the course; otherwise a grade of F will be entered on his record. After the tenth academic week, a student


64!University of Colorado at Denver
may not drop a course except under circumstances clearly beyond his control. A student may not drop or add a course if in so doing he violates any other rule.
Repetition of Courses
A student may not register for credit in a course in which he already has received a grade of C or better. When a student takes a course for credit more than once, all grades are used in determining his grade-point average. An F grade in a required course necessitates a subsequent satisfactory completion of the course.
Sequence of Courses
Full-time students should complete the courses in the department in which they are registered according to the order shown in the College of Engineering and Applied Science Bulletin. (Part-time students may need to modify the order of courses with adviser approval.) Any course in which there is a failure or an unremoved incomplete should, upon the first recurrence of such course, take precedence over other courses; however, each student must be registered so that departmental requirements will be completed with the least possible delay.
Students who do not earn a grade of C or better in a course that is prerequisite to another, may not register for the succeeding course unless they have the permission of both the department and the instructor of the succeeding course.
Students may enroll for as much as 50 percent of their courses in work that is not a part of the prescribed curricula of the College of Engineering and Applied Science, provided they have at least a 2.0 grade average in all college work attempted. Exceptions to this policy may be made by petition and may be made for students taking the combined engineering-business program.
Withdrawal
A student may withdraw from the University without academic penalty before the end of the second week of the semester. After the end of the tenth week of the semester, a student will not be allowed to withdraw officially from the University except for circumstances clearly beyond his control. If the student interrupts his course of study, he may be required to take any preparatory courses that have been changed or added in his absence, or repeat any courses in which his preparation is thought to be weak.
Changing Departments
Students who wish to change to another department must apply for transfer by petition, and this petition must have the approval of both departments concerned and of the dean.
Class Standing
To be classified as a sophomore in the College of Engineering and Applied Science, a student must have passed 30 semester hours; to be classified as a junior, 60 hours; and to be classified as a senior, 90 hours of credit. All transfer students will be classified on the same basis according to their hours of credit accepted at the University of Colorado.
Class Attendance
Successful work in the College of Engineering and Applied Science is dependent upon regular attendance in all classes. Students who are unavoidably absent should make arrangements with instructors to make up the work missed. Students who, for illness or other good reason,
miss a final examination must notify the instructor or the Office of the Dean no later than the end of the day on which the examination is given. Failure to do so will result in an F in the course.
Counseling
Freshman students are counseled by the associate dean’s office, and by representatives from each academic department. These representatives are readily available to assist students with academic, vocational, or personal concerns.
Students are assigned specific departmental advisers for academic planning and should consult with the departmental associate chairman or designated representative for assignment.
Scholastic Deficiency
To remain in good standing in the College of Engineering and Applied Science a student must maintain a cumulative grade-point average of at least 2.0. The student who fails to meet this requirement will be subject immediately to the authority of the Committee on Academic Progress. When semester grades become available, the committee will review all cases of scholastic deficiency and notify each student of its decision.
Pass/Fail Option
See the General Information section of this bulletin for University of Colorado uniform grading system and pass/ fail and drop/add procedures. Below are specific pass/fail regulations for the College of Engineering and Applied Science.
The primary purpose of offering courses in which the undergraduate may be graded pass or fail (P/F) rather than A, B, C, D, or F, is to encourage the undergraduate student to broaden his educational experience by electing challenging courses without serious risk that his academic record might be jeopardized.
A grade of P in a course means that the course hours may be counted toward the 136 credit hours required for graduation, but the course hours will not be used in the computation of the student’s grade-point average. A grade of F for a student enrolled P/F in a course will be recorded, and the credit hours of the course will be used in the calculation of the student’s grade-point average just as is done with a grade of F in a normal registration.
Pass/Fail Rules
A maximum of 16 pass/fail hours may be included in a student’s total program. A maximum of 6 may be taken in one semester, but it is recommended that not more than one course at a time be taken pass/fail. Courses that a student may elect to take pass/fail shall be designated by the student’s major department. If courses not so designated are taken, the earned grade will be recorded in place of the P or F grade. An engineering student who has not designated a major field will not be allowed the pass/fail option. The pass/fail request form must be processed during the first two weeks of the term.
A transfer student may count toward graduation 1 credit hour of P/F courses for each 9 credit hours completed in the college; however, the maximum number of P/F hours counting toward graduation shall not exceed 16 credit hours, including courses taken in the Honors Program under the program’s P/F grading system.
PLANNING AN ENGINEERING PROGRAM
It is the student’s responsibility to be sure he has fulfilled all the requirements, to file his intended date of


College of Engineering and Applied Science/65
graduation in his departmental office at the close of his third year, to fill out a Diploma Card at registration at the beginning of his last year, and to keep his departmental adviser and the dean’s office informed of any changes in his plans throughout his last year.
In order to become eligible for one of the bachelor’s degrees in the College of Engineering and Applied Science, a student, in addition to being in good standing in the University, must meet the following minimum requirements:
Courses. The satisfactory completion of the prescribed and elective work in any curriculum as determined by the appropriate department.
Hours. A minimum of 136 semester hours, of which the last 30 shall be earned after matriculation and admission as a degree student, is required for students in the four-year curricula; however, many students will need to present more than the minimum hours because of certain departmental requirements and because they may have enrolled in courses which do not carry full credit toward a degree. The hours required for students in the combined business and engineering program vary by departments; as a guide, 166 semester hours are considered a minimum, but most students follow programs that bring the total above this figure.
Grade Average. A minimum grade-point average of 2.0 (C) for all courses attempted. A department may require a minimum grade of C in all major courses.
Faculty Recommendation. The recommendation of the faculty of the department offering the degree and the recommendation of the faculty of the College of Engineering and Applied Science.
Incompletes and Correspondence Courses. It is the student’s responsibility to insure that all incompletes and correspondence courses are officially completed before the tenth week of the student’s final semester in school.
Simultaneous Conferring of Degrees. For combined business and engineering students, the degree B.S. in business and the degree B.S. in engineering must be conferred at the same commencement.
Commencement Exercises. Commencement exercises are held in May and August on the Boulder Campus. Students finishing in December may attend commencement the following May or receive diplomas by mail.
Graduation With Honors
Honors at graduation are conferred in recognition of high scholarship and professional attainments. Honors and special honors are recorded on diplomas and indicated on the commencement program.
Seniors with an average of 3.8 or above are usually graduated with special honors, and those with an average of 3.5 to 3.79 with honors. Grades earned during the semester of graduation will not be considered in the determination of honors.
Social-Humanistic Content of the Engineering Curriculum
The faculty of the College of Engineering and Applied Science recommends that 24 semester hours should be considered the minimum social-humanistic content of the degree-granting departments. (Up to 6 hours of English composition may be used to satisfy this requirement.)
A minimum of 6 hours of literature is required. Six hours of social-humanistic subjects should be taken in the junior year and 6 in the senior year. These subjects should be taken from the following categories, with not fewer
than 6 hours from category 2 below.
1. Literature (including foreign literature either in the original or in translation).
2. Economics, sociology, political science, history, and anthropology.
3. Fine arts and music (critical or historical).
Such courses as public speaking, elementary foreign languages, technical writing, accounting, contracts, and management should be considered as technical and should be submitted for technical electives where applicable with departmental approval.
Qualified students will be permitted to take appropriate honors courses as substitutes for social-humanistic courses.
English for Engineering
Note: The English courses recommended for engineering students at UCD have new course numbers, effective summer 1975.
Engineering students may choose combinations of courses: (a) Engl. 258, 259, 260, 261; or (b) Engl. 258, 259, and the two following introductory literature courses: Engl. 120 (Introduction to Fiction), Engl. 130 (Introduction to Drama and Poetry). Students who achieve a B average in two of the following English courses (120, 130, 258, and 259) may take immediately thereafter any literature courses listed by the Department of English. No social humanistic credit will be given for courses dealing with English as a foreign language. See English in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences section of this bulletin for course descriptions. Students having questions about the English requirement should see their departmental adviser.
COMBINED BUSINESS AND ENGINEERING CURRICULA
Undergraduates in the College of Engineering and Applied Science with career interests in administration may complete all of the requirements for both a B.S. degree in engineering and a B.S. degree in business by extending their study programs to five years, including one or two summer terms. The 48 semester credits required in the College of Business and Administration may be started in the second, third, or fourth year, depending upon the curricular plan for the particular field of engineering in which the student is enrolled.
It is also possible for qualified graduates (GPA: 2.75 or better) to complete the requirements for a master’s degree in business within one year after receiving the baccalaureate degree in engineering. Before deciding upon the business option, a student should carefully consider, in consultation with departmental advisers, the relative advantages of the combined B.S. business-engineering curricula, the degree program of the Graduate School of Business Administration, and the M.S. degree program in the student’s own engineering discipline.
Combined business and engineering programs are available for students in aerospace engineering sciences, applied mathematics, architectural engineering, chemical engineering, civil engineering, electrical engineering, electrical engineering and computer science, engineering design and economic evaluation, engineering physics, and mechanical engineering.
The student taking a combined undergraduate program is not required to submit formal application for admission to the College of Business. He is permitted to enroll in business courses on the basis of a program approved by his adviser in the College of Engineering and Applied Science and by an assigned adviser from the College of Business.


66lUniversity of Colorado at Denver
Requirements for both the undergraduate business and engineering degrees must be completed concurrently. At least a 2.0 grade average must be earned in all courses undertaken in the College of Business. Not fewer than 30 semester credits in business courses must be earned to establish residency credit. Courses offered by the College of Business may be used in lieu of electives required for undergraduate engineering degrees, subject to the approval of the individual department.
The requirements for all combined business and engineering programs are as follows:
Courses Semester Hours
Econ. 201 and 202. Principles of Economics......................... 6
(Should be completed during the student’s sophomore or junior year.)
Acct. 200. Introduction to Financial Accounting.................... 3
B.Ad. 200. Business Information and the Computer.................... 3
Q.M. 201. Business Statistics.................................. .. . 3
Mk. 300. Principles of Marketing.................................... 3
Fin. 305. Basic Finance............................................. 3
Pr.Mg. 300. Operations Analysis .................................... 3
Or.Mg. 330. Introduction to Management and
Organization .................................................... 3
B.Law 300. Business Law............................................. 3
B.Ad. 410. Business and Government; or B.Ad. 411.
Business and Society .............................................3
B.Ad. 450. Business Policy (Cases and Concepts in Business Policy); or B.Ad. 451 (Management Game and Cases in Business Policy); or B.Ad. 452 (Small Business Strategy,
Policy and Entrepreneurship...................................... 3
Courses in an area of emphasis in one of the following fields: accounting, computer-based information systems, finance, international business, marketing, office administration, operations management, organizational behavior, or transportation management. All course work in the area of emphasis must be taken in the University of Colorado College of Business and
Administration................................... 12
48
The student should note that for some courses, and for some areas of emphasis, there are prerequisites which must be met. Since some of the courses may be taken as engineering electives, it is possible to obtain the two degrees in as few as 166 semester hours; however, most students will require more.
JOINT ENGINEERING DEGREES
A student may obtain two engineering degrees by meeting the requirements and obtaining the approval of both departments concerned. Thirty hours of elective or required subjects in addition to the largest minimum number required by either of the two departments must be completed.
PREMEDICINE OPTION
A professional school in a field such as medicine requires a student to have a college education prior to pursuing its professional courses. In practically all cases, medical students are university graduates, although occasionally a student may enter medical school after three years of university training. A student can prepare for medical school either in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences or in the College of Engineering and Applied Science. The desirability of obtaining an engineering education prior to undertaking a study of medicine is increasing continually, as medicine itself is evolving. A great deal of additional equipment, much of it electronic, is being developed to assist the medical practitioner in his treatment of patients. Bioengineering, engineering systems analysis, probability, and communication theory are highly applicable to medical problems. Improved communication techniques also are allowing the storage and retrieval of infor-
mation not previously available to the medical doctor. An advanced knowledge of basic mathematics and computing techniques, along with increased understanding of physical chemistry, are improving the scientific base upon which medical knowledge rests. It is therefore desirable that the medical practitioner and researcher in the future be well equipped with the tools which engineering can offer.
An engineering background with a premedicine option is a valuable combination for admission to medical school.
There are two equally important goals for the student who plans to enter medical school. Tlie first is acquisition of the knowledge and vocabulary necessary to proceed with the courses at medical school. The second is to become an educated and well-balanced man or woman.
Concerning the first goal, it is clear that without some knowledge of the basic sciences and the ability to formulate thoughts, the student will be unable to profit from the courses at medical school. To provide at least a minimum of the necessary knowledge, the additional courses listed below are prescribed and must be completed with superior grades. General overall requirements for entry into most medical schools are given. Students can meet these requirements by careful substitution of electives in the engineering curriculum. In some cases where additional hours may be required, interested students should consult with the department chairman.
General chemistry (103-106)................. 2 sem. (8-10 sem. hrs.)
Organic chemistry (341,342,343,344) ........ 2 sem. (8-10 sem. hrs.)
General biology (205-206)........................ 2 sem. (8 sem. hrs.)
Genetics......................................... 1 sem. (3 sem. hrs.)
English composition.............................. 1 sem. (3 sem. hrs.)
The second goal, becoming a well-educated, well-balanced man or woman, is of particular importance. The student entering medical school is confronted with a mass of new knowledge and techniques. These fully occupy his or her time and give little opportunity for the pursuit of the broader aspects of education.
Three features of the university education are stressed here. The first is the possession of an active critical mind—a mind which can discern problems, find out what is known about them, and draw relevant and unprejudiced conclusions from this knowledge. Students will be expected to show a thorough knowledge of chosen subjects and a true understanding of the problems presented and the solutions that have been advanced. Study of courses that will be taken at medical school is strongly discouraged.
Second, a student must acquire understanding of mankind. This is particularly important for the physician whose life is spent in caring for people and whose effectiveness is increased in proportion to the degree of this understanding. The study of man involves a vast number of intellectual disciplines—from anthropology to the arts; from psychology to world history; from political economy to the study or religion—and is properly the study of a lifetime. The student must obtain the foundations of such a study at his university. Present-day developments in the field of medicine suggest that far more people with an engineering background should continue their education and enter the practice of medicine. Whatever the person decides to study, he must be aware of the importance of this study for future effectiveness as a human being.
Finally, a student should carry away from the university a scholarly enthusiasm. Intellectual curiosity and ardent pursuit of truth are prime requisites for knowledge. Without these, neither the individual practice of medicine nor the general understanding of medical science can progress farther.


The School of Medicine requires no set courses for the second and third features of the university education beyond those required by the student’s college or university, but it stresses their great importance.
To complete this program in the College of Engineering and Applied Science, it is strongly recommended that the student follow a full four-year college course (with the equivalent of at least 136 semester hours) and earn a B.S. degree. It would be possible for a student who applied himself with unusual vigor to prepare for medical school in three years. In such cases, a minimum of 15 semester hours should be devoted to a major field of learning, instead of the 30 hours required for the four-year student. This student, of course, will not receive a degree in the premedical field. The study and practice of medicine require persistent hard effort, and so should the premedical education.
The Admissions Committee of the University of Colorado School of Medicine welcomes inquiries and visits from prospective students, particularly at the time of their first interest in medicine as their chosen profession.
Students desiring to enter a premedical program should consult the representative of the department involved. At UCD, premedical advising is available through the Health Sciences Committee, Room 508.
GRADUATE STUDY IN ENGINEERING
The College of Engineering and Applied Science at UCD offers complete M.S. degree programs in civil engineering, electrical engineering, and applied mathematics. Graduate courses in other fields are also offered.
For information regarding courses and requirements leading to the degrees Master of Engineering and Master of Science or to the Ph.D. degree, see the Graduate School Bulletin and the Graduate School section of this bulletin.
Education for Employed Professional Engineers
Continuing education for employed engineers grows more important each year. Therefore, the college puts great emphasis upon making graduate courses available through night and televised courses. A new degree, the Master of Engineering, permits graduate students more flexibility in defining specialized interdisciplinary fields that meet their professional needs. This degree has standards fully equivalent to those of the Master of Science degree.
In addition to credit course work, the college works jointly with the Division of Continuing Education to offer noncredit courses of interest to practicing engineers.
Concurrent B.S. and M.S. Degree Program in Engineering
Students who plan to continue in the Graduate School after completing the requirements for the B.S. degree may apply for admission to the concurrent degree program through their department early in the second semester of their junior year (after completion of at least 84 semester hours). Requirements are the same as for the two degrees taken separately: 136 credit hours for the B.S. degree and 24 hours plus thesis (Plan I) or 30 credit hours (Plan II) for the M.S. degree. Social-humanistic requirements must be completed within the first 136 credit hours. A 3.0 grade-point average for all work attempted through the first six semesters (at least 96 credit hours) and written recommendations from at least two major-field faculty members are required.
The purpose of the concurrent degree program is to allow the student who qualifies for graduate study and
College of Engineering and Applied Sciencel67
expects to continue for an advanced degree to plan his graduate program from the beginning of the senior year rather than from the first year of graduate study. The student can then reach the degree of proficiency required to begin research at an earlier time, and can make better and fuller use of courses offered in alternate years.
The student will be assigned a faculty adviser to help him develop the program best suited to his particular interests. Those in the program will be encouraged to pursue independent study on research problems or in areas of specialization where no formal courses are offered. A liberal substitution policy will be followed for courses normally required in the last year of the undergraduate curriculum. The program selected must be planned so that the student may qualify for the B.S. degree after completing the credit-hour requirements for the degree if the student so elects, or if the student’s grade-point average falls below the 3.0 required to remain in the program. In this case, all hours completed with a passing grade while in the program will count toward fulfilling the normal requirements for the B.S. degree. There will be no credit given toward a graduate degree for courses applied to the B.S. degree requirements; however, students are still eligible to apply for admission to the Graduate School under the rules set forth in the Graduate School Bulletin. Normally, however, the student will apply for admission to the Graduate School when at least 130 of the 136 credit hours required for the B.S. degree have been completed, and will be awarded the B.S. and M.S. degrees simultaneously upon meeting the requirements set forth for the concurrent degree program.
Graduate Work in Business
Undergraduates in engineering who intend to pursue graduate study in business may complete some of the business background requirements as electives in their undergraduate programs. Seniors in engineering who have such intentions and appear likely to qualify for admission to graduate study in business will be permitted to register for any of the graduate fundamentals courses which are designed to provide qualified students with needed background preparation in business.
Major Departments
AEROSPACE ENGINEERING SCIENCES
The primary objective of the aerospace engineering sciences curriculum is to provide sound general training in subjects fundamental to the practice of and research in this branch of engineering sciences. The major part of the first three years is devoted to the study of mathematics, physics, mechanics, chemistry, and the humanities. The fourth year is devoted to the professional courses in the fields of physics of fluids (fluid dynamics); propulsion and energy conversion; flight dynamics, control, and guidance; space system analysis; materials and structural mechanics; space environment; and bio-engineering.
Planning of graduate study for students having sufficient ability and interest should begin by the start of the junior year. Such a plan should consider the foreign language requirements of appropriate graduate schools, and an advanced mathematics program included in technical electives consisting of Math. 431-432 and Math. 481 or 443.
The minimum total number of semester hours for the B.S. degree is 136. Students who wish to combine the business and aerospace engineering sciences curricula are advised to consider obtaining the B.S. degree in aerospace and the M.S. degree in business rather than a combined


68/University of Colorado at Denver
B.S. degree. Business courses may not be substituted for technical electives in the aerospace curriculum.
Transfer to Boulder
The complete aerospace engineering sciences program is not available at UCD. Therefore, students wishing to complete this program should plan on transferring to the Boulder Campus at the start of the junior year. The complete curriculum degree requirements, and descriptions of courses may be found in the College of Engineering and Applied Science Bulletin.
Curriculum for B.S. (Aerospace Engineering Sciences)
The minimum total number of hours for the degree is 136.
FRESHMAN YEAR
Fall Semester Semester Hours
Math. 140. Analytic Geometry and Calculus I..................... 3
E.Phys. 111. General Physics.................................... 4
Engl. 258. Great Books I (See note 1.) ......................... 3
Social-humanistic elective (See note 2.)........................_6
16
Spring Semester
Math. 241. Analytic Geometry and Calculus II.................... 3
E.Phys. 112. General Physics.................................... 4
E.Phys. 114. Experimental Physics............................... 1
Engl. 259. Great Books II (See note 1.)......................... 3
E.D.E.E. 101. Fundamentals of Design I.......................... 2
Social-humanistic elective (See note 2.)........................_3
16
SOPHOMORE YEAR Fall Semester
Math. 242. Analytic Geometry and Calculus III ................... 3
Math. 319. Applied Linear Algebra ............................... 3
C.E. 212. Analytical Mechanics I................................. 3
Engl. 260. Great Books III (See note 1.)......................... 3
E.Phys. 213. General Physics..................................... 3
E.Phys. 215. Experimental Physics................................ 1
Social-humanistic elective (See note 2.)......................... 3
19
Spring Semester
Math. 443. Ordinary Differential Equations....................... 3
E.E. 201. Introduction to Computing.............................. 3
C.E. 213. Analytical Mechanics II................................ 3
Engl. 261. Great Books IV (See note 1.).......................... 3
Engr. 301. Thermodynamics........................................ 3
Chem. 202. General Chemestry (See note 3.) ......................_4
19
Notes for B.S. (Aerospace Engineering)
1. For other options in English, see the English listings in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences section of this bulletin.
2. Students may take electives pass fail, subject to the regulations of the College of Engineering and Applied Science.
3. Or Chem. 103, or Ch.E. 210.
APPLIED MATHEMATICS
CHARLES I. SHERRILL, Coordinator
The Division of Natural and Physical Sciences in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences offers all courses in mathematics, both required and elective, for undergraduate and graduate students in the College of Engineering and Applied Science. Three curricula leading to the degree B.S. (A.Math.) are offered. In Option I, the student takes a minor in a specific engineering department, satisfying an adviser from that department. In Option II, the student
takes distributed course work in engineering departments, including a solid grounding in mechanics, electronics, and materials. (This option is intended for the above-average student.) Option III is a joint mathematics-computer science program. Regardless of the option chosen, each student is expected to complete a minimum of 45 semester hours of course work in mathematics.
Math. 300 is not a required course for the major. However, students who have done A work in calculus have reported that Math. 300 has proved to be very helpful in subsequent mathematics courses. Therefore, such students are strongly advised to take Math. 300.
Modem industrial and scientific research is so dependent on advanced mathematical concepts that applied mathematicians are needed today by almost all concerns which are engaged in such research.
The undergraduate curriculum is designed to give training in mathematics and in engineering and science. The use of numerical methods and electronic computers is included.
Nontechnical electives should be broadening and have cultural value. Courses in the humanities and the social sciences are required. Students interested in research should take a foreign language as early as possible. Beginning language courses are considered technical electives and do not count toward the social-humanistic electives. Some 300- and 400-level language courses may be counted. Under all circumstances, a student must plan a complete program and obtain the approval of a departmental adviser at the beginning of the sophomore year.
Description of Courses
Refer to mathematics in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences section of this bulletin for complete descriptions of all mathematics courses.
Curriculum for B.S. (Applied Mathematics)
The minimum total number of hours for the degree is 136. In addition to E.E. 201, E.D.E.E. 101, and Engr. 301, the student must take a minimum of 18 hours in approved elective engineering courses excluding chemistry, mathematics, and physics courses.
FRESHMAN YEAR
Fall Semester Semester Hours
Math. 140. Analytic Geometry and Calculus I................... 3
E.Phys. 111. General Physics...................................4
Engl. 258. Great Books I (See note 1.) ....................... 3
E.E. 201. Introduction to Computing........................... 3
Approved elective..............................................3
16
Spring Semester
Math. 241. Analytic Geometry and Calculus II..................... 3
E.D.E.E. 101. Fundamentals of Design 1........................... 2
Engl. 259. Great Books II (See note I.).......................... 3
E.Phys. 112. General Physics..................................... 4
E.Phys. 114. Experimental Physics................................ 1
Approved elective................................................_2
15
SOPHOMORE YEAR Fall Semester
Math. 242. Analytic Geometry and Calculus III ............. 3
Engl. 260. Great Books III (See note 1.)................... 3
E.Phys. 213. General Physics............................... 3
E.Phys. 215. Experimental Physics.......................... 1
Engr. 301. Thermodynamics.................................. 3
Approved elective.........................................._3
16


Spring Semester
Engl. 261. Great Books IV (See note 1.)............................. 3
Chem. 103. General Chemistry........................................ 5
Approved electives.................................................. 9
17
JUNIOR YEAR Fall Semester
Math. 319. Applied Linear Algebra ................................... 3
Math. 431. Advanced Calculus I........................................ 3
Approved electives................................................... 12
18
Spring Semester
Math. 443. Ordinary Differential Equations............................ 3
Math. 481. Introduction to Probability Theory......................... 3
Approved electives................................................... 12
18
SENIOR YEAR Fall Semester
Approved electives.................................................. 18
Spring Semester
Approved electives.................................................. 18
Requirements under each option are as follows:
Option l Semester Hours
Specialty in a specific engineering department................... 18-30
Technical electives ............................................. 15-22
Other electives................................................. 11-30
Required social-humanistic electives (See note 2.).................. 12
(Electives should include Math. 432.)
Option II
Distributed engineering courses in the engineering college ..... 18-30
(A minimal program would consist of the following courses: Aero. 304, Aero. 311, C.E. 212, C.E. 213, E.E. 303, M.E. 301, or their equivalents. Each of these courses is for 3 hours credit.)
Technical electives ............................................. 15-22
Other electives.................................................. 11-30
Required social-humanistic electives (See note 2.)................ 12
(Electives should include Math. 432.)
Option III
Specific courses required under Option III:
E.E. 257 ....................................................... 3
Aero. 546 (C.S. 546)............................................ 3
E.E. 401 (C.S. 401)......................................... 3
E.E. 453 (C.S. 453)......................................... 3
E.E. 459 (C.S. 459)......................................... 3
E.E. 554, 555, or 557 ........................................ 3
Math. 311 ...................................................... 3
Math. 465 ...................................................... 3
Math. 466 ...................................................... 3
Technical electives .............................................. 6-22
Other electives................................................. 11-30
Required social-humanistic electives (See note 2.)................ 12
Notes for B.S. (Applied Mathematics)
1. For other options in English, see the English listings in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences section of this bulletin.
2. Students may take social-humanistic electives pass/ fail, subject to the regulations of the College of Engineering and Applied Science.
Bachelor of Science Degree in Applied Mathematics
The B.S. degree in applied mathematics requires the completion of a minimum of 136 credit hours of course work with an average grade of C or better (a 2.0 grade-point average) and a grade of C or better in all mathematics courses. Course work in the social-humanistic elective area must be approved by the student’s adviser. Work in certain other areas may be acceptable toward the social-humanistic elective requirement, but must first be ap-
College of Engineering and Applied Science/69
proved by the student’s adviser. Of the 12 hours required in the social-humanistic area in addition to the literature courses, at least 6 hours must be in courses at the 300 level or higher (see page 0000).
Note: Math. 101, 111,and 112 do not count toward the B.S. (A.Math.) degree.
ARCHITECTURAL ENGINEERING
JOHN R. MAYS, Coordinator
The architectural engineering curriculum is devised and administered jointly by the Department of Civil and Environmental Engineering of the College of Engineering and Applied Science and the College of Environmental Design. The purpose of the program is to prepare a student for a career in the building industry and for research at the graduate level on building-related topics. The building industry is the largest single industry in the United States and includes many diverse skills and fields of knowledge. This course of study fulfills the academic requirements for registration as a professional engineer.
The architectural engineering curriculum is recommended for those wishing to specialize within the building industry in engineering design, construction and contracting, or sales engineering. The architectural engineering student may select any one of three areas of specialization offered: construction engineering, environmental engineering, or structural engineering.
Specialization in construction is for students planning a career in contracting and building construction. This program offers courses in construction management, planning and scheduling techniques, cost accounting, estimating and pricing, and in building materials and construction methods.
Those students interested in environmental design may concentrate their efforts in the fields of illumination and building electrical systems design, heating-ventilating-air conditioning systems design, sanitation and water supply, or acoustics. A broad range of courses covering these subjects is available.
The third area of specialization is for those who are interested in the design of structural systems for buildings. Courses available are structural analysis; indeterminate structures; and steel, concrete, and timber design, among others.
The five-year course leading to the combined degree in architectural engineering and business offers opportunity for complementing the architectural engineering background with study in one of the major areas of business administration, such as personnel and business management, marketing, and finance.
The freshman year in architectural engineering is similar to that for all engineering students. In the sophomore year, the student is introduced to the functions of the specialty divisions within the building industry and is provided a basis for understanding architecture and the relationship and contribution of architectural engineering to architecture. In addition, there is more advanced work in mathematics and physics. The junior year is devoted largely to the engineering sciences with a continuation of those courses fundamental to understanding architecture and building. The last year is devoted to engineering analysis, design, or construction of buildings, the field of specialization being determined by the student’s choice of his technical electives. In the senior year, 6 hours of social-humanistic courses are required as nontechnical electives.
The junior, senior, and fifth years of the combined curriculum in architectural engineering and business are


70lUniversity of Colorado at Denver
devoted to pursuit of the full requirements for the architectural engineering degrees, as well as the course work necessary to a specific major study area within the College of Business and Administration.
Transfer to Boulder
The complete architectural engineering program is not available at UCD. Students wishing to complete this program should plan to transfer to the Boulder Campus to complete the requirements.
Curriculum for B.S. (Architectural Engineering)
The minimum total number of hours for the degree is 136.
FRESHMAN YEAR
Fall Semester Semester Hours
Math. 140. Analytic Geometry and Calculus I...................... 3
E.D.E.E. 101. Fundamentals of Design I........................... 2
Literature elective (See note 1.)................................ 3
E.Phys. 111. General Physics......................................4
C.E. 130. Introduction to Civil and Environmental
Engineering..................................................._2
14
Spring Semester
Math. 241. Analytic Geometry and Calculus II..................... 3
Literature elective (See note 1.)................................ 3
E.D.E.E. 102. Fundamentals of Design II.......................... 2
E.Phys. 112. General Physics......................................4
E.Phys. 114. Experimental Physics................................ 1
E.E. 201. Introduction to Computing.............................. 3
16
SOPHOMORE YEAR Fall Semester
Math. 242. Analytic Geometry and Calculus III .................... 3
Math. 319. Applied Linear Algebra ................................ 3
Basic science elective (See note 2.) ............................. 4
Social-humanistic elective ........................................ 3
C.E. 212. Analytical Mechanics I.................................. 3
Specialty requirement (structures and construction majors)
take C.E. 221; environmental majors take Arch.E. 362.)........._3
19
Spring Semester
Math. 443. Ordinary Differential Equations......................... 3
Ch.E. 210. Chemical and Physical Properties of Materials
(See note 3.)................................................... 4
Arch.E. 240. Building Materials and Construction ................. 3
C.E. 312. Mechanics of Materials................................... 3
C.E. 316. Materials Testing Laboratory (not required of environmental
majors)......................................................... 1
Social-humanistic elective ........................................_3
17
JUNIOR YEAR Fall Semester
C.E. 213. Analytical Mechanics II...................................3
Arch.E. 330. Basic Structural Analysis and Design
(structures majors substitute C.E. 350.)...................... 3-4
Arch.E. 354. Illumination I........................................ 3
Arch. 320. Architectural Appreciation and Design .................. 3
Specialty requirement (structures and environmental
majors—E.E. 303, 343; construction—Acct. 212).................... 3-4
15-17
Spring Semester
Arch.E. 363. Environmental Acoustics................................3
Arch. 321. Architectural Appreciation and Design .................. 3
Engr. 301. Thermodynamics.......................................... 3
Technical elective................................................. 3
Specialty requirement (structures—C.E. 331, M.E. 362; environmental—M.E. 362, technical elective, 3; construction—Acct. 214, B.L. 300).................................._6
18
SENIOR YEAR Fall Semester
Arch.E. 441. Construction Costs, Estimating, Pricing.............. 3
Arch. 470. History/Philosophy ....................................... 3
Arch.E. 362. Mechanical Systems for Building (environmental majors substitute technical elective) ....................... 3
Social-humanistic elective (construction majors required
to take Econ. 201) .............................................. 3
Specialty requirement (structures—C.E. 456, 457; environmental—technical elective; construction—
E.D.E.E. 351, Engr.Sci. elective)............................ 5-6
17-18
Spring Semester
Arch.E. 470. Applied Structural Design (construction
majors substitute Arch.E. 446) .................................. 3
Arch. 471. History/Philosophy ........................................3
Technical elective....................................................6
Social-humanistic elective (construction majors required to
take Econ. 202).................................................. 3
Specialty requirement (structures—C.E. 458, technical elective; environmental-technical elective; construction—C.E. 497).................................................. , 3-4
18-19
Notes for B.S. (Architectural Engineering)
1. Great Books series recommended; see the English listings in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences section of this bulletin.
2. E.Phys. 213 and 215 recommended.
3. Chem. 103-5 may be substituted for Ch.E. 210-4, in which case the technical elective requirement is reduced by 1 credit hour.
Courses Available for Specialization
Upon consultation with his adviser, the student must select courses applicable to his areas of interest and specialization. The areas of specialization are construction engineering, environmental engineering, and structural engineering. In addition to the courses listed below, other courses, not listed, may be proposed by a student and approved by his adviser if they are found to be applicable.
Arch.E. 330-4. Basic Structural Analysis and Design Arch.E. 446-3. Construction Planning and Scheduling Arch.E. 455-3. Illumination II Arch.E. 457-3. Building Electrical Systems Design Arch.E. 458-3. Building Electrical Systems Design II Arch.E. 470-3. Applied Structural Design Acct. 200-3. Introduction to Financial Accounting Acct. 202-3. Introduction to Managerial Accounting B.Ad. 410-3. Business and Government
B. L. 300-3. Business Law
C. E. 221-3. Plane Surveying
C.E. 332-3. Applied Fluid Mechanics
C.E. 350-3. Structural Analysis
C.E. 380-3. Soils and Foundations Engineering
C.E. 453-3. Computer Techniques in Engineering
C.E. 456-2. Design of Timber Structures
C.E. 457-3. Design of Steel Structures
C.E. 458-3. Reinforced Concrete Design
C.E. 459-3. Applied Structural Design
C.E. 481-2. Intermediate Soils Engineering
C.E. 497-3. Engineering Economy
Econ. 201-3. Principles of Economics I
Econ. 202-3. Principles of Economics II
E.E. 313-3. Electromagnetic Fields I
E.E. 316-3. Energy Conversion I
E.E. 354-2. Power Laboratory I
E.E. 381-3. Introduction to Probability Theory
E.E. 451-2. Power Laboratory II
E.E. 452-2. Power Systems Laboratory
E.E. 471-2. Power Transmission Laboratory I
E.E. 472-2. Power Transmission Laboratory II
Engl. 315-3. Report Writing
Fin. 305-3. Basic Finance
Fin. 401-3. Business Finance
M.E. 314-2. Measurements I
M.E. 316-2. Measurements II
M.E. 371-3. Systems Analysis I
M.E. 372-3. Systems Analysis II
M.E. 421-3. Air Conditioning
M.E. 424-3. Refrigeration
M.E. 442-3. Mechanical Engineering Laboratory
Mk. 300-3. Principles of Marketing
R.Es. 300-3. Principles of Real Estate Practice


College of Engineering and Applied Science/71
Arch.E. 240-3. Building Materials and Construction. A study of construction methods and techniques including foundations and structural framing concepts, and particularly materials, components and systems applications in building construction.
Arch.E. 330-4. Basic Structural Analysis and Design. First principles of structural analysis and the design of structural components of concrete, steel, or timber. Prer., C.E. 312.
Arch.E. 350-3. Environmental Systems ID. Analysis and application of the methods of construction and the controlling of the planned environment. A study of structural, mechanical, electrical and illumination, acoustical, and construction technologies and their effect upon the design process. Prer., E.S. 251.
Arch.E. 351-3. Environmental Systems IV. Continuation of Arch.E. 350. Prer., Arch.E. 350.
Arch.E. 354-3. Illumination I. A study of the fundamentals of illumination and the application of these principles to the illumination of buildings. Prer., E.Phys. 112 or Phys. 202.
Arch.E. 362-3. Mechanical Systems for Buildings. Fundamentals of heating and air conditioning systems and environmental controls in buildings. Prer., Phys. 202 or E.Phys. 112.
Arch.E. 363-3. Introduction to Acoustics and Noise. (Aero. 363.) Engineering and physiological foundations of acoustics. Individual and social response to sound. Environmental noise problems. Engineering and legal control of noise. Prer., junior standing or consent of instructor. Arch.E. 400-1 to 6. Independent Study.
Arch.E. 441-3. Construction Costs, Estimating, and Prices. Introduction to building construction cost accounting and controls, analysis of direct and indirect cost fundamentals and collecting systems, methods engineering and value engineering. Also included is a study of the types of estimates, quantity take-off techniques and pricing applications, and the preparation of a detailed estimate for a building project including all cost analyses, a complete quantity survey, development of unit prices, and the final assembly of the bid proposal. Prer., Arch.E. 240, senior standing, or consent of instructor.
Arch.E. 446-3. Construction Planning and Scheduling. A comprehensive study of construction management including the contractor’s role in pre-construction activities; the construction contract; bonds and insurance; purchasing and subcontracts; contractor’s central office and job organization; plant, tools, and equipment; methods engineering; value engineering; labor relations and hiring; and the particular application of CPM/ PERT techniques to the planning, scheduling, and control of a construction project. Prer., Arch.E. 240 and 441, senior standing, or consent of instructor.
Arch.E. 457-3. Building Electrical Systems Design I. Design of the secondary electrical distribution systems for buildings. Application of the N.E.C. Prer., E.E. 214 or 303.
Arch.E. 458-3. Building Electrical Systems Design II. Three lect.-rec. periods per wk. Analysis and design of electrical systems for special equipment in commercial building such as motor controllers, elevators, sound and signal systems. Prer., Arch.E. 457.
Arch. E. 470-3. Applied Structural Design. (C.E. 459.) One lect.-rec. and two computation periods per wk. Lectures on professional engineering practice. Individual design problems involving the use of timber, concrete, steel, and other materials. Prer., C.E. 457 or 458.
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
WILLIAM C. HUGHES, Coordinator
Meeting the crisis in oil and energy, depolluting the water and air, producing new and better materials to replace those that are limited or scarce—these are jobs in which one will find the chemical engineer.
Chemical plants (including refineries and gasification plants) convert natural resources into industrial and consumer products. Among their products are many that often are not identified with chemical engineering—oils, metals, glass, plastic, rubber, paints, soaps and detergents, foods, beverages, synthetic and natural fibers, nuclear and exotic fuels, medicines, and many others.
The department is very much interested in research directed toward ecologically sound development of chemical processes. It is also working hard on energy problems and is stressing problems of energy conversion in its instructional program.
Many essentials of life originate in chemical engineering. Recycling of wastes and resources is not a new idea in
chemical engineering but a long-standing principle. Since the earth now is perceived as a self-renewing system, intelligent generalization of the recycle theory to the entire cycle of natural resources is a challenge and opportunity for chemical engineers. Cleaning up pollution from chemical plants and from most other sources is largely a chemical engineering problem. The chemical engineer efficiently uses and conserves natural resources to create valuable end products and to preserve environmental values.
Thus, chemical engineering continually changes and progresses. The Department of Chemical Engineering therefore helps students to prepare to be immediately valuable to industry and eventually to lead future developments in industry and research. Whether they plan to go into industry or on to graduate work, students are urged to watch, understand, and enjoy the sparkle and interplay of new ideas and new technologies.
Chemical engineering is an ideal premedical course, and a special premedical and bioengineering program is offered. Paralleling the technical courses are studies in literature, social sciences, and humanities.
Each student is offered the opportunity for close and careful counseling by the facilty and by other members of the University community. Several students each year plan programs that will qualify them not only as chemical engineers but also for professional training in medical, law, or business schools or for graduate work in systems engineering or computing science. (The department has its own analog computer and a process-control computer built around a standard digital minicomputer.) In chemical engineering, students may choose combined five-year programs leading to double degrees with chemical engineering and such diverse fields as business, philosophy, or Asian studies. The department believes that, since no two students are alike, no two programs should be alike either.
Transfer to Boulder
The complete chemical engineering program is not available at UCD. Therefore, students wishing to complete this program should plan to transfer to the Boulder Campus at the start of their junior year. The complete curriculum, degree requirements, and descriptions of courses may be found in the College of Engineering and Applied Science Bulletin.
Curriculum for B.S. (Chemical Engineering)
The minimum total number of hours for the degree is 136.
FRESHMAN YEAR
Fall Semester Semester Hours
Math. 140. Analytic Geometry and Calculus I.................... 3
Chem. 103. General Chemistry...................................5
Engl. 258. Great Books I (See note 1.) ........................ 3
E.D.E.E. 101. Fundamentals of Design I......................... 2
Ch.E. 130. Introduction to Chemical Engineering (See note 2.)..2
15
Spring Semester
Math. 241. Analytic Geometry and Calculus II................... 3
Chem. 106. General Chemistry....................................5
Engl. 259. Great Books II (See note 1.)........................ 3
E.E. 201. Introduction to Computing............................ 3
14
SOPHOMORE YEAR Fall Semester
Math. 242. Analytic Geometry and Calculus III ................. 3
E.Phys. 111. General Physics....................................4
Engl. 260. Great Books III (See note 1.)....................... 3
Chem. 341. Organic Chemistry................................... 3
Chem. 343. Organic Chemistry Laboratory I...................... 1
Math. 319. Applied Linear Algebra ............................. 3
17


72lUniversity of Colorado at Denver
Spring Semester
Math. 443. Ordinary Differential Equations......................... 3
E.Phys. 112. General Physics....................................... 4
Engl. 261. Great Books IV (See note 1.)............................ 3
Chem. 342. Organic Chemistry....................................... 3
Chem. 344. Organic Chemistry Laboratory II ........................ 1
E.Phys. 114. Experimental Physics.................................. 1
Ch.E. 212. Chemical Engineering Material and Energy Balances................................................. 3
18
Notes for B.S. (Chemical Engineering)
1. For other English options, see the English listings in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences section of this bulletin.
2. Or C.E. 130 or E.E. 130.
CIVIL AND ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING
ERNEST C. HARRIS, Associate Chairman
Civil and environmental engineering covers the broadest field of engineering generally studied in American universities today. Civil and environmental engineering offers an interesting and highly challenging career to the student interested in the design and construction of buildings, bridges, dams, aqueducts, and other structures; in transportation systems including highways, canals, pipe lines, airports, rapid transit lines, railroads, and harbor facilities; in the transmission of water and the control of rivers; in the development of water resources for urban use, industry, and land reclamation; in the control of water quality through water purification and proper waste treatment; in the construction and contracting industry; and in general in the rapidly expanding problems concerned with man’s physical environment and the growth of cities. Furthermore, civil-and-environmental-engineering-educated students frequently find very rewarding employment in other fields: for example, in aerospace structures, electric power generation, city planning, the process industries, industrial engineering, business management and law or medicine (after appropriate education in law or medical school). The breadth of the civil and environmental engineering undergraduate program provides an excellent educational background for many fields of endeavor.
The curriculum is designed to give the student, besides a good background in the humanities, a broad knowledge of the basic engineering sciences of chemistry, mathematics (including differential equations), physics, mechanics (including fluid mechanics and soil mechanics), electrical engineering, and thermodynamics. A minimum of 24 semester hours is allocated to the subject area of social-humanistic studies. These hours may be devoted to literature, the social sciences, or to selected courses in engineering which emphasize the impact of engineering on people and their problems (see page 65).
Specialized training is achieved through certain required courses followed by advanced technical courses which may be elected in the senior year. Random selection of these technical electives is not advisable and in general is not allowed, the objective being to permit a graduate to enter the engineering profession with a firm groundwork in fundamental engineering science and sufficient knowledge in specialized fields to cope intelligently with the technical problems of present-day expanded civil and environmental engineering.
A five-year program has been arranged for those students who wish to pursue the combined curriculum for the civil engineering and business degrees.
A student interested in a premedical option should consult with an adviser and the department chairman at the earliest possible time in order to make proper plans for an acceptable program. See Premedical Option.
Curriculum for B S. (Civil and Environmental Engineering)
The minimum total number of hours for the degree is 136.
FRESHMAN YEAR
Fall Semester Semester Hours
Math. 140. Analytic Geometry and Calculus I...................... 3
Literature elective (See note 1.)................................ 3
E.Phys. 111. General Physics.................................... 4
C.E. 130. Introduction to Civil and Environmental Engineering ...2
E.D.E.E. 101. Fundamentals of Design I...........................2
14
Spring Semester
Math. 241. Analytic Geometry and Calculus II..................... 3
E.E. 201. Introduction to Computing.............................. 3
Literature elective (See note 1.)................................ 3
E.Phys. 112. General Physics.....................................4
E.Phys. 114. Experimental Physics............................... 1
77
SOPHOMORE YEAR Fall Semester
Math. 242. Analytic Geometry and Calculus III .................... 3
Math. 319. Applied Linear Algebra ................................ 3
Basic science elective (See note 2.) ............................. 4
Social-humanistic elective ....................................... 3
C.E. 212. Analytical Mechanics I.................................. 3
C.E. 221. Plane Surveying ........................................ 3
19
Spring Semester
Math. 443. Ordinary Differential Equations........................ 3
Social-humanistic elective ....................................... 3
Chem. 103. General Chemistry (or Chem.E. 210.) ................... 5-4
C.E. 312. Mechanics of Materials.................................. 3
Technical elective................................................ 3
C.E. 316. Materials testing laboratory ........................... 1
18-17
JUNIOR YEAR Fall Semester
C.E. 213. Analytical Mechanics I .................................... 3
C.E. 331. Theoretical Fluid Mechanics ............................... 3
C.E. 350. Structural Analysis ....................................... 3
E.E. 213. Electrical Circuits I...................................... 4
Engineering science elective (See note 4.)........................... 3
Social-humanistic elective .......................................... 3
79
Spring Semester
C.E. 332. Applied Fluid Mechanics.................................... 3
C.E. 341. Sanitary Engineering I .................................... 4
C.E. 360. Transportation Engineering................................. 3
C.E. 457. Design of Steel Structures ................................ 3
C.E. 380. Soils and Foundations Engineering ......................... 3
Social-humanistic elective .......................................... 3
19
SENIOR YEAR Fall Semester
Geol. 497. Geology for Engineers.................................4
C.E. 458. Reinforced Concrete Design............................. 3
Civil and environmental engineering elective (See note 3.)....... 3
Social-humanistic elective ....................................... 3
Engineering science elective (See note 4.)........................ 5
78
Spring Semester
Engr. 301. Thermodynamics......................................... 3
Civil and environmental engineering electives (See note 3.)....... 6
Technical elective................................................ 3
Social-humanistic elective ....................................... 3
75


College of Engineering and Applied Science/73
Notes for B.S. (Civil and Environmental Engineering)
1. Courses from Great Books series recommended; see the English listings in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences section of this bulletin.
2. E.Phys. 213-3 and 215-1 recommended.
3. Civil and environmental engineering electives shall be chosen to form an integrated program, subject to the approval of the department.
4. Engineering science electives shall be taken from the list of courses approved by the Department of Civil and Environmental Engineering.
C.E. 130-2. Introduction to Civil and Environmental Engineering. A
survey of the broad subject area of civil, environmental, and architectural engineering designed to assist the student in selecting his subject area specialty.
C.E. 212-3. Analytical Mechanics I. A vector treatment of force systems and their resultants: equilibrium of frames and machines, including internal forces and three-dimensional configurations; static friction; properties of surfaces, including first and second moments; hydrostatics; minimum potential energy and stability. Prer. or coreq., Math. 242.
C.E. 213-3. Analytical Mechanics II. A vector treatment of dynamics of particles and rigid bodies including rectilinear translation, central-force, free and forced vibration, and general motion of particles, kinematics of rigid bodies; the inertia tensor; Euler’s equations of motion; energy and momentum methods for particles, systems of particles, and rigid bodies. Prer., C.E. 212.
C.E. 221-3. Plane Surveying. Observation, analysis, and presentation of basic linear, angular, area, and volume field measurements common to civil engineering endeavor. Prer., Math. 140.
C.E. 222-3. Engineering Measurements. Elementary principles of measurements; methodology, instrumentation, and analysis of data. Prer., C.E. 221.
C.E. 312-3. Mechanics of Materials. Mechanical properties of materials; stresses and strains in members subjected to tension, compression, and shear; flexural and shearing stresses in beams; deflections of beams, column analysis, principal stresses, static equivalent load, fatigue. Prer., C.E. 212.
C.E. 316-1. Materials Testing Laboratory. One 3-hr. lab. per wk. Lab. emphasizing mechanical properties of commonly used structural materials, such as steel, aluminum, timber, and concrete, and the testing and research techniques necessary to obtain these properties. Prer. or coreq., C.E. 312.
C.E. 331-3. Theoretical Fluid Mechanics. Basic principles of fluid mechanics. Fluid properties, hydrostatics, fluid flow concepts, including continuity, energy momentum, boundary-layer theory, and flow in closed conduits. Prer. or coreq., C.E. 213.
C.E. 332-3. Applied Fluid Mechanics. Application of principles of fluid mechanics and dimensional analysis to problems in open channel flow, pipe systems, hydraulic machinery, fluid flow measurement, and hydraulic models. Includes laboratory demonstrations and experiments. Prer., C.E. 331.
C.E. 340-2. City Planning. Essential principles of city planning, with particular emphasis on the contribution that can be made by civil engineers. Includes detailed discussion of land use, land use boundaries, transportation, street systems, public buildings, parks and recreation, utility design, and zoning. Prer., junior standing.
C.E. 341-4. Sanitary Engineering I. Elements of hydrology, public water supplies, and sewerage. Elements of hydrology include rainfall-runoff relationships, stream discharge, and ground water. Public water supplies include the study of rates of consumption, quality, source of supplies, methods of treatment and disinfection. Sewerage includes collection, treatment, and disposal of wastes; study of characteristics of sewage; design and operation of storm and sanitary sewers. Prer. or coreq., C.E. 331.
C.E. 350-3. Structural Analysis. First principles of structural analysis applied to statically determinate and indeterminate structures. Prer., C.E. 312.
C.E. 360-3. Transportation Engineering. Introduction to the technology, operating characteristics and relative merits of highway, airway, waterway, railroad, pipeline, and conveyor transportation systems. Evaluation of urban transportation systems. Recent transportation system innovations. Prer., junior standing or consent of instructor.
C.E. 380-3. Soils and Foundations Engineering. Introduction to physical and mechanical properties of soils; seepage, consolidation, shear strength, bearing capacity, lateral earth pressures, stability, and pile behavior, with preliminary analysis of structures affected by soil properties. Prer., C.E. 312 and 331. The latter may be taken concurrently.
C.E. 400-1 to 6. Independent Study.
C.E. 442-4. Municipal Design Projects. Analysis and design of municipal public works, including: street systems; drainage and flood control systems; water collection, treatment, and distribution systems; sewage collection and treatment systems. The interplay between these systems and their correlation with land characteristics and use. Prer., C.E. 340, 341, and 360.
C.E. 449-3. Introduction to Environmental Pollution. A multidisciplinary examination of the problems of environmental pollution. The course focuses particularly on the chemical, social, biological, economic, and engineering aspects of environmental pollution: composition and sources; health and social costs; methods of reduction and control. Open to any nonengineering or engineering student having at least junior standing. Prer., upper division standing.
C.E. 451-3. Matrix Structural Analysis. Finite element analysis of skeletal structures. Systematic formulation of stiffness and flexibility methods for analysis of skeletal structures. Application of modem computational tools to structural analysis. Prer., C.E. 350.
C.E. 453-3. Computer Techniques in Engineering. (E.D.E.E. 453, E.E. 455.) Introduction to the use of numerical methods in engineering and science. Those methods suitable for solution by high speed digital computers are emphasized. Prer., E.E. 201, Math. 319, and Math. 443 or equivalent.
C.E. 456-2. Design of Timber Structures. Design of floor systems, beams, columns, and trusses. Design of joints; glued laminated construction. Prer., C.E. 350.
C.E. 457-3. Design of Steel Structures. Methods used in design of structural steel members and their connections. Introduction to plastic design of steel frames. Prer., C.E. 350.
C.E. 458-3. Reinforced Concrete Design. Ultimate strength methods for design of reinforced concrete structures. Prer., C.E. 350.
C.E. 459-3. Applied Structural Design. (Arch.E. 470.) Lectures on professional engineering practice. Individual design problems involving the use of timber, concrete, steel, and other materials. Prer., C.E. 457 or 458.
C.E. 460-3. Highway Engineering. Evaluation of alternate highway routes. Discussion of highway drainage, finance, maintenance, pavement design, traffic operations, and principles of economic analysis. Impact of the highway on the environment. Prer., C.E. 360 and 380.
C.E. 481-2. Intermediate Soils Engineering. Continuation of C.E. 380 into selected topics in soils engineering. Grain size, consistency and plasticity, properties governing pavement design, permeability and seepage, stress distribution, settlement analysis, stabilization of soils. Prer., C.E. 380.
C.E. 495-1 to 6. Special Topics. This category is intended for special topics which students may wish to pursue on their own initiative, with guidance from a professor who agrees to limited consultation on the work and to award credit when the project is completed.
C.E. 497-3. Engineering Economy. Application of economic and financial principles to engineering alternatives. Calculation of annual costs, present worth, and prospective rates of return on investment. Depreciation and replacement studies. Economic aspects of public works. Preparation of engineering reports on economy studies. Prer., senior standing. C.E. 498-2. Engineering Contracts. Laws met by the practicing engineer, types of contracts, specification writing, laws on contracts, agency, partnership, sales, and property, with primary emphasis on rights and duties of the engineer. Prer., senior standing in civil or architectural engineering.
Electives for Qualified Undergraduates
The following graduate courses are open to qualified undergraduates to meet the requirements for technical or professional electives. Description of courses primarily for graduates may be found in the Graduate School section of this bulletin and in the Graduate School Bulletin.
C.E. 511-3. Introduction to Structural Dynamics. Introduction to the dynamic response of structural systems, both linear and nonlinear. Prer., consent of instructor.
C.E. 512-3. Intermediate Mechanics of Materials. Intermediate-level course in the mechanics of deformable bodies. Plane stress and strain; stress-strain relations, with emphasis on elastic and inelastic behavior of members and theories of failure. Discussion of basic methods of structural mechanics with applications to unsymmetric and curved beams, thick-walled pressure vessels, torsion of members of noncircular section, and other selected problems in stress analysis. Prer., C.E. 312 and Math. 443.
C.E. 533-3. Applied Hydrology. Engineering applications of principles of hydrology. Hydrologic cycle, rainfall and runoff, groundwater, storm frequency and duration studies, stream hydrography, flood frequency, and flood routing. Prer., consent of instructor.


74/University of Colorado at Denver
C.E. 551-3. Matrix Structural Analysis. Finite element analysis of skeletal structures. Systematic formulation of stiffness and flexibility methods for analysis of skeletal structures. Application of modem computational tools to structural analysis. Differs from C.E. 451 by the addition of individual student projects. Prer., C.E. 350.
C.E. 553-3. Numerical Methods in Civil Engineering. Introduction to the use of numerical methods in the solution of civil engineering problems with emphasis on obtaining solutions with high-speed electronic computers. Applies methods to all types of civil engineering problems. Prer., senior or graduate standing.
C.E. 562-3. Urban Transportation Planning. Definition of the urban transportation problem, sociology of urban regions, history of urban growth, models of urban growth, population forecasts, land use surveys and planning, trip generation, characteristics, distribution, and assignment, modal split, system evaluation, CBD transportation planning. Prer., consent of instructor.
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
WILLIAM D. MURRAY, Associate Chairman
The professional possibilities in electrical engineering include teaching and research in a university; research and development of new electrical or electronic devices, instruments, or products; production and quality-control of electrical products for private industry or government; and sales or management for a private firm or branch of government. More specific ways in which modem electrical engineering graduates may use their talents include the following:
1. They might emphasize their logic circuit and computer software training, in which case they would be occupied with the design of electronic computers and with their application to data handling and the solution of engineering problems.
2. If they choose communication theory, the work might involve signal processing of data from biological, seismic, or space probe experiments; or they could work in the design of classical systems such as a radio-telephone link. Their knowledge of communication theory would provide a solid base to study such diverse fields as propagation of information in biological systems or the design of high-speed data links between computers.
3. New opportunities are developing in the area of system modeling for urban and environmental problems and in instrumentation for pollution measurement.
4. Many graduating engineers are interested in electrical devices—in the conversion of the latest scientific discoveries into useful tools or instruments. Engineers now working with lasers exemplify this aspect of the profession.
5. They might choose to go into biomedical electronics. In this field they would be working closely with the medical profession in the design of better measuring instruments, or in the design of more sophisticated prosthetic devices.
6. Alternatively, graduates might be interested in continuing their training in electromagnetic fields. This work would then lead to the study of how radio waves propagate from one point to another on the earth, or perhaps between man-made satellites.
What should the student expect in an electrical engineering course of study at the University of Colorado? A sound background based on the time-tested principles of physics, chemistry, and mathematics forms the core of his lower division work. An early, intensive training in the theory and laboratory application of electrical circuits is followed by more fundamentals in electronic circuits, electromagnetic and transmission theory, electrical machines and transformers, heat, and mechanics. Many students find an opportunity to put their knowledge to work with jobs in industry or research projects being conducted at the Uni-
versity. The student may also elect courses from a wide variety of subject matter to fit his particular interests. Throughout his entire course of study, he reinforces his understanding of the theory in well-equipped laboratories.
Students are encouraged to develop interests outside of their electrical engineering specialty, thus providing themselves with a well-rounded background and a sense of awareness and responsibility for their later role in society. They are urged to attend meetings of their student professional society, where practicing engineers from many engineering specialties speak of their experiences.
The curriculum is arranged so that transfer students may join the program without appreciable loss of time or credit. For example, a transfer student who has completed the mathematics and physics of the freshman and sophomore years and who has a total of about 68 credit hours acceptable to the department could obtain the degree in four semesters.
The areas of specialization that electrical engineering students may enter upon graduation are so numerous it is impossible for the undergraduate training to cover them in detail. Intense specialization may be left to possible additional training graduates may receive when they assume positions with industrial firms, or acquired by specialization in a research field through graduate work beyond the bachelor’s degree. Students who have earned a B average or better in their undergraduate work and who have elected courses in their senior year that strengthen particularly their mathematical background may decide to take additional graduate work. The curriculum in electrical engineering is designed to make it possible for the graduating senior with high scholarship to finish a master’s degree in electrical engineering in about one additional full year of work at any of the nation’s major universities.
Curriculum for B.S. (Electrical Engineering)
In the standard curriculum the student has considerable freedom in the senior electives. The student may select these electives to provide a good foundation in several of the seven electrical engineering areas listed: communications, digital electronics, fields, materials, power, and systems. Some of these electives may be courses in other branches of engineering or in other colleges. Those students primarily interested in taking courses in the digital or computer area may do so in this curriculum or in the joint E.E. and computer degree option discussed below. If they do not care to take all the courses required in the latter curriculum, they may prefer to use the standard curriculum to specialize in computers.
Combined Business Option
Students wishing to take the combined engineering-business program should not start this program until their fourth year, with the exception of electing Econ. 201 and 202 for two of their social-humanistic electives. Students with a B average may wish to consider obtaining a master’s degree in business administration. For both of these programs, students should refer to the College of Engineering and Applied Science introductory section of this bulletin.
Premedical Option
A program has been developed which permits the student to satisfy the entrance requirements for medical school, such as those of the University of Colorado, while earning a B.S. in electrical engineering.


College of Engineering and Applied Sciencel75
There are several possible ways of satisfying the medical school requirements of genetics, plus 6 or 8 hours each of biology and organic chemistry.
Students interested in this program should inquire at the departmental office as early as possible, preferably before taking Chem. 103, 202, or equivalent.
Curriculum for B.S. (Electrical Engineering and Computer Science)
The joint degree in electrical engineering and computer science is a comprehensive program covering both hardware and software aspects of computer system design. This program is administered in cooperation with the Department of Computer Science. It is directed to students whose major interests are in the computer itself and in a broad range of applications. The program leads to a B.S. (E.E. and C.S.) and can be extended for one year to obtain either an M.S. in computer science or an M.S. in electrical engineering.
A student need not make a decision to enter this program until the second semester of the sophomore year. The details of the program are listed in the section following the normal curriculum. The purpose of the changes is to add to the mathematics background in such a way as to provide a basis for graduate work in computer-related fields and to permit inclusion of courses in scientific application of computers, logic structure of computers, and assembly language programming. The student also will obtain actual operating experience with the departmental computers. Should students leave the program in favor of returning to the standard curriculum, they will need to satisfy the departmental requirements of mechanics and E.E. 354, which have been waived in the E.E. computer option curriculum. For other computer-related programs, see the Graduate School Bulletin.
Curriculum for B.S. (Electrical Engineering)
The minimum total number of hours for the degree is
136.
FRESHMAN YEAR
Fall Semester Semester Hours
Math. 140. Analytic Geometry and Calculus I..................... 3
E. Phys. 111. General Physics .................................. 4
E D.E.E. 101. Fundamentals of Design I.......................... 2
E.E. 130. Problems and Methods of Modem
Electrical Engineering........................................ 2
Social-humanistic elective (See note 1.)........................ 3
M
Spring Semester
Math. 241. Analytic Geometry and Calculus II.................... 3
E.Phys. 112. General Physics..................................... 4
E.Phys. 114. Experimental Physics............................... 1
E.E. 201. Introduction to Computing (or E.E. 210.).............. 3
Social-humanistic elective (See note 1.)......................... 6
17
SOPHOMORE YEAR Fall Semester
Math. 242. Analytic Geometry and Calculus III ................... 3
E.Phys. 213. General Physics..................................... 3
E.Phys. 215. Experimental Physics................................ 1
E.E. 213. Circuit Analysis I .................................... 4
E.E. 253. Circuits Laboratory I (See note 2.) ................... 1
Social-humanistic elective (See note 1.)......................... 3
E.E. 257. Logic Circuits ........................................ 3
18
Spring Semester
Math. 443. Ordinary Differential Equations....................... 3
Chem. 103. General Chemistry (See note 3.)....................... 5
E.E. 214. Circuit Analysis II......................................4
E.E. 254. Circuits Laboratory II................................... 1
Math. 319. Applied Linear Algebra ................................. 3
16
JUNIOR YEAR Fall Semester
E.E. 313. Electromagnetic Fields I................................. 3
E.E. 321. Electronics 1............................................ 3
E.E. 361. Electronics Laboratory I................................. 2
Engr. 301. Thermodynamics.......................................... 3
E.E. 381. Introduction to Probability Theory....................... 3
Social-humanistic elective (See note 1.)........................... 3
L7
Spring Semester
E.E. 314. Electromagnetic Fields II ............................... 3
E.E. 322. Electronics II........................................... 3
E.E. 316. Energy Conversion I...................................... 3
E.E. 354. Power Laboratory I....................................... 2
E.E. 362. Electronics Laboratory II ............................... 2
C.E. 313. Applied Mechanics (See note 4.).......................... 3
Social-humanistic elective (See note 1.)........................... 3
19
SENIOR YEAR Fall Semester
Electives (See note 5.)........................................... 14
Social-humanistic elective (See note 1.)........................... 3
n
Spring Semester
Electives (See note 5.)........................................... 15
Social-humanistic elective (See note 1.)........................... 3
18
Notes for B.S. (Electrical Engineering)
1. Of the 24 hours of required social-humanistic electives a student must have a minimum of 6 hours in literature and a minimum of 6 hours in social sciences. The electrical engineering department does not require a sequence of two courses in one area (see page 0000).
2. For some students, the material in these courses may be a repetition of material covered in high school or through practical experience. If this seems to be the case, the student should request waiver of the course from his adviser prior to or during the first week of the semester in which he is registered for the course.
3. Or Chem. 202, or Ch.E. 210.
4. The mechanics requirement may be satisfied by the 3-hour course, C.E. 313, or the 6-hour sequences of either C.E. 212 and C.E. 213, or E.Phys. 221 and E.Phys. 332. Students who first take E.E. 313 may, with permission, take only C.E. 213.
5. The purpose of these electives is to allow the student to develop some breadth in electrical engineering as well as to develop some depth in areas in which he is most likely to concentrate after graduation. Usually these courses will be taken in electrical engineering, mathematics, and physics at the 300, 400, or 500 levels. In all cases the student needs the approval of his undergraduate adviser.
Electrical engineering courses at the 400 and 500 levels are separated into the following seven areas: communications (C), digital (D), electronics (E), fields (F), materials (M), power (P), and systems (S). Seniors are free to elect courses from any of these areas, but in order to insure a minimum breadth of studies, every student’s program must include at least 12 semester hours of electrical engineering theory courses in at least three areas and a minimum of three laboratory courses in three areas. These distribution requirements could be met through E.E. 400 (1 to 3), and E.E. 500 (1 to 3), shown in each area, only if the subject matter studied is actually in the appropriate area. E.E. 400 (1 to 3) and E.E. 500 (1 to 3) may be used only once to satisfy part of the distribution requirements.


76lUniversity of Colorado at Denver
The student who has good grades and is interested in graduate work should certainly take additional mathematics. Some preliminary consulting with a department graduate adviser is desirable.
Some students, after satisfying their minimum electrical engineering requirements, may wish to use some of their remaining elective hours in areas other than electrical engineering, mathematics, or physics. With the approval of their adviser, they can take additional courses in other departments of the University. One restriction on these electives is that there may be no performance courses such as in music or physical education.
Curriculum for B.S. in Electrical Engineering and Computer Science
The minimum total number of hours for the degree is
136.
FRESHMAN YEAR
Fall Semester Semester Hours
Math. 140. Analytic Geometry and Calculus I................... 3
E.Phys. 111. General Physics.................................. 4
E.D.E.E. 101. Fundamentals of Design I........................2
E.E. 130. Problems and Methods of Modem
Electrical Engineering...................................... 2
Social-humanistic electives (See note 1.) ...................._3
14
Spring Semester
Math. 241. Analytic Geometry and Calculus II....................... 3
E.Phys. 112. General Physics....................................... 4
E.Phys. 114. Experimental Physics.................................. 1
E.E. 201. Introduction to Computing (or E.E. 210).................. 3
Social-humanistic electives (See note 1.) ......................... 6
17
SOPHOMORE YEAR Fall Semester
Math. 242. Analytic Geometry and Calculus III .................. 3
E.Phys. 213. General Physics.................................... 3
E.Phys. 215. Experimental Physics............................... 1
E.E. 213. Circuit Analysis I ...................................4
E.E. 253. Circuits Laboratory I (See note 2.) .................. 1
Social-humanistic electives (See note 1.) ...................... 3
E.E. 257. Logic Circuits........................................ 3
Tf!
Spring Semester
Math. 319. Applied Linear Algebra .............................. 3
E.E. 214. Circuit Analysis II................................... 4
E.E. 254. Circuits Laboratory II................................ 1
E.E. 453. Assembly Language Programming......................... 3
Chem. 103. General Chemistry (See note 3.)...................... 5
Hi
JUNIOR YEAR Fall Semester
E.E. 313. Electromagnetic Fields I................................. 3
E.E. 321. Electronics 1.......................................... 3
E.E. 361. Electronics Laboratory I................................. 2
E.E. 381. Introduction to Probability ........................... 3
Engr. 301. Thermodynamics...........................................3
E.E. 458. Logic Laboratory....................................... 1
E.E. 401. Introduction to Programming Language and Processors .... 3
18
Spring Semester
E.E. 314. Electromagnetic Fields II ................................ 3
E.E. 322. Electronics II............................................3
E.E. 362. Electronics Laboratory II ................................2
E.E. 316. Energy Conversion I....................................... 3
Math. 300. Intro. Abstract Math (See note 4.)....................... 3
Social-humanistic elective (See note 1.)............................ 3
17
SENIOR YEAR Fall Semester
E.E. 422. Electronics III .......................................... 3
E.E. 459. Computer Organization...................................... 3
Math. 465. Numerical Analysis (See note 6.) ........................ 3
Social-humanistic elective (See note 1.)............................ 3
Electives (See note 5.).............................................._6
18
Spring Semester
E.E. 460. Computer Laboratory ....................................... 1
Social-humanistic elective (See note 1.)............................ 6
Electives (See note 5.).............................................. 8
18
Notes for B.S. in Electrical Engineering and Computer Science
1. Of the 24 hours of social-humanistic electives a student must have a minimum of 6 hours in literature and a minimum of 6 hours in social sciences. The electrical engineering department does not require a sequence of two courses in one area (see page 0000).
2. For some students, the material in these courses may be a repetition of material covered in high school or through practical experience. If this seems to be the case, the student should request waiver of the course from his adviser prior to or during the first week of the semester in which he is registered for the course.
3. Or Chem. 202, or Ch.E. 210.
4. Or equivalent mathematics substitution with approval of adviser.
5. The purpose of these electives is to allow the student to develop some breadth in electrical engineering as well as to develop some depth in areas in which he is most likely to concentrate after graduation. Usually these courses will be taken in electrical engineering, mathematics, and physics at the 300, 400, or 500 levels. In all cases the student needs the approval of his undergraduate adviser.
Electrical engineering courses at the 400 and 500 levels are separated into the following seven areas: communication (C), digital (D), electronics (E), fields (F), materials (M), power (P), and systems (S). Seniors are free to elect courses from any of these areas, but in order to insure a minimum breadth of studies, every student’s program must include at least 12 semester hours of electrical engineering theory courses in at least three areas and a minimum of three laboratory courses in three areas. These distribution requirements could be met through E.E. 400 (1 to 3), and E.E. 500 (1 to 3), shown in each area, only if the subject matter studied is actually in the appropriate area. E.E. 400 (1 to 3), and E.E. 500 (1 to 3) may be used only once to satisfy part of the distribution requirements.
The student who has good grades and is interested in graduate work should certainly take additional mathematics. Some preliminary consulting with a departmental graduate adviser is desirable.
Some students, after satisfying their minimum electrical engineering requirements, may wish to use some of their remaining elective hours in areas other than electrical engineering, mathematics, or physics. With the approval of their adviser, they can take additional courses in other departments of the University. One restriction on these electives is that there may be no performance courses such as in music or physical education.
6. E.E. 455, Computer Techniques in Engineering, may be substituted.


E.E. 130-2. Problems and Methods of Modern Electrical Engineering. Application of engineering approaches to the solution of a variety of problems from electrical engineering and related fields. Translation of engineering problems into mathematical models, and the engineering interrelation of the mathematical results. Approximation techniques. Series expansions and transcendental functions in engineering problems. Problems will include optimization techniques, feedback, resonance, etc. Prer., algebra and trigonometry.
E.E. 200-1 to 3. Independent Study. An opportunity for students to do independent, creative work. Prer., consent of instructor.
E.E. 201-3. Introduction to Computing. (C.S. 201.) An elementary course in computing, covering computer programming methods, FORTRAN programming, numerical applications, and non-numerical applications. Prer., trigonometry.
E.E. 210-4. Fundamentals of Computing I. (C.S. 210.) A first course in computing for those who will specialize in computers. Covers the capabilities of a computer, the elements of a programming language, and the basic techniques for designing algorithms to solve practical problems. The programming language PASCAL is used as a vehicle for expressing these concepts. Three hrs. lect. and one hr. lab. Coreq., Math. 140. (This course is an alternative to E.E./C.S. 201.)
E.E. 213-4. Circuit Analysis I. Transient solution of circuits by classical and Laplace transform techniques. Steady-state sinusoidal solutions by means of phasors. Prer. or coreq.. Math. 242.
E.E. 214-4. Circuit Analysis II. Additional steady-state solutions, polyphase circuits, Fourier series. Pulses, impulses. Mechanical analogs. Prer., E.E. 213.
E.E. 253-1. Circuits Laboratory I. Electric circuits and measurements; cathode-ray oscilloscope; electrical instruments, transients in circuits involving resistance, inductance, and capacitance; and resistance measurements. Coreq., E.E. 213.
E.E. 254-1. Circuits Laboratory n. Impedance measurements, resonance, Fourier series, polyphase measurements, magnetic measurements, introduction to analog computer. Prer., E.E. 253; prer. or coreq., E.E. 214.
E.E. 257-3. Logic Circuits. The design of combinatorial and sequential switching circuits. Includes a study of Boolean algebra, minimization techniques, circuit analysis and synthesis, state transition tables, and race conditions.
E.E. 300-1 to 3. Independent Study. An opportunity for students to do independent, creative work. Prer., consent of instructor.
E.E. 313-3. Electromagnetic Fields I. Maxwell’s equations postulated for free space and developed for material regions; boundary conditions. Uniform plane waves. Static and quasi-static electric and magnetic fields. Poynting’s power theorem; reflection and transmission of uniform plane waves in layered media. Theory of hollow waveguides and two-conductor transmission lines. Smith chart; inpedance matching. Elements of antenna theory. Prer., Math. 242 and E.Phys. 112.
E.E. 314-3. Electromagnetic Fields II. Continuation of E.E. 313. Prer., E.E. 313.
E.E. 316-3. Energy Conversion I. Theory of transformers. Singly excited transducers. Energy relations in rotating machines. Basic rotating energy converters. Prer., E.E. 214 and 313.
E.E. 321-3. Electronics I. Fundamentals of semiconductor devices and vacuum tubes; audio, video, and radio-frequency circuit applications. Prer., E.E. 213.
E.E. 322-3. Electronics II. Continuation of E.E. 321. Prer., E.E. 214 and 321.
E.E. 354-2. Power Laboratory I. Basic electro-mechanical energy conversion concepts as applied to the synchronous machine, induction machine, and d.c. machine; armature windings; the transformer. Prer., E.E. 254; prer. or coreq., E.E. 316.
E.E. 361-2. Electronics Laboratory I. Experimental investigations of the characteristics of semiconductor devices and their applications. Prer. or coreq., E.E. 321.
E.E. 362-2. Electronics Laboratory II. Continuation of E.E. 361. Prer., E.E. 361; prer. or coreq., E.E. 322.
E.E. 381-3. Introduction to Probability Theory. Basic concepts, conditional and total probability, repeated independent trials, continuous distributions, functions and moments of random variables, Central Limit Theorem, characteristic functions. Prer., Math. 242.
E.E. 400-1 to 3. Independent Study. An opportunity for students to do independent, creative work. Prer., consent of instructor.
E.E. 401-3. (D) Introduction to Programming Languages and Processors. (C.S. 401.) A study of programming languages and digital processors. Conceptual aspects of programming languages, translators, data structures, hardware organization and system architecture. Relationship of language features to processor features. Prer., E.E. 201.
E.E. 413-3. (S) Control Systems Analysis. (Ch.E. 557.) Linear analysis and analog simulation of electrical, chemical, hydraulic and mechanical
College of Engineering and Applied Science/77
systems using block diagrams and signal flow graphs. Comparison of open and closed loop configurations. Stability studies using Nyquist, Bode, and root locus methods. Effects of simple networks on system response. Introduction of state variable techniques and digital computer solutions. Prer., senior standing with background of Laplace transforms. E.E. 415-3. (S) Nonlinear Control Systems. The analysis and design of nonlinear feedback control systems; types and characteristics of equilibrium states; limit cycle phenomena; the behavior of nonlinearities such as hysteresis, saturation, and dead zone; phase space, describing function analysis. Lyapunov and Popov stability will be introduced. Prer., E.E. 413.
*E.E. 416-4. (P) Energy Conversion II. General theory of electrical machines based on matrix analysis and Lagrange’s equations of motion. Holonomic and nonholonomic machines, transformation theory; synchronous, induction, and d.c. machines. Prer., E.E. 313 and 316.
E.E. 421-3. (S) Linear System Theory. Characterization of linear systems by impulse response, convolution, transfer function. Linear differential equations and linear difference equations as models. Applications to circuits, biological systems, etc. Transform methods including Fourier series and transforms. Laplace transforms and z transforms. Prer., junior standing.
E.E. 422-3. (E) Electronics III. Application of electronic and other devices in wave shaping, wave generation, switching and digital systems. Prer., E.E. 257 and 322.
E.E. 424-3. (C) Communication Theory. Introduction to principles of modem communication theory and signal processing. Random processes will be introduced and used to compare the noise performance of AM, FM, and various digital modulation systems. Definition of information and channel capacity. Introduction to error correcting codes and further topics in modem communication theory. Prer., E.E. 381 and 421.
*E.E. 432-3. (M) Introduction to Quantum Electronics (Lasers). Introduction to lasers and other quantum electronic devices and to the general quantum principles that govern their operation. No background in the mathematical formalism of quantum theory is required. Discussion of various laser types, applications. Prer., E.E. 302 or equivalent and 314. E.E. 450-3. (S) Analog Computer Simulation. (Math. 461.) Analog computing techniques including time and amplitude scaling, programming of linear and nonlinear differential equations. Applications of these techniques to simulate dynamic systems including an introduction to iterative analog computing. Some laboratory work on an analog computer and with digital simulation languages will be required. Prer., Math. 443 and E.E. 214.
*E.E. 451-2. (P) Power Laboratory II. Experimental investigations of the design and operating characteristics of synchronous machines, induction machines, transformers, power rectifiers, and single-phase machines. Prer., E.E. 316 and 354.
♦E.E. 452-2. (P) Power Systems Laboratory. A continuation of E.E. 451 with emphasis on interactions and dynamic systems; special types of electric power equipment; transient phenomena. Prer., E.E. 354.
E.E. 453-3. (D) Assembly Language Programming. (C.S. 453.) A laboratory course in programming at the machine language level. Lectures will deal with the organization of the machine, its effect on the order code, and techniques for programming in assembly language. Primary emphasis will be on preparing and running programs. Prer., E.E. 201.
E.E. 454-2. (S) Controls Laboratory. Introductory experiments on response of control components; open- and closed-loop response of servosystems; simulation of systems on analog computers; design of compensating networks. Prer. or coreq., E.E. 413.
E.E. 455-3. (D) Computer Techniques in Engineering. (E.D.E.E. 453, C.E 453.) Introduction to the use of numerical methods in engineering and science. Those methods suitable for solution by high speed digital computers are emphasized. Prer. E.E. or C.S. 201 and A.Math. 232 or Math. 443.
E.E. 458-1. (D) Logic Circuits Laboratory. Concerned with the actual wiring of electronic logic circuits and with investigation of the properties and characteristics of those circuits. Circuits will be built from solid state gates and memory elements. Circuits of the type used in digital computers, data processing systems, control systems, and communication systems will be studied. Prer., E.E. 257.
E.E. 459-3. (D) Computer Organization. (C.S. 459.) This course is concerned with computer arithmetic units, memory systems, control systems, and input-output systems. The emphasis is completely on logic structure rather than electronic circuitry. Prer., E.E. 257, or equivalent. E.E. 460-1. (D) Computer Laboratory. This course will provide laboratory experience both with digital computer subsystems and with complete computer systems. The student will construct small subsystems and work with actual subsystems of a full digital computer. Prer., E.E. 257, 458, 459, or equivalent.
♦Not taught every year.


78lUniversity of Colorado at Denver
E.E. 463-2. (F) Transmission Laboratory. Experiments with transmission line and waveguide systems, slotted line, bolometer power bridge, cavity frequency meter, and crystal detector. The artificial line, time-domain reflectometer, directional coupler, hybrid tee, stub impedance matching, antenna patterns, microwave superheterodyne receiver. Transmission at low frequencies, including 60 Hz. Prer., E.E. 314.
E.E. 464-3. (F) Electro-Optics Laboratory. Lasers, light emitters, detectors, polarization effects upon reflection and refraction. Diffraction, antenna simulation, interference, imaging, spatial filtering. Optical modulation, detection. Longer projects are selected from holography, pattern recognition, optical communications, acousto-optical effects. Prer., E.E. 314. E.E. 413 or 421 suggested.
E.E. 465-2. (C) Communications Laboratory. Laboratory experiments demonstrating and verifying material taught in E.E. 424. Extensive use is made of spectrum analysis to study signals and signal processing in filters, samplers, modulators, converters, and detectors. Topics include AM, FM, PM, and noise. Prer. or coreq., E.E. 424.
E.E. 491-499-1 to 3. Special Topics. Credit and subject matter to be arranged. Prer., variable.
Electives for Qualified Undergraduates
Most 500-level graduate courses are open to qualified undergraduates to meet the requirements for technical or professional electives. Description of these courses and courses primarily for graduates may be found in the Graduate School section of this bulletin and in the Graduate School Bulletin.
To register for 500-level courses, a student must have a B average or consent of the instructor.
ENGINEERING DESIGN AND ECONOMIC EVALUATION
Engineers in today’s world of rapidly expanding technology are expected not only to be competent planners and designers of technical devices and systems, but also significant contributors to the betterment of their environment in the social and humanistic sense as well. It is no longer sufficient to build more powerful machines, more useful devices, and more effective controlling systems if the total effect is to deplete man’s resources, damage his environment, or contribute to the destruction of his economic welfare. To be effective in his modern role, the engineer, of course, must have a solid background in the natural sciences and mathematics, the engineering sciences, modem economic theory and practice, and current thought in the social sciences and humanities. He also must have opportunities to develop his judgment in the proper application of this background to contemporary problems.
The curriculum in the Department of Engineering Design and Economic Evaluation therefore stresses the importance of educational techniques which furnish opportunities to study in reasonable depth the sciences and mathematics as useful analytical tools. It also encourages the expansion of the individual’s concepts of the problems of the society in which he serves, and furnishes many opportunities to develop his own abilities as a thoughtful and responsible contributor to the solution of these problems.
Starting in the freshman year and continuing throughout the curriculum, graphical, mathematical, numerical (computer), and physical models are used, first to teach known principles, and ultimately as tools in themselves for the effective conceptualization of new problems. Finding a possible solution to a problem is not enough; sound judgment must be applied in reaching an optimum solution. Many engineering problems are non-numerical in character, and the engineer must learn to manage problems having elements of great uncertainty.
Graduates in engineering design and economic evaluation are primarily concerned with the design, improvement, and installation of integrated systems of men, mate-
rials, and equipment. Assignments such as operations management, design for engineering or manufacturing, and consulting in industry and small business are typical. Many other types of opportunities are offered to graduates of this program.
If a student’s interests and abilities lead him into graduate studies and research, the department offers opportunities to pursue feasibility evaluation, quantitative economic analysis and planning, product design and development, systems design, industrial engineering, and operations research. A logical and recent development in the graduate activities of this department is biomechanics. Research in biomechanics is leading to a better understanding of the mechanical functions of living organisms, including man, from an engineer’s point of view. This understanding, when joined with physiology and medicine, promises to contribute heavily to man’s knowledge of himself and his environment.
Entry into the E.D.E.E. program at all levels is intentionally made as flexible as possible. Lengthy chains of prerequisites have been avoided as well as the traditional insistence on certain rigid patterns of courses. Wherever possible, students are admitted to advanced courses on the basis of their intellectual maturity rather than on set prerequisites. Individuals are encouraged to discuss their objectives with the department’s advising staff and to develop a course plan which best meets their aspirations.
Transfer to Boulder
The complete program in Engineering Design and Economic Evaluation is not available at UCD. Therefore, students wishing to complete this program should plan to transfer to the Boulder Campus at the start of their junior year. The complete curriculum, degree requirements, and descriptions of courses may be found in the College of Engineering and Applied Science Bulletin.
Curriculum for B.S. (Engineering Design and Economic Evaluation)
The minimum total number of hours for the degree is
136.
FRESHMAN YEAR
Fall Semester Semester Hours
Math. 140. Analytic Geometry and Calculus I...................... 3
Phys. 111. General Physics....................................... 4
E.D.E.E. 101. Fundamentals of Design I........................... 2
E.E. 201. Introduction to Computing.............................. 3
E.D.E.E. 130. Introduction to Engineered Systems (See note 1.) .... 2
14
Spring Semester
Math. 241. Analytic Geometry and Calculus II..................... 3
E.Phys. 112. General Physics......................................4
E.Phys. 114. Experimental Physics................................ 1
Social-humanistic elective (See note 2.)......................... 3
E.D.E.E. 203. Fundamentals of Design III ........................ 3
Technical elective (See note 3.)................................. 3
F7
SOPHOMORE YEAR Fall Semester
Math. 242. Analytic Geometry and Calculus HI .................... 3
Math. 319. Applied Linear Algebra ............................... 3
C.E. 212. Analytical Mechanics I................................. 3
Social-humanistic elective (See note 2.)......................... 6
E.D.E.E. 221. Product Definition................................. 3
18
Spring Semester
Math. 443. Differential Equations................................ 3
C.E. 213. Analytical Mechanics II................................ 3
E.D.E.E. 222. Introduction to Computer-Aided Design ............. 3


E.D.E.E. 331. Engineering Materials................................... 3
Econ. 201. Principles of Economics I (See note 4.) ................... 3
Ch.E. 210. Physical and Chemical Properties of Matter (See note 5.) . 4
79
Notes for B.S. (Engineering Design and Economic Evaluation)
1. Or any 130 course in engineering.
2. Social-humanistic electives must include a minimum of two literature courses.
3. A minimum of three elective courses must be taken from E.D.E.E. offerings.
4. Or any approved social-humanistic elective; Econ. 201, 202 required for E.D.E.E. and business.
5. Or any approved chemistry course of 3 or more hours.
ENGINEERING PHYSICS
WILLIAM R. SIMMONS, Coordinator
The purpose of the curriculum outlined by the Department of Physics and Astrophysics is to give the student a thorough, fundamental training in physics and in the applications of physics. The courses are broad in scope, and the curriculum provides many electives so that a student may supplement his general training in physics by work in other fields.
During the junior and senior years the work in physics is general, yet a thorough training in mathematics and fundamental methods and principles of the physical sciences is stressed. This leads to an appreciation of related fields and their application to engineering practice.
During the junior and senior years work in physics is amplified to conform to the versatility of the physicist’s profession. This leads to a comprehensive knowledge of the various branches of physics such as nuclear physics, atomic physics, electronics, thermodynamics, mechanics, electricity, and magnetism. Individual initiative and resourcefulness are stressed. This general knowledge of the diverse fields of physics is intended to give the student the ability to deal with industrial problems that cannot be solved by a standardized procedure in a specialized field. The training prepares the student for a career in physics where there are many and varied opportunities in development work and industrial research. It is also basic for graduate work in physics and specialized training in research.
It is recommended that students preparing for Graduate School prepare for its foreign language requirement in their undergraduate curriculum.
Applied Physics Option
It is also possible to earn the degree Bachelor of Science (Engineering Physics) with an applied physics option. This option differs from the regular engineering physics degree primarily in the fact that fewer advanced theoretical physics courses are required and in their place a versatile selection of applied science courses is required. This option should not be selected by students intending to pursue graduate study in physics, but it is appropriate for students intending to pursue graduate work or employment in related fields such as geophysics, environmental science, oceanography, nuclear engineering, medicine, and law. Students intending to pursue this option should consult the coordinator by the beginning of their junior year regarding the electives which they wish to propose. The 24 hours of electives in pure or applied natural science must be ap-
College of Engineering and Applied Sciencel79
proved by the engineering physics advising committee. The committee will consider the proposed courses relative to the student’s stated education^ and/or professional objectives. At least 30 semester hours of credit must be earned after the student’s proposed program is approved.
Not all of the courses required for the engineering physics program are offered at UCD. Students wishing to complete this program should see the coordinator and plan to complete courses on the Boulder Campus. Course descriptions may be found in the College of Engineering and Applied Science Bulletin and the physics section of this bulletin (see Division of Natural and Physical Sciences).
Curriculum for B.S. (Engineering Physics)
The minimum total number of hours for the degree is 136. Approved ROTC courses may be substituted for a
maximum of 6 hours of electives.
FRESHMAN YEAR
Fall Semester Semester Hours
Math. 140. Analytic Geometry and Calculus I......................3
E.D.E.E. 101. Fundamentals of Design I........................... 2
Social-humanistic elective (See note 1.)......................... 3
E.Phys. 111. General Physics...................................._4
12
Spring Semester
Math. 241. Analytic Geometry and Calculus II..................... 3
Social-humanistic elective (See note 1.)......................... 3
E.Phys. 112. General Physics.....................................4
E.Phys. 114. Experimental Physics............................... 1
E.E. 201. Introduction to Computing.............................. 3
Elective (See note 2.)........................................... 3
77
SOPHOMORE YEAR Fall Semester
Math. 242. Analytic Geometry and Calculus III .................... 3
Social-humanistic elective (See note 1.).......................... 3
E.Phys. 213. General Physics...................................... 3
E.Phys. 215. Experimental Physics................................. 1
Elective (See note 2.)............................................ 3
Math. 319. Applied Linear Algebra ................................ 3
16
Spring Semester
Math. 443. Ordinary Differential Equations........................ 3
Chem. 202. General Chemistry (See note 3.)........................4
Social-humanistic elective (See note 1.).......................... 3
E.Phys. 214. Introductory Modem Physics .......................... 3
Elective (See note 2.)............................................ 6
19
JUNIOR YEAR Fall Semester
Upper division mathematics elective................................. 3
E.Phys. 317. Junior Laboratory...................................... 2
E.Phys. 321. Classical Mechanics and Relativity..................... 3
E.Phys. 331. Principles of Electricity and Magnetism................ 3
Elective (See note 2.).............................................. 3
Social-humanistic elective (See note 1.)............................_3
• 17
Spring Semester
E.Phys. 318. Junior Laboratory...................................... 2
E.Phys. 322. Classical Mechanics, Relativity, and
Quantum Mechanics............................................... 3
E.Phys. 332. Principles of Electricity and Magnetism................ 3
E.Phys. 341. Thermodynamics and Statistical Mechanics...............3
Chem. 453. Physical Chemistry (See note 4.)......................... 3
Chem. 454. Physical Chemistry Laboratory (See note 4.).............. 2
Social-humanistic elective (See note 1.)............................ 3
79
SENIOR YEAR Fall Semester
E.E. 403. Electronics............................................... 2


80/University of Colorado at Denver
E.E. 443. Electronics Laboratory ................................... 1
E.Phys. 491. Atomic and Nuclear Physics............................. 3
E.Phys. 495. Senior Laboratory ..................................... 2
Elective (See note 2.).............................................. 7
Social-humanistic elective (See note 1.)............................ 3
18
Spring Semester
E.Phys. 492. Atomic and Nuclear Physics............................. 3
Phys. 496. Senior Laboratory (See note 5.).......................... 2
Elective (See note 2.).............................................. 10
Social-humanistic elective (See note 1.)............................ 3
18
Notes for B.S. (Engineering Physics)
1. A total of 24 hours of social-humanistic electives is required. These must include 6 hours of literature and 6 hours selected from economics, sociology, political science, history, and anthropology. The other 12 hours must be selected from the above subjects and/or fine arts and music (critical or historical only), philosophy, and psychology.
2. Of the 32 hours of electives listed, at least 14 hours must be in engineering courses other than physics or mathematics.
3. Or Chem. 103 and 106.
4. One semester of any upper division chemistry course with associated laboratory may be substituted for physical chemistry.
5. Or Phys. 455, or approved 3-hour physics elective.
Curriculum for B.S. (E.Phys.)—Applied Physics Option
The first five semesters are identical to the regular Engineering Physics Curriculum listed above. The minimum total number of hours for the degree is 136. Approved ROTC courses may be substituted for a
maximum of 6 hours of electives.
JUNIOR YEAR
Spring Semester Semester Hours
E.Phys. 322. Classical Mechanics and Quantum Mechanics........... 3
E.Phys. 332. Principles of Electricity and Magnetism............. 3
Upper Division Thermodynamics Elective .......................... 3
Social-humanistic elective (See note I.)......................... 3
Electives (See note 2.).......................................... 7
19
SENIOR YEAR Fall Semester
E.E. 403. Elements of Electronics .................................... 2
E.E. 443. Elements of Electronics Laboratory.......................... 1
Social-humanistic elective (See note 1.)............................. 3
Electives (See note 2.).............................................. 12
18
Spring Semester
Social-humanistic elective (See note 1.)............................. 3
Electives (See note 2.).............................................. 15
18
Notes for B.S. (E.Phys.)—Applied Physics Option
1. A total of 24 hours of social-humanistic electives is required. These must include 6 hours of literature and 6 hours selected from economics, sociology, political science, history, and anthropology. The other 12 hours must be selected from the above subjects and/or fine arts and music (critical or historical only), philosophy, and psychology.
2. The electives in the applied physics curriculum must satisfy the following four conditions: (a) at least 14 hours must be in engineering courses other than physics or mathematics; (b) 5 hours must be from among Phys. 318,
341, 361, 365, 366, 367, 446, 451, 455, 461, 462, 491, 492, 495, 496, 500, 501, 503, 504 and 580; (c) 4 hours must be upper division laboratory courses; (d) 24 hours must be pure or applied natural sciences courses. This group of courses must meet the approval of the engineering physics advising committee, which will consider their relevance to the student’s educational and professional objectives. At least 30 semester hours of credit must be earned after the student’s proposed program is approved.
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
GAYLEN A. THURSTON, Coordinator
Mechanical engineering is perhaps the broadest in scope of all the engineering fields. It is not identified with or restricted to a particular technology, vehicle, device, or system; rather, it is concerned with all such subjects, both individually and collectively.
In an era when technology is changing rapidly, the education of an engineer must provide a base for working in fields which may now not exist. The objective of the undergraduate program in mechanical engineering is to give the student a broad intellectual horizon and such habits and skills of study that learning new science as it appears and taking the initiative in applying it will be second nature.
There can be only one firm foundation for the student preparing for a career in mechanical engineering: mathematics, physics, and chemistry are the basic ingredients. Also essential is mastery of such engineering sciences as solid and fluid mechanics; thermodynamics, and heat and mass transport; materials, and systems analysis and controls. Along with the study of these fundamentals, the engineer must experience the ways in which scientific knowledge can be put to use in the development and design of useful devices and processes.
The mechanical engineering program may be roughly subdivided into two-year groupings. In the first two years, the program emphasizes the fundamentals of those engineering sciences that are essential for an understanding of most branches of professional engineering. For the final two years, the department, in recognition of the extremely broad and varied demands which the advances of modem technology have imposed on the mechanical engineer, provides two plans, A and B, for the curriculum leading to the degree Bachelor of Science in mechanical engineering. The plans are designed to accommodate the professional objectives of the individual student.
Plan A specifies a typical mechanical engineering curriculum and is intended for those students who wish to obtain a broad, general education in mechanical engineering without an emphasis on any of the specific professional aspects.
Plan B is designed for students who know what they intend to do upon graduation. This option allows the student to pursue any course plan that meets a valid professional objective and has been approved by the advisory committee. Under Plan B, the specific requirements of the program are determined after a detailed conference with an appropriate departmental adviser. In the course of this conference, the professional objectives of the individual student are studied in detail, and a specific plan (with a minimum of 136 credit hours) is designed to meet these objectives. With liberal use of courses throughout the University, the following may be considered typical among the professional concentrations which can be achieved:


College of Engineering and Applied Science/81
Thermodynamics Design Spring Semester
Heat transfer Power Social-humanistic elective ...................................... 3
Fluid mechanics Dynamics and controls Technical electives..............................................14
Solid mechanics Materials science ~yj
Electromechanical systems
Not all of the courses required for the mechanical engineering program are offered at UCD. Students wishing to pursue this program should plan to complete some courses on the Boulder Campus.
Curriculum for B.S. (Mechanical Engineering)
The minimum total number of hours for the degree is 136.
FRESHMAN YEAR
Fall Semester Semester Hours
Engl. 258. Great Books I (See note 1.) ......................... 3
M.E. 130. Introduction to Mechanical Engineering (See note 2.) .... 2
Math. 140. Analytic Geometry and Calculus I..................... 3
E.E. 201. Introduction to Computing............................. 3
Social-humanistic electives..................................... 6
77
Spring Semester
Engl. 259. Great Books II (See note 1.)......................... 3
E.Phys. 111. General Physics.................................... 4
Math. 241. Analytic Geometry and Calculus II....................3
E.D.E.E. 101. Fundamentals of Design I.......................... 2
Social-humanistic elective ..................................... 3
Is
SOPHOMORE YEAR Fall Semester
M.E. 281. Mechanics I ......................................... 3
Engl. 260. Great Books III (See note 1.)....................... 3
E. Phys. 112. General Physics .................................4
E. Phys. 114. Experimental Physics............................. 1
Math. 242. Analytic Geometry and Calculus III ................. 3
Math. 319. Applied Linear Algebra ............................. 3
77
Spring Semester
M.E. 282. Mechanics II......................................... 3
Engl. 261. Great Books IV (See note 1.)........................ 3
E.Phys. 213. General Physics................................... 3
E.Phys. 215. Experimental Physics.............................. 1
Math. 443. Ordinary Differential Equations..................... 3
Engr. 301. Thermodynamics...................................... 3
76
JUNIOR YEAR Fall Semester
M.E. 312. Thermodynamics II ..................................... 3
M.E. 314. Measurements I ........................................ 2
M.E. 371. Systems Analysis 1..................................... 3
M.E. 383. Mechanics III.......................................... 5
Chem. 202. General Chemistry......................................4
77
Spring Semester
M.E. 362. Heat Transfer.......................................... 3
M.E. 301. Introduction to Materials Science I.................... 3
M.E. 316. Measurements II........................................ 2
M.E. 372. Systems Analysis II.................................... 3
M.E. 384. Mechanics IV............................................4
M.E. 441. Introduction to Mechanical Engineering
Laboratory.................................................... 1
Social-humanistic elective ...................................... 3
79
SENIOR YEAR Fall Semester
M.E. 442. Mechanical Engineering Laboratory.......................... 3
M.E. 414. Mechanical Engineering Design ............................. 3
M.E. 401. Introduction to Materials Science II..................... 3
Technical elective................................................... 6
Free elective ....................................................... 3
18
Notes for B.S. (Mechanical Engineering)
1. Or other English options; see the English listings in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences section of this bulletin.
2. OrC.E. 130 or E.E. 130.
Engr. 301-3. Thermodynamics. Introduction to energy and its transformations, entropy and information theory, states of matter, and statistical mechanics, with engineering application. Prer., Phys. 213 and junior standing, or consent of instructor.
M.E. 130-2. Introduction to Mechanical Engineering. Introductory survey of statics, mechanics of materials, thermodynamic processes, machine design; emphasis is on engineering approach to problem solving. M.E. 195-1 to 3. Special Topics in Mechanical Engineering and Mechanics. Subject matter to be selected from topics of current technological interest. Credit to be arranged.
M.E. 281-3. Mechanics I. Elements of vector algebra, abstract statics of a system of bound vectors, equilibrium of rigid bodies, dynamics of a particle. Prer., sophomore standing.
M.E. 282-3. Mechanics II. Kinematics of rigid bodies, principle of virtual work, kinetics of a system of particles. Prer., M.E. 281.
M.E. 295-1 to 3. Special Topics in Mechanical Engineering and Mechanics. Subject matter to be selected from topics of current technological interest. Credit to be arranged.
M.E. 301-3. Introduction to Materials Science I. The development of the physical principles relating the structural features of materials to their observed properties. Prer., E.Phys. 213.
M.E. 312-3. Thermodynamics II. General thermodynamic cycle considerations, compressor, expander and heat exchanger processes, power and refrigeration cycles. Prer., Engr. 301.
M.E. 314-2. Measurements I. Principles of digital and analog measurements; systems for sensing, transporting, modifying, and outputting information; impedance matching of components; systematic and random error analysis. Students’ t and Chi squared significance tests. Prer., Engr. 301, junior standing.
M.E. 316-2. Measurements II. Two lab. periods per wk. Application of the theory of measurement to a wide variety of instruments and measurement systems. Prer., M.E. 314.
M.E. 362-3. Heat Transfer. Basic laws of heat transfer by conduction, convection and radiation; with engineering applications. Prer., junior standing.
M.E. 371-3. Systems Analysis I. Representation of mechanical and electrical lumped parameter elements and systems, steady-state sinusoidal analysis, integral transform theory. Prer., junior standing.
M.E. 372-3. Systems Analysis II. Transfer function, the root-locus method, analog simulation; hydraulic, pneumatic, and electrical systems applications. Prer., M.E. 371.
M.E. 383-5. Mechanics ID. Elements of tensor notation. Kinematics of deformable media. Mass conservation and momentum principles. Linearly elastic solids. Application of exact and approximate theories to engineering problems. Prer., M.E. 282.
M.E. 384-4. Mechanics IV. Further applications of engineering theories of linear elasticity. Dimensional analysis. Ideal fluids. Viscous flow. Application to problems of engineering interest. Prer., M.E. 383.
M.E. 395-1 to 3. Special Topics in Mechanical Engineering and Mechanics. Subject matter to be selected from topics of current technological interest. Credit to be arranged. Prer., consent of instructor. M.E. 400-1 to 6. Independent Study. Subjects arranged in consultation with undergraduate adviser to fit needs of the particular student. Prer., senior standing.
M.E. 401-3. Introduction to Materials Science II. Application of the physical principles controlling the structure-property relationships in ceramics, metals, polymers, and composite materials. Specific properties considered to include mechanical, electrical, and magnetic behavior. Prer., M.E. 301.
M.E. 414-3. Mechanical Engineering Design. Review of mechanics of materials and stress analysis; detailed design of various machine elements such as screws, springs, brakes, and gears. Prer., M.E. 383.
M.E. 416-3. Mechanical Engineering Design II. Individual device development and product development cycles. Topics are presented so that the creative, the quantitative, or a blend may be achieved. The supporting disciplines of analysis, organization, computation, and communication are brought out as they become relevant. The difficulty of


82/University of Colorado at Denver
initial creation, organization, decision, and compromise is not minimized. The subject material is organized chronologically so that a project can be started immediately. Prer., M.E. 414.
M.E. 421-3. Air Conditioning. Physical and thermodynamic laws of water vapor and air mixtures; basic principles of heating and ventilating; determination of heating and cooling loads; examination of heating and cooling systems. Prer., M.E. 362.
M.E. 422-3. Air Conditioning Design. Design and layout of heating, ventilating, air conditioning systems. Prer., M.E. 421.
M.E. 424-3. Refrigeration. Principles of mechanical refrigeration; absorption cycle; liquefaction of gases; properties of refrigerants. Thermodynamic analysis of refrigeration systems. Prer., M.E. 312 and 362. M.E. 441-1. Introduction to Mechanical Engineering Laboratory. Project selection for M.E. 442, Mechanical Engineering Laboratory. Study of relevant work reported in the literature and the work of previous students, formulation of objective, preparation of oral and written proposal. Prer., M.E. 314 and 316.
M.E. 442-3. Mechanical Engineering Laboratory. Three lab. periods per wk. Approximately 20 percent of semester spent on experience project assignments on conventional equipment; remaining 80 percent on an individual, live, on-going project on which a design or instrumentation change is made. The student carries out all the planning, testing, and reporting necessary to evaluate the change. Prer., M.E. 312 and 316. M.E. 450-3. Nuclear Engineering. Elements of atomic and nuclear processes. Basic concepts of reactor theory, design, and operation. Prer., senior standing in engineering.
M.E. 455-3. Energy Conversion I. Thermodynamics of thermochemical, thermo-electric, thermionic, and chemical-electric conversion systems. Prer., M.E. 312.
M.E. 457-4. Combustion Phenomena. The multicomponent fluid equations of motion and chemical thermodynamics are used to study a variety of combustion problems. These include droplet and particle combustion, boundary layer combustion, detonation and deflagration wave theory, topics related to internal combustion engines, liquid and solid rockets. Prer., M.E. 312 and 384.
M.E. 461-4. Analytical Methods of Engineering I. Solutions of linear algebraic equations and applications to theory. Topics include matrix analysis, eigenvalue problems, bilinear and quadratic forms, boundary and initial value problems of physics, solution of wave equations by the method of characteristics and applications to elastic wave propagation and supersonic flows. Prer., A.Math. 232, 236, or Math. 319 and 443, or consent of instructor.
M.E. 462-4. Analytical Methods of Engineering II. Boundary and initial value problems of physics. Topics include solution of partial differential equations of physics by the methods of separation of variables; Sturm-Liouville theory; variational principles and applications; Green’s functions and applications. Prer., A.Math. 232 or 236 or consent of instructor.
M.E. 471-4. Fluid Mechanics. Viscous incompressible and compressible fluid flows. Topics include derivation of equation governing viscous compressible fluid motion; specializations to simple flows; boundary-layer theory; nozzles and diffusers; transition. Prer., M.E. 384 or consent of instructor.
M.E. 483-4. Vibration Analysis. Single and multiple degree of freedom lumped parameter systems. Shock spectra. Generalized coordinates; Lagrange’s equations. Vibration of continuous systems. Prer., M.E. 384. M.E. 485-4. Mechanisms. Analysis and synthesis of two- and three-dimensional kinematic systems. Plane motion; linear and angular velocity and acceleration, relative velocity and instantaneous centers; the Kennedy-Aronhold theorem. Four-bar linkage, coupler curves, the Euler-Savary equation. Three-dimensional motion: finite rotation, Euler’s and Chasles’ theorem. Geometric and algebraic methods for generating specified motions. Prer., M.E. 383.
M.E. 486-4. Lagrangian Dynamics. Brief review of Newtonian dynamics, Lagrange’s equations for particles, systems and rigid bodies. Conservative and nonconservative systems, potential energy and dissipation functions. Prer., M.E. 281 and 282 or equivalent.
M.E. 487-4. Rigid-Body Dynamics. Kinematics of a rigid body, principal axes, and moments of inertia, angular momentum of a rigid body, Euler equations. Applications include topics such as motion of a rigid body with a fixed point under no forces, the spinning top, stability of a sleeping top, the gyrocompass, motion of a billiard ball, rotating machinery, etc. Prer., M.E. 282 or equivalent.
M.E. 490-1. Senior Seminar. Presentation of broad range of professional opportunities available to graduating seniors. The manner of instruction is by discussions with practicing engineers. Prer., senior standing.
M.E. 491-2. Legal Aspects of Engineering Practice. Professionalism in engineering; canons of ethics. Legal system. Law of contracts, torts, agency, property, sales, business associates, negotiable instruments, and patent protection. Prer., senior standing in mechanical engineering.
M.E. 495-1 to 3. Special Topics in Mechanical Engineering and Mechanics. Subject matter to be selected from topics of current technological interest. Credit to be arranged.
College of Environmental Design
DWAYNE C. NUZUM, Dean, Boulder Campus JOHN M. PROSSER, Assistant Dean, Denver Campus
INFORMATION ABOUT THE COLLEGE
Designers and planners of the physical environment have moved in recent years into expanded roles and responsibilities. Changes in breadth of concern and scope of service have brought the architect, the landscape architect, the urban and regional planner, the technologist in environmental systems, and often the interior designer closer together. All are being asked to make decisions from more alternatives which have longer lasting effects. Lines of demarcation among these professions are being minimized and interdependence among them is increasing.
These requirements necessitate a broader base of educational experience, including not only a background for design technique, but also an increased association with and understanding of the physical and social sciences. The social and economic determinants to contemporary life, the complexities of urban and regional interdependence and the allied problems of transportation, growth and population, the effect of business and governmental activity, rapid technological advances—all require of the environmental designer a broad base if he is to meet present needs and anticipate and guide the future.
Preparation for professional service throuqh careers in these fields is partially through the academic process. Accordingly, in August 1969, through action of the Board of Regents, the University of Colorado was authorized to expand its offerings and change the designation of the School of Architecture to the College of Environmental Design. The change included phasing out the five-year undergraduate architecture curriculum and replacing it with a four-year undergraduate degree in environmental design. A series of graduate programs in architecture, urban design, and planning have been initiated and are fully operational.
Full professional status in most environmental design fields requires a minimum of five or six years of academic experience and two or three years of practical experience followed by state registration or licensing through a professional examination.
Qualifications for success in these careers are not easily measured. A candidate for this profession must have the ability to complete successfully an academic program ranging from fundamental humanistic and scientific courses


through applied technical activity to full creative development. He should have a background of secondary education that includes courses in mathematics and physics. Some experience in creative activity may aid him in predetermining his personal satisfaction from the creative process.
UCD Program
The College of Environmental Design at UCD offers three graduate programs: the Master of Architecture, the Master of Architecture in Urban Design, and the Master of Urban and Regional Planning-Community Development. Other undergraduate programs are available only on the Boulder Campus of the University, and students should see the College of Environmental Design Bulletin.
Note. Courses in landscape architecture were offered during 1974-75 and 1975-76. It is anticipated that expansion of this program will begin in fall 1976 and a full program leading to a master’s degree in landscape architecture will be developed during the following years at UCD.
For information about this program write to the Coordinator, Master of Landscape Architecture Program, College of Environmental Design, University of Colorado at Denver, 1100 14th Street, Denver, Colorado 80202.
Financial Aid
Graduate scholarships, fellowships, loans, and teaching assistantships are available to qualified students who demonstrate need. Teaching assistantships are awarded on the basis of the general application materials (application, transcripts, recommendations, and portfolio) and anticipated teaching needs.
A limited number of assistance scholarships of under $1,000 is available. For additional information about scholarships, assistantships, and application forms write the director of the appropriate graduate design program (architecture, urban design, urban and regional planning, landscape architecture), College of Environmental Design, University of Colorado at Denver, 1100 14th Street, Denver, Colorado 80202.
MASTER OF ARCHITECTURE
There are three programs leading to the degree Master of Architecture. The one-year program is open to students with a Bachelor of Architecture degree; the two-year program is available to the student with a Bachelor of Environmental Design or Architectural Studies; and the three-year program is open to students who have a Bachelor of Science or Bachelor of Arts degree in any field.
The Master of Architecture is a professional program based upon a sequential progression of design courses which begin with a small social unit (i.e., family, small group) and progresses to a large-scale design problem that requires major planning considerations (i.e., a college campus, a new ski village, urban redevelopment). Two other major areas are the technological course sequence in structures and environmental systems and the professional courses in office practice, working documents, and internship. Additional courses in planning, landscape architecture, and research methods also are required.
The program has a close alliance with the profession, and every effort is made to involve the student with actual architecture projects and problems through professionals, the Community Design Center, and public or nonprofit organizations. The internship program has been developed to expose students to the range of activities of a professional and to ease the transition from the academic to the professional environment.
College of Environmental Design/83
One-Year Program
The one-year program is available only to students with a Bachelor of Architecture degree. The Master of Architecture degree is awarded upon satisfactory completion of 32 semester hours and special projects previously agreed upon for the particular candidate’s program. The candidate and his adviser mutually develop his course of study through selection of offerings in the College of Environmental Design and other divisions of the University.
Course Requirements Semester Hours
Arch. 710-711. Research/Design....................................14
Arch. 680. Research Methods in Architecture....................... 3
Cognate courses ..................................................12
Elective.......................................................... 3
32
Arch. 710 and 711 are course designations for the area of concentration as selected by the student. Options are:
1. Facility Design. Research and design work in design programming, the design process, and the products of architectural design (i.e., housing, educational facilities, and recreational facilities).
2. Man and Environment. The interactions between people and the man-made and natural environment. Man’s physiological, sociological, and psychological relationships to the design environment will be studied.
3. Architectural Technology. Building technology and its interrelationship to architectural design. Structural and environmental control and construction systems and materials may be studied.
4. Design Methods. Systematic methods for decision making in architectural design, such as simulation, gaming, decision theory, computer-aided design, and imforma-tior systems.
J. History and Preservation. Architectural history and its social relevance as it pertains to renewal, restoration, and the preservation of significant examples of architecture.
Order of Studies (One-Year Program)
Fall Semester Semester Hours
Arch. 680. Research Methods in Architecture....................... 3
Arch. 710. Research/Design ....................................... 7
Cognate courses ...................................................6
76
Spring Semester
Arch. 711. Research/Design ........................................7
Cognate courses .................................................. 6
Elective.........................................................._3
16
Total semester hours required ................................... 32
The Option and Research/Design project must be approved by the graduate faculty committee before the student enters the program. The student is asked to submit a statement describing the proposed project with his application. This project may be individual or collaborative, theoretical or real.
Cognate courses are selected with the guidance of the faculty adviser from course offerings in the College of Environmental Design and other departments of the University.
Two-Year Program
For the student with a Bachelor of Environmental Design or Architectural Studies degree who desires a professional degree in architecture, a two-year, 64-semester-hour


84lUniversity of Colorado at Denver
program leading to a Master of Architecture degree is offered. Prerequisites for the two-year program are two semesters of architectural history and two semesters of basic structures (statics, strength of materials). These courses may be taken at the University of Colorado after admission to the program if not taken previously.
Course Requirements Semester Hours
Architectural design ................................................. 24
Environmental systems................................................. 10
Structures..............................................................6
Professional practice, construction drawings, and
internship........................................................... 10
Allied professions (planning and landscape architecture)............... 6
Research methods in architecture....................................... 3
Electives .............................................................. 5
64
Order of Studies (Two-Year Program)
FIRST YEAR
Fall Semester Semester Hours
Arch. 600. Design ................................................ 5
Arch. 620. Planning............................................... 3
Arch. 650. Mechanical Systems .................................... 3
Arch. 653. Steel Structures ...................................... 2
Arch. 630. Landscape Architecture................................._3
16
Spring Semester
Arch. 601. Design ................................................ 5
Arch. 651. Illumination and Electrical Systems.................... 3
Arch. 652. Timber Structures ..................................... 2
Arch. 655. Acoustics.............................................. 1
Arch. 660. Professional Practice.................................. 2
Arch. 661. Construction Documents................................. 2
75
SECOND YEAR Fall Semester
Arch. 700. Design ................................................... 7
Arch. 654. Concrete Structures........................................2
Arch. 680. Research Methods in Architecture.......................... 3
♦Arch. 662. Internship............................................... 3
Elective............................................................._2
17
Spring Semester
Arch. 701. Research/Design ...........................................7
Arch. 750. Environmental Systems Synthesis .......................... 3
*Arch. 662. Internship............................................... 3
Elective............................................................._3
16
Three-Year Program
The three-year program is open to students with a Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science degree, one year of high school or college physics, one semester of college algebra and trigonometry, and one semester of analytical geometry and calculus. The mathematics and physics requirement can be fulfilled while the student is in the program. The Master of Architecture is awarded upon satisfactory completion of 96 semester hours and all required courses.
Course Requirements Semester Hours
Architectural design ................................................ 34
Environmental systems................................................ 16
Structures........................................................... 10
History/Philosophy.....................................................6
Graphic communications ................................................6
Professional practice, construction documents, and
internship........................................................ 10
Allied professions (planning and landscape architecture).............. 6
Research methods in architecture...................................... 3
Electives ............................................................_5
96
Order of Studies (Three-Year Program)
FIRST YEAR
Fall Semester Semester Hours
Arch. 500. Design .............................................. 5
Arch. 410. Graphic Communications............................... 3
Arch. 450. Environmental Systems I ............................. 3
Arch. 552. Structures 1......................................... 2
Arch. 470. History/Philosophy I................................. 3
76
Spring Semester
Arch. 501. Design .............................................. 5
Arch. 411. Graphic Communications .............................. 3
Arch. 551. Materials and Methods of Construction................ 3
Arch. 553. Structures II........................................ 2
Arch. 471. History/Philosophy II ............................... 3
16
SECOND YEAR Fall Semester
Arch. 620. Planning............................................... 3
Arch. 600. Design ................................................ 5
Arch. 650. Mechanical Systems .................................... 3
Arch. 653. Steel Structures ...................................... 2
Arch. 630. Landscape Architecture................................. 3
76
Spring Semester
Arch. 601. Design ................................................ 5
Arch. 651. Illumination and Electrical Systems.................... 3
Arch. 652. Timber Structures ..................................... 2
Arch. 655. Acoustics.............................................. 1
Arch. 660. Professional Practice.................................. 2
Arch. 661. Construction Documents..................................2
F5
THIRD YEAR Fall Semester
Arch. 700. Design .................................................. 7
Arch. 654. Concrete Structures...................................... 2
Arch. 680. Research Methods in Architecture......................... 3
♦Arch. 684. Internship.............................................. 3
Elective............................................................ 2
77
Spring Semester
Arch. 701. Research/Design ......................................... 7
Arch. 750. Environmental Systems Synthesis ......................... 3
♦Arch. 685. Internship.............................................. 3
Elective............................................................ 3
76
Admission
In order for a student to be considered for admission into the graduate program, he must submit application forms, transcripts, three recommendations, statement of purpose, and a portfolio of academic and professional work by March 15 preceding the fall semester that he wishes to enter. Application forms and information may be obtained by writing to:
Director of Master of Architecture Program College of Environmental Design University of Colorado at Denver 1100 14th Street Denver, Colorado 80202
MASTER OF ARCHITECTURE IN URBAN DESIGN
This curriculum focuses upon the complex problems that are generated by change and growth in a vigorous urban and regional laboratory. Emphasis is given to (a) participatory community and (b) public-funded design, (c) research, and (d) technology. Special efforts are made to
♦Optional courses.


College of Environmental Design/85
utilize the vast resources of information that are available from federal, state, and local agencies and institutions which are concentrated in the immediate community. Specific courses and projects attempt to incorporate these allied academic, civic, and citizen resources.
The sequential format, content, and progression of the urban design program is purposely parallel to the graduate architectural program with the major exception of the final two semesters. Secondary exceptions in the first part of the three- and two-year sequences are in emphasis and faculty backgrounds. Direct daily contact with students and instructors in the planning and architectural divisions is very important and beneficial.
A specific effort is made in professional practice, internship, and directed elective courses to expose urban design students to broader group-oriented factors in the problemsolving process. Placement of students in combination architecture, urban design, and planning firms is a major consideration in the internship requirements.
In all three sequences, the final year is a synthesis of the special civic scale factors influencing urban design within the four options previously listed. In this phase, the student is carefully advised throughout the course of his independent research and design studies. Opportunities to work in association with the Center for New Towns and Community Design and the Bureau of Community Services (adjuncts of the College of Environmental Design) are available. Many other real problems and/or case studies from the community which require anticipatory and feasibility design and development are also available. Whenever possible, team projects in cooperation with allied disciplines and institutions are encouraged.
One-Year Program
A one-year program leading to the degree Master of Architecture in Urban Design is available to students holding a Bachelor of Architecture degree. The degree is awarded upon satisfactory completion of 32 semester hours.
The program is designed for students who wish to pursue advanced study in architecture with options in the following areas: anticipatory design, technology and research methods, community action design, urban and regional design and development, and health and recreational facilities design.
Course Requirements Semester Hours
Urban design studio ............................................... 10
Urban design seminar................................................ 4
Research factors/methods............................................ 3
Planning............................................................ 6
Electives (professional).............................................6
Independent study................................................... 3
32
The design studio is the focal point for the area of specialization that is selected by the student, and each project is developed on an independent study basis with meetings, seminars, and evaluations scheduled by the faculty adviser and student. Cognate courses are selected with the guidance of the faculty adviser from related courses offered by the College of Environmental Design or other colleges within the University.
Two-Year Program
A two-year program leading to the degree Master of Architecture in Urban Design is available to students holding a Bachelor of Environmental Design or Bachelor of Architectural Studies degree. The degree is awarded upon satisfactory completion of 64 semester hours. Prerequisites for the two-year program are two semesters of
architectural history and two semesters of basic structures (statics, strength of materials, structural analysis). These courses may be taken at UCD after admission to the program if not taken before.
Course Requirements Semester Hours
Urban design studio ............................................ 20
Urban design seminar............................................. 4
Technologies.................................................... 15
History/philosophy............................................... 3
Research factors/methods......................................... 3
Professional administration and internship ..................... 10
Planning..........................................................6
Electives (professional)......................................... 3
64
Three-Year Program
A three-year program leading to the degree Master of Architecture in Urban Design is available to students who hold a B.S. or B.A. degree in any field. The degree is awarded upon satisfactory completion of 96 semester credit hours. Additional prerequisites or corequisites are one year of college or high school physics and college math through beginning calculus. Also required is a brief portfolio showing creative work—designs, inventions, drawings, paintings, sculpture, photographs, and writings.
Course Requirements Semester Hours
Urban design studio ............................................... 30
Urban design seminar.................................................4
Technologies........................................................25
History/philosophy ..................................................6
Graphics ........................................................... 6
Research factors/methods............................................ 3
Professional administration and internship ........................ 10
Planning.............................................................6
Electives (professional).............................................6
96
Admission
In order for a student to be considered for admission into the graduate program, he must submit application forms, college transcripts, three recommendations, statement of purpose, and a portfolio of academic and professional work by April 15 preceding the fall semester that he wishes to enter. Application form and information may be obtained by writing to:
Director of Master of Architecture in Urban Design Program College of Environmental Design University of Colorado at Denver 1100 14th Street Denver, Colorado 80202
MASTER OF URBAN AND REGIONAL PLANNING-COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT
The MURP-CD program prepares planners to research, design, and evaluate the ends and means of social and environmental action. Careers in planning usually center in such growing fields as environmental design, community development, social services, natural resources, ecology, planning consultation, environmental assessment, urban renewal, and regional planning. Because Denver is the Rocky Mountain region’s central location for managing these fields of action, UCD planning students are able to combine easily the general principles of academic learning with practical experience in nearby operating agencies and organizations.
Curriculum
The curriculum requires 48 semester hours as a minimum for graduation. Thirty of these semester hours


86/University of Colorado at Denver
are required “core” courses aimed at training the student in basic planning principles, content, research methods, and plan/policymaking skills. Of these 30 required credits, 6 are spent in “experiential learning” and internships with public agencies and other organizations.
Another 15 credit hours of the curriculum are elective. They are chosen in consultation with the student’s faculty adviser to form a consistent pattern of planning expertise along the lines of the individual’s major interests. The courses may be chosen from the MURP-CD’s own “core electives,” from other programs in the College of Environmental Design or from other graduate colleges at UCD. Typical areas of specialization have been ecology, transportation, planning administration, community development, urban design, and health planning.
The final curriculum requirement is the satisfactory completion, in the student’s last semester, of an in-depth planning study or project. The aim is to illustrate the individual’s ability to integrate and apply the knowledge and experience gained in the program. It may take the form of a traditional master’s degree thesis, an extended policy research paper, or a major planning laboratory project.
Admission
In order for a student to be considered for admission into the program, application forms must be submitted by April 15 for the fall semester. Entry into the program at other times is not normally permitted. Applications for admission are reviewed by a faculty-student committee. Criteria for admission consist of academic performance, experience, interest, and motivation for study.
Candidates for admission should note that there are three prerequisite courses which must have been taken prior to entry, or made up as nondegree credit courses during the time at UCD. These are local and state government, basic statistics, and a course in mapping and graphics.
Application forms and information may be obtained by writing to:
Director of Urban and Regional Planning-Community Development Program
University of Colorado at Denver
1100 14th Street
Denver, Colorado 80202
Course Descriptions
ARCHITECTURE
Design-Architecture
Arch, 500-5. Architectural Design. One lect. and three studio periods per wk. Scope of study expands in scale from a small social unit to a subcommunity. User needs and activities, climate, structural systems and materials, human and vehicular circulation, legal requirements (zoning, building codes, etc.), change, site planning and development, public heatlth and safety, utilities and services, and costs. Includes problem definition, analysis, synthesis, and evaluations.
Arch. 600-5 , 601-5. Architectural Design. Three studioseminar periods per wk. The investigation and design of a building complex and the integration of the environmental and structural systems in the design of a building. The building complex design deals with site planning and development to accommodate the building considering the constraints of site surroundings, climate, codes and ordinances, utilities, on- and offsite human and vehicular circulation; threedimensional integration of the building and spaces; development of a single building of the complex in detail. The integration of environmental and structural systems utilizes a medium- to high-rise building as a design vehicle. Involves space planning for various heating, ventilating and air-conditioning systems, vertical transportation, plumbing and water supply, and electrical service systems as well as site development, economic considerations, and building form.
Arch. 700-7, 701-7. Architectural Research/Design. Five studio-seminar periods per wk. The first course deals with a large-scale design problem that requires major planning considerations and attempts to integrate the previous courses in design and content study into the design process. Design problems used are usually actual or proposed and have real sites requiring the student to develop thorough research techniques. During the second semester the student pursues a design study of his or her choice. Options are facility design, design methods, architectural technology, architectural history and preservation, and man and environment.
Arch. 710-7, 711-7. Research/Design. Advanced study and research in an area of major professional interest to the student. Areas of emphasis are (1) facility design—research and design work in design programming, the design process, and the products of architectural design (i.e., housing, educational facilities, recreational facilities); (2) design methods— systematic methods of decision making in architectural design such as computer-aided design, simulation, gaming, decision theory, and information systems; (3) architectural technology—exploration of building technology and its relationship to architectural design; (4) architectural history and preservation—history and its social relevance as it pertains to renewal, restoration, and the preservation of significant examples of architecture; (5) man and environment—investigation of interaction between people and the man-made and natural environment. Man’s physiological, sociological, and psychological relationships to the design environment are studied.
Graphics
Arch. 410-3, 411-3. Architectural Graphics I and II. Two studio periods per wk. Visual communication techniques using various black and white and color media for architectural design and presentation. Perspective drawing, free-hand sketching, two-dimensional plan and section drawing, and model construction are covered.
Technologies
Arch. 450-3. Environmental Systems. Two lect. and one lab. per wk. Fundamental systems consideration of water supply, management and treatment; waste water, treatment and reuse; power supply and consumption, transportation, and land use planning.
Arch. 551-3. Materials and Methods of Construction. Two lect. and one field trip or lab. per wk. Study of materials and components for construction. Construction methods and techniques for residential and commercial buildings.
Arch. 552-2, 553-2. Structures I and II. Two lect. per wk. Analysis of basic structural systems (statics and strength of materials).
Arch. 650-3. Mechanical Systems. Three lect. per wk. Specific building systems study, including water supply systems; sanitation systems; principles and applied design of heating, ventilating, and air conditioning. Arch. 651-3. Illumination and Electrical Systems. Two lect. per wk. Specific building systems study, including basic principles of electricity, quantity and quality of illumination, light sources and characteristics, lighting and design and application, and electrical wiring design.
Arch. 652-2. Timber Structures. Two lect. per wk. Design with wood of floor systems, beams, columns, trusses, connections, and glued laminated construction.
Arch. 653-2. Steel Structures. Two lect. per wk. Design of structural steel for buildings: beams, columns, trusses, rigid frames, and connections.
Arch. 654-2. Concrete Structures. Two lect. per wk. Design of concrete structural elements for buildings.
Arch. 655-1. Architectural Acoustics. One lect. per wk. Principles of sound, sound transmission, and noise reduction and their application to architecture.
Arch. 750-3. Systems Synthesis. A synthesis of the preceding systems and structures courses. The student will perform the structural frame design and select and detail the mechanical and electrical systems of a specific building.
Arch. 751-2. Structural Systems Seminar. Provided as an elective for the student with strong structural interests. Principles of thin shell concrete, space frames, unique shapes, and new building materials.
Professional Practice
Arch. 660-2. Professional Practice. Two lect. per wk. Ethics, management, documents, organization, and production procedures of a professional practice.
Arch. 661-2. Construction Documents. One lect. and two studio periods per wk. Preparation of working drawings and specifications for a small building.


College of Environmental Design/87
Arch. 663-3, 664-3. Internship. Eight hours per wk. Work in a practicing professional’s office during the regular semester. The student is placed in an office by the college and receives academic credit instead of pay.
Planning
Arch. 620-3. Planning. Two lect. per wk. The integration of architecture and city and regional planning. Basic influences in the development of cities. Accepted practice in zoning, transportation, housing, land use, economics, social, and aesthetic factors leading to urbanization.
Landscape Architecture
Arch. 630-3. Landscape Architecture. Two lect. and one studio period per wk. Plant materials and basic principles of landscape design related to site planning and development.
History/Philosophy
Arch. 470-3, 471-3. History/Philosophy I and II. See Urban Design 470,471.
Arch. 572-3. Designer Philosophy Seminar. An examination of the philosophies of a selected group of designers and the contributions generated by those philosophies.
Additional Courses and Special Problems
Arch. 590-1 to 3, 591-1 to 3. Special Problems. Studies initiated by students or faculty and sponsored by a faculty member to investigate a special topic or problem related to architecture.
Arch. 680-3. Research Methods in Architecture. Developing research and design methods appropriate to architecture, including computer-aided design, gaming, simulation, decision theory, and information systems. Arch. 683-3. Teaching Methods in Architecture. Seminar for teaching assistants.
URBAN DESIGN
U.D. 410-3, 411-3. Urban Design Communication I and II. See Arch.
410, 411.
U.D. 450-3, 451-3. Urban Design Systems I and II. First of a series planned to acquaint students of architecture, urban design, and planning with the man-made systems which alter or supplement the natural environment. The year sequence includes water supply, waste water, power, transportation, land use planning. Scale is regional.
U.D. 470-3, 471-3. Urban Design History/Philosophy I and II. Three lect. hours per wk. Research and discussion of historical (U.D. 470, before 1600; U.D. 471, after 1600) and contemporary architecture, urban design, and planning. Particular attention is directed toward individual and communal sociological and economic philosophies and their role in the design of man-made urban and regional environments.
U.D. 500-5, 501-5. Urban Design Studio. See Arch. 500, 501.
U.D. 540-3. Basic Ecology of Environmental Impact Statements. (Same as U.P.C.D. 540.) Individual case studies that determine site environmental resources. An inventory and analysis of spatial, physical, biological, and sociocultural assets and liabilities for particular urban and regional locations and activities.
U.D. 552-2, 553-2. Urban Design Structures I and II. See Arch. 552, 553.
U.D. 600-5, 601-5. Urban Design Studio. See Arch. 600, 601.
U.D. 650-4, 651-2. Urban Design Systems IH and IV. See Arch. 650, 651.
U.D. 652-2 , 653-2, 654-2. Urban Design Structures III, IV, and V.
See Arch. 652, 653, 654.
U.D. 660-2, 661-2. Professional Administration and Practice. See
Arch. 660, 661.
U.D. 663-2, 664-2. Internship. See Arch. 663, 664.
U.D. 700-5, 701-5. Urban Design Studio. A study of advanced architectural, urban design, and planning problems which integrate large-scale organization and communication concepts of society. The program includes design studio and/or community action center study options and choice of problems. A series of studies of particular aspects of urban design, with emphasis on economic, social, and political determinants. Topics include the design, implementation, and evaluation of urban residential sectors, urban cores, institutional areas, and circulation systems. U.D. 701 is a continuation of U.D. 700 with emphasis upon
implementation techniques, use of research methods within the design process, and evaluation techniques.
U.D. 720-2, 721-2. Urban Design Seminar. An outline of the history and theories of urban design, including case studies in urban design, urban planning, new towns, and urban renewal projects. Specific emphasis will be the CBD and its adjacent areas, Denver and Colorado (720). The inner city outside Colorado: past, present and future (721). U.D. 750-3. Urban Design Systems V. Systems synthesis. See Arch. 750.
U.D. 751-3. Urban Design Systems Seminar. See Arch. 751.
URBAN AND REGIONAL PLANNING-COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT
U.P.C.D. 500-3. Introduction to Planning and Community Development. A basic review of the history of planning and urban areas. Theories of community and regional planning, basic techniques, changing philosophies of planning in modem society, and the process of community development.
U.P.C.D. 506-3. Community Development Methodology. Provides the student with exposure to methods of achieving planned change in both neighborhoods and communities through classroom work and field and laboratory exercises.
U.P.C.D. 510-3. Planning Graphics. An introduction to mapping, aerial interpretation, and graphics for the student who is deficient in these basic background areas.
U.P.C.D. 512-3. The Modern Metropolis. Provides a basic background in the structure and dynamics of the modem metropolis. Includes a review of the historical background of the metropolis; and analysis of its economic, social and political components; and a consideration of various interpretations of its role in modern society.
U.P.C.D. 540-3. Basic Ecology of Environmental Impact Statements.
See U.D. 540.
U.P.C.D. 546-3. Regional Analysis Methodology. Acquaints the student with the concept of the planning region as well as with techniques for analyzing the region. Demographic, economic, social and historical methods are used.
U.P.C.D. 547-3. Regional Planning. Discusses the unique aspects of planning at regional levels. Reviews the various types of regional planning activities that have taken place in the United States and other parts of the world.
U.P.C.D. 550-3. Physical Systems of Urbanization. Provides basic knowledge of the physical systems that exist within an urban environment. Topics covered include water supply, waste disposal, transportation, and energy systems.
U.P.C.D. 552-3. Legal Aspects of Planning. A review of the legal framework within which planning operates and the current trends in the courts toward land-use regulations and housing law.
U.P.C.D. 560-3. Theory and Philosophy of Planned Change. Describes and critically evaluates contemporary theories and ideologies of the planning process and planned change. Aids the student to develop his own powers of critical theoretical analysis and his own positions on what planning is and ought to be.
U.P.C.D. 570-3. Basic Planning Analyses. Teaches the basic analyses that are used in the comprehensive planning process. General theoretical understandings, specific analytical methods and techniques, and available data sources are discussed in regard to economics, demography, urban activities, physical structures, and land and natural features.
U.P.C.D. 571-3. Advanced Planning Analyses. Covers the more advanced methods and techniques which have been considered for and/or applied to the planning process. Included is a review of urban development models, cost-benefit analysis, general systems analysis, decisionmaking techniques, linear programming, and advanced statistical methods.
U.P.C.D. 615-3. Development of Environmental Form. Describes and evaluates the history and present developments of the man-made environment. Western culture’s town-planning traditions, American planning history, and selected schools of modern environmental design thought. Special attention is given to linking major traditions and trends with environmental design in the development of the Denver metropolitan area.
U.P.C.D. 620-3. Principles of Urban Design. (Same as U.D. 620.) U.P.C.D. 630-3. Social Factors in Urban Design. A review and evaluation of major theories and empirical studies dealing with the impact of social forces on the design of the physical environment. Methods of studying and defining user needs. Projects aimed at improving the harmony between social life and its physical containers.
U.P.C.D. 641-3. Social Policy Analysis and Application. A critical review of the evolution of national, state, and local social policies with an emphasis on current social issues and programs. Special attention is given


88lUniversity of Colorado at Denver
to the application of techniques and procedures of policy analysis to community and regional systems.
U.P.C.D. 680-variable credit. Experiential Learning. Laboratory and internship. A series of designed and programmed experiences dealing with the particular aspects of urban planning and community development with emphasis on the interpersonal, group process, and organizational dimensions, together with real life experiences in the professional arena. U.P.C.D. 692-variable credit. Independent Study. Permits the student to pursue independent research in a subject area of special interest. Advance approval by faculty adviser is required.
U.P.C.D. 700-3. Master’s Thesis.
U.P.C.D. 710-3. Urban Problems and Issues. A seminar which enables the student to engage in advanced study and original research with regard to selected urban problems and issues.
U.P.C.D. 711-3. Politics and Planning. A seminar designed to expose the student to the realistic political facts ever present in the planning process and to prepare the individual to deal effectively with governmental operation at all levels of his professional career.
U.P.C.D. 712-3. Regional and State Problems and Issues. A seminar which provides the student with a broad exposure to problems related to planning and community development at the regional and state levels. U.P.C.D. 713-3. The Community and the Federal System. This seminar is directed toward exploring the expanding role played by the federal government and its programs and the effect which it has upon the local community. Federal grants-in-aid programs will be studied as well as the processes for dealing with the federal bureaucracy.
U.P.C.D. 716-3. The Zoning Game/Impact Zoning. Explores new trends in land-use controls including impact zoning, growth management, environmental reviews, etc., through class exercise and simulation. U.P.C.D. 752-3. Planning Laboratory I. Site and master plan projects aimed at expressing the student’s ability to apply the knowledge and experience gained in the program to specific problem areas and complex client situations. Planning research, community relations, problem identification, program development, plan-making, and plan evaluation. U.P.C.D. 753-3. Planning Laboratory II. A continuation and expansion of Planning Laboratory I, dealing with more complex problems.
College of Music
ROY PRITTS, Acting Assistant Dean
INFORMATION ABOUT THE COLLEGE
The music program at UCD is growing rapidly. Emphasis is on preparing students for professional careers in music relating to the recording, broadcasting, film, and entertainment industries. The College of Music is approved by the National Association of Schools of Music to offer a variety of baccalaureate and postbaccalaureate degrees. While most of this work is now offered only on the Boulder Campus, the University of Colorado has recently approved a new degree, Bachelor of Science in Music and Media, for which all work can be completed at UCD.
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION
In addition to the entrance requirements of the University outlined in the General Information section of this bulletin, the entering student must meet the following requirements of the College of Music:
Required High School Units
English............................................................ 3
Mathematics \
Foreign language I
Social science \................................................. 8
Physical science 1 Theoretical music /
Additional high school units ....................................._4
Total ............................................................ 15
It is expected that all students will have had previous experience as performers. Two years of piano study are recommended.
The College of Music requires an audition of all entering freshmen and undergraduate transfer students. In lieu of the personal audition, applicants may substitute tape recordings (about five minutes in length at lxh ips) or a statement of excellence from a qualified teacher. Interested students should write to the College of Music, UCD, for audition or interview applications.
ENSEMBLES
Music and nonmusic majors are invited to audition for any of the UCD music ensembles. Each carries 1 semester hour credit. Some of these groups have more than one section, depending upon skill level: Electronic Music Ensemble, Jazz Ensemble, The New Singers, Wind Ensemble, String Ensemble, Chamber Music (various), Percus-
sion Ensemble, American Media Orchestra, and Jazz-Rock groups.
American Media Orchestra
This ensemble utilizes the resources of UCD’s visiting faculty program to showcase compositions, soloists, and experimental media by noted active professionals. Artistic director of the orchestra is Mr. Pat Williams.
APPLIED MUSIC POLICY
All performance standards, requirements, and credits specified for a particular music degree in the college do not necessarily transfer and become acceptable for any other music degree within the college. Additional information on this policy is available from the Office of the Assistant Dean, UCD College of Music.
GRADUATE STUDY
For information on graduate studies in music see the Graduate School section of this bulletin.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN MUSIC AND MEDIA
This degree is unique in Colorado and is intended for students seeking preparation for professional careers in music related to the recording, broadcasting, film, and entertainment industries.
Core Curriculum
This work is to be started in the student’s freshman year and a large portion of it can be completed by the end of the sophomore year.
Required Courses in Music Semester Hours
Music 100. Theory and Musicianship I................................ 3
Music 101. Theory and Musicianship II................................4
Music 200. Theory/Musicianship II................................... 4
Music 207. Instrumentation I.........................................2
Music 180, 181. Introduction to Music................................4
Music 380, 381. History and Literature of Music .................... 6
Music 354. Sound Reinforcement and Recording I.......................3
Music 456. Electronic Music I ...................................... 3
Applied Music....................................................... 8
Ensembles........................................................... 8
Functional piano.................................................... 3
Music electives....................................................._6
Total 54


College of Music/89
Required Courses in Media and Business
Music and Media ....................................................6
B. Ad. 100. Introduction to Business............................. 3
C. T. 202, 203. Principles of Communication I, II................ 6
C.T. 360. Introduction to Broadcast and Film....................... 3
Required Courses in General Studies
English (composition, literature).................................. 6
Social science..................................................... 6
Humanities (fine arts and philosophy
particularly recommended)...................................... 12
Total credits in the core curriculum 96
Areas of Concentration
When students are approaching completion of studies in the core curriculum, they are to select an area of concentration, in consultation with an adviser and with the approval of the assistant dean. A minimum of 18 credit hours in one area of concentration is to be selected from the following:
Scoring and Arranging
Music 406 or 407. Analysis I or II.................................. 2
Music 401 or 402. Counterpoint...................................... 2
Music 403 or 405. Instrumentation II or
Scoring and Arranging........................................... 2
Music 305 and 420. Composition...................................... 4
Music electives..................................................... 8
Sound Synthesis and Recording Semester Hours
Music 355. Sound Reinforcement and Recording II ................... 3
Music 457. Electronic Music II...................................... 3
Physics: Phys. 362 Sound Music and Noise and Phys. 441
Sound Measurement and Noise Control recommended............... 3-7
Applied study and field work.......................................6-8
Communication and Theatre
C.T. 273. Stage Movement............................................ 2
C.T. 276. Stagecraft................................................ 3
C.T. 460. Radio-TV Station Organization and Operation............... 3
C.T. 362. Television Production..................................... 3
Electives and/or field work in communication or theatre............ 7
Business and Administration
Econ. 201, 202. Principles of Economics............................ 6
Mk. 300. Principles of Marketing.................................... 3
Org.B. 300. Introduction to Management
and Organization................................................ 3
Electives and/or field work in business........................... 4-6
Applied Music (Concentration)
Applied study (three semesters)..................................... 6
Repertoire project.................................................. 2
Music 328. Contemporary Improvisation .............................. 2
Ensembles........................................................... 2
Recital............................................................. 0
Electives in music (other than applied or ensemble) ................ 6
Also required: 12 credits in electives (from any area).
Performance Requirement
Students are required to include applied music study of their principal performing medium (instrument or voice) from the outset of their studies at UCD, continuing throughout their residency. Prior to graduation, students are required to pass an examination of their performance proficiency.
Ensemble Requirement
Students are expected to participate in ensembles throughout their residency. They should acquire experience in both large and small ensembles, vocal and instrumental, in accordance with capabilities in their primary and secondary performance media.
Description of Courses
Music 100-4, 101-4. Theory and Musicianship. Fall and Spring. A study of harmonic styles from early periods to the present day, with
emphasis on contemporary practices. Prer., placement test.
Music 106-2. Music Fundamentals. An introduction to the rudiments of music notation, basic ear training, reading of music. Intended for the student with little or no musical background. No credit for music majors. Music 111-2. Fundamentals of Conducting.
Music 140-1. Voice Class. Prer., consent of instructor.
Music 180-2, 181-2. Introduction to Music. An overview of the world of music today with an investigation of how earlier styles contributed to current practices. Analytical techniques. For freshman music majors and qualified nonmusic majors.
Music 182-2. Music for Listeners. For nonmusic majors who want to learn how to listen to music with greater understanding and pleasure. No credit for music majors.
Music 200-4. Theory and Musicianship. Fall. Continuation of Music 101.
Music 207-2. Instrumentation I. Spring. Introduction to scoring music for instruments: ranges, transpositions, capabilities in solo and small ensembles. Prer., Music 200.
Music 230-1. Piano Class. A study of music reading, improvisation, transposition, and functional keyboard performance. Facilities fee: $18. Music 305-2. Elementary Composition. Creative work in small forms. Prer., Music 200, 207.
Music 315-2. Beginning Guitar Pedagogy. Contemporary teaching methods for group guitar instruction in the school or studio.
Music 328-2. Contemporary Improvisation. An introduction through performance to the art of improvisation as practiced in contemporary Western culture. Prer., Music 200.
Music 354-3 , 355-3. Sound Reinforcement and Recording. Operating principles and performance characteristics of microphones, amplifiers, speaker systems, equalizers, mixers, and multitrack recorders. Three class hours plus two lab. hours per week. Facilities fee: $18. Prer., consent of instructor.
Music 380-3, 381-3. History of Music. Survey of Western art music with stylistic analyses of representative works from all major periods. Prer., Music 200.
Music 401-2. Sixteenth-Century Counterpoint. Prer., Music 200. Music 402-2. Eighteenth-Century Counterpoint. Prer., Music 200. Music 403-2. Scoring and Arranging. Writing for instruments and voices in various combinations with emphasis on contemporary styles. Prer., Music 207.
Music 405-2. Instrumentation II. Continuation of Music 403.
Music 406-2. Analysis I. Selected works through the 18th century. Prer., Music 380 or equivalent.
Music 407-2. Analysis n. Selected works of the 19th and 20th centuries. Prer., Music 380 or equivalent.
Music 411-2. Electronic Media for Music Educators.
Music 420-2. Composition. Creative work in small to large forms. May be repeated for credit. Prer., Music 305 and consent of instructor.
Music 422-2 to 4, 423-2 to 4. Writers Workshop. Scoring for instruments and voices with an emphasis on contemporary practices. Prer., consent of instructor.
Music 454-3, 455-3. Sound Reinforcement and Recording. Similar to Music 354, 355, but involves more theoretical study and laboratory work. Prer., consent of instructor. Facilities fee: $18.
Music 456-3, 457-3. Electronic Music. An introduction to sound syntheses for composers, performers, educators, and media personnel. A study of the aesthetics and technology of electronic music; use of the Arp, Moog, and Buchia synthesizers. Facilities fee: $18. Prer., Music 354 or consent of instructor.
Music 464-3. Development of Jazz. A study of the origins, historical development, and contemporary trends in the blues, jazz, and soul. Music 466-3. Chamber Music Literature: Winds and Percussion.
Stylistic-historical survey in various genres from the Baroque era to the present. Prer., Music 381.
Music 480-1 to 3. Special Studies. Advanced undergraduate studies or special projects in selected areas. May be repeated for additional credit. Music 481-3. Symphonic Literature. From classical era to present. Prer., Music 381.
Music 484-3. Music Aesthetics. Various philosophies of music as they have developed during the past 100 years in writings of philosophers, psychologists, sociologists, composers, critics, and historians.
Music 485-3. Seventeenth- and Early 18th-Century Music. Prer., Music 380.
Music 486-3. Chamber Music Literature: Strings. Stylistic-historical survey in various genres from the Baroque era to the present. Prer., Music 381.
Music 488-3. Late Eighteenth- and 19th-Century Music. Prer., Music 381.


90/University of Colorado at Denver
Music 489-2. Contemporary Music. Study and analysis of music of living composers.
Music 490-3, 491-3. Music and Media. A survey of the music industry as it relates to media, performing rights societies, merchandising, and legal and business aspects. Prer., Music 381 or consent of instructor. Music 504-2. Advanced Instrumentation. Scoring for chamber groups and large ensembles. Prer., Music 405.
Music 517-2. Foundations of Music Education. Survey of historical, philosophical, psychological, and aesthetic bases of contemporary music education.
Music 518-2. Selected Studies in Music Education. May be repeated for additional credit. Prer., Consent of instructor and appropriate chairman of graduate studies.
Music 520-2. Advanced Composition. Prer., Music 420.
Music 521-3 to 4. Film Scoring. A study of descriptive composition and the techniques of scoring to film.
Music 522-2 to 4, 523-2 to 4. Writers Workshop. See Music 422. Music 554-3, 555-3. Sound Recording and Reinforcement. See Music 454. Facilities fee: $18.
Music 556-3, 557-3. Electronic Music. See Music 456. Facilities fee: $18.
Music 564-3. History of Jazz. See Music 464.
Music 566-3. Chamber Music Literature: Winds and Percussion. See
Music 466.
Music 580-1 to 3. Special Studies. May be repeated for additional credit.
Music 584-3 to 4. Music Aesthetics. See Music 484.
Graduate School
ROBERT N. ROGERS, Associate Dean
INFORMATION ABOUT THE SCHOOL
The Master of Basic Science (M.B.S.)
The Graduate School of the University of Colorado offers programs on four campuses. Work leading to advanced degrees can be completed at UCD. In addition, graduate-level course work can be taken at UCD and used for credit toward an advanced degree.
Anyone wishing further information not given in this bulletin should contact:
Associate Dean of the Graduate School University of Colorado at Denver 1100 14th Street Denver, Colorado 80202
The Graduate School office at UCD is open at 8:30 a.m. to 5:30 p.m. Monday through Friday, and 8:30 a.m. to 7 p.m. on Wednesday.
Degrees Offered
The following graduate programs are authorized for completion through the Graduate School on the Denver Campus. In some cases, a specific required course may only be offered on the Boulder Campus in a given year.
The Master of Arts (M.A.) in:
Anthropology Geography
Biology History
Communication and theatre Humanities
Communication disorders and Mathematics
speech science Political science
Economics Psychology
English Sociology
The Master of Education (M.Ed) and the Master of Arts in Education (M.A.) in:
Counseling and guidance Early childhood Educational psychology Elementary education
Library media Reading
Secondary education Social foundations
The Master of Science (M.S.) in:
Accounting Enviromental science
Applied mathematics Finance
Chemistry Management and organization
Civil and environmental engineering Marketing
The Ph.D. degree is awarded only by the graduate faculty of the University of Colorado. A major portion of the course work required in partially fulfilling the requirements of that degree may be taken in the following specializations at UCD:
Civil and environmental engineering Electrical engineering Communication disorders and English
speech science
Education (social foundations)
In addition, significant course work at the graduate level may be taken in the following programs:
Computer science Music
Fine arts Philosophy
German Physics
Mechanical engineering Spanish
The Master of Engineering
Facilities for Graduate Study and Research on the Denver Campus
Facilities for research in many fields are available at UCD as well as specialized institutes, seminars, and meetings of national standing.
Institute for Advanced Urban Studies
Since UCD is an urban university situated in a major metropolitan area, the primary thrust of its organized research activity is directed toward problem-related research with an urban focus. The major focus for these activities is the Institute for Advanced Urban Studies.
The Institute for Advanced Urban Studies was established in 1975 to foster research and public service activities related to urban problems and policy issues. Groups of faculty, student, and community participants address problem areas, such as land use, urban growth, municipal finance management, regional housing, transportation, and community recreation.
UCD’s previous centers have been incorporated into the institute structure as constituent parts. They include the Center for New Towns and Community Design, the Center


Graduate School/91
for Urban Transportation Studies, the Center for Public and Urban Affairs, and the Applied Sociological Research Unit, with an informal working arrangement with the Bureau of Community Services.
Through its various research components, the institute provides research assistance to state and local government agencies. Additionally, the institute makes available a variety of topical seminars, conferences, and in-service training programs.
The Graduate Student at UCD
Approximately 1,300 students are enrolled in graduate programs at UCD and an additional 1,300 special students take graduate courses. Of these, approximately 45 percent are part-time students.
Faculty
The faculty operating in these programs is mainly housed at UCD, although resources of other campuses at the University of Colorado are used. A full list of the graduate faculty of the University is given in the Graduate School Bulletin.
FINANCIAL AID FOR GRADUATE STUDY
Scholarships and Fellowships
The University of Colorado administers various forms of financial aid for graduate students: fellowships, scholarships, and a number of awards from outside agencies.
The Graduate School each year awards to qualified regular degree graduate students approximately 60 tuition scholarships, and approximately 60 fellowships paying up to $2,500 plus tuition.
Special fellowships and scholarships are also available for study in certain departments.
Applications for fellowships and scholarships are due in the department before the announced department deadline. Awards are announced about March 15.
Graduate Student Teaching Appointments
Many departments employ graduate students as part-time F-89 instructors or F-99 teaching assistants. The F-89 instructorship is reserved for those advanced graduate students already possessing an appropriate M.A. degree who may be independently responsible for the conduct of a section or course. Payment for these teaching appointments will be: one-half time F-89 instructor, $4,950 for the academic year; one-half time F-99 teaching assistant, $3,960 for the academic year.
A half-time appointment for an F-89 instructor is considered to be equal to 6 class contact hours; a half-time teaching assistant is appointed for 20 hours per week. Students appointed for at least one-half time qualify for resident tuition rates regardless of their actual Colorado residency status. Teaching assistants and F-89 instructors must be enrolled students for the full period of their appointment.
Research Assistantships
Research activities provide opportunities for graduate students to obtain part-time work as research assistants in many departments. Holders of these positions pay resident tuition. Assistants must be enrolled students.
Loan Funds
Graduate students wishing to apply for long-term loans through the National Direct Student Loan Program and for part-time jobs through the college work-study program
should submit an Application for Financial Aid to the Office of Financial Aid by March 1. This office also provides short-term loan assistance to students who have completed one or more semesters in residence. Short-term loans are designed to supplement inadequate personal funds and to provide for emergencies. Applicants should go directly to the Office of Financial Aid.
Employment Opportunities
The University maintains an employment service in the Office of Financial Aid to help students obtain part-time work either through conventional employment or through the college work-study program.
Students employed by the University are hired solely on the basis of merit and fitness, a policy which avoids favor or discrimination because of race, color, creed, sex, age, handicap, or national origin. Students are also referred to prospective employers in accordance with this policy.
International Education
The Office of International Education expedites the exchange of students and faculty, entertains foreign visitors, promotes special relationships with foreign universities, and acts as adviser for Fullbright and other scholarships.
The office also arranges study abroad programs. Students remain enrolled at the University of Colorado while taking regular courses in the foreign universities. A B average with the equivalent of two years of college-level work in the appropriate language is required. There are also occasional summer programs offering academic credit.
Peace Corps information may be obtained from the Office of International Education.
For additional information contact Professor James Wolf, History Department, UCD.
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION
General Requirements
Students may be admitted to the Graduate School in either of the two categories described below.
Admission to the Graduate School is not admission to candidacy for an advanced degree. A student who wishes to become a candidate for a degree must make special application at the time and in the manner prescribed by the requirements for the degree sought.
A student who is granted admission must reflect in a moral and ethical sense a personal background acceptable to the University. The University reserves the right to deny admission to applicants whose total credentials reflect an inability to assume those obligations of performance and behavior deemed essential by the University and relevant to any of its lawful missions, processes, and functions as an educational institution.
Regular Degree Students
Qualified students are admitted to regular degree status by the appropriate department. In addition to departmental approval, an applicant for admission as a regular degree student must:
1. Hold a baccalaureate degree from a college or university of recognized standing, or have done work equivalent to that required for such a degree and equivalent to the degree given at this University.
2. Show promise of ability to pursue advanced study and research, as judged by his previous scholastic record.
3. Have had adequate preparation to enter upon


92lUniversity of Colorado at Denver
graduate study in the field chosen.
4. Have at least a 2.75 undergraduate grade-point average.
5. Meet additional requirements for admission as established by major departments.
Regular degree students must maintain at least a 3.0 grade-point average each semester or summer term on all work taken, whether it is to be applied toward the advanced degree intended or not. If the student fails to maintain this standard of performance, he will be subject to suspension from the Graduate School.
Pass IF ail Grades. In order to permit a meaningful evaluation of an applicant’s scholastic record, not more than 10 percent of those credit hours that are relevant to his intended field of graduate study shall have been earned with pass/fail grades, nor more than 20 percent overall. Applicants whose academic record contains a larger percentage of pass/fail credits must submit suitable additional evidence that they posses the required scholastic ability. If the applicant does not submit satisfactory additional evidence, he can be admitted only as a provisional student.
Provisional Degree Students
Applicants who do not meet the requirements for admission as regular degree students may be admitted as provisional degree students upon the recommendation of the major department. With the concurrence of the dean of the Graduate School a department may admit provisional students for a probationary term, which may not normally exceed one academic year. At the end of the probationary period, provisional degree students must either be admitted to regular degree status or be dropped from the graduate program.
Credit earned by persons in provisional degree status may count toward a degree at this University.
Provisional degree students are required to maintain a
3.0 grade-point average or higher, as may be required by the terms of their provisional admission, each semester or summer term on all work taken, whether or not it is to be applied toward the advanced degree sought. If the student fails to maintain such a standard of performance, he will be subject to suspension from the Graduate School.
APPLICATION PROCEDURES
Graduate students who expect to study at UCD should contact the Office of the Graduate School on the Denver Campus concerning procedures for forwarding completed applications.
An applicant for admission from another institution must present a completed Application Form (Parts I and II), which may be obtained from the UCD Graduate School office and two official transcripts of all academic work completed to date. The application must be accompanied by a nonrefundable application processing fee of $20 (check or money order) when the application is submitted. No application will be processed unless this fee is paid. Many departments require scores from the Graduate Record Examination and most departments require three or four letters of recommendation.
When a prospective degree student applies for admission, the chairman of each department or a committee named for the purpose shall decide whether an applicant shall be admitted and shall make that decision known to the Office of Admissions and Records, which will inform the student. Persons not wishing to work toward an advanced degree are referred to as special students (below).
A completed application must be in the office of the major department at least 60 days prior to the term for
which admission is sought or earlier as may be required by the major department.
Completed applications for foreign students must be on file in the Office of Admissions and Records prior to May 1 for the fall semester and by October 1 for the spring semester.
Students who wish to apply for a graduate student award for the academic year 1976-77, e.g., fellowship, scholarship, assistantship, etc., must file a completed application with the department before the announced departmental deadline (see previous section on financial aid).
All credentials presented for admission to the University of Colorado become the property of the University.
Seniors in the University of Colorado
A senior in this University who has satisfied the undergraduate residence requirements and who needs not more than 6 semester hours of advanced subjects and 12 credit points to meet his requirements for a bachelor’s degree, may be admitted to the Graduate School by special permission of the dean.
Graduate Record Examinations
At the option of any department, the Graduate Record Examination may be required of applicants for assistant-ships, or of any student before his status is determined.
Students who are applying for the fall of 1976 should take the GRE no later than the December testing date so that their scores will be available to the graduate awards selection committee. Four to six weeks should be allowed for GRE scores to be received by an institution.
Information regarding these examinations may be obtained from the Graduate School office or the Student Relations office at UCD, or from the Educational Testing Service, Box 1502, Berkeley, California 94701, or Box 955, Princeton, New Jersey 08540.
Special Students
A student not wishing to earn an advanced degree from the University of Colorado should apply to the Office of Admissions and Records, UCD, 1100 Fourteenth Street, Denver, Colorado 80202 or to the Office of the Associate Dean of the Graduate School. Special students will be allowed to register only on the campus to which they have been admitted.
Special students desiring to pursue a graduate degree program at this University are encouraged to submit the complete graduate application and supporting credentials as soon as possible. A department may recommend to the graduate dean the acceptance of as much as 8 hours of credit toward the requirements of a master’s degree for courses taken either as a student at another recognized graduate school, as a special student at the University, or any combination thereof. In addition, the department may recommend to the graduate dean the acceptance of credit for courses taken as a special student for the semester, quarter, or summer term for which the student has applied for admission to the Graduate School, provided that the student’s application was on file with the department before the beginning of the semester, quarter, or term in question.
REGISTRATION
Course Work and Examinations
On the regular registration days of each semester, students who have been admitted to the Graduate School and who expect to study in the Graduate School are required to


Graduate Schooll93
complete appropriate registration procedures.
Students should register for classes the semester they are accepted into Graduate School. If unable to attend that semester they must notify the department which has accepted them and submit the neccessary forms to the Office of Admissions and Records at UCD in order to attend the following semester.
Master’s Thesis or Report
Every graduate student working toward a master’s degree, if he expects to present a thesis or M.Ed. report in partial fulfillment of the requirements for the degree, must register for thesis for a minimum of 4 semester hours or a maximum of 6 semester hours, or for M.Ed. report for 2 semester hours. The student may register for any specific number of hours in any semester of residence, but the total number of hours for all semesters must equal the number of credits he expects to receive for his thesis or report. The final grade will be withheld until the thesis or report is completed. If the thesis or report is not completed at the end of the term in which the student is so registered, an in progress (IP) will be reported. (The student may not register again for any portion of thesis credit on which an IP grade has been submitted.)
Limitation of Registration
Full Load
A graduate student will be considered to be carrying a full load during a regular semester for purposes of determining residence credit if he is registered for not fewer than 5 semester hours in work numbered 500 or above, or at least 8 semester hours of other graduate work, or thesis.
A full load for purposes of determining residence credit during the summer term is 3 semester hours of work in courses numbered 500 or above, or 6 semester hours of other graduate work, or thesis.
For the purpose of determining a student’s status with respect to eligibility for the G.I. Bill, full-time graduate study is defined as registration for at least 8 hours of graduate work during a regular semester, or full-time research and writing.
Maximum Load
No graduate student may receive graduate credit toward a degree for more that 15 hours in a regular semester.
The maximum number of graduate credits that may be applied toward a degree during a summer term at UCD is 10 hours per 8-week summer term.
TUITION AND FEES
The schedule of tuition and fees is given in the General Information section of this bulletin.
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADVANCED DEGREES
Quality of Graduate Work
Although the work for advanced degrees is specified partly in terms of credit hours, an advanced degree will not be conferred merely for the completion of a specified period of residence and the passing of a given number of courses. A student should not expect to get from formal courses all the training, knowledge, and grasp of ideas necessary to meet the requirements for an advanced degree. He should work on his own initiative, reading widely and thoughtfully, reaching his own conclusions, and acquiring a sense of values, perspective, and proportion.
All studies offered for credit toward an advanced degree (except those in deficiencies) must be of graduate status.
For all advanced degrees except the Ph.D. degree, the quality of the student’s work must attain an average of B in all work offered for the degree.
For the Ph.D., a course mark below B is unsatisfactory and will not be counted toward fulfilling the minimum requirements for the degree.
A student is expected to maintain at least a B average in all work attempted in Graduate School.
A student who fails to do satisfactory work will be subject to suspension from the Graduate School by the dean with the approval of the major department.
Appeal may be made to the Executive Committee of the Graduate School, whose decision shall be final. A suspended student is eligible to apply for readmission after one year. Approval or rejection of this application rests jointly with the student’s major department and the dean. In case of lack of agreement between the department and the dean or in case of appeal by the student, the final decision will be made by the Executive Committee.
Grading System
The standing of a student in work intended for an advanced degree is to be indicated by the marks A, B, and C.
A— Superior, 4 credit points for each credit hour.
B— Good, 3 credit points for each credit hour.
C— Fair, 2 credit points for each credit hour.
Work receiving the lowest passing grade, D, may not be counted toward a degree, nor may it be accepted for the removal of deficiencies. Marks below B are not accepted for the doctoral degree.
An in progress grade shall be a valid grade only until the end of the semester following that in which the grade is given. By the end of this interval, the instructor concerned shall have turned in a final grade of A, B, C, D, F, W (withdrawal). If no reports are received from the instructor within the allotted time, the dean shall be authorized to report a final grade of W (withdrawal). Should a student later wish to receive credit for the course for which a W has been recorded, he will have to reregister for it.
The only exceptions to the foregoing rules are these:
1. Should a student enter the armed forces before he has completed a course and an in progress is reported, this in progress may be carried on the records for the duration of his service provided arrangements have been made with the dean of the Graduate School.
2. An in progress given for thesis or M.Ed. report will be valid until the thesis or report has been completed.
A graduate student may repeat once a course for which he obtained a grade of C or D, upon written recommendation to the dean by the chairman of his advisory committee and the chairman of his department, provided the course has not previously applied toward a degree. Courses in which the grade F is received may not be repeated.
Use of English
A student who is noticeably deficient in the use and spelling of the English language may not obtain an advanced degree from the University of Colorado. The satisfaction of this requirement depends not so much upon the ability to pass formal tests, although these may be demanded, as it does upon the habitual use of good English in all oral and written work. Ability to use the language with precision and distinction should be cultivated as an attainment of major importance.
Each department will judge the qualifications of its


94/University of Colorado at Denver
advanced students in the use of English. Reports, examinations, and speech will be considered in estimating the candidate’s proficiency.
MASTER OF ARTS AND MASTER OF SCIENCE
A student regularly admitted to the Graduate School and later accepted as a candidate for the degree Master of Arts or Master of Science will be recommended for the degree only after the following requirements have been met.
In general, only graduates of an approved institution who have a thorough preparation for their proposed field of study and who do graduate work of high quality are able to attain the degree with the minimum amount of work specified below. All studies offered toward the minimum requirement for the degree must be of graduate rank. Necessary additional work required to make up deficiencies or prerequisites may be partly or entirely undergraduate courses.
The requirements stated below are minimum requirements; additional conditions set by the department will be found in the announcements of separate departments. Any department may make further regulations not inconsistent with the general rules.
Minimum Requirement
The minimum requirement of graduate work for the degree Master of Arts or Master of Science may be fulfilled by following either Plan I or Plan II below.
Plan I: By presenting 24 semester hours of graduate work, including a thesis. At least 12 semester hours of this work must be at the 500 level or above.
Plan II: By presenting 30 semester hours of graduate work, without a thesis. At least 16 semester hours of this work must be at the 500 level or above.
Plan II does not represent a free option for the student. A candidate for the master’s degree may be allowed to select Plan II only on the recommendation of the department concerned.
Field of Study
Studies leading to a master’s degree may be divided between major and minor subjects at the discretion of the faculty of the degree-granting program.
Status
After a student has made a satisfactory record in this University for at least one semester or summer term and after he has removed any deficiencies that were determined at the time of admission or by qualifying examinations, or otherwise, he should confer with his major department and request that a decision be made on his status. This definite status must be set by his major department before a student may make application for admission to candidacy for an advanced degree.
Students who are inadequately prepared must make up without credit toward a graduate degree all prerequisites required by the department concerned.
Language Requirements
Candidates must have such knowledge of ancient and modem languages as each department requires. See special departmental requirements.
Credit by Transfer
Resident graduate work of high quality done in a recognized graduate school elsewhere and coming within the time limit may be accepted up to a limited amount, provided it is recommended by the department concerned and approved by the dean of the Graduate School.
All work accepted by transfer must come within the five-year time limit or be validated by special examination.
The maximum amount of work that may be transferred to this University, dependent upon the master’s degree sought, is noted below:
Semester Hours
M.A. or M.S.................................................. 8
M.Bus.Ed..................................................... 8
M.Ed......................................................... 8
M.Mus........................................................ 8
M.Mus. Ed.................................................... 8
M.F.A. (painting)........................................... 16
M.F.A. (education)........................................... 8
Credit will not be transferred until the student has established in the Graduate School of this University a satisfactory record of at least one semester in residence; such transfer will not reduce the residence requirement at this University, but it may reduce the amount of work to be done in formal courses. Requests for transfer of credit to be applied toward an advanced degree must be made on the form specified for this purpose and submitted to the Graduate School by the beginning of the semester prior to that in which the student will be graduated.
Work already applied toward a master’s degree received from another institution cannot be accepted for transfer toward the master’s degree at the University of Colorado; extension work completed at another institution cannot be transferred; and correspondence work, except to make up deficiencies, is not recognized.
Excess undergraduate credits from another institution may not be transferred to the Graduate School. Seniors in this University may, however, transfer a limited amount of advanced resident work (up to 8 semester hours) provided such work:
1. Is completed with distinction in the senior year at this University.
2. Comes within the five-year time limit.
3 Has not been applied toward another degree.
4. Is recommended for transfer by the department concerned and is approved by the dean of the Graduate School.
Requests for transfer of credit to be applied toward an advanced degree must be made on the form specified for this purpose and submitted to the Graduate School by the beginning of the semester prior to that in which the student will be graduated. For more information contact the Graduate School office.
Residence
In general, the residence requirements can be met only by residence at this University for at least two semesters or at least three summer terms. For full residence a student must be registered within the time designated at the beginning of a semester and must carry the equivalent of not fewer than 5 semester hours of work in courses numbered 500 or above, or at least 8 semester hours of other graduate work. See Limitation of Registration, Full Load, for requirements for full residence credit during the summer. A student who is noticeably deficient in his general training, or in the specific preparation indicated by each department as prerequisite to graduate work, cannot expect to obtain a degree in the minimum time specified.
Assistants and other employees of the University may fulfill the residence requirements of one year in two semesters, provided their duties do not require more than half time. Full-time employees may not satisfy the residence requirements of one year in fewer than four semesters.


Graduate School/95
Admission to Candidacy
A student who wishes to become a candidate for a master’s degree must file application in the dean’s office not later than 10 weeks prior to the completion of the comprehensive-final examination. The number of hours to be presented for the degree must be determined before this application may be filed. See previous section on Status.
This application must be made on forms obtainable at the dean’s office and in various departments and must be signed by a representative of both the major and minor, if any, fields of study, certifying that the student’s work is satisfactory and that his program outlined in the application meets the requirements set in his particular case.
Thesis Requirements
A thesis, which may be of a research, expository, critical, or creative type, is required of every master’s degree candidate under Plan I. Every thesis presented in partial fulfillment of the requirements for an advanced degree must:
1. Deal with a definite topic related to the major field.
2. Be based upon independent study and investigation.
3. Represent the equivalent of from 4 to 6 semester hours of work.
4. Receive the approval of the major department not later than 30 days (in some departments, 90 days) before the commencement at which the degree is to be conferred.
5. Be essentially complete at the time the comprehensive-final examination is given.
6. Comply in mechanical features with specifications obtainable from the Graduate School.
Two weeks prior to the date on which the degree is to be conferred, two formally approved, printed or typewritten copies of the thesis must be filed in the Graduate School. The thesis must be complete with abstract.
All theses must be signed by the thesis adviser and the second reader. All approved theses are kept on file in the library. The thesis binding fee must be paid at the Business Office when the thesis is deposited in the Graduate School.
Credit hours earned for the thesis will not be accepted toward the requirements for a degree unless such credit has previously been registered. A student working toward a master’s degree must register for thesis for a specific number of hours. The registered credit for thesis must total a minimum of 4 or a maximum of 6 semester hours, the total number of hours depending upon how much credit is to be given for the thesis.
Comprehensive-Final Examinations
Each candidate for a master’s degree is required to take a comprehensive-final examination after the other requirements for the degree have been completed. This examination may be given near the end of the candidate’s last semester of residence while he is still taking required courses for the degree, provided he is making satisfactory progress in those courses.
The following rules applying to the comprehensive final examination must be observed:
1. A student must be registered when he takes his examination.
2. Notice of the examination must be filed by the major department in the dean’s office at least three days in advance of the examination.
3. The examination is to be given by a committee of three graduate faculty members appointed by the department concerned in consultation with the dean.
4. The examination, which may be oral or written, or both, must cover the thesis, which should be essentially
complete at the time, as well as other work done in the University in formal courses and seminars in the major field.
5. An examination in the minor work taken at this University is optional with the major and minor departments.
6. The examination must include all work presented for the degree not done in residence at the University of Colorado, whether in the major or minor field. The examination on transferred work will be given by representatives of the corresponding fields of study in this University.
7. If a candidate fails the comprehensive-final examination, three months must elapse before he may again attempt it.
Supplemental Examinations
Supplemental examinations should be simply an extension of the original examination and given immediately. If the student fails the supplemental examination, three months must elapse before he may again attempt it.
Course Examinations
The regular written examinations of each semester except the last must be taken. Course examinations of the last semester, which come after the comprehensive-final examination has been passed, may be omitted with the permission of the instructor.
Time Limit
All work, including the comprehensive-final examination, should be completed within five years or six successive summers. Work done earlier will not be accepted for the degree unless validated by a special examination. A candidate for the master’s degree is expected to complete his work with reasonable continuity.
Deadlines for Master’s Degree Candidates Expecting to Graduate During 1976-77
Deadline dates for the following can be obtained by calling the Graduate School office on the Boulder Campus, 492-7401:
1. Last day for requesting transfer of credit.
2. Applications for admission to candidacy. Applications must be submitted at least 10 weeks before the student expects to take the comprehensive-final examination. Students are urged to submit this form by the beginning of the semester prior to that in which they expect to receive degree. (The form may be picked up in the department or in the Graduate School office.)
3. Last day for thesis to be approved by department.
4. Last day for scheduling of comprehensive-final examination with the Graduate School.
5. Last day for taking comprehensive-final examination.
6. Last day for filing thesis in the Graduate School. At the time of filing, the thesis must be complete in all respects and must meet thesis specifications in order to be accepted by the Graduate School. Candidates whose theses are received after 5 p.m. on the indicated date will be graduated at the commencement following that for which the deadline is indicated.
Description of Courses and Programs
Graduate credit is given for courses which are listed in the Graduate School section of this bulletin or which have otherwise been approved by the dean of the Graduate


96/University of Colorado at Denver
School. No assurance can be given that work taken by a student will count toward a higher degree unless he has the approval of the department.
Not all courses listed are available at any one time; some of them are given in alternate years.
Courses taken during the fall semester 1975 and thereafter will have graduate rank if they are taught by members of the Graduate School faculty and are in one of the following two categories:
1. Courses within the major department at the 500 level or above.
2. Courses outside the major department at any level, provided they are approved for graduate rank for a specific degree plan by the faculty of the degree-granting program.
This does not change the minimum number of courses that must be taken at the 500 level or above. However, as a result, most students who include 400-level courses of other departments in their program will not exceed those minimum requirements for graduation.
ANTHROPOLOGY
Admission to the master’s program in anthropology is open to any holder of the baccalaureate degree, not necessarily in anthropology, provided he meets the following requirements: (1) the undergraduate record, especially that of the last two years of training, must be of good quality—a B or better grade-point average in anthropology is recommended; (2) some acquaintance with anthropology should have been acquired through formal study. Applicants will be expected to have had at least an introductory (general) course and first-level specialized courses in ethnology, archaeology, linguistics, and physical anthropology. An applicant deficient in background may be admitted as a provisional candidate but will be required to make up his deficiencies without graduate credit during his first year of graduate study or the applicant can be admitted to the University for a one-year trial period as a special student.
Besides undergraduate transcripts, applicants also must submit Graduate Record Examination scores for verbal and quantitative aptitude and at least two letters of recommendation. Evidence of previous nonacademic, anthropology-oriented work or experience will be carefully considered, as will that of special skills relevant to anthropological research.
The master’s program welcomes the application of individuals whose current careers could be furthered substantially by graduate training in anthropology—nurses, other health professionals, social studies teachers, public affairs, management, and community planning specialists, etc.
Residence
A minimum of two full semesters devoted to advanced study is required by the Graduate School. Students working toward the master’s degree in anthropology will be strongly encouraged to attain that degree within two years following their enrollment in the program.
Degree Requirements
The minimum requirement for the M.A. degree may be fulfilled by following either Plan I or Plan II below.
Plan 1. By presenting 24 semester hours of graduate work including a thesis. At least 12 semester hours of this work must be at the 500 level or above.
Plan II. By presenting 30 semester hours of graduate work without a thesis. At least 16 semester hours of this work must be at the 500 level or above.
The 24 hours of work under Plan I are to be distributed as follows:
Hours
Archaeology ........................................................ 3
Ethnology .......................................................... 3
Linguistics*........................................................ 3
Physical anthropology............................................... 3
Electives .......................................................... 6
Thesis ............................................................. 6
The 30 hours of work under Plan II are to be distributed as follows:
Hours
Archaeology ......................................................... 3
Ethnology ........................................................... 3
Linguistics*......................................................... 3
Physical anthropology................................................ 3
Minor or collateral field............................................ 8
Electives ............................................................ 10
Examination
Each student must pass a comprehensive M.A. examination demonstrating his mastery of the fundamental principles of anthropology. This examination will ordinarily be taken before the conclusion of the fourth semester after enrollment in the program.
Thesis or Research Project
Each student will submit the results of research on a project agreed upon by the student and his advisers. The report of that research must be acceptable for publication, as judged by the advisory committee, either as a formal M.A. thesis (in the case of students following Plan I) or in some other form.
Statistics, Field Work, Language, or Library Research
Formal training in statistics is strongly recommended for all candidates, regardless of the candidate’s subdisciplinary interests. Experience with field work is likewise strongly recommended. The nature of the field work will vary according to interest and opportunity, and need not necessarily be directed toward the research project or thesis. There is no language requirement for the M.A. program. Students who expect to continue working toward a Ph.D., however, are urged to begin work on at least one language early in their graduate careers.
Minor or Collateral Field
A minor collateral field of study is required only for students following Plan II. All students, however, are urged to take courses relevant to their interests in related divisional fields and in other divisions, colleges, or schools.
Graduate Courses
The following graduate-level courses are offered at UCD. Although many of the courses listed below also appear as 400-level courses in the undergraduate section of this bulletin, anthropology graduate students should register at the 500 level unless otherwise advised. Registration at the 500 and 600 level is also open to qualified undergraduates (see instructor). Graduate-level work will be expected of all who do register for 500 and 600 credit.
♦Courses in specific research techniques or data analysis may be substituted upon recommendation by the student’s major adviser.


Graduate School/97
For Advanced Undergraduates
Consent of the instructor is required of all upper division students who wish 500-level credit for those courses which are also listed at the 400-level in the undergraduate section of this bulletin. No 500-level course is open to students who have previously taken the course at the 400 level.
Anthro. 508-3. Anthropological Genetics. A consideration of the data and theory of human genetics. Emphasis will be placed upon analytical techniques relating to a genetic analysis of the individual, family, and populations. Not open to students who have had Anthro. 408.
Anthro. 510-3. Race and Man. Concepts of human race; history, theory, and applications. Biological factors in the establishment and maintenance of human diversity. Not open to students who have had Anthro. 410.
Anthro. 511-3. Human Paleontology. Detailed consideration of the fossil evidence for human evolution. History, description, interpretation of key fossils, and review of current and controversial issues. Not open to students who have had Anthro. 411.
Anthro. 512-3. Advanced Physical Anthropology. Introduction to population genetics and its application to understanding problems of process in human evolution and the formation of races in man. Not open to students who have had Anthro. 412.
Anthro. 514-3. Primatology. Survey of the Primate Order in evolution. Morphology and behavior from a comparative point of view, with emphasis on issues related to the origin and evolution of the most social member of this order. Not open to students who have had Anthro. 414. Anthro. 515-3. Human Ecology. A study of demographic and ecological variables as they relate to man. Aspects of natural selection, overpopulation, and environmental deterioration will be considered.
Anthro. 516-3. Ecology, Adaptation, and Culture. Culture, culture change, and evolution from the perspective of human behavioral adaptations to environmental variables. A general systems, multifactorial (sociocultural and biophysical) approach to cause and effect. Not open to students who have had Anthro. 416.
Anthro. 517-3. Human Ethology. Ethological principles and their application to anthropological investigations. Methods and techniques of data collection. Practice in the assessment of behavior of natural settings. Not open to students who have had Anthro. 417.
Anthro. 518-3. Group Processes—Sociobiology. Human and other animal behavior in groups. Social biological processes, structures, and systemic functions of groups in cross-specific evolutionary comparison. Not open to students who have had Anthro. 418.
Anthro. 521-3. Archaeology of the American Southwest. Prehistoric cultures of the southwestern U.S. and adjacent Mexico, their origins, characteristics, and interrelationships. Not open to students who have had Anthro. 421.
Anthro. 522-3. Archaeology of Mesoamerica. Prehistoric and protohis-toric cultures of Mexico and northern Central America, including the Aztecs and the Maya. Not open to students who have had Anthro. 422. Anthro. 530-3. Cultural Evolution. Review of various theories explaining the evolution of culture with particular attention to the Neolithic and Urban Revolutions.
Anthro. 536-2 to 6. Anthropological Field Work. Summer. Boulder Campus only. Students will assist in the supervision of archaeological field research and conduct laboratory analysis of archaeological materials and data. Open only to University of Colorado advanced anthropology students enrolled in a regular degree program.
Anthro. 539-3. Research Methods in Archaeology. Methods and theory of archaeology, emphasizing the interpretation of materials and data and the relationships of archaeology to other disciplines. Not open to students who have had Anthro. 439.
Anthro. 543-3. Economic Anthropology. Cross-cultural survey and comparison of economic systems and their functional relationships with other social institutions in a range of societies from simple to complex. Not open to students who have had Anthro. 443.
Anthro. 544-3. Urban Anthropology. An anthropological approach to the comparative study of factors influencing urbanization in different parts of die world along with the implications of environments, economy, values, and psychology of urban living in general. Cross-cultural, but with emphasis on the modem western world. Not open to students who have had Anthro. 444.
Anthro. 547-3. Ethnohistory. The use of documents and other external sources in the reconstruction of culture history. Not open to students who have had Anthro. 447.
Anthro. 548-3. Anthropology and Education. An anthropological focus on contemporary educational systems. Review of recent research in the anthropology of education as well as an introduction to teaching anthropology in the schools. Primarily for social studies teachers, educa-
tion, and anthropology students. Not open to students who have had Anthro. 448. Prer., consent of instructor.
Anthro. 550-3. Family Dynamics. The course examines processes of change in values, roles, and relations involved in marriage and family structure, using contemporary cross-cultural materials leading to understanding of such problems as generation gap and sex role change. Special attention is given to changing structure of authority, economics, and the emotional components associated with marriage and family life of today’s America. Not open to students who have had Anthro. 450.
Anthro. 551-3. Applied Cultural Anthropology. Concepts, methods, and problems in the application of anthropology to community and institution organization, development and administration; exemplified through analysis and discussion of U.S. and cross-cultural case materials. Urban and medical problems as well as ethical issues to be included. Not open to students who have had Anthro. 451.
Anthro. 552-3. Seminar; Recent Cultural Anthropology. Current directions in sociocultural theory, method and technique as exemplified in the reported research and theoretical works of major anthropologists from mid-20th century to the present. Not open to students who have had Anthro. 452. Prer., anthropology major or consent of instructor.
Anthro. 553-3. History of Anthropology. Foundations and development of major concepts and approaches (theory and method) in the study of man and culture. Discussion of principal contributors and their works to mid-20th century. Not open to students who have had Anthro. 453. Prer., anthropology major or consent of instructor.
Anthro. 554-3. Psychological Anthropology. A comparative study of the relationship between culture and social character and between culture and individual personality. Anthropological perspectives on the effects of various sociocultural contexts on individual experience. The relationships of sociocultural situations, to motives, values, cognition, personal adjustment, stress, and qualities of personal experience are emphasized. Not open to students who have had Anthro. 454.
Anthro. 555-3. Culture Dynamics. Theories and perspectives in the study of culture process. Analysis and discussion of case materials dealing with persistence, innovation, situations of culture contact and acculturation, directed change and resistance, and long-term sociocultural development. Not open to students who have had Anthro. 455.
Anthro. 556-3. Contemporary American Indian Cultures. Beginning with the historical background on American Indian acculturation and persistence, but emphasizing the present-day relations between Indian communities and the dominant society, stressing conditions and events in Denver and the Southwest generally. Not open to students who have had Anthro. 456.
Anthro. 558-3. Political Anthropology. Analysis of institutions of political control both comparatively and from an evolutionary perspective; the interconnections between political and other aspects of human cultural
systems.
Anthro. 559-3. Comparative Social Organization. Principles in the comparative study of human social systems, types of social structure, social control, sociocultural integration, and processes of social change and societal development. Focus on the analysis of ethnographies. Not open to students who have had Anthro. 459. Prer., Anthro. 240 or 452/552 or 453/553 or consent of instructor.
World Ethnography (Anthro. 562-576)
Each course listed below will cover the major aspects of cultural and social anthropological interest relating to the peoples and cultural systems within the areas indicated. Following a survey of the geographical affiliations of the inhabitants, the culture-history of the area will be reviewed. The ways of life of the indigenous populations, their relations with each other and to other peoples, and the effects of culture change will be discussed. Not open to students who have had Anthro. 462, 463, 470, 474, 476.
Anthro. 562-3. Ethnography of the American Southwest.
Anthro. 563-3. Ethnography of Mexico and Central America.
Anthro. 570-3. Ethnography of China, Japan, and Korea.
Anthro. 574-3. Ethnography of India, Pakistan, and Ceylon.
Anthro. 576-3. Ethnography of Southeast Asia.
Anthro. 580-3. Anthropological Linguistics. Boulder Campus only. Methods and results of scientific analysis of languages of nonliterate peoples. Not open to students who have had Anthro. 480.
Anthro. 581-3. Language and Culture. The course explores the relationships between culture and language in the following contexts: language acquisition, language and individual, social dialects, language and education, language and world view, the role of language in cultural


Full Text

PAGE 1

ARCHIVES AURARIA LIBRARY -77 UNIVERSITY OF COLORADO BULLETIN

PAGE 2

U1&701 95&1720 Contents General Information . . . ........................ . . Academic Calendar .......... ... . . ............ .. . College o f Liberal Arts a nd Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Division o f Arts and Humanities ................ 16 Division o f Natural and Physical Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Division o f Social Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Ethnic Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 9 Special Programs . ................ .......... . 41 Preprofessional Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 College of Business a nd A dministration and Graduate School of Business Administration . ....... ...... 43 School o f Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 College o f Engineering and A pplied Science ............................. 61 Co llege of Environmental Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 College o f Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Graduate School ........ . . . . . ......... ...... . . . 90 Graduate School o f Publ i c A ffairs . ............... 125 A dministrative Officers ........ . ............. . . 135 Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 Thi s bulletin c o ntain s g e ne ral information a nd c o urse de s crip tions . S tudent s s hould co n s ult th e a ppropriate S c hedule of C o urses fo r day, time, and m e e tin g place of c l ass e s as well a s partic ular r eg i s tra tion i nform atio n . U niver s i ty o f Colorado Bulletin. 1200 U niversity Av enue , Boulder , Colorado 80309 . Vol. LXXV, No. 44, September 2 0 , 1975 General Series No. 1808 . Published f ive times monthly by the U niversity of Co lorado . Second class postage paid at Boulder, Colorado.

PAGE 3

University of Colorado at Denver 1100 Fourteenth Street Denve r , Colorado 80202 Telephone: 892-1117 Second-Class Postage Paid at the Post Office Boulder, Colora do 80302

PAGE 4

General Information U CD ACADEMIC CALENDAR * Deadline Dates for Applications for Admissio n The application deadline dates indicated herein will be observed provided space is available for the term in d icated. The University reserves the right to change these dates in accordance with prevailing enrollment patterns . Interes t ed applicants are encouraged to apply as early as possible for the term desired . All credentials required in the admission process must be on ftle with the Office of Admissions and Records by the deadline date if consideration for admission is to be made for the term desired. Applicants who are unable to complete the ftling of required credentials for one term may elect t o h ave their admission consideration date moved for ward to the next or any subsequent term. Transfer a p plicants should take into account the time involved in having official transcripts sent from collegiate in stitutions attended previously and apply sufficiently in advance of the application deadline to insure that these documents are on file by the required date . Foreign applicants are advised that 120 days are u ually re q u ired for credentials to arrive in thi office from mos t international locations . New Under g raduate Student s Fonner University of Colorado student s Special tudent s Special to de g ree s tudent s tatu s c han g e Graduate Stud e nt s Fall Semester Spring Semester 1976 1977 June 15 Oct. I July 15 Nov . I June 15 Oct. I June 15 Oct. I Please call the school in which you are planning to enroll for deadline dates. Bus iness Education Environmental De s i g n Public Affair s 892 1117 , ext. 281 892 1117 , ext . 276 892 -11 17, ext . 381 892 1117 , ext . 451 For information regarding all other programs in the Graduate School, call the Graduate School office, 892-1117, ext. 414. (Note: Prospective students are advised that different academic cale n dars are used by each campus of the Univer sity of Colorado. Specific information must be obtained from the campus to which the individual expects to apply.) The following academic calendar for 1976-77 is provided for planning purposes. Prospective students should refer to informatio n on this page regarding dates all required creden tials must be on file for consideration for admission . To register for courses for any selected term, students must have been officially admitted to the University of Colorado at Denver for that term. F all Semester 1976 Students should obtain a copy of the Fall Semester 1976 Schedule of Courses for complete calendar information and instructions for registration. Aug . 17, 18, 19 (Tues., Wed., Thurs.)-Registration (see note below) . Aug. 23 (Mon . )--Ciasses begin. Late registration (see note below) . Sept. 6 (Mon.)-Labor Day holiday . No classes. All offices closed. Nov . 25-27 (Thurs . , Fri.)-Thanksgiving holiday. No class es . All offices closed. Nov . 29 ( Mon.)--Classes resume. Dec . 8 (Wed.)--Ciasses end. Sp r ing Semester 1 977 Students should obtain a copy of the Spring Semester 1977 Schedule of Course s for complete calendar informa tion and instructions for registration . Jan . 25, 26, 27 (Tues . , Wed. , Thurs.)-Registration (see note below). Jan. 31 (Mon.)--Ciasses begin. Late registration (see note below). May 20 (Fri.)--Ciasses end. Commencement in Boulder. Sum mer Term 1 977 Calendar to be anno u nced . Reg i stration Notes Registratio n . New app l icants will not be considered for admission on the days of registration. Former students desir ing to return to the institution should consult with the O ffice of Admissions and Records regarding readmission applica tion proce d ures and deadlines. Late Registration. Because of limited space, eligible s tudents who did not register during the days provided may have difficulty obtaining the classes desired. A late fee will be assessed. '"The U n i versity reserves the right to alt e r the academic calendar a t any time.

PAGE 5

2/University of Colorado at Den ver THE UNIVERSITY OF COLORADO AT DENVER . . . AN URBAN UNIVERSITY CAMPUS History Beginning in 1912, courses were made available to resi dents of the Denver metropolitan area through the Extension Division of the University of Colorado in Boulder. Classes were held in scattered locations throughout the city until 1938, when they were gathered in one center. Increasing enrollment necessitated two moves to larger quarters, and the Denver Center carne to its present location at 14th and Arapahoe Streets in 1957. In 1965, the Denver Center be came a degree-granting institution, enabling students to complete full academic programs in Denver. In January 1973, the Board of Regents adopted a resolu tion changing the names of the University's centers because of an amendment to the Constitution of the State of Colorado which gave the centers legal status as separate branches of the University. The Denver Center was renamed the Univer sity of Colorado at Denver (UC D ). Location UCD is situated at the hub of a tremendous growth area. The downtown campus is accessible to both city dwellers and suburban commuters from an eight-county area with an esti mated population of I , 506,000 . Located across Cherry Creek from the Auraria Higher Education Center campus, UCD shares facilities with Metropolitan State College and the Community College of Denver in the Auraria complex while remaining a unique urban institution in itself. The UCD campus is close to major business establis hment s and governrnent offices in downtown Denver , as well as to civic and cultural centers. Enrollment UCD is one of the largest state-supported institutions of higher education in Colorado in terms of enrollment. The average number of students enrolled for credit is about 8 , 000 during the fall and spring semester and 4 , 000 during the summer term . Academic Programs Academic and public service programs are especially geared to the needs of the urban population and environment, as well as to traditional fields of study. Students may earn degrees in more that 50 undergraduate fields and some 20 graduate areas. These educational endeavors emphasize quality instruction, research, and professional training . Academic programs within the University are offered by colleges that admit freshmen, by professional schools that admit students who have completed at least two or three years of preprofessional study, and by the Graduate School. Col lege s and school s at UCD are: College of Liberal Arts and Sciences College of Business and Administration and Graduate School of Business Administration School of Education College of Engineering and Applied Science College of Environmental Design College of Music Graduate School Graduate School of Public Affairs Accreditation and Memberships UCD is fully accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools and is a member of the Association of Urban Universities . The College of Business and Administration and Graduate School of Business Administration is a member of the American Assembly of Collegiate Schools of Business. The School of Education is accredited by the National Council of Accreditation of Teacher Education and member ship is held in the American Association of Colleges of Teacher Educa tion. The Engineers' Council for Professional Development (ECPD) has accredited the programs in civil engineering and electrical engineering in the College of Engineering and Applied Science. The College of Environmental Design is accredited by the National Architectural Accrediting Board, i s a member of the Association of Collegiate Schools of Architecture and Collegiate Schools of Plannin g, and is recognized by the American Institute of Planners . The College of Music is a member of the National Association of Schools of Music . The Graduate School of Public Affairs i s a member of the National Association of Schools of Public Affairs and Ad ministration. Year-Round Operation Classes at UCD are scheduled six days a week, both day and evening. Students may begin studies in most degree fields at the start of any one of the academic terms of the year , which include a fall semester of 16 weeks, a spring semester of 16 weeks, and an 8-week (half-semester) summer term . More than half of the courses at UCD are offered during evening hours , permitting students maximum flexibility in planning for both employment and educational goals. Faculty More than 230 highly qualified faculty members teach full time at UCD; 70 percent have earned doctoral degrees. The faculty is alert to the challenges of the urban scene and responsive to the needs of the urban student. Students Strongly motivated people from all walks of life make up the student body . The diversity of interests, knowledge, occupations, backgrounds, and age stimulates a unique learn ing experience for these men and women. Ages range from 16 to 70. About 60 percent of the students enroll . ed are at the junior, senior, fifth year, graduate, or special student-with baccalaureate-degree levels . Prospectus . As an urban university , UCD has a fundamental commit ment to meet the needs of the metropolitan Denver commu nity; it seeks to keep pace with the needs of the current city-oriented student and at the same time plan for the de mands of the future . Programs are cont inually being enlarged and expanded, as additional funds and space are made avail able, to offer students a broad scope of educational oppor tunities, whether the student is seeking a general education or has a desire to study in a highly specialized area . UCD's primary role is to provide grad uate , professional, and upper divi si on education, with undergraduate programs designed especially for those students who plan to undertake graduate work or professional study. Equal Opportunity Policy Statement The Univer sity of Colorado at Denver follow s a policy of equal opportunity in education and in employment. In pursuance of this policy, no UCD department , unit, or employee shall discriminate against an individual or group on the ba sis of race , color, national origin, sex, age, or physical handicap. Thi s policy applies to all areas of the University affecting pre sent and pro spec tive s tudent s or employees.

PAGE 6

A UCD Equal Opportunity / Affirmative Action pro gra m has been establi hed to implement thi s policy. Complaint s regarding po ss ible disc rimin a tion at thi s University s hould be directed to either of the two people listed below, who will advise individuals of existing complaint procedure s internal and external to the University. Affirmative Action Director : Dr. Janet Moone, Room 806 , ext. 355. Title IX Coordinator: Alice Owens, Room MllOB, ext. 385. REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION UCD seeks to identify applicants who have a high proba bility of successful completion of an academic program . Admission decisions are ba s ed on evaluation of many criteria . Among the most important are : 1. Evidence of scholarly ability and accomplishment shown on national aptitude and achievment test s (ACT/ SAT) . 2. General level of previou s academic performance . 3. Ability to work in the academic environment of an urban, nonre s idential campus . 4 . Maturity, motivation , and potential for academic growth. An applicant who is granted admission to UCD mu st reflect in a moral and ethical s en se a personal background acceptable to the Univer sity . The Univer s ity reserves the right to deny admission to applicants who se total credentials indicate an inability to as ume tho se obligations of perfor mance and behavior deemed essential by the University and relevant to any of its lawful mi ss ion s, proce sses, and func tions as an educational ins titution . High School Concurrent Enrollment High school juniors and se nior s of proved academic ability may be admitted to UCD for cour s es which s upplement their high school programs . Credits for University courses taken in this manner may s ubsequently be applied toward a Univer s ity degree program . Interested high school s tudent s may contact the Office of Admission s and Record s for complete informa tion and application instruction s ( telephone [303] 623 1181) . Admission of Freshmen (Those Who Have Not Had Prior Collegiate Experience) New freshmen may apply for admis ion to the Colle ges of Business and Administration, Engineering and Applied Sci ence, Music, and Liberal Art s and Sciences. 1. General Requirements . The applicant mu s t be a high school graduate or have been awarded a Hig h School Equiva lency Certificate as a re s ult of the completion of the General Educational Development Test (GE D). Applicants who pre sent the High School Equivalency Certificate of the GED must score at or above the 60th percentile on each section of the test to be eligible for consideration for admission. Indi viduals applying for admission to UCD who have completed the Spani s h Language General Educational Development Test (GED) must also submit scores from Test VI , " Engli s h as a Second Language . " All applicants mu s t pre se nt 15 unit s of acceptable s econd ary school credit. While the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences does not s pecify particular unit s , the Colleges of Business and Administration, Engineerin g and Applied Sci ence, and Music have the following requirements : General I nformation/3 Colle ge of Bu s ines s a nd Administration Engli s h ............................. .......•... ............ 3 Mathematic s ( college preparatory) ........... . . .... ...•.. ....... 2 Natur a l sc ien ces (labora tory type) ............... . . . ..... ....... 2 Social s cience s (including hi s tory) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Elective s . .................. .... ........................ . . . 6 (Such as forei g n l ang u ages and additional academ i c cour s e s. May include up to 2 unit s in bu s ine ss areas . ) Colle g e of Engi n eering and Applied Science• 15 Engli s h ..... . . ................................•.....•...... 3 Algebra ........ ........................ ... ................ 2 Geometry . . .............................. . ................. I (Trigonometry and hig her mathematic s recommended . ) Natural scie nce s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 ( Phy s ics and chemistry recommended.) Social s tudie s and humanitie s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 ( F o rei g n langua g e s and additional unit s of Engli s h , his to ry, and literature are included in the humanit ies.) Elective s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 15 Colle ge of Musi c Engli s h ....... . . .....•................•...... ......... ..... 3 Theoretical music . . ..........•............ . . . ............. Phy s i ca l c ien ce ........ .. .......... .......... .......... . Social sc ience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Forei g n language ..............................• .......... Mathem atics ....... .................................. ... . Additional hig h s chool academ i c unit s ..... . ............•..... 15 It i s e x pected that all s tudent s will have had previou s experience in an a pplied music area. Two year of piano training are recommended . The College of Mu sic require s an a udition of all enterin g fre s hmen and under g r a duate tran s fer s tudents. In lieu of the per s onal audition , applicants may s ub s titute t a pe recordin gs ( about 10 minute s in len gth on 7'>2 ip s mon aural) o r a s t a tement of excellence by a qu a lified teac her. Interested s tud e nt s s hould write to the College of Mu sic, UCD, for a udition or inter view a pplic atio n s . 2 . Colorado Re s ident Applicants . t Colorado resident applicant s who meet the above ge neral qualifications are divided into three categories : a. Applicant s who ranked in the upper one half of their hig h chool grad u ati n g clas s and h ave a composite s core of 23 or hiqher on the American College Test ( ACT) or a combined score of 1000 or hig her on the Schola stic Aptitude Te s t (SAT) of the College En trance Examination Board are give n preferred con s ideration . b. Applicants who ranked in the upper two-third s of their high s chool graduating class a nd who have an ACT composite score from 18 to 22 or a combined s core of 800 or higher on the SA Twill be considered for admis s ion on an individual basis . The se applicants cannot be ass ured admi ss ion . c. Applicants who ranked in the lower one-third of their high school graduating class, or who have a composite ACT sc ore below 18 or a combined SAT score below 800 will be considered for admissions on an individual basis by the Admissions Committee. 3 . Nonresident Applicants. t Nonresident applicants must meet the ge neral requirements s tated above , and , in addition, must rank in the upper one half of their hi g h school graduating class and present an ACT composite sc ore of24 or higher or a combined SAT sco re of 1050 or higher to be considered for admission. • Also see College o f Engineering and Applied Science genera l i nfonnatio n s e ctio n o f this bulletin. tSee pag e 9 for definition o f r esiden t " and " n onresident " classification .

PAGE 7

4/University of Colorado at Denver Nonresident applicants are advised that UCD does not maintain residence facilities. Housing is available in the Denver metropolitan area, but must be obtained by the indi vidual without dependence on University services. How To Apply for Admission 1. Applicants may apply for the fall se mester, the spring semester, or the summer term. A schedule of application deadline dates for the various semesters and terms is noted on page 1, and will be supplied with the application form. Deadline dates are subject to change . An application received after the stated deadline for one semester or term will be considered for the next semester or term if the applicant notifies the Office of Admissions and Records . 2. J\n Application for Admission may be obtained by contacting: Office of Admissions and Records University of Colorado at Denver 1100 Fourteenth Street Denver, Colorado 80202 Telephone (303) 623-1181 A Colorado resident may al o obtain thi s form from the office of his high school principal or counselor. 3. The application for admission mus t be completed in total and submitted to the above address prior to the stated application deadline for the term of enrollment de s ired . All applications for admission must be accompanied by a check or money order in the amount of $10 . Thi s application fee is nonrefundable . In the event the applicant is granted admission but is prevented from enrolling during the term indicated on the application, the application fee will be valid for one full year (12 months) from the date of the term for which the applicant was applying; however, the applicant must notify the Office of Admissions of his intentions. 4 . The applicant must request that a high school tran script, including his rank-in-class, be mailed to the above address by his high school . 5. The applicant must take either the American College Test (ACT) or the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) of the Colle ge Entrance Examination Board on one of the national testing dates . The s tudent must reque st that test scores be sent to UCD (A CT code 0533, or SAT code R-4875 ) . If the applicant took one of these tests prior to his applica tion for admission to the University of Colorado and did not designate UCD to receive a score report, he mus t reque s t the testing agency to send the score to UCD. This is ac complished on a Request for Additional Score Report form available at test centers or from the appropriate office listed below . Information regarding these tests may be obtained either from the applicant's high school counselor , the UCD Office of Admissions and Records, or from one of the following offices of the national testing agencies: Registration Department American College Testing Program (A CT) P . O . Box 414 Iowa City , Iowa 52240 College Entrance Examination Board (SAT) P.O. Box 1025 Berkeley , California 94704 College Entrance Examination Board (SAT) P.O. Box 592 Princeton , New Jersey 08540 All c redentials presented for admission become the property of the University of Colorado and must remain on file. When a complete application (a pplication form, tran scri pt of high school work completed, statement of rankin-c lass, required entrance test scores, coun se lor recom mendation, and the nonrefundable $1 0 application fee) is received by the Office of Admi ssions and Records , a decision of admission eligibility will be made, and the applicant will be notified. Admission of Transfer Students New transfer s tudents may apply for admission to the Colleges of Business and Administration , Engineering and Applied Science, Mu sic, and Liberal Arts and Sciences. 1 . Colorado Resident Applicants.* Colorado resident applicants are divided into the following three categories: a . Applicants who hold a collegiate record of more than 12 semes ter credits (18 quarter credits) from an ins titution of univer si ty rank, have a 2.0 cumulative grade-point average or higher (calc ulated on all work attempted), and are eligible to return to all insti tutions previou sly attended are given preferential consideration for admission. Applicants who have completed less than 12 semester credits (18 quarter credits) of collegiate work acceptable to the University of Colorado must meet requirements for admis s ion as freshmen . b. Applicant who hold a collegiate record of at least 45 semes ter credits (68 quarter credits) from a college, have a 2.0 cumulative grade-point average (calcu lated on all work attempted), and are eligible to return to all instit utions previously attended also are given preferential consideration for admi ssio n . c. Applicants who hold a collegiate record of less than 45 semester credits (68 quarter hours) from a college, h ave a 2 . 0 cumulative grade-point average or higher (calcula ted on all work attempted), and are eligible to return to all institutions previously attended will be considered for adm ission on an individual ba sis. Prim ary factors affec ting the admission decision in suc h case are: (a) the UCD college or school to which a dmi ssion is desired; (b) quality of previou work attempted; (c) age, maturity, and noncollegiate achievements; and (d) time since the last collegiate attendance. 2 . Nonresident Applicants.* Nonresidents must meet the general requirements s tated above, and, in addition, must have a transferable grade-point average of 2.5 in order to be admitted to the Colle ges of Busines s and Engineering and Applied Science , and Mus1c. The above general requirements are sufficient for admission as a nonre side nt to the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences. Nonresident applicants are advised that UCD does not maintain residence facilities. Housing is available in the Denver metropolitan area, but must be obtained by the indi vidual without dependence on University services. Applicants should consult the appropriate college or schoo l s ection of this bulletin to determine specific entrance requirements . When To Apply Interested applicants who are currently enrolled in a col legiate institution should submit their applications for trans fer admission after they have regi s tered for the final term at •see page 9 f o r definition o f "resident'' and '"nonresident'' c l ass ifi catio n .

PAGE 8

the current ins titution. Evaluation of transfer credit s will be based on an official transcript of record indicating work completed up to that last term of enrollment . An official transcri p t, indicating the grade res ult s of the fmal term, will the n be require d in add i t ion to t h e tran s cript furn ished with th e a p p l ication . Credentials Requ ired fo r Trans fer Admission 1 . A Unive rs ity of Colorado tran s fer application. 2 . The applic a tion fee of $10 in check or mone y order. (This fee i s nonrefu nd able. ) 3 . An official transcript of record from each collegiate institution a ttended previou s ly . If the applicant is currently enrolle d at a colle g iate in s titution and t s s ubmittin g a tran s cript lis tin g all cour s e s except for the fmal term of enroll ment, an other official tran s cript m u s t be s ubmitted after completion of the fi nal term. 4 . An offi c ial high school tr an cript. If the applicant i s a GE D graduate , a GE D Certificate of High School Equiva lency , GED te s t s core s, and a tr a n s cript of any hi g h s chool work completed mu s t be s ubmitted . Individual s a pplyin g for admi ss ion to UC D who have completed t h e Sp a ni s h Language Gener a l Educational Development Te s t ( GED ) mu s t als o s ubmit s core s from Te s t VI , " E n glis h a s a Second Lan g ua g e . " All c r edential s presented for admi ss ion be co m e the prop erty of the Uni v er s ity of Colorado and mu s t r e main onfile. T r a nsfer o f Co lle ge L evel Credit T h e O ffice of Admission s and Record s and t h e variou s deans' offices cannot make an e v alua tion of credit s from another colle g iate in s tit u tion or g ive s pecific de g ree a dvi s e ment u ntil complete and official credential s are on file and the applicant ha s been admitted . In g eneral , tran s fer c redit s from o th er accredited collegiate ins tit u tion s will be a ccepted in sofar as t hey meet t he d egree , g r a de , and re s idence require ments of the s tudent's cho s en pro g ram of s tudie s a t UCD . College level c redit ma y be tr a n s ferred to th e Univer sity of Colorado if it h as been earn e d a t a c olle ge o r univer si t y of recognized s tanding , from Advan c ed Place ment E x ami nation s , or in military s ervice or s choolin g a s recom me n ded by the Commi ss ion on Ac c redit a tion of Servic e Experience s of the American Council on Educatio n ; i f a grade of C or hi g her ha s been attained; and if the credit is for cour s e s a ppropriate to the d egr ee s ou g ht a t thi s in s titu tion. T h e Univer s ity of Colorado will accept up to 72 s eme s ter cre d its (or 108 quarter credit s ) of j u nior colle g e work to a ppl y toward t he baccalaureate degree at the Univ e r s ity of Col orado . No credit i s allowed for vocational-technical or reme dial course s. A maximum of 60 s emester credi t s of e x ten s ion and cor respo n dence work ( not to include more than 30 s eme s ter credi t s of corre s pondence) may be allowed if the a bove co nd itio n s are met. Readmiss i on of Former Students I. Former s tuden t s of the Univer s ity of Colorado who have not attended another colle g iate in s titution s ince their last enrollment at t h e Univer s ity of Colorado m u s t s u bmit a Former Student Application prior to the deadline for t h e term they wi s h to attend . 2 . Former s tudents of the U niver s ity of Colorado who have attended another collegiate in s titution s in c e their l as t enrollment at the Univer s ity of Colorado mu s t s ubmit a Former Student Ap pli cation form to apply for readmissio n . In a d dit i on , a $10 n onrefundab l e application fee mu s t ac company the application if the s tudent has taken 12 s eme s ter General I nformatio n/5 or 18 quarter ho u rs since his last attendance at the Univer s ity of Colorado . The s tudent mu s t reque s t that an official transcript of record from the institution(s) attended be s ent to UC D . Con s ideration for readmis s ion will be made after receipt of all t h e above listed c r edential s. T h e University reserves th e rig h t to deny readmission to former students w h ose total cre d entials reflect an inability to assume those o b ligations of performance and behavior deemed essential by the University and relevant to any of its lawful missions , proce s se s, and function s a s an educatio nal i n sti tu tion. lntrauniversity Transfer UCD s tudents wis hing to change college s or schools within the University of Colorado , or to chan g e campu es wi th in the University of Colora d o sy s tem, must make appli cation thro u g h t h e O ffice of Admis s ions and Records, Room 203. This a p plication mu s t be filed not later than 90 days prior to the term for which they wi s h to re g i s ter. Official Notification of Admission T h e only official notification of admi ss ion to UCD i s provided by the Office of Admission s and Record s and is printed on a Statement of Admi ss ion Eligibility form. Letter s from the variou s college s and s chool s indicatin g ac ceptance into a p a rticular pro g r a m are s ubject to official a dmission to the in s titution . Admission of Special Students Per s on s w h o wi s h to take Univer s ity co u r s e s but who do not plan to work toward a degree from the Univer s ity of Colorado are referred to a s " pecial " s tudent s. Normally , s pecial s tudent s have a n undergraduate degree . Cour s e s taken as a s pecial st u dent are fully credited and can be used in tra n s fer to ot her i n stitutio n o r for v a rio u s professional i m provement program s in the course of the s tudent' s employ ment. Student s who h ave not previou s ly e arned an under g radu ate de g ree s hould apply for an under g raduate degree program rather than applyin g for the s pe c i a l s tudent cate g ory . Speci a l s tudents are advi s ed th at reg i s tration for partic u lar cour s e s will be on a "space a vailable " ba s i s. Certified s c h ool teacher s wi th a baccala u reate degree w h o s eek only a renewal of the certificate currently held and who do not require ins titutional endorsement or recommendation may qualify for the Univer s ity wide s pec i a l s tudent cl ass ifi cation outlined above . P er s o n s holding a baccala u reate degree who s eek teac h er certification may qualify for the special s tudent clas s ification but mu s t a pply for and be admitted to the Teacher Education Program s eparately and meet all requirement s of the School of Education . Application s for t eacher education are consid ered once eac h year ( dea d line is February 1 for the following s u mmer t e rm a nd/o r aca d e mic year) . Info rmat io n regar din g such a pp lica t ion may be obtained from the Sc h ool of Ed u ca tion O ffice , 892-1117 , ext. 276. Speci a l s tuden t s may take course s on a pa ss /fail ba s i s ; however, s u ch credit will be co u nted as part of the total pas s /fail cre d it all owed by th e variou s colleges and s chool s s ho u l d t h e s t ud e nt apply an d be accepte d for d egree s tatus. The s tudent must maintain an overall g rade-point a ver a ge of 2.0 or hi g her to continue a s a s pecial s tudent. App l ying Specia l Studen t C r ed its T ow ar d Degree Contin u i n g and former s pecial s tudents may apply for admission to an undergrad u ate degree program by s ubmit ting the Special to Degree Ap p lication , complete academic

PAGE 9

6/Universit y of Colorado at D e n ver credentials, and the ap pli cation fee . Accepted degree appli cants may transfer a maximum of 12 se me s ter credits taken as a s pecial s tudent to an undergraduate degree program with the approval of the appropriate a c a demi c dean. Acceptance of credit toward degree s at the Univ ersity changed in fall 1970 . Special students enrolled prior to that date may transfer credit in accordance with provision s in effect between January 1969 and A u gust 1970. Special s tudents desiring to pur sue a g raduate degree at this University are encouraged to submit the complete Graduate Application and supporti n g credentials as so on as po ssible. However , a dep artment may recomme nd to the graduate dean the acceptance of as much as 8 hours of credit toward the requirements of a master's degree for courses taken either as a student at another recog ni zed graduate school, as a special s tudent at the Univer sity, or any combina tion thereof. In additio n , the department may recommend to the gra du ate dean the acceptance of credit for cour ses taken as a specia l s tudent for the semes ter , quarter , or s ummer term for which the student ha s a pplied for admission to the Graduate School. CREDIT FOR NONTRADITIONAL EDUCATIONAL EXPERIENCES U.S. Air Force Reserve Officer Training Corps (AFROTC) UCD s tudents may participate in Air Force ROTC pro grams offered on the Boulder Campu s. Air Force ROTC offers two pro grams l eading to a commission in the U.S. Air Force upon receipt of the baccalaureate de gree. Gradu ate students may be commis sio ned upon the com pletion of 12 hour s of the Profe ssional Officer s Cour se and a s ix -week summer training pro gram. I. Standard Four-Year Course . Thi s program is in three parts: the General Military Course for lower division (freshman and so phomore) s tudents , the Profe ss ion a l Offi cers Course for upper divi sio n s tudent s, a nd Corp s Train ing , attended by all s tudent s. Completion of the General Military Course is a prerequisite for entry into the Professio nal Officer s Course . Completion of a four-week summer training course is required prior to commissioning. 2. Modified Two-Year Pro g ram. This program is of fered to full-time, regularly enrolled, degree candidates at both undergraduate and gradua te level s who will h ave two years remaining at the University when they enroll. Selec tion is on a competitive basis. Applicants may apply directly to the Professor of Air Force Aerospace Studie s not later than February 1 of the spring se me ster im medi ately precedin g the semes ter in which they desire to enroll in the pro gra m . Tho se s elected for thi s pro gram must complete a six-week field trainin g program durin g the summer months as a prerequisite for enrolling in the Profe ss ional Officers Course the followin g fall or spring semester. Scholarships Most tudents participating in the pro gram are eligible to compete for an Air Force ROTC College Schol arship. Students se l ected for thi s program are pl ace d on a grant that includes payment of tuition, book co t s, nonrefunda ble educational fees, and s ub s is tence of $100 per month, tax free. All cadets enrolled in the Pr ofessio nal Offi cers Course receive subsis tence of $100 per month durin g the fall and s pring se me s ter s, whet h er or not they are on sc holar s hip . Credit will be allowed for ROTC courses toward fulftll ment of the requirements for a de gree provided the department accepti n g the credit considers the work to be of s uitable educational value. For more inform atio n on Air Force ROTC , and registratio n for AFROTC courses, write to Air Force ROTC Det 105, Fol so m Stadium, Gate 3, Room 227, Univer sity of Colorado , Boulder , Colorado 80309, or call 492 8 351. U.S. Army Reserve Officer Training Corps (ROTC) The Army ROTC program at UCD prepares s tudent s to become officers in the U.S. Army . Thro u g h this program qualified men and women have the opportunity to earn regular and reserve commiss ion s while they are obtaining their college degree s . No previous military or ROTC experience is required and financial ass i stance is provided in the junior and se nior years. The ROTC program offered by the Department of Mili tary Science consists primarily of a general fo ur -year course of study de signe d for freshman s tuden ts. There is also availab le , however , a special two-year course of study in which so phomore st udents who have not taken the first two years of ROTC may qualify to enroll when they become juniors. Both courses of study include exte n sive classroom work and field experience in the area s of leader s hip and management. For further information concerning the Army ROTC program at UCD, including cross-enrollment procedures for Metropolitan State College and University of Denver st udent , write to the Department of Military Science (Army ROTC) , University of Color a do , Boulder , Colorado 80309 or call 492-6497. Credit for Military Service and Schooling If copies of di sc h arge, se paration paper s , and a DD Form 295 (A pplic atio n for the Evaluatio n of Educational Experience Durin g Military Servic e) are s ubmitted to the Office of Admissions and Re cords at the time of applica tion for a dmi ssio n or su b se quentl y, an evaluation will be made and credit awarded as recommended by the Commis sio n on Accreditation of Ser vice Experiences of the American Council on Education to the extent th at s uch credi t i ap plicable to the degree soug ht a t thi s University. Credit will be allowed for college co ur ses sa tisfactorily completed through the U.S. Armed Forces In s titute , s ubject to the usual rule s invo lving credit of thi s nature . College Level Examination Program (CLEP) An exciting challenge with rewarding opportunities is available to inco ming UCD s tud ents who can earn uni ver sity cred it by examination i n s u bject areas in which they have excelled at co lle ge level proficiency . Interested s tu dents are encouraged to take appropriate s ubj ect examina tions pro vided in the College Level Examination Program (CLE P) of the College Entrance Examinatio n Board (CEE B) te st ing serv ice . Student s w ho sc ore at the 67th percentile or above in subjec t s approved by the University college or chool from whic h they plan to be gra duated will be grante d advanced s tandin g and U ni versity credit. The cost per examination is $15 . Student s who wish to challenge s ubject areas for credit are ur ge d to examine carefu lly the list of a ppr oved exami nations for the college or sc ho ol to whic h the y are apply ing, or the profe ss ion al sc hool to whic h the y expect to ap ply after completion of the lower division requirements, in order to determine the applicability of s uch credit to s pecific gra duation requirements. CLEP s ubject examinatio n s are ad ministered at UCD during the fourth week of each month . CLEP s ubje ct examinations are also administered during the third week

PAGE 10

of each month at test centers listed below (s tudents should check with the institution s for testing day s). Arra n gements t o take these exami nati ons must be made well in a d vance of the t esting date . Colorado residents may obtain CLEP materials from the regional office by contacting: College Level Examination Program c/o College Entra n ce Exami n ation Board 2 1 42 South Hig h Street Denver , Colorado 80210 Colorado residents may also obtain CLEP information from the several test centers throughout the s tate , preferably from the center l ocated neare st to the stu dent' s high school. In Colorado, t esting centers are located at: Metropolitan Sta t e College, Denver Colorado State Univer sity, Fort Collins El Paso Community CoJJege , Colorado Springs University of Southern Colorado, Pueblo University of Denver , Denver Fort Lewis College, Durango University of Colorado at Boulder Univer sity of Colorado at Denver U n iversity of Colorado at Co l orado Springs Student s living outside of Colorado may sec ure CLEP information and app l ication forms by writing: I n stitutional Testi n g Department Colle ge Level Examination Program Box 1822 Princeton , New Jer ey 08540 Students interested in obtaining advanced sta ndin g and University credit through CLEP tests sho uld co n sult the college or school to which they are applying for admission or t h e profe ssio nal school to which they expect to apply after completion of lower division under graduate require ments for specific s ubject exami nation s acceptable to that college or sc hool for the desired degree program . Advanced Standing by Examination Examinations for advanced sta ndin g credi t m ay be granted to a s tudent in degree status and in good s t anding for work completed by private s tud y or by occupational ex p erience if s u ch credit i s equivalent to co ur ses offered by the University of Color ado . A nonrefundable fee is charged for each examination taken . Advanced Pla cement Program The University i s a coopera tin g member of the Ad va n ced Placement P rogram of the College Entrance Examination Board, which provide s able high sc hool stu dent s, while still in high schoo l , an opportunity to take work and then to be examined for credit on the college level . Advanced placement and college credit may be granted on the basis of the College Entrance Examination Board's Advanced Placement Test. For students w h o achieve scores of 3, 4, or 5 in the CEEB's Advanced Placement Examination, college credit and advanced p l acement will be granted. Students with scores below 3 may be consid ered by the department concerned. College credit granted will be treated as tran sfer credit without a grade but will count toward gra duation and other specific requirements for which it may be appropriate. Study Abroad Program A n important educational and cultural experience in the form of a s tudy abroad program is available to all qualified University of Colorado stude nt s. UCD's stu dy abroad program s are iden t ical to the program s offered by the University of Colorado at Boulder. Repre sen tative s from General /nform atio n/7 t h e Office of International Education h ave regularly scheduled office hours in Den ver to advise UCD stu dents interested in parti cipation i n a year, se me s t er, or vaca tion s tudy abroad pro gram. Specific information rega rdin g the length of each pro gram may be obtained from the Office of International Education, Boulder Campus, telephone 492-7741. Oppor tunitie s for study abroad are c u rrently available in th e following co untri es: Costa R ica, England, France , Ger many, Israel, Italy , Japan, and Mexico . The program in Mexico offers students the opport unity to s tud y intensive Spanish during the fall or s pring semesters, and advanced s tudent s can enter the University of Veracruz in the spr ing . The programs carry resident credit toward graduation from the University of Co l orado. Information regarding the se programs (academic requirements , lan guage re quirement s, cost, etc .) is available from the Office of Intern atio nal Education. This office also has information on many othe r program s ad min istered by other universi tie s and agencies, i ssues Interna tional Student ID cards, helps with charter flight s, and maintains a library . Interes t ed s tudent s s h ould contact their advisers and the Office of International Education early in their freshman or sopho more year in order to prepare for stu dy abroad . UCD students also may obtain information in the Social Scie n ces Divi sion, or from Profe sso r Jame s Wolf, UCD His tor y Department. For further information contact the Office of Interna tional Education, 914 Broadway, Boulder, Colorado 80309 (telephone 492-7741); Professor James Wolf , Social Sci ences Divi s i o n , UCD; or the Office for Student Relatio n s, Room 615 , ext. 291. UNIFORM GRADING SYSTEM Grades awar ded by all under grad uate colleges and school s of the Univer sity of Color ado are: A-4 grade points per cre dit hour ; s uperior B -3 gra de point s per credit hour ; goo d C-2 g r ade points per credit hour; fair D -I grade point per cre dit hour ; minimum passing F0 g rade points; failing The instructor i s responsible for determining the re quirements for whatever grade is to be assigned. The c umulative grade-poin t average is computed by dividin g the total number of credit points earned by the total number of h ours attempted . In addi tion to the grades indicated above, the instruc tor may assign one of the following: I IFincomplete /failing: a utom atic conversion to F grade after one academic year if the course is not made up I /W-incomplete /withdrawal: automa tic conver sio n to W after one aca demic year if the course is not mad e up IPin progress (graduate s tudent s only) P pa ss H-honors (given only in the Honors Program ) NC-for students registered on an aud it /no grade basis Ysymbol u sed to indicate th at a n e ntir e grade roster was not received by the time grades were proce ssed . W-drop without discredit Regulations Governing the Award or Accumulation of Additional Grades 1 . Pass/Fail. Up to 16 semester credit hour s of regular course work may be taken on a pass/fail basis and credited toward the bachelor's degree . No more than 6 semester

PAGE 11

8/University of Colorado at Denver credit hour of course work may be taken on a pass/fail basis in any given semester. The pass (P) grade is not included in the student's grade-point average; the fail (F) grade is included. For additional inform ation see the gen eral information portion of each college or sc hool section of this bulletin . 2. Honors. Credit hours earned in honors courses with grades of H or P count toward the student's degree but are not included in the grade-point average calculation. 3. Withdrawal. A notation of withdrawal will be placed on the permanent record of any s tuden t who withdraws with app roval during any term . students who cease to attend classes and do not officially withdraw from the University will be subject to grades ofF in all course work for which they were enrolled during that term. INSPECTION OF EDUCATIONAL RECORDS Under provisions of the Federal Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act , students h ave a right to inspect and review their educational records . Requests for s uch inspection may be made to the Offic e of Admission s and Record s, Room 203 . Under the terms of the Act as amended, the University is required to list the personal "directory information" which it has on its students that will be released uncondi tionally to anyone. This information will be released with out the consent of the student unless he has asked that hi s prior consent be obtained . At the University of Colorado such directory information includes the following: student name , a ddr ess, telephone listing, date of birth , major field of study, dates of attendance , degrees received. Any student who doe s not wish this information relea ed must complete a directory waiver form obtained from the Office of Admissions and Records pri or to the end of the first week of classes of the appro pri ate term . The signing of this form will restrict release of all of the above information and will remain in effect until formally can celed by the s tudent. Students should be aware that the sig nin g of thi s w a iver form will prevent the above information being printed in University directories, commencement programs, etc. WITHDRAWAL FROM THE UNIVERSITY A student who leaves the University without officially withdrawing will receive a grade ofF in eac h course for which he is registered . Withdrawal form s may be obtained from the office of the academic dean of the college or school in which the student is enrolled . OTHER REGULATIONS Students are advised to refe r to the Schedule of Course s each semester for specific information regarding cour e loads , adding or dropping classes, adjustments in tuition a a result of dropped classes , etc . Where requirements differ from one academic area to another, the student is advi s ed to abide by the regulations stated by the college or school in which he i s enrolled . EXPENSES Educational expenses at UCD normally involve tuition , fees , books , and required materials . UCD does not main tain residence facilities. All costs related to hou sing must be arranged by the student at his own convenience. Transportation and parking costs shou ld be considered in the determination of expenses . Tuition and Fees * All tuition and fee charges are established by the Re gents of the University of Colorado in accordance with appropriate legislation enacte d annually (us ually late in the spring) by the Colorado General Assembly. A tuition sc hedule is published prior to registration for each term during the year. The rates indicated below are effective for the 1975-76 academic year and are provided to assist prospective students in anticipating cost. The student should check with the Office of Admissions and Records for specific tuition and fee information for the term for which he intends to apply. Tuition For 1975-76 Credit Hours of Enrollment Residents 0.0 3. 0 .. . .. . .. .. .. .. .. $ 48 . 00 3. 1 4 . 0 .. .. . .. . . .. .. . .. 64.00 4.1 5 . 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 . 00 5 . 1 6 . 0 .. . .. .. . .. . .. . .. 96 . 00 6 . 1-7.0 ................ 112. 00 7 . 1 8 . 0 .. .. . .. .. .. .. . .. 128.00 8 . 1 9 . 0 .. .. .. . .. .. . .. .. 144. 00 9 . 1 or more . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159. 50 Nonresidents $111.00 148. 00 185. 00 222 . 00 638 . 00 638 . 00 638.00 638 . 00 I . A s tudent activity fee will be charged in addi tion to the above tuition as follows: Summer term 1976 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $3 Fall semes ter 1976 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Spring semester 1977 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 2 . There is a one-time nonr efundab le matriculation fee of $15 for new degree s tudents and $5 for new s pecial student in the University of Colorado. This fee will be assessed at the time of initial registration . Charges then will not be made for adding or dropping courses or for transcript orders. If a special student is admitted to degree status, he will be assessed a $10 matriculation fee at the time of hi first regi s tration after the change ha s been made . 3 . Students certified by the Graduate School for enro llm ent for doctoral dissertation pay $72 . 4 . Graduate student s who enroll for a comprehen ive examination only will pay $45 . Such students will be as essed regular tuition and fees if they need hours toward graduation . 5. Students enrolled in a chemistry laboratory course pay a $10 breakage deposit. 6. Students enrolled in the College of Music pay an $18 music facilities fee. This same $18 fee is charged to students enrolled in piano class, ound reinforcement and recording , and electronic music . No s tudent is charged more than one $18 fee . Assessment of Charges and Payment Regulations All tuition and fees are assessed during registration and must be paid at that time. Any student who registers for courses i s liable for payment of tuition and fees even though he may drop out of sc hool. A stude nt with frnancial obligations to the University will not be permitted to register for any subsequent semester or term , to be graduated , or to be listed among those receiving a degree or credits. The only exceptio n s to this regulation are note s and other types of indebtedness maturing after grad uation . Arrangements may be made through the Finance Offi ce *Th e Board of R egents o f the U n iversi t y of Co l o r a d o rese r ves lhe right t o c h ange tuitio n and fees a t a n y time .

PAGE 12

at the t ime of registra t ion to defer payment of a portion of tuitio n and fees after a minimum down payment or one third of the total t u ition , whichever is greater. Specific information regarding deferred payment will be found in t h e Schedule of Courses whic h is p u blished in advance of each term or semester. Personal checks will be accepted for any University obligation. Any student giving a check which is not ac ce p ta b le to the bank may be dropped immediately from the roll s of the University. T h e student s h ould refer to the Schedule of Courses for charges imposed for late regi tration and late payments . Refund policies and policies related to adding and drop ping courses and withdrawing from the University will be fo un d in the Sc h edule of Courses publi s hed prior to each semester or term. REGISTRATION See Academic Calendar in this bulletin for date s. See the a p propriate Schedule of Courses for complete registra tio n information for each semester or s ummer term. Note: There is a penalty fee for late registration. Inter-Institutional Registration Wit hin t he Auraria H i gher Educat i on Center Because UCD is a full participant in the Auraria Hig her Ed u cation Center , students who are approved by their college dean may enroll for cour e bein g offered by either the Community College of Denver -Auraria Campu s or Metropolitan State College . TRANSCRIPTS Tra n scripts of records should be ordered from the Uni versity of Colorado Tran cript Section, Re gen t Administra tive Center 125, Boulder , Colorado 80309, or from the Office of Admissions and Record s, University of Color ado at Denver , 1100 14th Street, Denver , Color a do 80202. T r anscript s are prepared only at th e stu dent 's written request . A student havin g financial obligations to the University that are due and unpaid will not be g ranted a transcript. Copie s of tran scri pt s from other ins titution s cannot be furnished. RESIDENCY CLASSIFICATION FOR TU I T ION PURPOSES A student is classified initially a a n in-state or out-of s tate regi stra nt for tuition purpo ses at the time a n applica tion and all supporting credentials have been received in the Office of Admi ss ion s and Records . The classification is based upon information furni s hed by the s tudent and from other relevant sources. The requirements for estab lishing residency for tuition purpo ses are defined by law of the State of Colorado (Chapter 124 , Article 18, Colorado Revised Statute s 1963 , as amended). To be eligible for consideration for in-state s tatu s the applicant mus t be 21 years of age or older (or an emancipated minor as defined by law); mu s t have been phy s ically domiciled in the state of Co l orado for 12 con ecutive month s immediately pre ceding the date of registration for the term in which in-state status i desired; and must be able to pre se nt proof of compliance with other mandatory laws of the state (valid motor vehicle operator's licen se, valid motor vehicle registration , payment of s tate income tax , etc.). After the tudent's status is determined , it remains unchanged in the absence of ati s factory evidence to the co n trary. Classification standards conform to state statutes a n d judicial decisions and are applicable to all of Col orado's s tates upported colleges and univer s ities. The student who, due to s ub se quent events, becomes General /nformation/9 e l igible for a c h ange in classification whe th er from out-of state to in-sta t e or the reverse ha s the respon ibility of informing the tuition classification officer, Office of Ad missions and R ecords , in writing within 15 days after such a change occ u rs. An unemancipated minor whose paren t s move their domicile from Colorado to a location outsi d e the s tate i considered an out-of-state s tudent from the da t e of the parents' removal from the s tate. He will be assessed nonresident tuit i on at the next registration. The student or his parent is required to send written notification to the t u ition classification officer within 15 days after s uch a change occurs. If an adult student or an emancipated minor establishe domicile outside Colorado, he is to send written notification within 15 days to the tuition classification officer. Petitioning for Class i fication Change Any s tudent who i s 21 years of age or older , or an emancipated minor as defined by law, is qualified to change his domicile and his tuition classification sta tus. Detailed instruction s as to the procedure to follow , the nece ssary petit i on forms, and a copy of the appropriate Colorado s tat ut e governing tuition classification at stateupported institutions in Colorado are available from the tuition classification officer, Office of Admissions and Record s, Room 203. Class i fication Notes 1 . Petitions will not be acted upon until an application for admi ion to the University and complete su pporting credentials have been received . 2. Changes in classification are made effective at the time of the s t u dent's next registration . 3. A s tudent who willfully gives wrong information to evade payment of the out-of-state tuition is subject to legal and disciplinary action. SERVICES FOR STUDENTS Services offered by the Office for Student Affairs are available to the s tudent , either as an individual or as part of an organization. Th e Vice Chancellor for Student Affairs i s concerned with the total Univer sity experience of each s tudent. His associate a n d staff provide personalized assistance to the s tudent in educational, social, organiza tion al, and behavioral areas. Counsel ing Center The serv ice s of the Counseling Center are available by appointment to all st udent s. Personal and vocational coun se lin g, group experiences, and student testing are provided by trained and qualified counselors. Interviews are confi denti al, and there is no fee for counseling. Financial Aid A large proportion of UCD students receive financial assistance through gran t , loans, or the work-study pro gram. In addition, many students find partor full-time employment in the community. Short-term emergency loan s also are available. Mo s t financial aid is awarded on the basi s of the s tudent' s financial need, with academic achievement a secondary consideration. For current information on dead lines , applications, and types of aid available the tudent should consult the Office of Financial Aid at UCD or his high sc hool counselor. Job Opportunities Fulland part-time job opportunitie s are listed in the

PAGE 13

10/University of Colorado at Denver Student Employment Service Office , Room 2, ext. 488. Career placement, after graduation, is ava ilable through the Boulder Campus Placement Center. Applications and further information are available through the UCD Student Employment Offi ce. Career counseling can be scheduled throu gh the Office for Student Affairs , Room 602 , ext. 291. Office of Veterans Affairs All s tudent veterans, whether new , transfer, or previous s tudents , must notify the Office of Veterans Affairs of intent to enroll each semester. The office is responsible for assisting veterans in being properly certifie d with the Veterans Administration Regional Offi ce and in obtaining all VA benefits they are entitled to receive. The Office of Veterans Affairs advises veterans regard ing personal and academic counseling, tutorial benefits, reading and study skills aid, employment referral services, and assistance in obtaining emergency si tuation short-term loans. Specific information concerning VA policy for school attendance and receiving GI Bill benefits may be obtained from the Office of Veterans Affairs. Services for Disabled Students Special effort s are made at UCD to assist handi capped s tudent s in obtaining a university education to the fullest extent of their capabi litie s . A Services for Disabled Stu dents Office is maintained to serve students who are in wheelchairs or otherwise partially disabled . Orient ation to UCD , assistance in registering for classes, locating readers for blind students, and dealing with other problem areas to facilitate a rewarding school experience are functions of this office. Special reserved parking spaces are available, and plans are underway to provide employment and housing assistance as needed in the future. A movement was undertaken to remove architect ural barriers to the hand icapped, and there now exist no major barriers to free movement of handicapped studen t s through the building s. Students From Other Countries Appropriate applications for immigration certification and work permits may be obtained through the Offi ce for Student Affair s. Counseling, assistance with housing, and special information are available from the foreign student adviser at UCD, Room 602, ext. 291. Health Insurance Program Student health insurance coverage through Blue Cross Blue Shield is automatic for all students. Student s may elect to waive this coverage by signing a waiver card and returning the card with registration materi als . If the waiver card is not returned upon registration, the health insurance assessment will be automatic . Cost to the student is $40.50 each semester and is s ubject to change. Dependent cover age also is available at an additional charge . Further infor mation regarding this program may be obtained from the Office for Student Affairs , Room 602 . For information regarding benefits contact the Denver Blue Cross-Blue Shield office at 831-5484 with reference to Group No. 20007 . Study Skills Center The Study Skill s Center program is based on the concept that all University stu dents shoul d have the opportunity to develop fully the skil l s necessary for their academic prog ress. Services are provided to meet students' needs for general improvement of study habits and for specific help with particular subject areas . Each semes ter the center offers three courses (St.Sk. 100, Developmental Composition; St.Sk. 101, Develop mental Reading; and St.Sk. 102, College Preparatory Mathematics; see pa ge 42) for which st udent s may receive 1 semester hour of credit (pass or fail). Noncredit, five week modular courses, s uch as Rapid Reading, are also offered, in which students may accelerate reading speed, Jearn reading flexibility, and build word-grouping ability and comprehension. Study Skill s mini-courses (noncredit) are offered in s uch areas as use of the library, listening and taking notes, taking examinations, writing a term paper , time scheduling , and systematic approaches to study. Tutorial assistance is available to s tudent s who need help in any subject area. The center also keeps a ftle for students wishing to participate in discussion groups prior to and during examination week. The center has available a collection of book s, including a number by minority aut hor s and abo ut minorities, which may be utilized for research assignments as well as for improvement of general knowledge . The Study Skills Center is loc ated on the fourth floor of the Bromley Memorial Library Building. It is open from 8 a.m . to 8 p.m. Monday s and Wednesdays, and 8 a.m. to 5 p.m . Tuesdays , Thursdays, and Fridays. Women's Center Programs of special co ncern to women at UCD are offered through the Women's Center. A cooperative stu dent and faculty effort provides activities, personal and vocational counseling , and referral services . STUDENT ACTIVITIES Numerou s student clubs and organizations exist to pro vide a variety of interests for students desirin g extracur ricular activities . The stude nt new spaper, The Fourth Es tate, is published weekly, and there is an active student government. Students participate in dr amatic and musical pro ductions , reading programs, special semi nar s and work shops, and intramural sports. Lectures and programs are offered throughout the academic year . Students are vitally concerned with current issues suc h as environmental action, politics, education for minority g roup s, and women's liberation, and stude nt clubs for such issues invite participation and ideas . Several honorary societies, fraternities, and professional associations have active student chapters at Denver, and UCD st udent s also are eligible for membership in Boulder Campu s organizations. ALUMNI PROGRAMS A UCD Alumni and Friends organization was estab lished in 1975 and pursues a year-round pro gram of ac tivities for the benefit of its members and in sup port of UCD. The organization is represented in the CU-wide Alumni Coordinating Council. All UCD graduates and former students are eligible for membership in both the UCD Alumni and Friend s and the CU Alumni Association . The Colorado Alumnus news paper is mailed 11 times a year to graduates. FACILITIES The UCD campus consists of an eight-story tower and a classroom building providing a total of more than 50 classrooms , 26 teaching laboratories, faculty and adminis trative offices, the Bromley Memorial Library Building, an auditorium , cafeteria, and s tudent lounges.

PAGE 14

Bookstore Textbooks and supplies are available at the UCD bookstore , located on the first floor of the Bromley Library Building. The bookstore is open from 9 a.m. to 8:30 p .m., Monday through Thursday , 9 a.m. to 5 p . m . on Friday , and is closed Saturday , Sunday , and holidays. It also remains open during semester break s from 9 a.m. to 6 p .m. Monday through Thursday and 9 a.m. to 1 p.m. Friday. Students must present their validated ID card when paying for purchases by check. BankAmericard and Ma s ter Charge credit cards are also accepted. Library The Auraria Learning Resources Center (library) is lo cated on 1Oth Street between Lawrence and Curti s Street s on the Auraria Campus . Hour s of se r vice are from 8 a . m . to 10 p.m. Monday through Thursday, 8 a.m. to 5 p.m. on Friday, and 9 a.m. to 4 p . m. on Saturday . The library is closed on Sunday. Special holiday and vacation hour s are posted in the library . The library collection includes reserve books, reference material s, journals, microform s, mu sic records and non print materials. Microform and medi a equipment, and listening facilities are provided . General reference service , interlibrary loans , and assis tance with individual library problem s are available through the reference office on the first floor . Student s also may use the Norlin Library on the Boulder Campu s, or any library in a Color ado s t a tes upported institution of hig her learnin g, for re searc h m a teri als not available in the Auraria Library by presentation of the s tudent's validated ID car d . Book s may be borrowed through interlibrary loan to minimize the inconvenience to students who wi h to use the resources of other libraries. Children's Center A Children's Center is available for use by s tudent s who have youn g children to be cared for while atte ndin g clas s e s or using the library. It is partially s upported by the UCD student governme nt. For information call 892-1 117, ext. 395. Classroom Locations Mos t classes and labor atory sec tion meet in the main UCD buildin gs. A few courses are scheduled at other facilities, an d UCD shares classroom and laboratories in the Aur aria Higher Educ atio n Center. Locations are desig nated in the Schedule of Courses under Building Codes. Parking Parkin g is avai l a ble at nearby commercial off-street lot s both day and evening. COOPERATIVE EDUCATION PROGRAM Cooperative Education is a relatively new program at UCD. Based on the precept that experience is often the mo s t effective educator, this program is de signed to provide s tu dents of sophomore standing or above with an opportunity for General Information/] I preprofessional employment . This is accomplished by plac ing students as employees with busi nesses , agencies, and institutions which are operating in a capacity related to the student's course work . The program is now expanding its placement op por tunities. Normally s tudents work full time for one sem ester and then attend classe s full time for the following semes ter . However , half-time positions are also available. This pro gram enables students in all disciplines to gain experience and income while attending college. Students in the College of Liberal Arts and Science s may also receive credit for current job experiences. Thi s permits students who already have jobs in their field of study to earn academic credit. Students also can obtain volunteer intern ships through the Cooperative Education Office and receive both credit and valuable experience for their effort s . Students interested in any of these options can apply or obtain more information in Room 3A or by calling extension 555. Students in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences should also refer to Cooperative Education in the Special Programs section of this bulletin. DIVISION OF CONTINUING EDUCATION The Division of Continuing Educ a tion is responsible for noncredit program s, off-campus credit classe s, correspon dence s tudy , audiovisual service s, continuation education, and co mmunity s ervice s in the Denver metropolitan area . The se programs and resources of the University of Colorado are an integra l part of the s tatewide coordinated program of off-campus ins truction under guidelines established by the Color a do Commis sio n on Higher Education. The division's responsibility is three-fold: (1) to assist individuals in busine ss, government, and other profe ss ions to stay abreast of l atest developments in their fields and enhance their abilities to advance; (2) to offer to the general public opportunitie s to explore liberal arts topics, thereby enriching their cultural, intellectual, and per sonal vitality; and (3) to assist agencies and individuals in solving social and commu nity problems through research, investigation, and educa tion. Noncredit program s are open to all adults regardless of previou s education or training. Some advanced courses re quire a background in a s pecific subject matter area. Except in certificate program s, no gra de is awarded upon completion of a course. Off -ca mpus credit offerings s upplement the regu lar academic program s offered at UCD . Admission require ments a nd refund policie s for off-campus ins truction are identical with requirement s for enrollment in UCD. Indi vidual s who have never been enrolled on any campu s of the University of Colorado usually are admitted to off-campus instruction as special students. Individual s intere s ted in obtaining a copy of theDi vis ion of Continuing Education Bulletin or other information may write or call the division office at UCD, 1100 14th Street, 892-1117, ext. 286.

PAGE 15

College of Liberal Arts and Sciences PHYLLIS W. SCHULTZ, Acting Dean INFORMATION ABOUT THE COLLEGE The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences, originally estab lished in 1971 as the College of Undergraduate Studies, was formed to serve the higher educational needs of qualified university students in the Denver metropolitan area. Reflect ing the varied objectives of the uroan student, the instruc tional program provides opportunities for general education in the arts and scie nce s both as an end in itself and as preparation for professional and graduate work. New pro grams in interdisciplinary studies parti cularly appropriate to the urban environment are being planned and implemented. Since many students are employed full time during the day, numerous courses are offered in the evening. The college is organized into three divisions: Arts and Humanities, Natural and Phy sica l Sciences, and Social Sci ences. Each division offers a wide variety of curricula includ ing traditional undergraduate majors, interdisciplinary studies, and preprofessional programs . In order to broaden the student's perspectives , the college requires 12 semester hour s of course work in each of the areas represented by the three divisions. However, the st udent is given a wide selec tion of courses to satisfy each of the thre e area requirements and the other requireme nt s for his degree. The college offers the following degre es: Bachelor of Arts (B.A. ) and Bachelor of Fine Arts (B.F.A.). A s tudent may complete a major in one of the following disciplines: an thropology, biology, chemistry, communication and theatre, distributed studies, economics , English , writing, fine arts, French, geography, geology, German, history , mathema tics, philosophy, physics, political cience, psychology, sociology, Spanish, and urban studies. Students also enroll in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences to prepare themselves for admission to one of the professional schools of the University, which include the School of Dentistry, School of Education , School of Jour nalism, School ofLaw, School ofMedicine, School of Nurs ing, and School of Pharmacy . Each professional school has specific requirements which must be followed if the student intends to pursue a career in one of the e fields. REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION Freshmen The student must be a high sc hool graduate and must present I5 units of acceptable seco nd ary work. (The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences does not specify particular units.) An a pplicant who has not grad uated from high school must present sa tisfactory scores on the General Educational Development Test (GED) and a high school equivalency certificate to be considered for admission. Individuals apply ing for admission to UCD who have completed the Spanish Language General Educational Development Test (GED) must also submit scores from Test VI, " English as a Second Language." High school is interpreted as grades 9, I 0, II, and 12. Students should refer to the General Information section of this bulletin for complete admission requirements. Transfer Students Students who have attended another college or university are expected to meet the general requirements for admission of transfer s tudents as outlined in the General Information section of this bulletin. Applicants (resi dents and nonresidents) will be considered for admission provided a minimum overall grade-point aver age of 2.0 (C) or better has been attained on all work attempted at all institutions attended. If the applica nt h as been away from the collegiate environment for more than three years, he will be considered on the basis of all factors available: high school record , test scores, original col legiate admission qualifications, college performance, and interim experiences that might suggest potential success in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences. A maximum of 72 semester hours taken at junior colleges may be applied toward a degree in the College of Liberal Arts and Sci ences. ADVANCED PLACEMENT PROGRAM Advanced placement and college credit may be granted on the basis of the College Entrance Examination Board's Ad vanced Placement Tests. For tudents who have taken an advanced placement course in hi gh school and who make scores of 3, 4, or 5 in the CEEB's Advanced Placement Examination, advanced placement as well as college credit will be granted. Students who make sco res of 2 may be cons idered for advanced placement by the di scipline con cerned. College credit gra nted will be treated as tran sfer credit without a grade but will count toward graduation and the meeting of other specific requirements for which it may be appropriate. College Level Examination Program (CLEP) Prospective stu dent s who plan either to graduate from the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences or to enroll in the college to fulfill lower division requirements for professional schoo ls may earn college level credit for advanced stan din g in the following CLEP Subject Examinations scored at the 67th percentile and above: American Literature Analysis and Interpretation of Literature Engli h Liter a ture American Government American Hi s tory General P syc holo gy Introdu ctory Eco nomi cs We s tern Civilization Biolo gy General Chemistry Geology Intr oductory Calculus For complete information about the CLEP program, stu dents should refer to the General Information section of this bulletin. STUDY ABROAD PROGRAM The University of Colorado sponsors an active study abroad program, which is open to students from all campuses of the University. The program is described in the General Information sect ion of this bulletin. ADVANCED STANDING BY EXAMINATION Examinations for advanced standing cred it may be granted to a student in degree status and in good s tanding for work completed by private study or by occupational experience if such credit is equivalent to courses offered by the University of Colorado . A nonrefundable fee is charged for each exami nation taken. The fee is assessed at the lowest resident tuition charge currently in effect at UCD. Arrangements for the examinations are made through the Office of Admissions and Records.

PAGE 16

ACADEMIC ADVISING Students in the co lle ge are expected to assume the respon sibility for planning their academic program s in accordance wit h college rules and policie s an d major requirements . To assist students with this planning the college maintain s an advising staff located in Room 804 of the Tower Buildin g. Students are urged to consult with the staff of thi s office concerning individual academic problems. As soon as the student has determined hi s major, he mu s t declare his intentions to his discipline adviser. The discipline adv i ser will be responsible not only for the stu dent' s advi s ing but also for the certification of the completion of his major program for gra duation . Student s planning to earn a degree from one of the profes sional school s sho uld see an adviser in that school. Each professional schoo l has certain specific requirements. Preprofessional health science s tudent s s hould see a member of the Health Sciences Committee early in their careers. Ap pointments sho uld be made through the sciences secretary in Room 508 . UCD also has a counseling service available through the Office for Student Affair s to which a student may go for assistance with problem s. CREDIT FOR ARMY ROTC Student s in the College of Liberal Arts and Science s may participate in the Army ROTC program through the College of Arts and Sciences on the Boulder Campus. The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences will acce pt a maximum of 12 hours of ROTC course work toward the baccalaureate degree. For more inform ation about the ROTC program , se e the General Information s ection of this bulletin. ACADEMIC POLICIES Courses and Credits The University operates on the s emester sys tem . The term " course" as used in thi s bulletin mean s a one-seme st er course . Except for laboratory courses, the credithour value assigned to a co ur se is roughly equivalent to the number of hours per week of class work involved in the course (thus a 3-semester-hour course normally meet s 3 hours per week) . The value of a course in semes ter hour credit s i s indicated by that part of the course number which follows the hyphen . Example : Chern . 103-5 . " Chern . 103" is the identifying department number , and "5" indicates that the course i s for 5 semester hours credit. Course Numbering System Cour se levels are de signated as follows: 100 level , freshman; 200 level, sophomore; 300 level , junior ; 400 level , se nior ; 500 level, gra du ate. Upper Divis ion Credit Course s numbered 300 or above and all honors course s are awarded upper division credit. Student Classification Student s are classified according to the number of semes ter hour s of credit earned : freshman classification, 0 to 29 semester credits; so ph omore, 30 to 59 semes ter credits; junior, 60 to 89 credits; and senior, 90 to 120 credits . Course Load Policy The normal course load is 12 to 18 hours . Student s regis tered for fewer than 12 hours are regarded as part-time s tudents . Students wishing to register for 20 hour s or more mus t obtain approval from the dean. These totals include all College of Liberal Arts and Sciences/13 courses taken for credit in the University , but do not include correspondence courses, noncredit courses, and courses taken at other institutions . To receive credit, the student must be officially registered for each course . Students who hold or expect to hold fullor part-time employment while enrolled in the college must register for course loads they can expect to complete without unusual difficu lty. Recommended course loads are given below , but each stude nt must weigh his own abili tie s and assess the demand s of each course in determinin g an appropriate sc hedule . The college ass umes that all courses selected will be completed. Employed 20 hour s per week-I 0 to 13 s eme s ter hour s or three to four courses Employed 30 hours per week-8 to II s eme ster hours or thr ee cours e s Employed 40 hour s per to 9 semes ter hour s or two t o three courses Independent Study Students may register for independent study with the writ ten approval of the appropriate faculty member and divi s ional dean. The amount of cre dit to be given for an indepen dent study project (not to exceed 3 credits per semester) s hall be arranged at the time of registration. A maximum of 12 credits taken o n an independent study basis may apply toward the bachelor's degree . Credit for Courses in the Professional Schools and in Physical Education Students may count toward the Bachelor of Arts degree as many as 24 credit hours of cour s e work for curricula leading to degrees other than the B . A . (bu s iness , engineering and applied sc ience, environmental design, journalism , music , nur sing, and pharmacy) . College of Liberal Arts and Sci ences tudents desiring seco ndary sc hool certification will . be allowed to take 32 hour s in the certification program of the School of Education as part of their total required hours for the Bachelor of Arts degree. Vocational and technical courses from a two -year program may not be included. Activity courses in physical education, up to a maximum of 8 hours, will count toward the 120 required for the degr ee. Correspondence Study Students in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences , with the approval of the dean , may take work in corresponde nce study offered by the University's Divi s ion of Continuing Education. A maximum of 30 hour s of corres pondence work may count toward the degree . Adding and Dropping Courses All c h anges of schedule must be made by proce ssing the official drop/add card . No change will be made in a stude nt's schedule until all necessary signatures have been entered on the drop/add card and the card has been returned to the Office of Admissions and Records. Re strictio n s on changes of schedule are noted below: Adding Courses . Courses may not be ad ded after the second week of classes except under unusual circumstances. Dr opping Courses. Students receive a gra de ofF in any course that they discontinue without officially dropping. Students will be allowed to drop during the first two weeks of the semester with no s ignatures required on the drop card . After the secon d week the instructor must certify that the student is passing if the course is to be dropped without discredit. After the tenth week of the s emester , course s may not be dropped unle ss there are circumstances clearly beyond the student's control (accident, illness, etc .). The instructor and the dean mu s t approve the drop under these cir cumstances.

PAGE 17

14/Unive r s it y of Co l orado a t D enver Withdrawal When a s tudent withdraws from the University , h e mu s t ob t ai n the ap pr oval of the dean' office ( R oo m 804) and th e Offi ce of Admi ss ions a nd Rec or d s. A n o t at i o n of withdrawal i s m a de on the permanent record p age. Students wh o leave th e Univer ity without officially withdr a win g will receive g r a d e ofF for all co ur s e work . After the tenth week of the semes ter , a s tud e nt will n o t be p e rmitt e d to w ithdr aw except for reason s clearly beyond hi s control. Attendance Regulations The m a tter of classroom a ttendance is left to the di scr etion of the ins tru c tor. It i s the res pon s ibilit y of the s tud e nt to determine a t the beginning of each se me ster hi s in s tru c tor's policie s on a ttend a nce . Student s who do not a tt e nd the first class sess ion in limited enrollment co ur s es of 15 o r less will l o e their place in th e ci a unle ss arrangements have been mad e with the in s tru c tor prior to th e fir t class e ss i o n . In completes The following gra de sy mb o l s m ay be ass i g n e d to indicate th at work in a particular cou r se was n o t comp l e ted at th e end of th e se me ter : IIW-!ncompletelw ithd rawal. Automatic co nv e r s ion toW after one academic year if the co u rse i n o t m a de up . Thi s g r a d e is awar d ed w h e n , for reaso n s acceptab l e t o the ins tru c t or, s uffi cient informa t ion is un available t o w ar r ant a final grade, and when the s tud ent' s work indi ca t es a p ote nti a l p assing g r a d e. 1/F-!nco mp/ e t e/fa ilin g. Automatic convers i o n t o F grade after one acade mic year if the co ur se i s no t m a d e up. Thi s grade is awarded under the same c ir cumstances as above, except that the s tud ent's work i s of failing quality. In the ca e of g raduatin g se ni ors , ! I F g r a d es will be ca l cula t ed in the grad e-point average as F in order to avoid the possibility of the gra de-p o int average dropping below the required 2.0 (C) after de g rees h ave bee n co nf e rr ed. Pass/Fail Option All s tudent s who wi h to reg i s ter for a co ur se o n a p a ss /fail b as i s m ay d o so durin g regu l a r reg i s tr atio n pro ced ur es . Ch a n ges to or fro m a p ass/fail b as i s m ay be eff ec ted during th e normal two-week drop -a dd p eriod. After tw o week s, it will not be p o si ble for th e s tudent t o c h a n ge his reg i s tr a tion unl e s a ppr oved b y the dean of the college as a s p ec ific exception . The followin g res triction s s h ould be n o t ed o n the u se of the P I F o pt io n : I . Not more tha n 16 se me s t e r h o ur s of course work pas ed m ay be credited toward the 120 h o ur s r eq uir e d for g radu a tion . The s e 16 h ours are in a ddition to those t a ken in h o n ors, ph y ical educ a tion , cooperative ed u catio n , and certain teacher certificatio n co u rses throu g h the School of Educ a tion . 2. The u e of the p a /fai l option m ay b e restri c ted in certain m ajo r pr og r a m s . 3. Cour s e s t ake n on a p ass/fail b as i s m ay not be included in the minimum of 30 h ours of C or better required for the m a j or. 4. Only 6 h o u r of course work may be P I F in a n y g iven seme t er. 5 . Gr a de s of D a nd above co nvert to a P . The P gra de i s not included in the s tudent's gra de-point averag e . 6 . Grade ofF equal a l e tter g rade ofF a nd will co unt in the g r a de-point ave ra ge. 7 . Tran sfer Students. No co ur se m ay be taken o n a P I F basis by tr a n sfer s tudent s g r a du a tin g with only 30 semes ter hour s completed a t the Univer s ity of Color a do . Grade-Point Average Requirements and Scholastic Suspension A minimum cumulative g rade-point average ( GPA) of2. 0 (C) i s r e quired of all s tudent s in the Colle ge of Liberal Art s and Science s. If a s tudent' s GPA drop s below 2 . 0 a t the end of a ny s emester (ex cluding s ummer term) , the st udent will be required to achieve better th a n a 2.0 in a s ucceedin g semes ter , as d escr ibed in the following s lidin g scale, or he will be s u s pended. The s tudent mu s t then continue to meet the s lid ing s c ale every se me s ter until hi s gra de-point average re a che s 2. 0. Scholastic record s of s tudent s will be review e d as so on as po sible after th e close of each s prin g se me s ter , and the s tudent will be informed in writing if he i s to be s u s pended . H o ur s D eficie n cy 1 -10 1120 2130 Over 30 Grade-Point Ave r age in the M os t R ece nt Se m es t er A fter R ead mi ss i o n 2.2 2 . 3 2.4 2 . 5 The " H o u rs Deficiency" i s th e number of c r e dit hour s of B work the s tud ent mu s t earn to rai e hi s GPA to 2.0. Hour s of deficiency may be co mputed as follows : multiply the t o t a l number of h o urs by 2 to obtain the GPA point s that would h ave been a tt a ined with a 2 . 0 ave r age. Subtract from thi s fig ure the tot a l g r a de point s s hown o n the Ia t g r a de s lip . The difference i s th e hour s of defi cie ncy . In a n effor t t o r a i se hi s g rad e -p o int average, a s tudent may reg i s ter for courses in th e University of Colorado s ummer t erm on a n y ca mpu s, for corre pondence s tudy throu g h the Univer sity, for corres p o ndence s tudy offered throu g h UCD Division of Continuin g Education , irrespective of his aca demi c s t atus . Grade s ea rned a t a n o ther ins t it uti o n are not u se d in cal cula tin g the g r a d e-poi nt average a t th e University of Col ora d o. H oweve r , g r a d es ea rned in a nother college or sc hool wi thin the U niv e r s i ty of Colorado a re u s ed in determinin g the s tud ent' s c h o l astic tanding a nd his pro g re ss toward the de g ree . Fir st Suspe n s i o n . The normal p eriod of s u s pen s ion i s two regular e m es ter s (o n e aca demic yea r , excluding s ummer t erm), a fter which th e s tudent will automatically b e readmit t ed to the Colle g e of Liberal Art s a nd S cie nce . The s tudent will then be ex pe c ted to meet the s lidin g scale (tased o n his CU record only) until his cumulative GPA reache s 2.0. F a ilure to do so will res ult in a s econd u s pen sio n . A s tud en t under a first s u s pen sio n may be readmitted before the end of th e normal s u s pen sion period only if he ha s demo n s tr a t ed academic improvement in one of the follow ing w ays: I. B y achiev in g a cu mul a tive 2 . 5 ave ra ge on all s ummer or corres pond e nce work a ttempted at the Univer s ity of Col o r a do sin ce s u s pen s ion. ( A s tudent must register for a minimum of 6 credits in the s ummer term on any campus or through co rre s ponden ce work .) 2 . B y rai s in g th e cu mulative gra de-point average to 2 . 0 throu g h corr es ponden ce or s ummer work a t the University of Colorado. 3 . B y rai s ing the c umul at iv e gra de point average to 2.0 at ano ther in s titution . (T h e cumulative gra de point ave r age is defined as the grade-point average at the Univer s ity of Col orado in combination with the work taken at all other in s titu tion s.) Upon return to the Univer sity, however, the s tudent retains hi s previou s g rade-point average . ( GPA from a nother institution do es not transf er back to the University.) Second Suspension . A s tudent s u s pended for a sec ond time will be readmitted only under unu s u a l c ircum sta nce s, and

PAGE 18

only by petition to the Committee on Academic Progress of the College of Liberal Arts and Scie n ces. Each peti t ion will be examined individ u ally . The committee will expet;t the student to s how that his chances for s uccessfully complet ing his education in the college have been materially improved by factors such as increased maturity or a relief from stressful circumstances. The deadline for petition s to the Committee on Academic Progres s for reinstatement for any fall se mester is August 1 ; for reinstatement for any spri n g semester the deadline i s December 1. Students who complete 12 or more se me s ter hour s at another institution must apply for readmis s ion to t he Uni versity of Colorado as transfer students, regardless of their status in the University of Colorado . They also mu s t present a 2.0 cumu l ative grade-point average on all col legiate work attempted (at the University of Colorado and elsew h ere) in order to be considered for readmission . Academ i c Warning Student s whose cumulative grade-point averages fall below a 2.0 (C) at the end of the fall semester will be so notified early in t h e spring s emester . Students will be informed in writing concerning the grade-point require ments which mu t be met by the end of the spring semester. Committee on Academ i c Progress T h e Committee on Academic Progress ( CAP) i s responsi ble for the administration of the academic policie s of the college as established by the faculty. The committee con ti tutes t h e bridge between the faculty in its legislative capacity and the students upon whom the legi sla tion comes to bear. The committee alone i s empowered to grant waivers of, exemptions from, and exception s to the academic policie s of the college . One of the major respon sib ilities of the committee is the handling of suspensions and reinstatement of s u s pended st u dents . The normal period of s u s pension i s two regular semes ters (one academic year, excluding s u mmerterm). However , students suspended a second time will be reinstated only under unusual circumstances and only by petition to the committee. Academic Eth i c s Students are expected to conduct themselve s in accordance with the highest standards of hone sty and integrity. Cheatin g, plagiarism, illegitimate posses s ion and dispo s ition of exami nations, alteration, forgery , or falsification of official rec ords, and similar acts or the intent to engage in s uch acts are grounds for suspension or expulsion from the University. In particular , studen t s are advised that plagiari s m consists of any act involving the offering of the work of so meone else as the student's own . It is recommended that s tudent s consult with their instructors as to the proper preparation of reports, paper s, etc., in order to avoid this and similar of fenses. REQUIREMEN T S FOR GRADUATION College Requirements The following four requirement s apply to all Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Fine Art s students: I. Arts and humanities-12 semester hour s. 2. Natural and physical sciences-12 s emester hour s . 3. Social sciences-12 se mester hours . Lists of courses that will sa tisfy the above area require ments are available in the Fall and Spring Schedule of Courses, in each divisional office, and in the dean's office. College of Liberal Arts and Sci ences/15 4. Foreign language . This requirement is satisfied by: a. Completion of a Leve l III high school course in any classical or modem foreign language; or b . Com p letion of a third-semester co u rse (normally 211, but in French, German , 201 or 211) in the college; or c. Demonstration of third -s emester proficiency by test. d. T his requirement also may be satisfied by comple tion of Intensive German (12 credit hour s in one semester). Students who elect to continue a language studied before entering the college will be placed in courses appropriate to their level of preparation and will continue from the level i n dicated u ntil the third-semester course has been passed. A student who enrolls in a course at a lower level than that in w h ich he has been plac ed will not receive credit for the course. Students who may go on to do graduate work are advised to complete the fourth se mester of a foreign language in prep aration for language requirements of graduate schools. Foreign Language Placement . Placement of students in college-level foreign language courses is based on units of high school language s tudy and on the verbal SAT score or Engli s h ACT score accor ding to the following sc hedule: Hi g h School Foreign Language App r oved Cour ses, Verbal Eng lish Levels Strongly Advised for SAT Score ACT S co r e or Units the Freshman Year 600-800 25-36 4 or more Exempt from requirement. No cre dit allowed below third-year (300-level ) courses . 200 599 0-24 4 or more Exempt from requir eme nt. Recommended 300-level co urses; no credit allowed below fou11h-s emester (202 or 212) co ur ses. 600-800 25-36 3 Exemp t from requir e ment. Recommended 300 level courses; no cre dit allowed below fou11h-s emester (202 or 212) course s. 200-599 0-24 3 Exem pt from requirement. No c redit allowed below fourth-seme s ter ( 202 or 212) co ur s es . 600 800 25-36 2 Third s emester cour ses (201 or 211) . 200 599 0 24 2 Second se me s ter cour s e s ( 102) . 600 800 25-36 Second s eme ter cour s e s ( 102) . 200-599 0-24 Beginning co ur se (101). A student may enroll in a course at a lower level than that in which he is placed upon consultation with the appropriate faculty member. However, he will not receive credit for any course taken at a level lower than his placement. Exceptions to this policy can be made when there has been a lapse of five or more years since previou s s tudy of the language . There is ample opportunity for language review by enrolling on a noncredit basis in lower level language courses upon consul tation with the adviser . Students may reque s t a placement test to place them in a higher level course than that assigned, or to demon s trate proficiency sufficient to sa tisfy the college foreign language requirement.

PAGE 19

16/University of Colorado at Denver Students who do not wish to continue a language studie d previously may begin a new language without penalty . How ever, students are strongly urged to begin or continue their college-level language study immediately upon enrollment in the college. Students also are urged to consult with the appropriate faculty member concerning any problems t hat might arise regarding foreign language study or the foreign language requirement. Note : Physical education is no longer required for comple tion of the bachelor's degree . However, a maximum of 8 hours of physical education credit will count toward the 120 required for the degree. Major Requirements A candidate for the degree Bachelor of Arts shall fulfill such requirements as m ay be stipulated for his m ajor pro gram. These requirements shall include at least 30 semester hours of work in the major area (as determined by his ad vi er) of C gra4e or higher, at lea st 16 hours of which s hall be at the upper division level. The grade average in the major shall be at lea st C. Not more than 48 semester hour s in one field may be counted in the 120 hour s required for the degree . The student is responsible for knowing the requirements for the major. The adviser shall be responsible for determining when a studen t has satisfac torily completed the requirements for the major and for so certifying to the dean of the college . For requirements of the Bachelor of Fine Arts degree, consult the fme arts section in the alphabetical listings under the description of courses and programs. Upper Division Requirement Students must complete at least 45 hours of upper division work (courses numbered in the 300s and 400s) to be eligible for the bachelor's degree . Any s tudent may register for upper division courses providing he has satisfied the prerequisites or has the approval of the discipline in which the cour e is offered. Courses transferred from a junior college carry low er divi sion credit. Exceptions to this require approval of the dean of the college and the appropriate discipline repre en tati ve, who may ask the student to validate upper division credit by taking an advanced standing examination. Total Credit-Hour and Grade-Point Requirement To qualify for the Bachelor of Arts degree in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences, stu dent s must pass at least 120 semester hours with an average of at least 2.0 (C) in all courses attempted at the University of Colorado. Residence Requirement A candidate for a degree from the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences must earn his last 30 hour s in the University of Colorado and must be enrolled as a degree student in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences. Senior Progress Report Upon completion of 80 semester hours of course work, each stude nt should reque st a Progress Report from the Of fice of the Dean to determine his status with respect to the above requirements. At the beginning of their last se me ster, st udent s are re quired to ftle Diploma Cards, s howing the date when they intend to be graduated. Diploma Cards are available in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences, Office of Admissions and Record s, and at registration. During their senior year, students must clear all schedule changes with the Degree Requirements Section of the Office of the Dean. Graduation With Honors and With Distinction The Honors Program of the college is outlined in the Special Programs sectio n of this bulletin. In addition to graduation with honors , a student may be graduated with distinction if, prior to his final semester, he has taken at least 30 hours at the University of Colorado and if hi s cum ulative grade-point average by the end of the semes ter prior to hi s final semester's work toward the degree is 3.5 or higher, both at the Univer si ty of Colorado and in all collegiate work attempted. Summary Checklist of Graduation Requirements The st udent alone is ultimately responsible for the fulflll ment of these requirements. Questions concerning them sho uld be directed to the Office of the Dean. Upon comple tion of degree requirements (including the fulfillment of a major) the stu dent will be awarded the appropriate degree. General Requirements I . 120 semester hours passed. 2. 2.0 cumulative grade-point average on all University of Colorado work. 3. 45 hours of upper division work. 4. The last 30 hours in residence in the college. Area Requirements I. Arts and humanities: 12 semester hours. 2. Natural and physical sciences: 12 semester hours. 3 . Social scie nce s : 12 semester hours. 4. Foreign language: third-semester proficiency in any one language or comple tion of a Level Ill high sc hool foreign language course. Major Requirements 1. 30 to 48 hours in the major area. 2 . 30 hours of C grade or better in the major area . 3. A 2.0 gra de-point ave rage in all major work. 4. 16 hours of upper division courses in the major, C grade or higher. 5 . Special requirements as stipulated by the major pro gram . Note : Not more than 48 hour s in any one field and not more than 24 hours outside the college can be counted in the 120 hours required for the degree. Students planning to transfer to the Boulder Campus are responsible for informing them se lve s of the degree require ments on that campus. Division of Arts and Humanities ROBLEY D. RHINE , Assistant Dean The division includes the di ciplines of cornrnunication and theatre, communication disorders and speech science, English, fine arts, French, German, philosophy, and Spanish. Complete undergraduate majors are offered in all but communication disorder and speec h science . Re quirements for each major are explained before the course listings for the respective disciplines. Information on pre professional programs is given in that section of this bulletin . This division offers course work in several special pro gra m s including Comparative Literature, American Studies, and the Writing Program . The Writin g Program is

PAGE 20

designed to prepare profes si onal writers in the techniques and vocabularies of fields such as fine arts, science, engineering, creative writing, business, social sciences, and literature . Two cocurricular programs also are open to students: Theatre and Forensics. Student s interested in majoring in any of the disciplines or in participating in any of the specialized programs should request additional information from the divi sional office. Description of Courses and Programs For information on sc heduling of courses, consult the appropriate Schedule of Courses for day , time, and meet ing place of classes. ARTS AND HUMANITIES A.H. 398-3 Cooperative Education. Designed experiences involving application of spec ific , relevant concep t s and s kills in s uper vised employment situa tion s. Prer. , so phomore standi n g and 2.5 GPA . COMMUNICATION AND THEATRE A major in communication and the atre at both the bachelor' s and master's levels may be completed a t UCD . Students majoring in communication and theatre must present a minimum of 40 se me s ter hour s (althou g h the individual areas within communication and theatre may require additional hours) including C.T. 202 a nd C.T. 400. The student must elect to pur sue one of the severa l areas of emphasis within the communication and theatre field . Each area has its own requirements for graduation, and specific programs will be developed in consultation with academic advisers to insure proper balance of courses within the major. Li sts of required and suggested courses in each major area may be obtained from the divisional office . C.T. 40-0. Speech Laboratory in English as a Second Language. Group assistance for people for whom English is a second language a nd who wish to improve their spoken English. C.T. 41-0. Reading Laboratory in English as a Second Language. Group assistance for people for whom English is a s econd lan g u age and who wish to improve their speed and comprehen s ion in readin g Englis h . C.T. 42-0. Writing Laboratory in English as a .Second Language. Group assistance for people for whom English is a s econd language and who wish to improve their writin g in English. C.T. 140-5. Structure and Pronunciation of Standard English for Speakers of Other Languages. Practice in s peakin g a nd under s t a ndin g spoke n English , with attention to grammar, pr onunciation, and voc a bul ary as well as meaning a nd appropriateness. C. T. 141-3. Written Composition for Speakers of Other Languages I. Beginning course in written English composition for people for whom English i s a second language . Oral and written work . C.T. 142-3. Written Composition for Speakers of Other Languages D. Second semes ter course. Continued work on grammar, syntax , spell ing, and the mechanics of writing , but with greater focus on selection, development , and organi zation of material for longer con nected dis co ur se. C.T. 200-3. Voice and Diction. Improvement of the normal s peakin g voice, articulation, and pronun ciation. C.T. 202-3. Principles of Communication I. A lecture-discu ss ion recitation a ppro ach to communication theory and its applica tion . C.T. 203-3. Principles of Communication II. Further development of the principle s of communication. Specific topic s suc h as arg ument ation, s
PAGE 21

18/University of Colorado at D enver C.T. 428-3. Communication of Directed Change. Exa min atio n of the communic a tion pro c ess underlying the diffusion o f innovatio n s. Pro v ide s a bridge between theor y and application in the s tudy of directed change . C .T. 430-3. Teaching of Communication and Theatre. Fund a m enta l problems of the teacher of communication and the atre. Pr er .. co n sent of ins tru c t or. C.T. 433-3. Teaching With Group Methods. The s tud y of gro up force s. potenti als . and the teacher's role in creating e ffective learnin g groups . C . T . 435-3. Creative Dramatics . The study of crea tivity. its role and application in dramati cs. and the manner in which creative dramatics . ass i s t s in the growth a nd devel o pment of children and youth . C. T . 440-3. Structure of Today's English With Linguistic View. A n up t odate exploration of the workings of the Engli s h l anguage with a ttention t o c urrent linguistic cie nce trend s i n lan g u age analysis and description . C.T. 441-3. Teaching Standard English to Speakers of Other Lan guages or Dialect s . Comprehensive ove r view of the principal and technique s necessary to a broad-ba ed a udiolin gual-cog nitive approac h t o language teaching . Prer .. C.T . 440 or co n s ent of instructor. C. T. 442 -va riable credit. Practicum in Teaching English as a Second Language. Practical experience in situations a ppropri ate to the s tudent teacher's particul ar English-teaching interests . Pre r .. C.T. 441 or consen t of instructor. C.T. 450-3. Advanced Oral Interpretation. Exploratio n of pr ose forms ; theory and a n alysis o f fiction and n o nfiction . Develo pment and presenta tion o f individual and group programs . Prer., C . T . 350. C. T. 451-3. Advanced Oral Interpretation. Explora t ion of poetic form : theory and a naly s is of modem poetry . D eve l o pment and presenta tio n o f individual and g r oup pr ograms. Prer. , C .T. 350. C. T. 452-3. Dramatic Interpretation. Analysi s of dr a m atic lit e r a ture. Devel o pment and presentation of indiv idual and group pro grams . Pr er., C . T . 350 . C.T. 460-3 . Radio-TV Station Organization and Operation. Pro ce dures, organizatio n . and problem of m a n agement and o perati o n of radio and tele visio n broadcast s t ations. Prer . , C . T . 360 o r co n s ent of instructor. C.T. 465-3 to 4 . Television in Education ( L.M . 507 . ) Utili zatio n of tele visio n a t all leve l s of education . The ory and practice in defining need s , i dentifyin g alterna tive solutio n s, producin g materials. and eval u a t ing res ults. Founh credit h o ur requires comprehensive project d esig n . Prer . , C. T . 3 60 or co n ent of in tructor. C. T. 471-3. History of the Theatre I. Study of the atres , method of presentation . actor s, and acting from primitive t imes t o 1 7 00 , e mphasiz ing per ception of co ntempo rary theatre as a way of under s t anding and appreciating the place o f the a tr e in his tori ca l contexts. C.T. 473-3 . Advanced Acting. R esea r c h, a n alysis, and prep aratio n and perf ormance of roles in period and modem dr a m a , e mph asizi n g theorie and techniques of historical and pre s ent atio nal s t y les . Prer.. C . T . 373 . C.T. 475-3. Pla ywri ting : The Short Form. P lay. r adio . a nd t elev i sion scripts. Prer . , any co ur e in dram a o r co n ent of instruc t or. C.T. 478-3. Drama Theory. Examinatio n of critical and theoretic a l ideas from Aris t otle t o the pre ent day . C. T. 479-0 to 4 . Theatre Practice . Parti cipation in University Theatre pr od ucti o n s. Credit hour s t o be arra nged by director o f the theatre. Not m ore than 2 h ours may be earned i n any o n e emes ter or in .the s ummer sessio n . Prer., con ent of the director of the theatre. C.T. 481-3 . History of the Theatre II. Continuation of C . T . 471. From 1 700. C . T . 485-3. Playwriting: The Long Form. ( E n gl. 306.) Full-len gth plays, etc . Pre r., co nsent of ins tru c t o r . C.T. 499-variable credit. Problems in Communication and Theatre. Prer ., co nsent of ins tru c t or. COMMUNICATION DISORDERS AND SPEECH SCIENCE NATALIE HEDBERG, Coordinator The B . A . degree in communication di s order s and s peech cience i not available at UC D . The following cour s e s are open to under g raduates: CDSS 401 and CDSS 435. For graduate-level co u rses s ee Communication Disorder s and Speech Science in the Graduate School sec tion of thi s bulle tin . CDSS 401-2. Speech and Language Development in Children. Underly ing pr ocesses i n the devel opment o f s pee c h and language , normal and a t y pic al. CDSS 435-2 . Introduction to Language and Learning Disabilities. Orient atio n to the field of lang u age and learning di s order s found in pre sc hool . elementary , and s e co ndary sc hool childre n . Diagno stic and remedial tec hnique s and treatment pro gra m s will be s urveyed . Film s, case s tudie s, gue t s peaker s, and field trip s will provide a c omprehen s ive view of the field . CDSS 499-1 to 3. Independent Study. COMPARATIVE LITERATURE Students wishing to pursue graduate work in comparative literature s hould consult the Graduate School Bulletin. On the 400 level , stude nts may read all texts in translation; however , reading knowledge in at least one forei g n language is hi ghly recommended . On the 500 and 600 level s, s tudent s must be able to read in two foreign l ang uages or obtain the consen t of the ins tructor. C.L. 410-6 . Background Readings in Classical, Medieval, and Renais sance Texts. C.L. 411-3. Basic Literary Concepts. C . L. 412-3. Literary Genres: Narrative Prose. C.L. 413-3. Literary Genres: Lyric Poetry. C.L. 414-3. Literary Genres: Verse Epic. C.L. 415-3. Literary Genres: Drama-Baroque. C.L. 435-3. Studies in the Novel: The Modern Novel. C.L. 436-3. Studies In the Drama: Contemporary European DramaIbsen to Brecht. C.L. 437-3. Studies in Poetry : The Lyric as Genre and Attitude. C.L. 446-3 . Nineteenth-and Early 20th-Century Literature. C.L. 447-3 . Modern Literature. C.L. 448-3 . Contemporary Literature. C.L. 466-3 . Themes, Motifs, and Characters. C.L. 473-3. Philosophy and Literature. ( Phil. 473 .) C.L. 487-3 . International Literary Relation s: The United States and the Hispanic World. ENGLISH A major in English at both the bachelor's and master' s level s may be completed on the Denver Campus . Students majoring in English must present a total of 36 hour in Engli s h , excluding Engl. 100-101 , of which 24 hour s mu s t be earned in upper divi sion courses . None of the required 36 hour s may be taken on a pass/fail basi s . Of the 24 hour s required at the 300or 400-level, at least 3 must be earned in a course dealing with Englis h literature before 1800, at lea s t 3 in a course dealing with English literature after 1800 , and at lea st 3 in a co ur se on American literature . Required course : Engl. 250, 251 , 252 (Survey of English Literature 9 hours); Engl. 300 (Critical Writing 3 hours) ; Engl. 497 or 498 ( Major Authors or Topics in Litera ture -3 hours). At least 12 hour s of the major's upper or lower division work in English must be done at UCD in order to qualify for the B .A. in English . Engli s h majors intere ted in graduati ng with honors sho uld co nfer with the honor s a dvi s er as oon as po ss ible , but definitely no later than the beginning of the spring term of their junior year . Student s who contemplate teaching s hould obtain from the School of Education s heets listing curric ulum required for a teaching certificate and s hould con s ult the School of Educa tion, which s upervi ses the teacher-training program . Since fulfilling requirement s for education a nd Engli s h involves close schedu ling , tudents s hould fulfill at lea st s ome of the co lle ge requirements during their freshman and s ophomore years . English for foreign s tudents and co ur ses for prospective teacher s of Engli s h as a foreign language are listed under

PAGE 22

Communication and Theatre in thi s bulletin . For additional literature courses see Comparative Litera ture and Mexican American Education Program . Note: A considerable amount of writing is required in ali English courses and is graded on form as well as on content . Engl . 101/ 102-3. Beginning Composition. Students are placed in 101 or I 02 after diagnostic testing during the first week of classes to determ ine their writin g needs. Engl. 103-3 . Intermediate Composition. Emphasis on the lon ger essay and the research paper. Pr er., Engl. I 02 or consent of instructor. Engl. 120-3 . Introduction to Fiction. Rea din g and analysis of s h ort stories and novel s . Engl. 130-3. Introduction to Drama and Poetry . Reading and analysis of plays and poems. Engl. 200-3. Advanced Composition. Prer., Engl. I 00 and I 0 I , or consent of ins truct or. Engl. 206-3. Modem Grammatical Usages. Engl. 215-3. Introduction to Creative Writing. Seminar. Engl. 216-3. Study of Poetry. Reading of representative English and American poets . Engl. 250-3. Survey of English Literature I. Chronological s tud y of the greater figures and forces in the mainstream of E n glish literature from the beginning through the 16th century including Shakespeare . Engl. 250, 251 , and 252 s h ould be taken in sequence . Engl. 251-3 . Survey of English Literature D. Continuation of Engl. 250 . English liter ature of the 17th and 18th cen turi es . Engl. 252-3. Survey of English Literature III. Continuation of Engl. 251 . English lite rature of the 19th and 20th cen turie s . Engl. 253-3. Masterpieces of British Literature. An intensive s tudy of several major works of British literature . Engl. 258-3. Great Books I. Literary class i c s of the ancien t world : the Odyssey or Iliad , Greek drama , and severa l book s of the Bible . Engl. 259-3. Great Books II. From Plato to the Renaiss ance; s elected dialogues of Plato , the Aeneid, the Inferno , and a few works by o ther writers . Engl. 260-3. Great Books Ill. Major works of the 17th, 18th, and 19th centurie s . Engl. 261-3. Great Books IV. Major works of 20th century poetry , dram a , and fiction . Engl. 265-3. Masterpieces of American Literature. American literary classics : n ovel s, poems, plays , and essays of the 19th and 20t h centuries. E n gl. 274-3. The American Writer and the Black Man I. Reading and analysis of significan t liter ary work s by black or white American writer s treating black America n s . Engl. 275-3. The American Writer and the Black Man D . Continu a tion of Engl. 274, but may be taken independently of tha t cour se. Engl. 279-3. Survey of Ethnic Literature. Same a s Black Studie s 279 . Engl. 290 /3 90-3. Topics in Literature. Topics such as the following will be offered at regular interval s : science fiction, women in literat u re, oper a as drama. Note : Before taking any 300level course in English, a s tudent must have ea rned 24 semes ter hour s of college credit. Engl. 300-3. Critical Writing. Critici s m of novel s , poem s , and plays; emphasis on written work. Engl. 302-3. Writing Workshop: Poetry. Writing poetry . Semi nar. May be repeated for up to 6 hour s credit . Engl. 305-3. Writing Workshop : Fiction. Writing fiction . Seminar. May be repeated for up to 6 hours credit. Prer. , Engl. 215 or consent of instructor. Engl . 315-3. Report Writing. Practice in report s, papers, and articles. Emphasis on style and editing . Engl. 318-3. Writing Topics. Individual papers based on upper division courses from the art s and humanitie s , natural and physical sciences, and social scie n ces. For wri tin g program majors only . May be repeated for up to 9 hours credit. Engl. 365 -3. American Literature I. Survey of the literature from its beginnings until the Civil War. Engl. 366-3. American Literature D. S urvey of the literature from the Civil War t o the pre s ent. Continuation of Engl. 3 65 . Engl. 377-3. Black Literature. Engl. 394-3. The Bible as Literature. Survey of literary achievements of the ancient Hebrew s and the early Chris tian s . Engl. 395-3. Chaucer. A s tud y of Chaucer' s m a jor w orks with emphasi s College of Liberal Arts and Sciences/19 upon the Canterbury Tales. Reading in Middle English after a s hort intro duction to the lang u age . Engl . 397-3. Shakespeare. A s urvey of Shake s peare ' s characteri stic and major plays. Engl. 398-3. Topics in Shakespeare. Focuses o n particular topic s and problem s in the s tudy of Shakespeare's play s . Engl. 399-3. Milton. Milton's poetry and s elected prose . Note: Before taking any 400-level course in English, a student must have earned 36 se me s ter hour s of college credit. Engl. 420-3. Development of the English Novel I. From the beginnings to 1830. Engl. 421-3. Development of the English Novel D . From 1830 to World War I. Continuation of Engl. 420 . Engl. 423-3. Development ofthe American Novel I. From the beginnings t o 1900. Engl. 424-3. Development of the American Novel II. From 1900 to the pre sent. Continuation of Engl. 423. Engl. 425-3. Twentieth-Century Fiction. The modem novel in an interna tional perspective, with empha s i s on new tendencie s . Engl . 430-3. Development of British Drama I. From the be g innings through the Restoration . Engl. 431-3. Development of British Drama II. From 1700 to the prese nt. Continuation of Engl. 430 . Engl. 435-3. American Drama. Survey of American drama , with emphasis on O ' Neill and subsequent playwr i ghts. Engl. 436-3. Twentieth-Century Drama. Conti nent al, Briti sh, a nd American drama since Ibsen. Engl . 443 -3. British and American Poetry of the 20th Century. Engl . 444-3. American Poetry . From the beg inning s through the 20th century . Engl. 446-3. Recent World Literature. Survey of important works and trends in poetry, drama , and fiction since World War II. Engl. 450-3. Medieval Literature. Selection s read in modem Englis h , repre s ent a tive of the life and thou ght of the Middle Ages (up to 1500) . Engl. 452-3. The English Renaissance. Selected works from the 16th and 17th centuries. Engl . 454-3 . The Re s toration and the Age of Johnson. Selected works from the period 16601800 . Engl. 456-3. English Romanticism. Major w orks of the chief Englis h romanti cs : Blake, Word s worth , Coleridge , B y ron , Keats, and Shelley . Engl. 458-3. The Victorian Age. Main current s of Victorian though t in prose and poetry , 1 830-1890 . Engl. 460-3 . Modern British and Irish Literature. Chronolo g i ca l s urvey of the peri o d 1890 t o W orld War II. Engl. 476-3. Contemporary Chicano Literature. S ame a s M . AM. 476 . Engl. 480-3. Advanced Composition for Secondary School Teachers of English. S ame as T.Ed . 445. Emphasi s on improving expo s itory and ar g ument a tive essays by ca reful criticism . Examination of secondary school compo s ition cour s e s and met hod s of criticizin g and evaluating the writing of s econdary s chool student s . Not c ounted t oward minimum number o f upper division h o ur s for En gli s h m a jor. Engl. 481-3. Literature for A dolescents. Same a s T.Ed . 444 . Reading and ev aluating b o oks for junior and s enior high s chool pupils. Attention i s g iven to s our c e s o f information a bout book s and criteri a for s e l ection , a s weLl a s to the writer s . Engl . 482-3. Methods and Materials in English. Same a s T .Ed. 452. Required of all who wis h recommendation as hig h s c hool Engli s h tea chers. Engl. 484-3 . English Grammar. S tud y of the Englis h l a n g u a g e and of the variou s grammars of Engli s h . Required for candid ates for t ea c her c ertifica tion only. Engl. 485-3 . History of the English Language. History of the lang uage, inc ludin g the soun d chan g es affecting m odem Eng lish and its grammatica l forms and vocabulary . Elementary knowled g e of Englis h g r a mmar as sumed . Engl. 489-3. Semantics. The meani n g of words, their chan g e s of meaning, and the rela tionship between word s and reality. Engl. 497-3. Topics in American and Briti sh Literature. Cour s e s s uch as the following will be offered at reg ular interv a l s : Regional Liter ature-the Frontier ; S a tire ; Comedy ; Tragedy. Open to Englis h majors onl y, except with con s ent of the ins tructor. Engl. 498-3. Major American and British Authors. Inten sive s tudy of work s of o ne major British or American author. Open to Englis h majors only , expept with con sent of instructor. Engl:
PAGE 23

20/University of Colorado at D enver FINE ARTS The D e partment of Fine Arts offers b oth a B .A. d egree and a B . F.A . de gree in paintin g, sc ulptu re, print making, or de sign. The B.A. degree must include 40, but not more than 48 , hours in fine a rt s, 24 of whic h mu s t be in upper divi s ion courses. The B .F.A. degree must include 54 , but not more than 72, hours in fine arts , 24 of w h ich mu st be in upper di vision co u rses. Students wis hin g t o apply for the B.F.A. d egree must h ave a 2.0 average in a ll co ur se work at the tim e of applica t ion, whic h may not be earlier than the end of the junior year. Application forms are available in the divisional office . The core curric ulum for fine art s major s include s 12 hours of Studio I (Fine Art 100, 101, 102) , Studio II (Fine Arts 202), Fine Arts 180-181, Fine Arts 496 , and 6 hou r of upper divi si on art history . The recommended program for the B.F. A. includes at le ast two years in one creative field (painting, printmaking, design, or sculpture) plus 9 emester hours in drawing . Student s who are candidates for the B . F .A . must take a minimum of 20 hours while i n residence . Studio I and II Courses For an orientation to studio practice , includin g dr awi n g and an ex plor ation of twoand threed imensiona l media , fine arts major s are required to take 12 hour of St udi o I and II courses. T h ere are no p rerequisites for Studio I and II courses, but all upper divi sio n courses require the corre ponding basic course a a prerequisite. Fine Arts 100-3 . Basic Drawing. Exploration of drawing approaches and media. Fine Arts 101-3. Basic Sc ulpture. Exploration in thre e-dimensional form and materials . Fine Art s 102-3. Basic P ain tin g. Primarily exploration i n composition and color. Fine Arts 202-3. Vis ual St udie s. Studio course designed to introduce to the tudent the realm of visual thinking while solving the problem of m aking a visual s t atement. Life Drawing Fine Arts 300 -3. FirstYear Life D raw in g and Compos ition. Problem s in drawin g from life; exploring the possibilities in pictorial de s i g n and compo s ition . May be repeated . Fine Arts 400 -3. Advance d Drawing. Problem s in d rawing with emphasis on individual development. Prer. , 6 hour s Fine Arts 300. May be repe ated. Printmaking Fine Arts 340-3. First-Year Printmaking. Intr od u c tion to intaglio and relief printing, including metal engravi n g and etching, and woodcut. May be r epeated. Fine Arts 440-3 . Second-Yea r Printmaking. Continued s tud y and ex perimentation in intaglio, relief printing media. Prer ., Fine Arts 340. May be repeated. Fine Arts 342-3. S ilk Sc reen ( Serigraphy). Silk scree n technique s as they relate to fine art prints. May be repeated . Painting Fine Arts 320-3. FirstYear Paintin g. Basic inve stigatio n of the mat erials of the painter and their use in expre ss ing ideas. May be repeated . Fine Arts 420-3 . Second-Year P a intin g. Ex pre s ive pictoria l problem s involving varied s ubject matter and painting media , with emphasis on individual development. Pr er., Fine Arts 320 or equivale nt. May be re peated . Sculpture Fine Arts 350/351-3. Sculpture. Crea t ive inve tigatio n of variou scu lptural material s and concepts. Fine Arts 450 / 4513 . A dv a nced Sc ulpture. Indi vidual sculptural themes. Prer ., Fine Arts 350/351. Design Fine Arts 315-3. First-Year Photography I. Using l ec ture as an introduc tion to history , technique , and concep t of photograp h y as it relates to the fine arts . Emphasis on photography as a means to a formal and ex pre sive end . Student s must h ave access to a camera . Fine Arts 316-2. Graphic Design. P roblems in advertising illustra tion and design . Fine Arts 319 -3. First-Year Photography II. Emphasis on proces s es and critica l evaluatio n of s tudent' s photograph s . Prer., Fine Arts 315 . Fine Arts 363-3. Film Making. St udi o co ur se desig n e d t o acq u a int s tudent s with the basic visua l and esthetic elements of film thro u g h actual s ho oting, editing, and di cuss ion. All work is in 8 or super 8mm. with student' own or rented camera. Fine Art s 402-3. Movement-Performance in Fine Art. Studio course de igned to pre s ent the po ibility of movement-performance to the fine arts/ hum ani tie s tudent as a form for self-exploratio n and expression . May be repeated. Fi ne Arts 415-3. Second-Year Photography l. Advanced work with photographs and refined technical proce ss es. Prer. , Fine Art s 319 . Fine Arts 4183 . Creativity and Problem Solv ing. Exploration of the proce s of problem solving through the mean funda men tal to all artistic endeavors, i . e ., makin g and doing. May be repea ted . Fi ne Art s 4193. Seco nd -Year Photography II. Continuation of Fine Arts 415. Art History Note: Not all art his tory courses are offered every year. C h eck c u rrent Schedule of Courses . Fine Arts 180-3. History of Art 1 (Surve y) . History of art of all ages, rene c tin g the various cultures of mankind from cave paintin gs to the Renais sa nce . Fi ne Arts 181-3 . Hi story of Art II (Surve y). His t ory of art of all ages, renecting the variou culture of m a nkind from the Renais ance to the pre se nt. Fine Arts 470-3. Primiti ve Art. (Africa n and Pacific a rea s.) Native arts of various African people s as well as tho se of the major island gro ups of the Pacific area. Fine Arts 471-3. PreCo lumbian Art. Architecture , s culpture , painting of the hig h cultures of Meso-Ameri c a and the Andean area before the Spanish conquest. Fine Arts 472-3 . North Ame rican lndian Art. Survey of major tribal s t yles of the North American continent. Fine Arts 476-3. Pre-Classical Art and Archaeo log y. (Anthro. 427 and Gen . Cia ic 427.) Greece and Cre t e from the neolithic peri od to the end of the Mycen a ean world. Fine Arts 477-3. C la ssical Art and Archaeology. ( Anthro . 428 and Gen. Classics 428.) Greek art and archaeo l ogy from the end of the Mycenaean world throu g h the H ellenistic era. Fine A rt s 487 -3. A merican Art. Study of American art and arc hite ct ure from the Colonial period through the 1 9th century. Fine Arts 488-3. A m e ri can Art. Study of American art and architecture from the 19th ce ntury t o the prese nt. Fine A rt s 489-3. Origin s of Modern Art l. His tory of European move ments of the early 19th century from the French Revolution t o Reali s m . Fine Arts 490-3. Origin s of Modern Art ll. History of European move ments of the late 19th century from R eali m through Post-lmpressio n i m . Fi ne Art s 4913. Modern Art l. A s urv ey of major trend s in painting and sc ulpture from Post-Impressionism thr o u g h Dada ( 1884-1924). Fine Arts 492-3. Modern Art 11. A urvey of major trend s in p a inting and sculpture from Surreali m to the present ( 1924). Independent Study and Seminar Fin e Arts 399, 499-variabl e credit. Independent Study. Individual projects or studies assigned by the m ajor profes or. To be arranged. F ine Arts 494-3 . Seminar in Literature and the Vis ual Arts. Interdi sci plinary , team taught cour e with another discipline . Fine Arts 496 -3 . Art Seminar. For fine art majo r s, under grad uate and grad u ate. Course based on an exc han ge of ideas basic to the tudent' own crea tive work , and to contemporary philo sophies and tenden cies in the field . Prer., 12 hours of ba ic art courses or equivalent. Fine Art s 180-181, or co n ent of ins tructor. May be repea t ed once with consent of instructor.

PAGE 24

FRENCH Students who have completed a Level ill high school French course have automatically satisfied the college gradu ation requirement in foreign lan g uage . Thi s requirement may also be satisfied by completion of French 201 or 211 or by demon stratio n of equivalent proficienc y by placement test . Student s who h ave s tudied French in hi gh sc hool and who wish to continue with the language will be placed according to their high sc hool record and verbal SAT score or English ACT score. A stude nt normall y may not receive credit for a course at a lower level than that into which he is placed . For a complete sta tement of policy on foreign language placement and credit , see the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences Gene ral Information sec tion of this bulletin . Student s majoring in French must complete 35 semester hour s be yo nd the frrst year . Students pre senting four years of high sc hool French for admissio n mu st co mplete 30 hour s beyond the seco nd year. R e quired course s are French 211212, 301-302, 311-312, 401-402, plu s 6 hour s of literature co urse s at the 400 level . Note : For comparative literature, see that sec tion . French 101-5. Beginning French I. French 102-5. Beginning French II. Pr er., French 10 I. French 201-3. Second -Year Oral Grammar Review and Conversation. Prer. , French 102 or two year s of high school Fren ch. French 202-3. Second-Year Oral Grammar Re view and Conversation. Prer., Fren c h 201 or two years of high s chool Fren c h . French 211-3. Second-Year French Reading and Conve rsation I. Pr er., French 102 or two years of hig h sc hool French . French 212-3. Second-Year French Reading and Conversation II. Pr er .. French 211 or three years of high sc h ool French . French 301-2. French Phonetic s and Pronunciation. Prer. , French 212 or equ iv a l ent. French 302-2. Oral Practice. Prer., French 30 1 or consent of ins tru ctor. French 305-3. French Composition. Pr er., French 202 o r 2 1 2 o r equiva lent. French 306-3. French Composition. Prer., Fren ch 3 05 or con s ent of ins tru ctor. French 311-3. Main Currents of French Literature. Prer ., Fren c h 212 or co n sent of ins tructor. French 312-3. Main Currents of French Literature. Pr er., French 31 1 or conse nt of ins tructor . French 321-3 . La France d'aujourd'hui. Readin gs and dis cu ss ion in French of 20th -c entury French c ulture. Prer. , Fren c h 212 or consent of instru c tor . French 401-3. Advanced Composition . Prer. , French 305 or con se nt o f ins tructor. French 402-3 . A dvanced Composition. Prer. , Fren ch 401 or con se nt of in s tru ctor. French 403-3 . Advanced Oral Practice. Prer. , French 30 1 and 302, or consent of in s tructor. French 420-3. French Civilization to 1789. Prer. , French 312 or 302 , or co nsent of ins tru c tor . French 421-3. French Civilization from 1789 to Present Da y. Prer ., French 312, 302 , or 420 , or consent of ins tru ctor. French 436 / 536-3. Eighteenth-Century French Novel , Theatre, and Poetry. French 443 / 543-3. Nineteenth-Century French Novel. French 448 / 548-3. Twentieth-Century French Novel. Prer . , French 312. French 496-3. Methods of Teaching Modern Languages. Method o logy of teaching French , German , and Spani s h in a n urban setting; required for s econdary lan g u age teacher s wis hin g to be certified throug h the Initial Certification Pro g r a m of the School of Education . Prer., language profi c ien cy int erview and upper divi s ion standing. French 499-variable credit. Independent Study. Colleg e of Liberal Arts and Sciences/21 GERMAN Students who have co mpleted a Level ill high sc hool German course have automatically satis fied the college re quirement in foreign language. Thi s requirement may also be sat i sfie d by completion of Intensive German ( 12 credit hour s in one se me s ter) , by completion of German 201 , or by demon strat ion of equivalent proficiency by placement test. Students who have s tudied German in high sc hool and wi sh to continue with the language will be placed accord ing to their high school record and verbal SAT score or Engli sh ACT score . A st udent m ay not receive credit for a course at a lower level than that into which he is placed. The German major must take 35 se me ster hours beyond first year proficiency . Not more than 12 se mester hours of 200-level courses and not more than 6 se mester hours of courses give n in English tr a n s lation may be taken for credit toward the 35-hour minimum . Required courses for the B . A. are German 301-302: Advanced Conv e rsation , Grammar, Compo si tion; Germ an 401-402: Structural Analysis, Com po sition, Stylistics; German 423 : German Civilization ; and Germ a n 495: Method s of Teaching German (require d of s tud ents who desire the recomme ndation of the discipline representative for secondary sc hool teaching po s ition s). Na tive German speakers or s tudents with advance d training may reque s t permission to s ub s titute more adva nced German courses to fulfill the 35-ho ur minimum . German 101-4, Sect. I; German 102 -4, Sect. I; German 201-4 , Sect. I . These three s ections t ogether com prise a 12-hour , o n e-semester co ur se. S atis factor y comp l etion of Int ensiv e German fulfills the foreign lang u age requirement. Offered fall s eme s ters only . German 101-4. Beginning German I. German 102-4. Beginning German II. Prer. , German 101 or one year of hig h sch oo l German . German 201-4. Intermediate German I: Reading. Prer. , German 102 o r two years of hig h s chool Germ a n . German 202-4 . 1ntermediate German II: Reading . Prer. , German 20 1 or thre e y e ars of hig h s chool German . German 222-4. Scientific German. Pr er., German 201 or upon consul ta tion. German 301-3. Advanced Conversation and Grammar. Prer. , German 202 o r co n s ent of instruct or. German 302-3. Advanced Conversation and Composition. Prer ., Ger m a n 301 or co n sent of ins tructor. German 3 11-3. Die deutsc he Novelle. P rer., Germa n 202 or c on s ent of instr u ctor . German 312-3 . Das deutsche Drama. Prer ., German 202 or consent of ins tru c t or. German 333-3 . Deutsche Klassik. Pr er., German 311 and 312 , or co nsent of ins tru c tor. German 334-3. Deutsche Romantik. Pr er ., German 311 and 312, or con s ent of instr u c t or. German 381-3. German Literature in Translation I. German 382-3 . German Literature in Translation II. German 401-3. Structural Analysis, Composition, and Stylistics I. Prer. , German 30 2 or consent of instructor. German 402-3. Structura. l Analysis, Composition, and Stylistics II. Pr er. , German 401 or consent of in s truct or. German 411-3. Deutsche Literatur des 19 . Jahrhunderts. German 412-3. Deutsche Literatur des 20 . Jahrhunderts. German 423-3. German Civilization. German 436-3. Die Deutsche Lyrik. Pr er. , German 311 and 3 1 2 o r conse nt of ins truct or. German 437-3. Einfiihrung in die deutsche Literaturgeschichte I. Prer. , German 311 and 3 1 2 or co n se nt of instructor. German 438-3. Einftihrung in die deutsche Literaturgeschichte II. Prer. , German 3 1 1 and 312 or co nsent of ins tructor. German 494-3. Seminar in Literature and the Visual Arts. lnterdiscip li nary , team-taught cour se with fine arts disci pline. German 496-3. Methods of Teaching Modern Languages. Methodol -

PAGE 25

22/University of Colorado at Denver ogy of teaching French, German , and Spanish in an ur ban setti n g; required for seco nd ary language teachers wis hin g to be certified through the Initial Certification Program of the School of Education. Prer. , language proficiency interview and uppe r-di vision stan d i ng. German 499-variable credit. Independent Study. PHILOSOPHY A program for the philo s ophy major must include a min imum of five courses (15 hours) at the 300 level ; a minimum of three courses ( 9 hours) at the 400 level; and a minimum of o n e course (3 hours) at the 500 level. The balance of the co ur ses for the major may be taken at the di screti on of the s tudent . The followin g co ur ses are recommended (not required) for phil oso ph y m ajors who are planning to do gra du ate work in philosophy: Symbolic Logic ( Phi l. 344); History of Phil oso phy ( Ph il. 300, 302, 402, 403, 404); Ethics ( Ph il. 315); Metaph ysics ( Phil. 335); Epistemology ( Phil. 336); Philosophi cal Method ( Phil . 350); several co ur ses concerned with a single philosopher (e.g . , Phil. 580 , 581, 582 , etc .); and one course conce rned with the relationshi p of phil osophy to some other discipline (e.g., Phil osop h y of Science, Philo s ophy of History, etc . ). General prerequisites (which may vary for some cour es) are: 100-level-none; 200-level-3 hours; 300-level--6 h ours; 400 level-9 hours; and 500 -level-12 hours. The prer eq ui site may by waived with consent of instructor. Phil. 115-3 . Ethi cs. Introductory s tudy of major philo so phi es on the n ature of the goo d of man , principles of eval u a tion , and mora l choice . Phil. 120-3. Philosophy and Society. Sys t ematic discussion and analysis of the philoso phic ideas of community, freedom, political powe r , the n atur e and role of v iolen ce, etc., t ogether with the c h allenge of war, poverty, and racism to contemporary c ulture . Phil. 130-3. Philosophy and the Phys ical World. A n introduction to philo sophy through the consideration of topi cs and problems related to the phy sica l and biolo gica l scie n ces s u ch as freedom and determinism; mind and body ; artificial intelligence ; sciences and ethics; c urrent the ories of the universe, space, time , matter, energy, ca u sality, etc . Phil . 144-3. Introductory Logic. Introduct ory tudy of defini tion, inforn1al fallacie s , and the principle and s tandards of correct rea oni ng. Phil . 160-3. Philosophy and Religion. A n introductio n t o phil osop h y throu gh problems of rel i g i on, uch as the exis t ence of God, faith and reason , religious language, etc. Phil . 17 0-3. Philosophy and the Arts . Con s ideration of philosophic ques tions involved in the analy sis and asses ment of artis tic experiences and of the objec t s with which the arts , includi n g the lit erary arts, are concerned . Phil. 220-3. Classical Social Theories. Introductory s tud y of major philoso phie s of the pa tin relation to politica l , economic , and social issues. Phil . 221-3. Modern Soc ial Theorie s . Pre sent social issues, t ogether with theoretical analyse s by communi t , f asc ist, a nd democratic t h inkers . Phil . 240-3. Introduction to Philosophy of Science . Examina tion of so me major co ncept and problems of sc ientific tho u ght: explanatio n , confirma tion, ca usality , measuremen t , and theory co n s truction . Phil. 260-3. Oriental Religion s. Phil. 290-3 . A Philosophical Classic. D etailed study of one major philosophic te x t which i llustra t e s a varie t y of t ype of philosophi cal co n cerns. Em ph asi s on tec hniqu es for analys i s, di cussion , and assessment of philo ophical arg umentation . Such works as The R epublic, Leviathan, and Treat i se of Human Nature . Phil . 300-3. Greek Philosoph y. His tory of Pre Socra t ic, Attic , and Helleni s tic philosophy. No prer. Phil. 301-3. Medie va l Philosoph y. Phil. 302-3. Modern Philosoph y. His tory of philosophy from Descarte s through Kant. No prer . Phil. 315-3. Ethical Theory. Selected problem s in classical and co ntem porary ethical theory . Phil . 320-3. Social and Political Philosophy. A nonh i storical, sys tema tic treatment of basic issues in social and political philo sop h y, with reference t o theorie of bein g, knowledge, and human n a ture. Phil. 328-3. Philosophy of Education. Phil. 335-3. Metaphysics. Phil. 336-3. Epistemology . Phil. 344-3. Introduction to Symbolic Logic . Phil. 360-3 . Philosoph y of Religion. Nature of religion and methods of study ing it. Phil. 370-3. Aes thetic Theory. Introduction to majo r theorie s of aesthe tics and contemporary disc u ssio n s of problem s in aesthetics; i.e., the nature of art, the probl em of eval u ations in art. Phil. 389-3. Oriental Philosophy . No prer. Phil. 400-3 . Nineteenth-Century Continental Philosoph y. Phil. 401-3 . Nineteenth-Century British Philosophy. Phil. 402-3. Twentieth-Century Analytic Philosophy. Phil. 4033. Twentieth-Century Speculative and Idealistic Philosophy . Phil . 4043 . Twentieth-Century Phenomenology and E x istentialism. Phil. 405-3. Studies in Contemporary Philosophy. Phil. 410-3. American Philosophy. Phil. 424-3. Philosophical Problems and Contemporary Culture. Issues and co ntrover sies in contempo r ary culture, their relation t o modern theorie s of society, and their manife stations in the arts , scie nce and t echnology, education , religion , and ethics . No prer. Phil . 4263 . Philosophy of Law. Consideration of variou s views of the nature of law, its ro l e in society, and its relatio n to other disci plin es . Inve s tigation of philosophic com mitment s which underlie and affect leg a l conception and procedures. No prer. Phil. 427-3. Philosophy of His tory . Contemporary issues in critical and s peculative theory of hi s tory , incl udin g the prob lem s of methodo l ogy , explanat i on , values , and the re l ati o n s hip betwee n his tory and social philosophy . Phil. 430-3. Philosophy of Mind. Consideration of the problem s in the philosophy of mind, including the mind -body prob l em, the problem of our knowledge of other minds, the compatibility of free will and deter minism, etc . , and disc u ssion of such concepts as ac tion , intention , motive, de si re , e nj oyme n t, memory, imaginat ion , dreaming, self knowledge , etc . Phil. 4433. Logical Theory. Prer., Phil. 144 or Phil. 344, or consent of instructor . Phil. 4443. Intermediate Sy mbolic (Mathematical) Logic. Prer. , Phil. 344 or co n sen t o f i n s tructor. Phil. 446-3. Theories of Human Nature. Phil . 449-3. Philosophy of Language. Phil . 473-3. Philosoph y and Literature. Phil. 4933. Existentialist Philosophie s. Phil. 496 -3 . Senior Major Colloquium. Phil. 499 -3 . Independent Study. SPANISH Students who h ave comple ted a Level III hi gh school Spanish course have a utomatically sa tisfied the college grad u ation requirement in foreign lang ua ge. Requirement may al o be s atisfied by co mpleti on of Spanish 211 or b y demonstration of equivale nt profic iency by placement test. Student s w ho have st udied Sp anish in hi g h school and wish to co ntinue with the language wil l be pl aced accord ing to the ir hig h sch ool record and verbal SAT or ACT score. A student may not receive credit for a course lower than that into which h e i s placed. For complete statement of policy on foreign lang u age placement and credi t s, see the College of Liberal Arts and Science General Informa tion section of thi s bulletin. A major i n Spanish co n s i s t s of the followin g require ments : I. Total of 35 credit hours in Spanish courses beyond 102, including the followi n g minimum distrib ut ion: (a) at lea s t 9 hour s in uppe r division courses in lan g ua ge th eory and pr actice (301-302 , 401402 , 495) ; (b) at least 8 hour s in upper division literature course s including at lea s t one co ur se in Spanish Peninsular literat ure and one in Spanish American literature; (c) at leas t 12 hours in co ur ses numbered 400 or above. 2. Total of 6 hour s fro m one or more of the following areas: (a) Latin American s tudi es (e.g . , hi story, political scie nce , etc.); ( b) Mexican American Studies; (c) linguis tics ; ( d ) upper di vision co ur ses in anot her foreign language or comparative liter ature.

PAGE 26

Students who entered the University before fall 1969 may choose the current major program or the program in effect at the time of their first registration. Students seeking certification for teaching at secondary level note : School of Education requires Spanish 495 (Methods of Teaching Spani s h); the 3 credit hours earned in that course count toward the major and are subject to the 48-hour maximum from one discipline allowed by the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences for the B . A . degree . Hence, students who begin the major program with Spanish 101 and intend to include secondary certification in their B .A. program must include Spani sh 495 in their electives in Spanish To be admitted to practi ce teaching of Spanish, majors must take the language skills tests of the Modern Language Association Proficiency Tests for Teacher s and Advanced Students of Spanish and make sa ti s factory scores. Students must see the discipline adviser prior to registra tion for their fmal semester. Failure to do so may re s ult in delay of graduation. Students considering entering graduate school , either at the University of Colorado or elsewhere, sho uld se e an adviser as early as possible since admission depends largely on courses taken in the major . It is strongly recommended that all major s include some s tudy in a Spanish-speaking country in their program s. Credit earned normally counts toward satisfac tion of major requirements, but s tudent s s hould see an a dvi ser before enrolling in a foreign program to insure full transfer of credit. Course s taken abroad and de signated as Spani s h are s ubject to the 48-hour-maximum rule of the Colle ge of Liberal Arts and Sciences. Student s intere ted in study abroad should consult with the Spanish faculty or the UCD representative for International Education . For comparative literature courses, see that sec tion . Spanish 101-5. Beginning Spanish I. Spanish 102-5 . Beginning Spanish II. Prer. , Spani s h 101 or placement. Spanish 211-3. Second-Year Spanish I. Prer., Spanish 102 or place ment. Spanish 212-3. Second-Year Spanish II . Prer. , Spanish 211 or place ment. Spanish 301-3. Pronunciation, Diction, and Conversation. Prer., Spanis h 212 or consent of instructor. Spanis h 302-3. Conversat ion and Oral Composition. Prer. , Spani s h 30 I or consent of ins tructor. Spanish 303-3. History of the Spanish Language in the Southwest. Spanish 304-2. Workshop in Southwestern Spanish. Prer. , Spani s h 303 or consent of in tructor. S panish 314-2. Introduction to Literature. Prer. , Spanis h 212 or consent of ins tructor. Spanish 331-3. Twentieth-Century Spanish Literature . Prer. , Spani s h 314 previou sly or concurrently, or con ent of instructor. Spanish 332-3 . Nineteenth-Century Spanish Literature . Prer. , Spani s h 314 previou sly or conc urrently, or consen t of instructor . Spanis h 333-3. Spanish Literature: Middle Ages Through Golden Age. Prer. , Spanish 3i4 and 6 hours of liter ature at the 300 level, or co nsent of instru ctor. Spanish 334-3. Twentieth-Century Spanish-American Novel and Es say. Prer ., Spanish 314 previou sly or conc urrently, or consent of ins truc tor. Spanish 335-3. Spanish-American Novel and Essay to 20th Century . Prer ., Spani s h 314 previously or concurrently, or consen t of instructor. Spanish 336-3. Spanis h-American Poetry and Short Story. Prer., Spanish 314 and 3 hour s of literature at the 300 level, or consent of instructor . Spanish 391-3. Topics in Spanish Literature. Prer ., Spani s h 314 or consent of instructor. Spanish 401/501-3. Advanced Rhetoric Composition I. Prer. , Spanish 302 , or consent of ins tructor. Spanish 402 / 502-3. A dvanced Rhetoric and Composition D. Prer., Spanish 40 I , o r co nsent of instructor. Spanish 414-2. Gaucho Literature. College of Liberal Arts and Sciences/23 Spanish 415 / 513-3. Masterpieces of Spanish Literature. Spanish 416/516-3. Masterpieces of Spanish American Literature. Spanish 422 / 522-3. Mexican Literature. Spanish 430/530-3. Generation of 1898. Spanish 431/531-3. Spanish-American Literature: Independence Through Romanticism. Spanish 432 / 532-3. Spanish Literature Since the Spanish Civil War. Spanish 440 / 540-3. Romanticism in Spain. Spanish 441/541-3. Modernism. Spanish 450/550-3. Nineteenth-Century Spanish Novel. Spanish 451/ 551-3. Contemporary Spanish-American Novel. Spanish 452 / 552-3. Golden Age Drama. Spanish 453 / 553-3. Golden Age Prose. Spanish 462/562-3. Don Qu.ijote. Spanish 496-3. Methods of Teaching Modern Languages. Methodol ogy of t eaching French, German , and Spanish in an urban setting ; required for seco ndary language teacher s wishing to be certified through the Initial Certification Program of the School of Education . Prer., language proficiency interview and upper-division tanding . Spanish 499/ 599-1 to 3. Independent Study . Division of Natural and Physical Sciences RICHARD E. STEVENS , Assistant Dean The Divi s ion of Natural and Phy sical Sciences includes the following disciplines: biology, chemistry, geography, geology, mathematics , physical education, physic s, and psychology . The division offer s a wide variet y of programs of s tudy which includes under gra duate major s within a discipline , interdisciplinary pro grams, and preprofe ssio nal programs. It is possible to satisfy all requirement s for the Bachelor of Arts degree at UCD in the following disciplines: biol ogy, chemis try , geogra ph y, mathematic s, phy sics, and p syc h ology. The de scrip tion of the program of each disci pline includes the requirements for a major within that discipline. Student s enrolling in health-related preprofessional pro grams s hould consult with the Health Sciences Committee of the Divi s ion of Natural and Phy sica l Science s at the be ginning of their preprofe ssio nal education and at selec ted intervals thereafter. Appointments for advising must be made in the division office, Room 508 . The preprofes s ional health program options are: child health associa te , medical technology, physical therapy , dentistry, dental hygiene , medicine, optometry, osteopathy, nursin g, and pharmacy . Requirement s for preprofessional programs can be obtained in Room 508 . Cour e options are available for the nonscience major. There are three sets of courses from which a student may satisfy the Division of Natural and Physical Sciences' area requirement of 12 semes ter hour s. Any combination of these courses will satisfy the requirement. Set I, Topics in Science-133-1, are modular courses designed for, but not limited to , major outside of the natur al and physical scie nces. Each module carries 1 s eme ster hour of credit and is offered in a VJ-semester time block of five weeks , during which the course meets the equivalent time of three lecture s a week. There are no prerequisite s and each module i s a se lf -c ontained unit de sig ned to cover a given problem or topic in science in a unified way . It is recommended that the student take a

PAGE 27

24/University of Colorado at Denver single module during each five-week period with a maximum of three per semester. The topic s will change from semester to semester and from year to year. The Schedule of Courses for each semester will give the list of current topics offered. ( For general descriptions, see Topics in Science entries under each discipline involved.) Set II courses are one or two semesters in 1ength and have no formal prerequisites . These include both introduc tory s urvey courses and pecial topics courses and are also usually designed with the nonscience major in mind . Set ill includes all other natural and physical science courses offered in the division. Although these course s are generally designed for the science major, they are open to students with the proper prerequisites. Description of Courses and Programs For information on cheduling of cour es, consult the appropriate Schedule of Courses for day , time, and meet ing place of classes. BIOLOGY The major in biology is designed to be as flexible as possible to allow each student to build a program that meets his needs. The tudent should contact a biology adviser early in his academic career. Major s are required to take 17 hour of core biology courses: Bioi. 205, 206; Bioi. 341; Bioi. 383; and Bioi. 361. An additional 15 hour s of biology courses are to be elected in consultation with a biology adviser. Majors are required to take Chern. 103, 106 and sufficient mathematic s to prepare them elves to take Math . 140 in addition to the 32 hours in biolo gy. Bioi. 133-1. Topics in Biology. Five-week courses dealing with topic s in biology . See Schedule of Courses for current topics . For non science major s to f ulfill the n at ural science requirements . Bioi. 205-4. General Biology I. Lect., lab. Study of tru ctures and function of living ystems-<:ells, organ sy terns, organisms, and popula tions. Primarily for scie nce major . Bioi. 206-4. General Biology U. Continuation of Bioi. 205 . Prer., Bioi. 205 . Bioi. 322-3. Essentials of Animal Physiology. Lect., lab . Int roduction to animal phy siology. Prer ., one year of gener a l biology and one year of general chemistry . Bioi. 325-4. Human Biology and Pathogenesis I. Lect. Understanding of the human organism as a biological being and interrelationship s and interdependen ce between structure and function of sys tems. Pre r., o n e year of general biology and one year of general chemistry, or co n s ent of ins tructor. Bioi. 326-4. Human Biology and Pathogenesis II. Lect. Emphasis i s o n multiple ca u sality of disease and factors that contribute to vulnerability . Prer ., Bioi. 325. Bioi. 341-3. Principles of Ecology. Lect. Biolo gical co mmunitie s, popu lation interaction s, and environment. Prer ., one year of general biology . Bioi. 361-3. Cell Biology. Lect. Interrelationships between cell struc ture and function. Prer ., one year of ge neral biolo gy. Bioi. 383-3. General Genetics. Lect. Introduction to molecular , cia sica!, developmental , and population g enetic s. Prer ., one year of ge neral biolo gy. Bioi. 384-2. Laboratory in General Genetics. Lab . To acq u aint stu dents with technique s u se d in study of genetics . Independent s tudy proje cts and general laboratory exercises included. Prer ., Bioi. 383. Bioi. 410-3 . Behavioral Genetics. ( P sych. 410.) Lect. Interdi scip linary course for upper division s tudent s intere s ted in relationships between behavior and her edity. Prer., consent of instructor. Bioi. 412-3. Quantitative Genetics. ( P syc h . 412 .) Lect. Prin ciples of genetics of quantitative trait s. Topics include gene frequencies, effects of mutation, migration, and selection; correlations among relative , herita bility, inbreeding, cross breeding , and elective breeding. Prer. , Bioi. 383 . Bioi. 415-3. Population Dynamics. Lect. Current concepts and model s of population theory . Emphasis on regula tion of numbe rs, disper sal, competition , predator prey interactions, niche theory , and stability and diversity of natural sy terns. Prer . , Bioi. 341 or 441 or 443 . Bioi. 425-3. Introduction to Animal Behavior. (Psych . 425.) Lect. Similarities and difference s among animals. Principles of behavior in a variety of pecie . Prer. , 6 hours of p syc holo gy or of biolo gy, or consent of instructor. Bioi. 427-4. Environmental Physiology. Lect., lab . Adaptations of plant s and animals to s uch parameter s as temperature, light , a nd water. Prer ., one year of chemistry and a course in physiology. Bioi. 438-3. Advanced Animal Behavior . (Psyc h . 438 .) Lect. Compari so n of behavior in a variety of species, with emphasis on social behavior an d its evolution. Prer., Bioi. 425 or consent of ins tructor. Bioi. 439. Laboratory in Animal Behavior. (Psych . 439.) Lab . Laboratory projects and field ob ervations of the behavior of animals . Prer. or coreq., Bioi. 438 and consent of instructor. Bioi. 441. Plant Ecology. Lect., lab . Study of plant comm unitie , populations and mountain ecosystems . Field work in vegetatian analysis. Prer ., one year of general biology . Bioi. 447-4. Ecological Methods. Lect. , lab. Empirical facets of ecolog ical tudy . Emphasis upon hypothesis testing and sa mplin g techniques based on known e nvironmental phenom ena. Independent study of a field problem . Prer., Bioi. 34 1 or equivalent. Bioi. 451. Population Genetics. Lect. Introduction to population g enetic theory and its applicatio n to evolution. Prer., Bioi. 383 and college algebra. Bioi. 452-3. Human Genetics. Lect. Heredity of man's normal and defective tr aits. Mode s of inheritance, pedigree analysis, consanguinity , sex associa t ed traits , chromosoma l aberrations, mutations and ca u ses, karyotyping, multiple birth , gene link age studies, histocompatibilities, and metabolic disorders. Prer ., Bioi. 383. Bioi. 461. Vertebrate Embryology. Lect., lab. Devel opment from fertilized egg through organ sys tem s, with introduction to experimental a naly s i . Prer . , o n e year of general biology or college zoology . Bioi . 470-4. Biometry. Lect. , lab. An intensive co ur se in intermediate tati tic with emphasi s on experi m ental design and analysis . Includes s tatistical de sign of repeated measures, analysi s of variance, corre l a tion , regression, and nonparametric te s t s . U se of comp uter processing is introduced. Prer., one year of general biology, tati s tics, and two other biology cour e . Bioi. 491-variable credit. Independent Study in Biology. Prer., open to seniors with conse nt of instructor . CHEMISTRY A major in chemistry a t either the bachelor's or master's level may be completed at UCD. For graduation at the bachelor's level, st udent s majoring in chemistry must pre sent credits in the following courses or their equivalent: Chern. 103, 106, 311, 341, 342, 348, 349,412,413,451,452, 455 ; Phys. Ill, 112, 114; Math . 140, 241, 242. Student s intere s ted in the chemistry major s hould consult regularly with a member of the chemistry faculty. A copy of the chemistry major's program may be obtained in Room 508. Qualified major s are strongly urged to participate in the Independent Study program. A Distri buted Studies program in chemistry must in clude the following courses or their equivalent: Chern . 103, 106, 311, 341, 342 and either 343 and 344 or 348 and 349, 451. Thirty hours are required in chemistry. Student planning chemistry as a career should be famil iar with the recommendations of the American Chemical Society for the professional training of chemists. Among the se recommendations are a reading knowledge of Ger man or Russian , one semester of inorganic chemistry ( Chern . 401), and two semesters of advanced work: see graduate chemistry offerings. Six hours of Chern. 493 will sa tisfy the special courses requirement. Student s wishing to graduate with honors in chemistry should plan to do a minimum of two semesters ( 6 credit hours) of res earch (Chern. 493), ordinarily starting in the junior year. Additional requirements are listed under Hon or Program.

PAGE 28

Chern . 100 2. General Chemistry. Lect. For students with no previou s chemistry or with inadequate background. Thi s course i in prepar ation for Chern . 103. Prer. , working knowledge of high school algebra. Chern. 101-5. General Chemistry. Lect., rec . , and lab . A beginning course intended primarily for prenur ing, phy sical education, phy sical therapy, and other tudents wanting to fulfill curric ulum or natural sc ience requirements . No previou s knowledge of chemistry i s required . Prer., workin g knowledge of high school algebra . Chern. 102-5. General Chemistry. Lect., rec . , and lab . Continuation of Chern. 101 with introduction to organic and biochemistry for prenur sing, physical education , physical therapy, and other tudents. Prer., Chern . 101. Chern. 103-5. General Chemistry. Lect. , rec . , and lab. A beginning co ur se for science majors, med ical technologists, premedical, predent al, and preveterinarian stu den t s. Prer . , one year of high school chemistry or Chern. 100 , and working knowled ge of hig h school algebra . Chern. 106-5. General Chemistry. Lect., rec., and lab . Continuation of Chern. 103 . Prer., Chern. 103. Chern. 133-1. Topics in Chemistry. Different 5-week modules dealing with topic in chemis t ry . See current Schedule of Courses . Designed for nonscience majors to fulfill the natural science requirement. Chern. 311-4. Quantitative Analysis. Two hrs. lect. and 6 hrs. lab . per week. Theory and practice of gravimetric and volumetric analysis. Intro duction to separation and instrumental methods of analysis . Prer., Chern. 106. Chern. 341-3 . Organic Chemistry I. A lecture course de igned as an introduction to the s tudy of tructure, reactions, properties , and mechanisms of organic molecules . Chern . 343 lab . to be taken concur rently by nonmajors . Chern. 348 lab . t o be taken concurrently only by majors . Prer. , Chern. 103 a nd 106. Chern. 342-3. Organic Chemistry II. A continuation of Chern. 341. A lecture course designed as an introduction to the tudy of structure , reactions, properties, and mechanisms of organic molecules . Chern . 3 44 lab. to be taken co n c urrentl y by nonmajors . Chern . 349 lab . to be taken only by m ajors. Prer. , Chern. 341 and 343. Chern. 343-1. Organic Chemistry Laboratory I. A labor a tory c our e to be taken concurrently with Chern . 341 illustrating the practical a s pect s of organic chemistry. P rer., Chern. 103 and 106; coreq ., Chern. 341. Chern. 344-1. Organic Chemistry Laboratory 11. A laboratory cour e to be taken concurren tly with Chern. 342 illustratin g the practical a s pect s of organic chemistry. Prer. , Chern . 341 and 343 ; coreq . , C hern. 342. Chern. 348-2. Organic Chemistry Majors Recitation Laboratory I. A recitation and laboratory for chemistry major s enrolled in Chern . 341. Prer., Chern . 103 and 106; coreq . , Chern. 341. C h ern. 349-2. Organic Chemistry Majors Recitation Laboratory II. A reci tation and laboratory for chemistry major s enrolled in Chern . 342 . Prer., Chern . 341 and 348; coreq. , Chern. 3 42. Chern . 401-3. Modern Inorganic Chemistry. Lect. Introduction to bonding, in tran s ition metal complexe s, and the s tudy of s elec t ed tran si tion metal and main group elements . Prer ., Chern . 452 or con s ent o f instructor. Chern. 412-3. Instrumental Analysis. Three hr s . lect. per week . Survey of instrumental methods of analysis . Emphasi s on s pectrophotometry, electroc hem istry , chromatography , and radiochemical technique s. In cludes chemical equilibria and chemical literature . Chemi stry major s mus t take Chern . 413 concurrently. Prer., Chern . 311, Phys. 114, Chern . 342, or consent of instructor . Chern. 413-1. Instrumental Analysi s Laboratory. L a boratory practice to acco mpan y Chern. 412. Required of c hemi stry major s and open to other tudent s in Chern. 412. Coreq., Chern . 412 . Chern. 451-3. Physical Chemistry. Lect. Include s s tudy of the law s of thermodynamics , thermochemistry , solutio n s, electrochemistry, c hem ical equilibria, and kinetics. Prer. , Chern . 342, Phys. Ill, 112, 114, Math. 242. Chern . 452-3. Physical Chemistry. Continuation of Chern. 451, with e mphasi s on quantum mechanic , molecular tructure, s p ec tr o s co p y, a nd s tati s tical me chanics. Prer., Chern . 451. Chern. 455-3. Experimental Physical Chemistry. One lect. and two 3hour labs. per wk. Instruction in the experimental technique s of modem physical chemistry with emphasis on the fundamental principles of c h e mical thermodynamics, quantum chem i stry, s tatistical mechanics, and c hem ical kinetic s. For chemi s try major . Prer ., Chern . 418 ; prer. or core q . , Chern . 452 . Chern. 481-3. General Biochemistry. Lect. Topics include s tru ctu r e , conformation, and properties of proteins; enzymes: mechanisms and kinetics; intermediary metabolism ; carbohydra t e s , lipids ; e n ergetic and metabolic control; and an introduction t o electron transport and photosyn the sis. Prer. , one year of organic c hemi stry. Chern. 482-3. General Biochemistry . Continuation of Chern . 481. Topics include macromolecules; met a boli s m of nucleic acids and College of Liberal Arts and Sciences/25 nitro gen-co ntainin g compo unds; biosynthesis a nd function of mac romole c ule s including DNA , RNA , and proteins; biochemistry of s ubcel lular systems; and s pecial t o pi cs. Prer ., Chern . 481. Chern. 493-1 to 3. Independent Stud y in Chemistry . Consent of ins tru ctor required. COMPUTER SCIENCE R OLAND S W EET, Advi s er Students in the college may enroll in courses in compu ter scie nce for College of Liberal Arts and Sciences credit. Mathematic s major s may elect an option in computer science. C.S. 201-3. Introduction to Computer Science. (E.E . 201.) An eleme n t ary course in computer s cience covering comp uter programming meth ods . Fortran programming, numeri ca l ap pli catio n s, and non numerical applica tion s . Prer., hi gh sch ool algebra , trigonometry, and geometry. C.S. 311-3. Computer Applications in Mathematical Sciences. (Math. 311. ) An advanced Fortr an course for scientist s and engineers . Aspects of optimal programming with respect t o various goals and examination of g oals that are appropriate to g iven co nte xts . Prer., C . S. 201 and Math . 140. C.S. 401-3. Introduction to Programming Languages and Processors. (E.E . 401. ) A s tudy of programming languages and digital processors. Conceptual aspec t s of programming l anguage s, translators , dat a struc tur es, hardware organization, and sys tem archi tectur e . Relationship of language feature s to proce s sor feature . Pr er. , E.E. 201 or C.S . 201. C.S. 453-3 . Assembly Language Programming. (E . E . 453 . ) A labo ra tory course in pro g rammin g at the machine code level. Lectures deal with the or g anization of the machine , its effect on the o rde r code, and technique s for programmin g in A s embly Language. Primary emphasis i s on preparing and running program s . P rer ., C . S . 201, or consent of instructor. C.S. 459-3 . Computer Organization. (E . E . 459 . ) Thi s cour e i s co n cerned with computer arithmetic unit , memory s ystem s , control s ystems , and input output s ystem s. The emphasis is completely o n logic s tructure rather than electronic circuitry. Prer., E .E. 257 or equivalent. C.S. 465-3. Numerical Analysis I. ( Same a s Math . 465 . ) Solutio n of a lgebrai c and transcendental equatio n s . Solutions of linear and nonlinear s ystem s of equatio n s . Interpolation, integration . Solution of ordinary differential equations . Lea s t s quare s. Source s of error and error analysis . Computer implementation of numerical m ethod s. Matrix eigenvalue prob lems and s ummation of infinite series. Prer., C . S . 201 a nd Math . 3 15, or Math. 319. C.S. 466-3 . Numerical Analysis II. ( Same a Math . 466.) Continuation of C . S . 465 . Prer ., C.S . 465. GEOGRAPH Y Students majoring in geogra phy must complete the fol lowin g basic courses or their equivalents: Geog. 100 , 101, 199, 306 , and 3 61. Distributed m ajors selectin g geography as a primary or secondary sub ject sho uld consult with the di s cipline adviser. Students interested in environmental problems will find the nonregional co ur ses of particular value to their program . Geo g . 100, 101, 102 i s a s erie s of three courses de s igned to provide a broad introdu ctio n to the physical environment and may be taken concurrently or in any order. Geog. 100-4. Man and His Physical Environment I. (Geol. 100.) A ge ner a l introduction to elements of weather , physical climatology, and world regional climate classification. Geog. 101-4. Man and His Physical Environment II. ( Geol. 101. ) Study of earth materials , features , and proce e , a nd h ow they relate to man. Geog. 102-4. Man and His Physical Environment Ill. (Geol. 102.) Study of s tructure of the crust of the earth , history of the earth, and development of life forms throughout geologic time. Include s Sun d ay field trip s . Geog . 199-3. Introduction to Human Geography. Systematic introduc tion t o basic concep t s and approaches in human geographic analy i s.

PAGE 29

26/University of Colorado at Denver Geog. 200-3. World Regional Geography. An analys i s of the relation s hip s of man and the land s cape b a ed on geographic di s tributi ons in the world . Geog. 305-3. Cartography I. Techniques of mapping various dis tribu tion s with emphasis on research a nd de s i g n . Geog. 306-3. Map and Air Photo Analysis. Intr oductio n to the analysi s and u se of maps and air phot os, and e lem entary field te chniques as re s earch tool s . Two a ll-day field trip s. Geog. 320-2. Descriptive Meteorology. Nonm a thematical d escription of the s tructure and composi tion of the eart h ' atmosphere. Ob s erv at ionaV forecasting te chniques and weather map analy sis . Geog. 332-3. Introduction to Soils. Survey of the chemical and phy sica.l co mposition of soils, with empha sis on s tru c ture , s oil m oisture, soil c hemi s try , and fertility. Prer. , Ge og.-Geol. 101 or eq uiva.lent , Chern . 101 or eq u ivalent, or consent of ins tructor . Geog. 360-3. Economic Geography: Agriculture. A n introdu ction to rur a l land u se p atterns and agric ultur a l produ ct i o n . Geog. 361-3. Economic Geography: Manufacturing. An introduction to loc a tion a naly s is of manufacturin g activitie s . Geog. 370-3. Geographic Analysis of Issues in American Society. The geograp hi c inve s tigation of s u ch socioeco n o m ic co n cerns as pollutio n , poverty , racism, crime, a nd politi cal reorganiz ation . Geog . 384-3. Middle East. A p h ysical, cultural, and eco n omic approac h to the arid l ands of the Middle East incl ud ing Arab lands of the Sahara. Geog. 385-3. Far East. R egional s urvey of the physica l and cultural fea ture s characterizing the geography of A sia, with em phsi s on Chin a . Geog. 386-3. Africa. A phy sical, c ultur a l , and eco nomi c a ppr oach to an understanding of man-land relationship on the co ntin e nt. Geog. 387-3. Anglo-America. R egio nal s ur vey of the United States and Canad a, focu sing on urban , economic, and environmenta l problem s i n reg ion s of both co unt ries. Geog. 400-3. Introductory Quantitative Methods in Geography. The a ppli ca tion of quantit a tive techniqu es to ge o graphic researc h pro blems. Geog. 401-3. Methods of Regional Analysis. E xaminatio n of techni que s for measuri n g region a.l eco nomic s tructure and struct ur a l c h ange . Appli cabi l ity and utility of s hift -s hare , inpu t -o utput , mul tiplier , a nd interaction model s to regional geog raphi c research. Prer . , Geog . 36 1 or con en t of instruc tor . Geog. 406-3 . Geographic Interpretation of Aerial Photo s. Use of ae rial photo gra ph s for t h e analysi of vege t a t ion , land-forms, agriculture , and urban -i ndu s trial patterns. Pr er., Geog. 306 or co n sent of instruc t or . Geog. 420-3. Microclimatology. Exa min a t ion o f microscale climatic p atterns, with emph as i s on the physica l pro cesses in the l owest layer o f the atmos pher e and response s of m a n , a nim a ls, a nd plants. Th e urb a n a tmo s pheric environment and regional pla nnin g implicatio n s of var iou s microclimate s will be examined . Pr er., Geo g.-Geol. 100 or co nsent o f ins tru c tor. Geog. 421-3. Climatology. Analysi s of e n ergy exo::han ge, temp erature, wind , pre ss ure , and atmospheric humidit y as elements and contro l lea din g to an under stan din g of phy s ical climatology . Prer. , Geog . 100 or equivalent. Geog. 431-4. Principles of Geomorphology. ( Geol. 463.) Systematic s tudy of weathering , ma sswa s tin g, fluvial, wind, amd m ar ine proce ses and the landform s resul tin g therefrom . Pre r., Geog . -Geol. 101 or equiva lent and e l ementary chemis try , or co n sent o f instructor. Geog. 434-4. World Mineral Resource s. (Geol. 494.) Nont ec hni ca l s tudy of d istrib uti o n , res erve s, a nd u es of min eral resour ces. Geog . 44J -3. Conservation Practice. Introdu ction t o var i o u s e nviron m e ntal Emp h asis on food production , water , soil, and climate . Geog. 461-3. Urban Geography: Economic. An introduction to the origin , eco n omic growt h pro cesses , dis tributi on, an d functio n s of urban areas. Geog . 462-3 . Urban Geography: Social. A n alysis of s ocia l , behavioral , and other f actors influencin g the spatia l arrangement of c ities. Prer. , Geo g. I 99 or consent of ins tructor. Geog. 463-3. Transportation Geography. Concepts and theories lead ing to de sc ription and under standing of the rel at ion s h i p s between people, product s, and tran s portation s y s t ems over s pace and time. Geog. 465-3. Location Analysis of Human Activities. The s tud y of s p atial order i n human u se of the earth, empha s izing theories of loc a tion a! s tructure and method s o f analysis. Geog. 473-3. Population Geography. Analy sis of popul a tion d y nami cs, dis tributions, den s ities, and migr a tion flows. Geog . 499-1 to 3. Independent Study . Ind ependent research primarily for und ergraduate m ajors. Prer. , co n s ent of departm e nt. GEOLOGICAL SCIENCES Students majoring in the geological sciences must take the followin g cour ses within the di sci pline: Phy s ical Geol ogy , Mineralogy, Structural Geology , and Field Geology . Introductory Paleontology , Stratigraphy , and Petrology are recommended. In addition, s tudent s must take the follow ing courses in allied fields: Chern . 103, 106; Math. 140 , 241, 319 ( or the equivalent Boulder Campu s courses, Math. 130 , 230); Phy s . Ill, 112 , and 114 . Phy s ical Geology , Mineralogy, and Introductory Petrol ogy are pre se ntly offered at UCD , as are the required courses in chemistry , phy sics, and mathematics. Structural Geology and Field Geology mus t be taken on the Boulder Campus in order to complete a career-oriented major in the ge ologic a l sci ence s. Alternatively , a s tudent may complete all the requirement s for a distributed s tudies major and environmental sciences major, with emphasis in geology at UCD . Man and His Phy s ical Environment I , II , ill i s a se rie s of three co u rses des igned to provide a broad introduction to the phy s ical environment and evo lution of the earth . They m a y be taken co n c urrently or in any order. Geol. 100-4 . Man and H is Physical Environment I. (Geog. 100.) A gener a ] introduction to elements of weather , phy s ical climatology, and world regio n a l clima t e classification. Geol. 101-4. Man and His Phys ical Environment II. ( Geog . 101.) St ud y o f eart h materi a ls, fea ture s, a nd pr ocesses, and h ow they r e l a t e to m a n . Includ es Sunday field trips. Geol. 102-4. Man and Hi s Physical Environment IU. ( Geo g. 102 . ) Stud y of s tru c ture of the crus t o f the earth, his t ory of the earth , and development o f life forms throu g hout geologic time . Include s Sunday field trips. Geo l. 207-4 , 208-4. Physical Geology and Geophysics. General i n s tru c tion to geologic pr ocesses of the earth' surface and interior. Ph ys i cal propertie of the eart h as a planet. Intended for s tudent s de siri n g m ajor work in the geological sciences . Includes three Sund ay field trip s per semester. Pre r ., tw o years of hig h sc h ool scie nce or mathematics and sc ience. ( Students may follow Geol. 101 with Geol. 208 if the y wish additional work in geophys i cs a n d interna.l processes, or they m ay begin the 207 208 se quence with Geol. 208 , with co n sent of the ins tructor.) G eol. 301-4. Mineralogy. Prin c iple s of min e r a l ogy, includin g crys tallo g rap h y, cry s tal c hemi s tr y, and a s ystem a tic s tud y of the more important non silica t e and s ilicate min e r a ls . Ori gins and occ urren ces of minerals . Pr er., phy sica l geo l ogy and co lle gelev e l c h emistry, or co n sent of in s tru c tor. Geo l. 323-4 . Introductory Petrology. An introduc tion to the cia s ifica tion, dis tribution , and origi n of ign eous, metamorp hi c and sedi mentary rocks, including their indentificat i on in hand s pecimen s. Prer., phy sical geology and miner alogy. Geol. 341-4 . Introductory Paleontology. Th e s tudy of fossils, i ncludin g a s urvey of the o r ganic world an d i t s hist ory in the g eol ogic past. Include s invertebrates, proti s t a, vertebrates and pla nt s, an introduction to evolution and p a l eoeco l ogy, a nd discu ss ion of the u ses of fossi l s in geo l ogic co rrel a tion . Prer. , i ntr oductory geo l ogy or biolo gy. Offered occas ionaHy. Geol. 425-3. Groundwater. O c currence , movement, and problem s of po llution of s ub s urf ace water a nd the h ydrologic propertie s of water bearin g m a teri a ls. Pr e r ., Geol. 101 (Geog. 101) or con s ent of in s tructor. Geol. 463-4. Principles of Geomorphology. ( Geo g . 431.) Systematic s tudy of weatheri n g, m ass-was ting, fluv ial , wind and m arine pr ocesses, and the l a ndf orms r e ultin g therefrom. Prer., e lement ary geo logy or e quiv a lent and e l emen t ary c h emis try , or co n sent of ins truct or. Offered occasio n ally . Geol. 494-4 . World Mineral Resource s. (Geog. 4 3 4 .) Nontechnical study of distribution, reserve s, a nd u ses of mineral re ources. MATHEMATICS A major in mathematic s can be completed by students in the College of Liberal Arts and Sc ie nce s by sa tisfying all of the following requirement s, completing each with a gra de of C or better: 1. At lea s t 30 semeste r hour s of mathematics courses. 2. At least 18 se me ste r hour s of mathematics courses

PAGE 30

numbered above 300, approved by advi er, and excluding Math . 303, 304, 383, 427 , 428, 429, 470, 475, 495, 496 and 497. 3. Math . 140 , 241, 242, 300, 314, and 315. 4. Either Math. 431 432 or Math . 321-422. Students who plan to do graduate work in mathematics should take Math. 431-432; students who wish to obtain a econdary teaching certificate are encouraged to complete Math . 321-422; stu dents planning to major in mathematics must see an adviser from that discipline. Students who choose the computer cience option in the mathematic s major are required to take the following courses, all with grades of C or better: Math . 140, 241, 242 M ath . 300 , 314, 315 M ath . 431, 432 Math . 443 M ath . 481 c.s. 201 c.s. 311 C.S. 401 c.s. 453 C . S. 465 (Math. 465) C . S. 546 Variation s in the se courses must be approved by a mathematic s adviser . At the graduate level, master's degrees are avai lable in mathematics, a pplied mathematics, and basic science (ma thematic s option). The Department of Mathematics offers a Teaching In ternship Pro gram which consists of three pha es as fol lows: Phase 1. A junior-level s tudent who is majoring in mathematic s or applied mathematics, and who s how s promi se as a teacher, is spo n sore d by a member of the full-time faculty of the department. A freshman-level course is then assigned to the stu dent , on an honorarium basis, with the under s tandin g that the faculty member will attend all sessio n s of the course . The student will thus be acting as an intern and will be provided with a critique of his performance af ter each lecture. It is the interested s tudent's task to convince a faculty member that he or s he sho uld s pon sor the stu dent. No faculty member is required to perform thi function nor i any compensation afforded to the s pon or for so doing . Phase 2. After completion of one or two se me s ter s of fully supervised classroom exposure, and upon the stu dent's entry into the se nior year of study, the faculty s ponsor may recommend that the intern be accep ted as an undergradu ate teaching assistant. With approval of the mathematic s faculty, the studen t will then be assigned broader respon ibility for one (or a t most, two) freshman courses, with the faculty spo n sor exerci ing suc h s upervisio n as may appear appropriate under individual cir cumstances. Phase 3. Upon completion of a baccalaureate pro gram the intern hopefully would be prepared to accept a graduate teaching assis tant s hip in the department , or in a rel ated interdisciplinary area, as the next step in his or her profess ional career . No student may earn more than 9 hours credit in mathematics co urses numbered below 140 . Math. 101-3 . College Algebra. A credit cour s e in int roductory college algebra . Prer. , one year of high school a lgebra and sa ti s f a ctory placement tes t sco r e.* Math. 107-3 . Algebra for Social Science and Bu s ine ss. Logic, s et theory , permutation s , combi n ations , prob a bili t y , matri x alg ebra . Doe s not prepare student s for Math . 140. Prer. , one year hig h s chool algebra . Math. 108-3. Polynomial Calculus. A one-seme s ter c our s e in the calc ulus. No knowledge of trigonometry or analytic g eometry i s pre s up*SIUde nts with out pr e requisite s a re ad v i se d (and with a n unsatis f ac t o r y plac em ent te s t sco re will be dire c t e d) t o co nsid er e nr o llment in precollege course D . C .E. 9 S , as n e eded , thr o u g h the D i visi o n o f Cont i nuin g Educatio n . College of Liberal Arts and S ciences/27 po s ed. Intended especially for social science and business student s and for the general liberal arts student. Tho e planning t o take more than one semester of calculus sho uld take Math. 140 ins tead of Math . 108 . Prer. , I \2 years high sc hool algebra . Math. 111-3. College Mathematics I. Advanced topi cs in algebra, es pe cially designed for st udent s who intend to take the calc ulu s seq uen ce. Prer., Math . 101 or I \2 years of hig h school algebra, o n e year of plane geometry , and s atisfac tory placement tes t s core. Math. 112-3. College Mathematics D. Topics in trigonometry and e l ementary functions, especially designed for s tudent s who intend to take the calculu s s equence . Prer., Math . Ill or four years of high s chool mathem a tic s and satisfactory placement test sc ore . Math. 133-1. Topics in Mathematics. Different five-week cour s e mod ule s dealing with various topics in mathematic . See current Schedule of Cour s e s for the particular topics being offered . De s i g ned for non s cience major s to fulfill the n atural science requirement . Math. 140-3. Analytic Geometry and Calculus I. Student s with credit in Math . 108 will receive no credit for Math . 140 . Prer., Math. 112 . Math. 241-3. Analytic Geometry and Calculus D. The s econd of a three s eme s ter seque n ce (Mat h . 140 , 241, 242) in calcu lus. Prer., Math. 140 . Math. 242-3. Analytic Geometry and Calculus Ill. The third of a threes eme s ter seque n ce ( Math. 140 , 24 1 , 242 ) in calculus. Prer., Math . 241. Math. 300-3. Introduction to Abstract Mathematics. The s tudent learn s to prove and critique proof s of theorems by s tudying elementary topic s in a b s tr a ct mathematic s, including s uch nece ss ary ba sics a s logic , s et s, function s, e quivalence relation s, e t c . Prer. , Math . 241 or con s ent of ins tru ctor. Math. 303-3. Mathematics for Elementary Teachers I. De s igned t o help provide a ppropriate mathematical background to teac h K-6 mathema tics. Thi s i s not a method s cour e but each topic is related to the elementary curriculum through conc urr ent examination of relevant text and labor a tory material s as eac h t opic is s tudied. Topic s include s ets, the co n cept of number , place value numer a tion and a ss ocia t ed algorithm s , th e s tructure of the natural number s , the integer s, and the rational numbers . Application and problem s olvin g are included. Carrie s credit only for elementary educatio n major s. Math. 304-3. Mathematics for Elementary Teachers II. Designed to meet o bje c tive s as de s cribed for Math . 3 0 3 above . Topic s include intuitive and lo g ical development of geometric idea s relevant to K 6 curriculum ; me a urement o f len gth, a rea , volume , m ass, angle , tempera ture, and time ; s tre ss i s on the metric s y s t em ; further s tudy of the rational number sys tem ; a ppli ca tion s and problem s olving . Carrie s credit only for element ary educa t ion m ajors. Prer. , M ath. 3 0 3 or co ns ent of instructor. Math. 311-3. Computer Applications in Mathematical Sciences. ( C . S. 311. ) An a dvan c ed Fortran course for s cienti s t s and engi neer s. A s pects of optimal pro g rammi n g with res pect to variou s g oal s and examination of goa l s that are appropriate to g iven contexts. Prer., C . S . 201 and Math . 140 . Math. 314-3. lntroduction to Modern Algebra. Group s, rin gs , fields , polynomi a ls. Prer. , Math . 3 00 . Math. 315-3. Introduction to Linear Algebra. Sy s tem s of linear equa tion s, vector p a ce s. matrice s, determinant s. Prer. , Math . 314 . Students cannot receive c redit for both Math . 315 and 319. Math. 319-3. Applied Linear Algebra. De s i g ned primarily for majors in a pplied s cien c e and engineering . Topic s include matrix algebra, deter minant s, matrix inver s ion , rank a nd equivalence of matrice , s y s tems of linear equ a tion s, and m a trix c alculus. Prer. , M ath 241 with grade ofC or better. Student s cannot receive credit for both Math . 315 and 319 . Math. 321-3. Higher Geometry I. Axiomatic s ys tem s . The foundations of Euclidean and Lobachev s kian geometries. Prer . , Math 241 with grade of C or better. Math. 352-3. Computable Functions. Turing comp uter s , computable function s. altern ate formulations of computable functions , the halting problem a nd noncomputable functions . Churc h ' s thesis , uni versal machine , Godel' s incompletene s s theorem , and undecidable theories. Prer. , colle g e a l g ebra or c on s ent of in tructor. Math. 383-3. Introduction to Statistics. Study of the elementary s tati tical measure . Intr oduction to s t atistical di s tribution s , s tatistical infer ence , a nd hypothe sis tes ting. Prer. , colle g e a l g ebr a or equivalent. Not for mathem a tic s majors. tMath. 403-3. Introduction to Topology. Metric s pace s and topological spaces ; homotopy and homology in simplicial complexes. Prer. , Math . 300 or con ent of instructor. tMath. 411-3. Theory of Numbers. Divi s ibility, greatest common divisor , prime number s , fundamental theorem of arithmetic , congruence s and other topics . Prer . , Math . 300 or co nsent of instructor. t Thi s is one of seve r a l co urse s o ff ered alternat e l y by U CD and M e tr o politan St a te C ollege. Se e a ppr o p r i a t e o f C o ur ses.

PAGE 31

28/University of Colorado at Denver Math. 412-3 . Topics in Mathematics. Special topics in m athemat i cs will be covere d . Students s hould check the current Sc h ed ule of C o ur ses to obtain the topi cs t o be covered as well as the prerequi sites. With permi ss ion, thi s co u rse may be taken for c redit more than once . Math. 413-3, 414-3. Advanced Finite Mathematics I , D. P rer., one semester of calc ulu s. Math. 422-3. Higher Geometry II. An introduction t o the study of s ynthetic projective geo metry . The relation of the projective and affi n e planes. Coordinates in the pro jective plane . Prer., Math. 321. Math. 426-3. Elementary Differential Geometry. Differential forms in E u clidean 3-space, vector field s, frame field s, Frenet formulas, calc ulu s of differential forms o n s urf aces, geo metry of s urface s, Gau sstan c urva ture, seco nd fundamental form . Prer., Math . 315, M ath. 432, or consent of instructor. Math. 427-3. Mathematical Tools for Urban Planning. D evelopment of the fundamental technique s of ap plied quanti t ative meth ods. This course covers those t opics required for the two subse quent quantit a tive method s courses, Math . 428 and Math . 429 . Math. 428-3. Mathematical Foundations of Quantitative Methods I. M atrix a l gebra related to model building a nd linear and nonl.in ear pro gramming leading to a study of the Theory of Gam.es w ith a ppltcattOn s m engineeri n g and other a pplied areas s uch as plannmg, tran.sportatton and environmen tal problems . P rer., Math . 427 and consen t o f m s tru ctor. Math. 429-3 . Mathematical Foundations of Quantitative Method s D. Parametric and nonparametric s tati s tic s which treat sta ti s tics in a De cis i . on Framework (i nclude s introduction to Deci sio n Theory). Bayestan stalls tics and applications with exerci e in probability repre enta t ive of simple probabilistic models (e.g., queuein g, single-server mode l s, etc .) . Prer. , Math . 427 or consent of i n s tructor. Math. 431-3 . Advanced Calculus I. Ca l culus of o ne variable, the real number system , continuit y, differenti a tion , integration (possibly Riemann -Stie ltje s). Prer., Math . 242 and Math . 300. Math. 432-3. Advanced Calculus U . Sequences and series, con vergence, uniform converge n ce ; Taylor's theorem; calculus of everal variables including cont inu i t y, differentiation and integratio n ; Picard's theorem in ordinary differential equatio n s and Fourier serie s if time permits . Prer., Math . 431. Math. 433-3. Advanced Calculus ID. Vector fields, implicit function theorem, inverse function theorem ; Green' s, Stokes' and divergence theorems; Taylor' theorem for functions of several variables; calculu s on manif olds if time permit . Prer. , Math . 432 or con ent of m s tru ctor. and Math . 313 or 319. Math. 437-3. Advanced Calculus for Engineers I. Vector analysis ; vector calc ulu s, including diver ge n ce, curl, Green's theorem, Stokes ' theor em, and the divergence theorem . Te n sor analysis. Prer., Math . 319. Math. 438-3. Advanced Calculus for Engineers II . Fourier series, Laplace transforms, Gamma and Beta functions , Bessel's function s, and ot her spec ial function s. Prer ., Math. 443. Math. 443-3. Ordinary Differential Equations. Ele m enta r y systematic introduction t o linear nth order differential equations, incl udin g equatio n s with regular singular points . E xis tence, uni9uene ss, and s u ccessive ap proximations of so lution s for linear and nonlmear equatiOns. Prer. , Math . 242 and 319. Math. 445-3. Complex Variables for Engineers and Scientists I. Topic include complex algebra, Cauc h y Riem ann equatio n s, Lauren t expansions, theory of resi due s, com plex integration, and introduction to conformal mapping. Technique and ap pli cability are stressed. Prer.. o rdinary differential equatio n s. Math. 446-3. Complex Variables for Engineers and Scientists II. A co nt inuation of Math . 445 , with coverage dependent partl y o n the i nt erests of the class. Topic s inclu de Schwartz-Chri tofel tran sformatio n s and thorough development of of conforma l m a ppin gs. Solu tion of boundary value problem s w1ll be emp h asized . Prer., M ath . 445 . Math. 447-3. Introduction to Partial Differential Equations I. Bound ary value problem s for the wave , he a t , and L a pla ce equatio ns; separation of variables method , eigenvalue prob l ems, Fourier eries, orthogona l sys t ems . Prer. , Math . 443. Math. 448-3. Introduction to Partial Differential Equations D. Co n tinuation of M ath. 447 . Boundary value problem s, initial value problem s, eigenvalue problem s in higher dimen ions, Sturm -Lio uville problem s. Fourier and Laplace transform , ap proximation methods. Prer ., M ath. 447. Math. 449-3. Tensor Analysis for Engineers and Scientists. Review of vector co n ce pt s. Indicia! not ation, obliq u e coordinates, ge neral ized coor din a t es, s u mmatio n conve nti o ns. Co ntr avariant and covariant tensor . Ten sor algeb r a and tensor calc ulu s. The co ur se is designed prim arily t o familiarize the professional with the foundation s of this u seful subjec t r a ther than to develop detailed a ppli cat i o ns. Pr er. , differential eq u atio n s and matrix analysis. *Math. 451-3. Introduction to Mathematical Logic. Sentential logic and first order logic . Completeness theorem s. Prer., Math . 300 with a grade of C or better. *Math. 453-3. Boolean Algebra. Axiom s, s ubal ge br as, idea l s, dire ct and free produ c t s, free a l gebras, repre se n ta tion theorem , co mpletion s. Prer., M ath. 314. *Math. 455-3. Set Theory. Axiom s of set theory , algeb r a of se t s, cardinal numbers , ordinal numbers , axiom of c hoi ce and continuum hypothe i s . Prer., M ath . 300. Math. 456-3. Laplace Transforms for Engineers and Scientists. Top ics i n c lud e the ge n e r a l methods, transforms of s pe cia l functions , heavi s ide expansio n the orems, translorms of period . i c function s • . co nvolu tion integral s, the inver e transform , and olut10ns of ord mary and partial differential equations. Prer. , ordinary diffe rential equations . Math. 457-3. Theory of Equations. A s tudy of the classical theory equations, including s uch topics as higher degree pol y n olll.lals and zeroe , s ymmetric function s of polyn om ial coeffic ients; genera l so lution of the cubic and quarti c equatio ns; re ultant , and elem e nt ary g raphi cal analysis. Prer. , Math . 242 . Math. 458-3. Calculus of Variations for Engineers and Scientists . Techniques and applications of the powerful tool s of the calculus will be developed and both cia sJcal and modem o p!Jmtzauon problems will be a tt acked. Prer., ordinary and partial differential equa tion s . Math. 461-3. Analog Computation and Simulation. ( Same as E.E. 450 .) Analog comp utin g technique s including time and amplitude scalmg, and pro gram ming of linear and n o nlin ear differe n tial equations. Simula tion of dynamic sys tem s, iterative analog computi n g . Laboratory on an a n alog machine is required . Digital sim ulation lan g u ages are studied. Prer. , ordi n ary differential equatio n s and f amil iarity with Laplace trans forms . Math. 465 -3. Numerical Analysis I. (Same as C . S. 465 .) Solution of algebraic a nd transcendental equatio ns. Solutions of lin ear and nonl!near sys tem s of equ ations . Interpolation, int egra tion . Solution of ord ma_ry differen tial equations. Lea t squares. Sources of error and error analysts. Compu t er implementation of numerical methods . Matri x eigenvalue prob lem s a nd s umm a tion of infinite series. Prer. , C.S. 201 a nd Math. 315, or Math . 3 1 9 . Math. 466-3. Numerical Analysis II. (Same as C . S . 466 .) Continuation of M ath. 465 . Prer ., M ath. 465 . Math. 467-3. Computer Techniques in E ngineering. ( Same as E.E. 455 .) Introduction to t h e u e of num erical method s in engineering and s cience . Those method s s uitable for so lution by high-speed digital com puters a re e mph asized. Prer. , E.E . 20 1 and Math . 443 . Math. 468-3. Estimation Theory for Engineers and Scientists I. Tchebychev approximation , a pproximation by rat i o nal functio n s, linear and nonlinear , regression analy i , applications of interpolating polyno mial s, eco nomic value, and cos t ana l ysis . Compariso n s of estimat ion and app roximation techniqu es, and other re l a ted topics . Prer., third-semester calculus a n d one co ur se in s tati stics. Math. 469-3. Estimation Theory for Engineers and Scientists D. A co ntinu a tion of Math . 468 . Selected t opic will be devel oped extensively in accordance with the need s of the class. With the consent of the department, st udent s may register for this course more than once. Prer., Math . 468 or co n se nt of instructor. Math. 470-3. Methods of Teaching Secondary School Mathematics. (Ed u c. 455.) Problem s in teac hin g mathematics including objec t ive , sequence of topic s, method s of pre senta t ion , materials, testing, and r ecent curricular developmen ts. Prer. , Math . 241. Carries credit only for stu dent in secondary education . *Math. 472-3. History of Mathematics. A his tory of the development of mathematical t ec hniqu e an d idea from early civiliza tion t o the pre ent, incl udin g the interrelation s hip s of mathematics and sc ien ces. Prer., M ath. 140. Math. 475 -3 . Topics in Finite Mathematics. Especially s uit able for tho se s tudents who are not majoring in enginee rin g or ph ysical sc ien ce. Prer., co n ent of department. Math. 481-3. Introduction to ProbabiUt y Theory. Axioms , co mbin a to rial a n alys is, independence and co nditi onal probability, discrete and abso lutely contin u o u s dis tributions , ex p ectation and distrib ution of func tion of random variables, l a w s of l arge numbers , ce ntral limi t theorem , sim ple M arkov chains. Prer. , Math . 241. Math. 482-3 . Introduction to Mathematical Statistics. P oin t and co n fi dence interval es t imatio n . Principles of ma xim um likelihood, s ufficiency , and complete n ess; tes t s of s imple and compos ite h ypothesis, linear model s and multiple regression analysis. Analysis of variance distr ibution free methods. P rer., M ath . 481. Math. 493-2, 494-2. Honors Seminar. Intended for can did ates for departmental h o n ors and other s uperi or s tudents. Top ics covere d vary •This is one of s everal courses offered alternatel y by UCD and M etropo l ilan Slate College. See a ppropriate S c hedule of Course s .

PAGE 32

from year t o year. Student participation is stressed. Math. 495-1 to 5. Workshop in Teaching Elementary Mathematics. Variable credit depending upon s pe cific topic s covered. Cour e conten t designed in consu ltation with gro up s of practicin g teacher who desire courses to meet their specific needs . Students may register for this course more than once with consent of appro pri ate departmental adviser. Prer., con ent of department . Math. 496-1 to 5. Workshop in Teaching Middle School Mathema tics. Variable credit depending upon s pecific topics covered . Cour s e content designed in con s ult ation with gro up s of practicing teacher s who desire courses to meet their s pecific needs . Students may regi ter for this co ur se more than once with consent of appropriate departmental adviser. Prer ., consent of department . Math. 497-1 to 5. Workshop in Teaching Secondary Mathematics. Variable credit dependin g upon specific t opics covered. Course content designed in co n s ultation with groups of practi ci ng teacher s who de sire course s to meet their s pecific needs . Student s may regi s ter for thi s course more than once with con s ent of appropriate departmental adviser. Prer. , consent of department. Math. 499-1 to 3. Independent Study. Variable credit dependin g upon the student's need . This course is lis ted for the benefi t of the advanced s tudent who de s ires to pur s u e one or more topic s in con iderable depth . Supervi . sion of a full time faculty member is necessary, and the dean' s office mus t concur. Student s may regi s ter for thi co ur se more than once with departmental approval. Prer. , consent of department. PHYSIC AL EDUC A TION Effective fall erne ter 1976, Metropolitan State College will be respo n s ible for teaching all undergraduate physical education for the Auraria Hi g her Education Center. This include s the basic activity program as well as the under graduate major in health, physical education and recrea tion . UCD s tudents may take any activity class MSC offers . Check the fall and spring UCD Schedule of Courses for activities offered, clas s times, and procedures for enrolling in such classes . Although physical education credit i not required for completion of the B achelor of Art s or Bachelor of Fine Arts degree s, a maximum of 8 hour s of elective credit consisting of activity courses may be applied tow ard the graduation requirement of 120 hour . All activity classes offered by MSC in Auraria m ay be taken on a n elective basis. A course may be counted for credi t only once. The student will have the option of being graded either by letter grade or pa ss/fail. Students interested in pur suing a Bachelor of Science degree in phy ical education should contac t the di cipline repre se ntative at UCD . Major cour es will be available throu g h MSC or the Boulder Campu s. P HYSICS Required of all phy sics majors are Phys . Ill, 112, 114, 213, 214, 215, two years of calculu , and one year of another science. Major s preparing for gra duate s tudy in physic should also take Phy s . 317, 321, 322, 331, 332, 341, 491, 492, and 495 , and additional mathematics cour es. Students not going to gra duate sc hool in phy sics or wishing an interdisciplinary physic s major must consult an adviser for the suitable additional program. Students should also be aware of the engineering phy sics major available through the College of Engineering and Applied Science. Phys . 105-4. General Astronomy . The method s and re s ult s of modern astronomy (so lar s y s tem , s tar s, galaxies, co mology) a t an elementary level. Phys. 106-4 . General Astronomy. Continuati o n of Phys. 105. Prer. , Phy . 105. Phys. 111-4 . General Physics. First seme ter of four-semes te r seq uence for sc ience and engineering s tudent s . Cover s vectors, kinem a tic s, dynamic s, momentum of particle s and rigid bodies, work and energy, g r avi t a tion , s imple h armonic motion , a nd introduction to ther modynamics. Prer. , knowledgo! of a lgebr a, geo metry and trigonometry; College of Liberal Arts and Sciences/29 coreq., calcul u s through derivatives and indefin ite and definite integrals of polynomials and trigonometric function s, as typically covered in Math. 140. Phys. 112-4. General Physics. Cover s electricity and magneti m . ITer., Phy s. Ill; co req ., Math . 241. Phys. 114-1. Experimental Physics. To be taken concurrently with or following Phy s. 1124 . One 2 h our la b. per wk. Phys. 133-1. Topics in Physics. Different five week course module s . dealing with various topic s in phy s ics . See current Schedule of Courses for the particular module s being offered. De igned for nonscience majors to fulfill the natural sc ience requirement. Phys. 199-variable credit. Independent Study for Lower Division. Phys. 201-5, 202-5. General Physic s . Four demon s tr a tion lect. and one lab . per wk. Phys. 201 mechanic s, heat, and s ound; Phy s. 202 : elec tric ity, light , a nd modern phy sics. An elementary but thorough pre enta tion of the fundamental fact and principle s of physic s. M a jors in m athema tic , chemistry , and others taking calculus are ur ge d to take Phys. Ill, !12 , 114, 213, and 215. Prer. , l'h years hig h sc hool algebra and sati f ac tory g rade on mathematic s placeme nt test. Generall y offered by MSC . Phys. 213-3. General Physics. Cover s wave motion, physica l optics, and introd u ction to s pecial relativity , quantum theory , and a tomic phy sics. Prer. , Phys. 112 and 114. Phys. 214-3. Introductory Modem Physics. To be taken by phy ics m ajo r s and interested nonm a jor s . Introduce s s tudent s to the nature of modern phy s i cs and provide s m ajo r s with pers pective o n the frontiers of thi s field. Emp h a s i s on concep t s without mat hem atical development s. Inc lude s rel a tivity , at o mic and nuclear physics, olid s t ate and particle phy sics. Prer ., Phys. 213. Phys. 215-1 Experimental Physics . To be taken co ncurrently with or f o llowin g Phys. 213. One 2-hour lab . per wk . Phys. 251-5, 252-5. Physic s for the Life Sciences . A twoemester intr o ductor y physic s course emphasizing tho s e s ubject s relevant to biol ogy and medicine. Top ics covered will include mechanic s, fluids , ther modynami cs, so und , optics , e l ectricity , m ag neti s m , atomic and nuclear phys i cs , and their applica tion s to the life s cience . Three hours of lect., one rec. pd ., and one la b . per wk. Phys. 308-3. Energy. A cour e in the s upply and u sage of energy res ources and the environmental problem s assoc iated with our energy u sag e . Prer ., one co ur s e in college s cience or mathem atic s. Phys. 317-2 , 318-2 . Junior Laboratory. Contain s experiment s on dat a handlin g, electrical measurements , electronics , optic s, vacuum tech nique s, hea t and thermodynamic , mec h a nic s, and modern physic s. Empha i s will be o n developin g ba s i c s kill s and o n de sig n of experi ments . Each s tudent will carry a t least one project experiment each s eme s ter. Coreq ., Phys. 321, 331 , or conse nt of in tructor. Phys. 321-3 . Classical Mechanics and Relativity. Topic s covered in clude : N ew tonian mec hani cs, s pecial r ela tivity , o s cillations, Lagrange's and H a milton's equation s, ce ntral force s, and sca tterin g . Analytical pr oce dure s employing the method s of vector a n aly i s and calculu will be s tre sse d . Prer. , Phy s. 214 and A . Math . 232, o r equivalent. Phys. 322-3 Classical Mechanics, Relativity, and Quantum Mechanics. T opics co vered include : noninenial reference frame s, rigid bo dy motion, coupled o cillator s, introduction to quantum mechanic s, Bohr theory , imple so lution s to Schroedinger equa t ion, and perturbation theory . Prer. , Phys. 321. Phys. 331-3, 332-3 . Principles of Electricity and Magnetism. Element s of m athem a tic a l theory of electricity and m ag neti s m , including magneto s t atics, electrostatic s, polarized media , direct a nd alternating current theory, and introdu c tion to electromagnetic field s and w aves. Prer., for Phys. 332: Phys. 331 ; co req ., for Phys. 33 1 : Phys. 321. Phys . 341-3. Thermodynamics and Statistical Mechanic s. Statistical mechani cs a pplied to macroscopic phy sica l sys tems; s t atistica l ther m o dyn amics, classical thermodynamic sy terns ; applications to s imple sys tems. The relation hip of the s tati tical t o the thermodynami c point s of view is examined . Prer . , Phys 213 . Phys. 362-3. Sound and Music. Thi c ourse will con ider the basic n ature of s ound wave s, the ear a nd hearing , a nd musica l ins truments . No prer. Altho u gh thi s co urse i m a inly descriptive , so me hig h sch ool a l g ebr a will be u sed. Phy s. 363-1. Sound Laboratory. Labor atory course to acco mpany Phys. 364 a s an option. Student s will do an acoustical project on a s ubject of their own choice . Prer. , Phy s . 3 62 . Phys. 364-3 . Sound, Music, and Noise. A co ntinu ation of Phys. 362 , cov erin g sc ale s, s ound measurement , room acous tic s, and n o i se. Prer ., Phys. 3 62. Phys. 395-3. Development of Physics from the 17th Century. Thi s course examines the hi s tory and development of the important theorie s of phy sic from the time o f Newton to the pre ent day. The broad conce pt s and the people who originated them are s tre ssed , rather than the m athem atica l detail s . Prer. , Phys. I 05.

PAGE 33

30/University of Colorado at Denver Phys. 429-variable credit. PSYchophysics Methods and Research. This course covers the methodology of p syc hophy sics by involving s tudent s in actual research in perception , with occasional semi nar s on technique s and data analysis. Prer ., Psych . 416 or Phys. 363 and 364, and a knowledge of statistica l analysis. Phys. 451-3 . Light. Basic electromagnetic theory of light using Max well's equations. Examples in geometrical optics; extensive applications in physical optics including diffraction and polarization. Spectra, includ ing Zeeman effect and fluorescence . Recent advances in experimental techniques; microw aves, optical masers, image co nverter s, etc. Prer., Phys. 332. Phys. 465-3. Creative and Cultural Aspects of Physics. One of two independent courses (with Phys. 466) dealing with the interplay between physics and culture. It examines the lives and works of individual scientists and the relationship of physical theory to c ulture and crea tivity . Prer ., upper division standing. Phys. 466-3. Art, Science, and Technology. One of two independent courses (with Phy s. 465) dealing with the i nterplay between physics and culture . It examines the relationship between physics and art, and the possibilities of art ba ed on scie nce and technol ogy. Prer ., upper division standing. Phys . 491-3, 492-3. Atomic and Nuclear Physics. Topi cs include a quantum mechanical treatment of the one-electron atom, atomic s hell structure, atomic and molecular spectroscopy, band the ory of olids , X rays, nuclear propertie , radioactivity, and the properties of the funda mental particles. Prer. , Phys. 322 and 332. Phys. 495-2, 496-2. Senior Laboratory. Individual proje ct laboratory with emphasis on modem physical experimentation . Phys . 499-variable credit. Independent Study for Upper Division . Students must check with a faculty member before takin g this course. PSYCHOLOGY Majors should include college algebra in their lower divi sio n schedules. At lea st 30 semester hour s and not more than 48 semes ter hours in p syc hology mus t be completed, with at lea s t 16 hour s in upper division courses . No grade below C in psychology co ur ses is acceptable toward the major. Specific course requirements are Psych. 203-204 with laboratory; Psych . 210; at lea s t one biotropic cour e, including Psych. 322, 405, 410, 414, 416, 425, 438; at least one sociotropic course, includin g Psych . 364, 365, 430,431,440,445,449,464,466,471, 485; at least one advanced labor atory course, including Psych . 416, 422 , 440, and 485; and one integrative course, P sych. 45 I. PSYch. 203-3. General Psychology I. Introduction to the scientific s tudy of behavior. Motiv ation, perception, learning and memory, development, and the physiological bases of behavior . P syc hology majors must register concurrently for P sych. 206. PSYch. 204-3. General PSYchology II. Continuation of P syc h . 203, covering topics of individual differences and their assessment and ex perimental soc ial psycholo gy. P s ychology major s must regis ter concur rently for P ych. 207. Psych . 205-3. Biological Bases of Behavior. An introduction to bio psychology, covering biological variables related t o behavior . Prer., Psych . 203. Psych. 206-1. General Psychology Laboratory I. To be taken concur rently with P sych. 203 by psychology majors . PSYch. 207-1. General PSYchology Laboratory II. To be taken concur rently with Psych . 204 by p ychology majors . PSYch. 210-4. Introduction to Research Methods in Psychology. Re search methods and analysi of data. Intended for those who plan to major in psychology . Prer., P sych. 203-204 and college algebra; prer. or coreq., Math . 383 (statistics). PSYch. 245-3. PSYchology of Social Problems. An examination of social psychological aspects of soc ial issues and problem s in contemporary society . Includes such topic as poverty or minority s t atus, prejudice, drug u se, st udent prote s t , and patterns of sexual behavior. Consideration of theory and re earch relative t o the topic a well as the definition of social behavior as a " problem." PSYch. 300-2. Honors Seminar. Current theoretical issue s and problems in psychology . Prer ., major in p ychology and consent of instructor . Psych. 320-3, 321-3. Human Behavior and Maturation Through the Life Span. Three hour s lect. per week. Analy sis of the normal range of behaviors found in each development stage from birth through senes cence. Psych . 322-3. Principles of Learning. Basic principle s of operant and respondent conditioning as demonstrated in the experimental literature and their application to behavior change . Prer. , P syc h . 203-204. Psych. 364-3. Child Psychology. Principle s of normal development and patterns of child-rearing. Prer., P sych. 100 or 203-204. Psych. 365-3. Adolescence and Youth. Principle s of development in adolesce nce , including phy sical, cognitive, and social development. Prer., Psych . 203-204 or 6 hrs . of p sychology. Psych. 400-2. Honors Seminar. Topic to be determined . Prer., major in psychology, senior s tanding , and consent of instructor. PSYch. 405-3. Physiological Psychology. The morphological, neuro chemical, and physiolog ical bases of behavior. Prer., P sych. 203-204 and 6 additional hrs . of psychology . Psych. 409-3. Hormones and Behavior. Endocrinological co ncept s and techniques and the problem s of motivation and behavior . Prer., junior stan ding and one year of biology . PSYch. 410-3. Behavioral Genetics. (Bioi. 410 .) Interdi scipli nary cour e for upper divi sion s tudent s interested in relationships between behavior and heredity . Prer. , consent of ins tructor. PSYch. 412-3. Quantitative Genetics. (Bioi. 412 . ) Survey of the princi ples of geneti c of quantitative c har acteristics. Topics will include gene frequencie , effect of mutation, migration, and selection; correlations among relative s, heritability, inbreeding, cross-breeding, and selective breeding. Prer ., consent of instructor. Psych. 413-3 . Drugs and the Nervous System. The physiological b asis of drug action on the nervou s syste m and behavior, with emphasis on the use of drugs as analytic tool s in the s tudy of behavior . Not concerned with the s ubje ctive, ocial , or legal consequences of drug u se. Part 1 : chemical ba sis of co nduction and transmission in the nervous sys tem . P art ll: pharmacology of sleep, pain, addiction, dependence , appeti te, anxiety , learning, memory, and per ception. Prer. , Psych. 405 . Psych. 414-3 . Cognitive Psychology. Introduction to the tudy of cogni tive proce sses in man: the development of conceptual behavior, memory , and thinkin g. Prer., P sych. 203 204 and 6 additional hour s in psychol ogy, or consent of instructor. Psych. 416-4. Psychology of Perception. The s tudy of ensory proce sses and perceptual variables. Lect. and lab. Prer . , P syc h . 203-204 and 210. PSYch. 421-1. Theories of Learning and Motivation. An advanced s urvey of past and present major theoretical formulations in learning and motivation. Prer., Psych . 322 and consent of instructor. Psych. 422-2 . Laboratory in Learning. Laboratory projects demonstrat ing basic prin ciples of operant and respondent co nditionin g. Class meet ings for discus sion as well as laboratory work will be required. May be u sed to fulfill the advanced laboratory requirement for the psychology major. Prer. or coreq., P sych . 322. Psych. 425-3. Introduction to Animal Behavior. ( Bioi. 425 .) Similarities and differences among animals . Principles of behavior in a variety of s pecie . Prer. , 6 hrs . of psychology or biology . Psych. 429-1 to 3. Psychophysical Methods and Research. (Phys. 429.) Methodology of psychophysic s is studied by involving s tudent s in res earch in perception, with occasional semi nar s on techniques and data analys is. Pr er., P sych. 416 or Phys. 363 and 364 and knowledge of s tatistical analysi . Psych. 430-3. Abnormal Psychology. Borderline disorders as extreme variations of the normal per anality . Major functional and organic disor ders. Theorie s of mental disorder s and methods of psychotherapy. Not open for credit to those who have taken P sych . 4 31. Prer ., P sych. 203-204, and upper division standing. Psych. 431-4. Psychopathology. Inten s ive analys i s of the major theorie s of personality and behavior disorder . Open to majors only , and not open for credit to tho e who h ave taken P ych. 430. Prer. , P sych. 203-204 , 6 addi tional hrs . of psychology , and upper division standing. Psych. 438-3. Advanced Animal Behavior. ( Bioi. 438 .) Comparison of behavior in a variety of species, with emphasis on social behavior and its evolu tion. Prer. , Psych. 425 or consent of instructor . PSYch. 439-2. Laboratory in Animal Behavior. (Bioi. 439.) Laboratory projects and field observations of the behavior of animals. Prer. or coreq., Psych . 438 and consent of instructor. Psych. 440-4. Soc.ial Psychology. Lect. and lab. Psych ological principles underlying social behavior. Analysi s of special topics such as attitude urvey s, public opinion res earch , propaganda, intergroup relations. Prer. , P sych. 203-204 and 210. Psych. 445-3. Psychology of Personality . The phy s iological and psychological nature of personality . Individua.l difference s. Development of personality . Prer . , 16 hrs. of psychology . Psych. 449-3. Cross-Cultural Psychology. The influence of c ulture and s ubculture on personality, including ex roles, p atterns of child rearin g, attitudes and value , and mental illne ss. Prer., 6 sem. hrs . of co ur ses in psychology , ociology, and/or anthropology in any combination. PSYch. 451-3. History of Psychology. Development of psychological

PAGE 34

theories s ince 500 B.C . Schools of psychology and their adherents. Reading s of primary and seco ndary so urce s. Prer. , 16 hr s . of p syc hology and s enior standing. Psych. 464-3. Developmental Psychology. Principle s and theorie s of child development. Prer. , Psych . 364 or consent of instructor. Psych. 466-3. Psychology of the Exce p tional Child. P syc hology of retarded, handicapped , and superior children. The relation of s pecial traits to educational and socia l need s. Prer., P syc h . 203-204 , a course in developmental or child psychology , and upper division stan ding . Psych. 467-2. Psychology of Mental Retardation. P syc hological prob lems of mental deficiency. Concern with causes, identification charac teri tic s, and treatment of the ment a lly retarded with an emphasis o n research findings. Prer., Psych . 203-204 and 364. Psych . 471-3. Survey of Clinical Psychology. Theories and practices relating to problem s of ability and maladju stment. Diagnos tic procedure s and treatment methods with children and a dult s. Prer., P sych. 203-204 and Psych . 431, or consent of instruc tor. Psych . 485-4. Principles of Psychological Testing. Lect. and lab. Principle s underlyin g construction, validation, and u se of tests of ability and personality . Prer ., P syc h . 210. Psych. 494-3. Psychology of Sports. A s urvey of psychological condi tions affecting performance in at hletic s. Include s assessment of psychological demands of s port s, assessment of the athlete, prepar atio n of the athlete for co pin g with the psychological demands of sports. Pre r., 9 hrs . of psychology. Psych. 496-3. Performance Un der Stress. Examines the processes which influence the effects of stress on performance in academic, voca tional, and other s ituation s . Prer. , Psych. 322. Psych . 497-1. Workshop in Kinesthetic Methods for the Prevention and Remediatio n of Learning Disabilities . Survey of kinesthetic teach ing method s, with " hand s on" practice. Prer ., consent of instructor. Psyc h . 498-1 to 3. Top ics in Psychology. Advanced study of special topics in p sychology to be selected by the instructor. May be repeated for credit. Prer. , co nsent of instructor. Psych . 499-1 to 3. Independent Study. Prer ., consent of instructor. Divis i o n of Social Sciences FREDERICKS. ALLEN, Assistant Dean In the last two decade s the social scie nce s have included study of so me of the mos t intractable problems of contem porary society: the population explosion, urban concentra tion , the impact of rapidly changing technolo gy, the strains of race relations, and the thrust of developing societies. Students interested in such problem s can come to gri p s with important concepts in the soc ial sciences which will help orient their live s as well as their careers. The social science disciplines also provide important brid ges between thought and action and between values and problem solving technique s . In s hort , the soc ial scie nce s may now be considered to be at the center of the academic constella tion , giving inspiration and po ssibly direction in the entire enterprise of education. The Division of Social Sciences include s the following disciplines : anthropology, economics , hi story, political science, and sociology. The division offers courses in the various di sci plines, in interdisciplinary s tudie s, and in preprofessional s tudies. Student s can satisfy all requirements for the Bachelor of Arts degree at UCD in all the discipline s included in the division. The requirements of each major are explained before the course listing s for the respective di sc ipline s. Student s s hould be aware of the possibilities for a distributed s tudies major in the social sciences . The most u s ual combinations are economics and socio logy, and history and political science. See the Special Programs College of Liberal Arts and Sciences/31 section of this bulletin for details on a distributed studies major. The division also has developed a major in urban studies. The program is designed to provide a broad educational experience for persons who are interested in careers related to the problems of urban life. The major is appropriate for students inte n ding to enter the fields of business, law, medicine, or public school teaching, to work in or with federal, state, or local agencies or volun teer and community action groups, or to enter graduate programs in the social sciences or environmental planning. Interested students should contact the Division of Social Sciences office for information concerning advisers, re quirements , course s currently offered and proposed, and options involved in the program. For preprofessional programs, see listings and require ments in that section of this bulletin . Description of Courses a n d Progr ams For information on sc heduling of courses, consult the appropriate Schedule of Courses for day, time , and meet ing place of classes . ANTHROPOLOGY Undergraduate stu dent s majoring in anthropology must complete a minimum of 30 semester hour s with grades of C or better. Sixteen of the 30 hours must be upper divi sio n . The maximum number of hours in the major i s 48. Major s in anthropology must take Anthro. 103 and 104 (Principles of Anthropology I and II) or demonstrate knowledge of material s covered by these courses. Majors also mus t take Anthro. 201 and 202 (Introduction to Phy sical Anthropology I and II) ; Anthro . 453 (History of Anthropology); and either Anthro. 280 (Nature of Lan g uage); Anthro. 480 (Anthropological Linguistics); or An thro . 481 (Language and Culture) Note: Mo st 400-level courses do not have prerequi s ites . Anthro. 103-3. Principles of Anthropology I. Physical anthropology and arc h aeology. Evolution of man ; his physical and c ultural develop ment through the ri e of early c iviliz ation. Includes cons ider ation of man as a biological organism, his origin a nd relationship with n o nhuman and prehuman primates a nd development of c ulture a a n adap tive device . Anthro. 104-3 . Principles of Anthropology II. Cultural-social a n throp ology and linguistics . Study of m a n from the s tandpoint of the m a ny and varied c ultur es manifest through time. Survey of relationships be tween environment , technology, so cial organization , language , and ideol ogy. Nature of a nthr opology and its analysis of the similaritie and difference s in hum a n cultural a daptations. Anthro. 201-4. Introduction to Physical Anthropology I. Theory of biological evolution; examination of man's organic struct ure , function, and behavior from an evolutionary-comparative perspective; analysis of fossil evidence of hum an evolution . Laboratory work emphasizing os teometry and osteology. Anthro. 202-4. Introduction to Physical Anthropology II. On-going human evolution with emphasis on quantitative assessment of gene tic variation in man. Anthro. 220-3. Principles of Archaeology. Basic introduction to con cepts, techniques, and theory of archaeological excavation and interpreta tion. Two lect., one two-hour lab per week . Lect ure s, demonstrations, and practical work. Anthro. 227-3. The Evolution of New World Culture. Cultural evolu tion in the New World from the ear lie st huntin g cultures throu gh the rise of civilizat ion as see n from the perspective of archaeological evidence and the ory. Anthro. 240-3. Principles of Ethnology . Intensive s urvey of concepts, methods , a nd objec tive s in the co mparati ve study of world cultures. Comparative analysis of selected ethnographic materials within a framework of soc iocultural evolution and cultural ecology. Introductory techniques of fieldwork, library researc h , and report writing. Anthro. 280-3 . The Nature of Language. Survey of languages of the world and their historical relationships. Introducti on to language analysis.

PAGE 35

32/University of Colorado at Den ver Study of theories of t h e origin of language, its relationship to other forms of comm uni ca t ion, to cog nition , and to sys tem s of writing . Anthro. 310-3. Cultural Pluralism . The cul tural and social anthropol ogy of the plural ethnic and racial component of modem comp l ex societies ( nation-states) . T h e focus will be o n the forms and proce sses of sociocul tur a l identity, its maintenance and change with n ational integra tion . Altho u g h comparat ive across n atio n s, there will be a n emphasis on U . S. socie ty. Anthro. 360-3. Anthropology of Sex. Study of sex as a factor in human evolution, contemporary biological variation, and in the allocation of roles and responsibilities in different cultures . (Special e mph asis will be placed on roles and attri but es of women . ) Anthro. 399-3. Undergraduate Seminar in A nthropology . Directed investigation of a specific topic of curre nt import ance. The t opic may be within the s ubf ields of anthropology or interdi sciplinary with anthropol ogy . Prearranged topics will be announced. Prer. , consent of instructor. Anthro. 408-3. Anthropological Genetics. A considera tion of the data and theory of hum a n ge n etics. Emph asis on analytical techn iques relating to a genetic analys i s of the individual , family, and populatio n s. Anthro. 410-3. Race and Man. Concepts of huma n race : his tory , theory , and appli cations thereof . Biological factors in the establishment and mainte n ance of human diversity. Anthro. 411-3. Human Paleontology. Det ailed co n s ideration of t h e fossil evidence for human evolution. His t ory , descri pti o n , interpret ation of key fossils, and review of c u rrent and co ntr oversial issues . Anthro. 412-3. Advanced Physical Anthropology. Int roduction to population ge n etics and its applicatio n to under stan ding pr oblems of process in human evo luti on and the formation of races in man . Anthro. 414-3. Primatology. Survey of the Primate Order in evolution . Morphology and behavio r from a comparative point of view, with emphasis o n issu es related to the origin and evolution of the most ocial member of this order. Anthro. 415-3. Human Ecology. A s tud y of dem ogra phic and ecological variables as they relate to man . Aspec t s of n atural selec tion , overpop ula tion , and environmental deterioration will be co n sidere d . Anthro. 416-3. Ecology, Adaptation, and Culture. Culture, culture c h ange, and evolution from the per s pective of human behavioral adapta tions to enviro nm enta l variables. A general sy terns, multifact oria l (sociocu ltur a l a nd biophysical) approac h t o cause and effect. Anthro. 417-3. Human Ethology. Eth o logi cal principles and their appli ca ti on to a nthr opological inve stiga tions. Method s and technique s of data collection. Practice in assessmen t of be h avior in natura l se ttin gs . Anthro. 418-3 . Group Processes-Sociobiolog y. Human and other animal behavior in gro ups. Social bio l ogical pr ocesses, struc ture s, and systemic fun c tion s of groups in cro s-s pecific evolutionary comparison. Anthro. 421-3 . Archaeology of the American So uthwe s t. Prehistoric cul tur es of the southwestern U.S. and a djacent Mexico, their origi ns, characterist i cs, and interre lat ionships. Anthro. 422-3 . Arc haeology of Mesoamerica . Prehi s tori c and protohis toric cultures of Mexico and northern Central America, includin g the Aztecs and the Maya . Anthro. 430-3. Cultural Evolution. Review of various theories exp lain ing the evolution of culture with particular a ttenti o n to the Neolithic and Urban Revolutions. Anthro. 435-2 to 6. A rchaeological Field and Laboratory Re search. Summer sessio n only; Boulder Campus o nl y. Students will particip a te in archaeological field researc h and con duct l aboratory a n alysis of ar chaeological materials and d ata. Open only to Unive rsit y of Colorado anthropology m ajo r s. Prer. , consent of ins tru ctor. Anthro. 443-3. Economic A nthropology. Cross-cult ur a l survey and comparison of economic sys tem s and their functional re l ationships with ot h er social i n s titution s in a range of soc i eties from s imple to complex . Anthro. 444-3. Urban Anthropology. A n a nthropological a pproach to the compara t ive study of fact or influencin g urbanizatio n in different part s of the world alo n g with the implicatio n s of environme nt s, economy, value s, and psychology of urban livi n g in ge ner al. Cross-cultur al, but with emphas i s on the modem western wo rld. Anthro. 447-3. Ethnohlstory. The u se of document s and other externa l sources in the reconstructio n of culture his t ory. Anthro. 448 -3 . Anthropology and Education. An anthr opological foc u s o n conte mpor ary educatio nal sys tems. R eview of recen t r esearch in the anthropo l ogy of education as well as an introdu c tion t o teachin g an thropology in the schools. Primarily for social st udie s teacher s, educa tion , and anthropology students. Prer. , co n sent of instructor. Anthro. 450-3. Family Dynamic s. The course examines proce sses of c han ge in values, roles , and relations involved in marriage and family structure, using contemporary cross-c ultur a l material s leading to under s tand ing of s u ch problems as gen eratio n ga p and sex role c h a n ge. Special attention is given to changing struct ure of authority, eco n omics, and the emo t ional components associated with marriage and family life of today's America. Anthro. 451-3 . Applied Cultural Anthropology. Concept , meth ods, and probl ems in the applicatio n of an thr opology to comm unit y and ins titution organ i zatio n , development and adminis tr at ion; exe mplifi ed through analy sis and disc ussion of U . S . and cross-c ultural case m aterials. Urban and medica l pr oblems as well as ethical issues to be included. Anthro. 452-3. Seminar: Recent Anthropology. Current directions in soc iocultural theory, method , and techniqu e as exemplified in reported research and theoretica l work s of m ajor anthropologists from mid-20th century to the pre s ent. Prer., anthropo l ogy major or consent of instructor. Anthro. 453-3. History of Anthropology. Foundation s and development of m a jor co n cepts and approaches (theory and method ) in the s tudy of man and culture. D isc ussion of principal contrib ut o r s and their works to mid-20th century. Prer., anthropo l ogy major or co n se nt of instructor. Anthro. 454-3. P syc hological Anthropology. A comparative study of the re l ationship between culture and social characte r and betwee n cu ltu re and individual personality . Anthropological perspec tiv es on the effects of various soc iocultural contexts o n individual expe rien ce. The rel atio n s hip s of socioc ultural sit u ations to motives, values, cog nition , per so nal adj u st me nt , s tre ss, and qualities of perso n a l experience are e mph asized. Anthro. 455-3. Culture Process-Maintenance, Change, and Evolu tion. Theories and pers pective s in the s tudy of c ulture proce ss. Analysi s and discussion of case m ater ials d ealing with persistence , innovation, sit uation s of cul tur e contact and accu ltu ration, dire cted change and res i s t ance, and long-term socioc ultur a l development. Anthro. 456-3. Contemporary American Indian Cultures. Begi nnin g wit h the his torical back g round on American Indi a n acculturation a nd per sis t ence, but emphasizing present-day relatio n s between Indian com munities and the dominant socie t y, s tre ssing co nditi ons and events in Denver a nd the So uth west generally. Anthro. 458-3. Political Anthropology. Analys i s of instit uti o n s of political co ntrol both comparative l y and from an evo luti onary perspec t ive; the interconnections between pol iti ca l and other asp ec t s of human cult ural sys tems. Anthro. 459-3. Comparative Social Organization. Principles in the comparative study of human soc ial systems, types of socia l s tructure , social co nt rol , socioc ultural integ r ation, and processe s of soc ial c h ange and societa l development. Focus o n the analysis of ethnographies. Pr er., Anthro . 240 , 452, 453 , or consent of instructor World Ethnography ( Anthro . 462-476) Each co u rse listed below will cover the major aspect s of cu ltural and socia l anthropo lo g i cal interest relating to the people s and c ultural sys tems within the areas indica ted. Following a s ur vey of the geographical affiliations of the inhabitant s, th e cu ltu re-his tory of the area will be re viewed. The ways of life of the ind ige nou s populations, their relations with each ot her and to o ther people s, a nd the effects of culture c h ange will be discussed. Anthro. 462 -3 . Ethnography of the American Southwest. Anthro. 463-3. Ethnography of Mexico and Central America. Anthro. 470-3. Ethnography of China, Japan, and Korea. Anthro. 474-3. Ethnography of India, Pakistan, and Cey lon. Anthro. 476-3. Ethnography of Southeast As ia. Anthro. 480 -3 . A nthropological Lingui s tic s . B o uld er Campus only . Methods and results of scie ntific analysis of la n g u ages of nonliterate peoples . Anthro. 481-3 . Language and Culture. The cou r se explores the reia tions hips between cul ture and language in the followin g contex ts: lan guage acqubtion, lan g u age and individual , socia l dial ects, language and education , l a n g uage and world v i ew, the role of la n guage in c ultural interaction and socia l structure, planned language change incl udin g lan g u age problem s in new nations and at the internatio n a l level. Anthro. 499-variable credit. Guided Study. Directed individual study based in a s pecific s ubfield of anthropology. Consent of i n s tru ctor requ ired. ECONOMICS St_udents majoring in eco nomi cs must meet the fo llowin g re qutrements: at least 30, but not more than 48, se mester hours in econo m ics, of whic h 22 must be number ed 300 or higher; C . S . 201; Econ. 381, 407 and 408. Majors are urged to take Econ. 381 as soo n as possible. For all co ur ses numbered a bo ve 300, the prerequisite, unless otherwise indicated, is Econ. 201 and 202, or Econ. 300.

PAGE 36

Distributed Studies Students majoring in distributed studies may make eco nomi cs their prim ary area of concentration by takin g 30 semes t er hours in economics . Required courses for this option are Econ . 407-408 and a co u rse in s tatistics . Introductory Courses Eco n. 201-3. Principles of Eco nomic s I: Macroeconomics . Purpo s e is to teach fundamental principle s, to open the field of economics in the way most h e l pful to further and more detailed s tudy of special problem s, and to give thos e not intending to s pecialize in the s ubject an outline of the genet u l principle s of economics . Open t o qualified freshme n . Econ. 202-3 . Principles of Economics 0: Microeconomics. Continua tion of Econ . 201. Econ. 250-3. CapitaU s m and Slavery I . History of the development of slavery as an American institution from 1619 to 1970 . Include s growth of the s l ave trade , development of the plantation system, s timul a tion of the American economy by s lavery , economic implic a tion s of the Civil War , theoretical freeing of the s lave s in 1863, and the development of modern s lavery in America from Recon s truction to the pres ent. Econ. 251-3. CapitaUsm and Slavery H. Continuation of Econ . 250. Econ. 3003. Acce lerated Principles of Economics. Condensation of Econ. 201 and 202 . Intended for s tudent s who h ave taken Soc . Sci. 210 and 211 and other s who want a one -semes ter introduction to economics . Open to enior s without prerequi site. Not open to s tudent s who h ave taken Econ . 201 and 202. Econ. 379-3. Consumer Economics. Application of mic roeconomic s t o the problem s of the ordinary con s umer : bud g et manage ment , pur c hase s, intere s t , etc. Intended for nonm ajors. Econ. 381-3. Introduction to Quantitative Research Method s in Economics n. Introduction to statis t ical method s and their a pplication to quantitative economic res earch . Prer. , (I) Math . I 08 with a grade of 8 or better, or Math . 140 with a gra de of C or better , or pa ssing g r ade o n mathemati cs placement examination ; (2) Math . 140, 241, 242 (s tudent s planning to go to g radu ate s ch ool in eco nomic s s h o uld take o ption 2); and Econ. 201 and 202. Ec on . 480-3. Introduction to Quantitative Research Methods in Economics I . Introduction to the use of m a them atics in economics researc h . Prer ., Math. 107 and 108; Econ . 201 and 202 . Econ. 481-3 . Introduction to Eco nometri cs. The a pplicati o n of mathematic a l and s tatistical technique t o problem s of economic theory . Emphasi s is on principle s rather than c omput atio n a l meth o d s or mathematical rigor . M a jor topic s include demand, production , and cost analy sis. Prer. , two s eme s ter s of calculus and one s emester of s t atis tic s, or consent of ins tructor . Econ. 482 -3 . Introduction to Econ ometric s II. Continua tion of Econ. 481. Prer. , Econ . 481. Economic Theory and Thought General Courses Ec on. 201 and 202. See Introductory Cour ses sec tion . Eco n . 300-3. See Introductory Courses sectio n . Econ. 4033. The Price System. Cour s e in micr oeco nomi cs des igned for teac h ers and other nonm a jors. Production , price, and di tribution theory in a free-market system. Assumptions and co nditi o n s of a free-market and other market struct ures. Ec on . 4043 . Income, Employment, and Economic Activity. Course in macroeconomic s designed for teacher s and other nonmajor s . Theory and a pplication s of n a tional income determin a tion , the role of money in the eco nomy , and economic growth. Policy problem s in dealing with un employment , infla tion , growth , and o ur intern a tion a l bala n ce of pay ment s . Ec on. 40 7-3. Intermediate Microeconomic Theory. Production , price , and distribution theory . Study of value and distri bution theorie s under condition s of varying market s tructure s, with s pecial reference t o the c ontribution of modem economic theorists. Eco n . 4083. Intermediate Aggregative Economic Theory. Mac roeco n omic s and monetary the ory. Eco n. 409 -3 . History of Economic Thought. Survey of the development of economic thought from ancient to modem times. Eco n. 410-3 . Radical Political Eco nom y. An introdu ctio n to modem radical economic s, emphasizin g Marxian c ritique s of capitalism: M arx's theory of capitalist development; co ntemporar y analysi s and major s in economics ; others by co n s ent o f instructor. Designed to give s eni o r s a chance to evaluate critically some pr a ctical or theoretical problems under s upervi sion, and to present results of their thinkin g t o fellow s tudent s and instructor s for critical evaluation. College of Liberal Arts and Sciences/33 Econ. 499 -va riable credit. Independent Study . Consent of instruc t or required . Fiscal and Monetary Theory and Policy; Public Finance Econ . 412-3. National Economic Polic y . Monetary and macroeconomic policy; national eco n omic planning . Prer., Econ. 408. Econ. 421-3. Public Finance I. Taxation , public expenditure s, debts , and fiscal policy . Role of public finance in time s of peace and war. National , s tate , loca l taxation , w ith s ome s pecial atte ntion to the s tate of Color ado. Econ. 422-3. Public Finance D. Continuati on of Public Finance I. Either co urse may be taken s epar a tely. International Economics and Economic Development Econ. 441-2. International Trade and Finance. Theorie s of interre gional and international trade, priva t e and public trade, world population and resource s, tariffs, and commercial poli cy. Intern a tional economic organization . Econ. 4773. Economic Development-Theory and Problems I. Theoretical and empirical analy s i s of probl ems of economic development in both underdeveloped and advanced countries. Econ. 478-3 . Economic Development-Theory and Problems D. Cur rent condi tion s of economic development , with emphasis on acc elerati n g and maintaining growth . Econ. 487-3. Economic Development of Latin America. Current prob lems of economic development in Latin Ameri ca. Econ. 489-3. Economic s of Africa and the Middle East. Current probl ems of development faced by A frica n and Middle Eastern economies . Emphasi s on case s tudie s, reg ionali s m , planning , and ramifi cation of economic chan g e . Economic History, Systems, and Institutions Econ. 250 and 251. See Introductory Cou rses ection. Econ. 450-3. The Soviet Wor ld : Origins and Present Co ndition. (Pol. Sci . 450 . ) Eas t Europe , Russia, and Centr a l A sia from earliest time s to the pr esent. Equal emphasis on eco n omics, culture, and politi cs. Particu lar a ttenti o n to 20th century developments. Econ. 451-3. Ec onomic History of Europe. Evolution of industrial society with emp h a s i s upon the g rowth and development of Engli s h industry and co mmerce . Econ. 452-3. Economic History of the United States . American economic org anization and institutions and their development from colo nial time s t o present. Econ. 471-2. Comparative Ec onomic Sys tem s . Critical tudy of soc i ali m , ca pit alis m , com muni sm, and other propo s ed economic sys tem s, empha izin g c ompar a tive s tudie s of comm uni s t economic . Human Resources Economics and Labor Economics Econ . 4603. Introduction to Human Resources. Economic s of invest ment s in man, includin g the econom i cs of poverty and the application of cost benefit a naly s i s to social welfare programs. Econ. 461-3. Labor Eco nomic s. Study of problem s associated with determin a tion of wage s, hours, a nd workin g co ndition s in the American economy. Hi tory and analy s i s of economic effects of tr ade unioni s m and other s ocial in titution , including age ncie s of formal government. Intro duction to manpower s tudie s . Econ. 462-3. Eco nomic s of Collective Bargaining. Scientifi c analysis of proce sses by which l a bor and management democratically reach agree ments; how differences between labor and management are s ettled by mean s of gr ievance procedure and arbitration; and overall economic effect of collective bargaining on goods produ ced by the national eco nomy . Demon tration s, work s hops, and lectures. Ec on. 463-3. Income Security . Dev elopment of s ocial ins urance in variou s cou ntrie s, with emphasis on the United States. Security in old age, unemployment , accident, sic kne ss, and other income-lo ss si tuations. Economic a n alysis of cost and ris k s of social s ecurity; types of c arrie rs, problem s of a dmini s tr a tion . Critical examination of recent American s ocial sec urity legi s lation. Econ. 464-3. Collective Bargaining, Labor Law, and Ad min istra tion. Study of social pressure s tha t are shaped into l a bor policy acceptable to labor , management, and the general publi c by various mean s of social control. Evolution of a "common law" of l a bor relation s out of free collective bar g ainin g and arbitratio n . Prer. , senior s tatu s .

PAGE 37

34/University of Colorado at Denver Government and Business; Industrial Organization Econ. 456-3. Economics of Agriculture. Economic analy sis of the agricultural sector and of problem s and policie s related to agriculture and other primary industries . Econ. 469-3. Government in the Economy. Analysis of the role of government in the economy, neo-classical microeconomic theory as a point of departure for understanding what a free market system c a n and cannot accomplish. Prer ., Econ . 40 3 or equivalent. Econ. 474-3. Industrial Organization. Structure and performance of s ome important American manuf a cturing indu s tries. Econ. 476-3. Government Regulation of Business. Economic c harac teristic s of public utilities and analysi s of problem s of regul a tion and control. Urban, Regional, and Environmental Economics Econ. 425-3. Urban Economics. Analy s i s of the level, dis tribution , s tability , and g rowth of income and employment in urban region s . Urban poverty, housing, land u s e , transportation , and local public servi c e s, with special reference to economic efficiency and social progress . Econ. 427-3. Economics of Transportation. Survey of transport a tion in U . S . First part of course deals with development of intercity tran s porta tion via water , rail , highway , and air . Second part deal s with the urban transportation problem , comparin g private and public alternative s . Econ. 453-3. Resource Economics. Applic a tion o f economic the o r y to res ource oriented indu s tries. HISTORY Undergraduate students majoring in history must com plete a minimum of 30 semester hours in history , 16 of which must be upper division . Not more than 48 hours in the student's major area will count toward the 120-hour requirement. As of fall 1973, a student must have a cumulative grade-point average of 2 . 0 or better in the major to be graduated . A history major shall fulftll his lower division cour s e requirements with Hist. 101 and 102 and Hist. 150 or any 200-level course in U.S . history or the equivalents . Hist. 101-3. History of Western Civilization I. Selected topi c s from ancient to earl y modem times. Hist. 102-3. History of Western Civilization II. Selected topi c s from early modem to modem time s . Hist. 150-3. Introduction to United States History. Survey o f s ele c t e d topic s in American history from c oloni a l time s to the 1960 s . Emphasi s on the major forces and events that h ave s haped American s ociety . Hist. 215-3. Afro-American History I. M a jor empha s i s on the e v ent s that have occurred in the life of the Afro Ameri can from the tim e o f his first landing in the U . S. to the pre s ent. Hist. 216-3. Afro-American History II. Continuation of Hist. 215. Hist. 241-3. History of England to 1832. Hist. 242-3. History of England Since 1832. Hist. 250-3. Topics in American History. Force s that have affe c t e d the development of the United States. E ach topic i s treated as a complete unit. Sugge s ted background: Hist. 150. Hist. 258-3. History of Colorado. Hist. 281-3. History of Latin America I. An introduction to L a t i n civiliz a tion in America . Focu s on period . before independence. Hist. 282-3. History of Latin America II. L atin America sinc e indepen dence . Focu s on Mexico , Brazil , and Argentina. Hist. 322-3. Women in History. A s tudy o f Wes tern culture with particular focus on the role of women . Hist. 363-3. Problems in American Society and Thought: The Courts. Hist. 366-3. Problems in American Economic and Social History. Hist. 384-3. History of the Mexican Americans in Colorado. A his tory of the Mexican American experience in Color ado with emphasi s on 20th-century urbanization , e s pecially within the Denver metr o politan area . Hist. 395-3. Problems in African History: The Novelist's Perspective. Hist. 406-3. History of the British Empire/Commonwealth. A n alys i s of development , administration , and dis solution of the empire. Hist. 412-3. Intellectual History of Medieval Europe. Hist. 419-3. Intellectual History of Early Modem Europe. Hist. 422-3. The Second World War. A military political orientation, examining the grand s trate g y , diplomacy , and campaign s of the war in some detail. Emphasize s the influence of technology upon the conflict. Hist. 423-3. Europe During the Renaissance. Social and intellectual his tory of Europe from the 14th to the 16th centuries. Hist. 424-3 . Europe During the Reformation. Social and intellectual his tory of Europe from the 16th to the 18th centuries . Hist. 430-3. History of France Since 1815. Hist. 431-3. Nineteenth-Century Europe. Social and economic change in the political and intellectual context between 1789 and 1914 . Suggested background : His t . 102. Hist. 432-3. Twentieth Century Europe. Social and economic change in the political and intellectual context between 1914 and 1970 . Suggested background : Hist. 102. Hist. 434-3. Seventeenth-Century America. Hist. 437-3. International History of Europe in the 19th Century. The diplomatic proce ss , major cri s e s , leading per s onalitie s, interaction be tween dome s tic and foreign policies, reflection s on cause s and conse quences of war . Sugge s ted background: Hist. 102 or 431. Hist. 438-3. International History of Europe in the 20th Century. International organizations and traditional diplomacy. Suggested background : Hist. 102 or 432 . Hist. 440-3. Social and Economic Change in African History. An examination of change in African life . Emphasis on new directions in c ommerce , a g riculture , labor , religion , family s tructure , and urbaniza tion. Hist. 441-3. History of Africa to 1840. Part I of a twos eme s ter s equence introducin g the s tudent to political , economic , and cultural change in Africa . Hist. 442-3. History of Africa From 1840. Part IT of a twos emester s equence introducin g the s tudent to political , economic , and cultural change in Afric a . Hist. 446-3. History of Ireland. Analy s i s of the relationship between the English and the Iris h from the Irish perspective . Hist. 449-3. The Gilded Age: U.S. History 1865-1900. A topical study o f the evolution and g rowth o f major American ins titution s s ince the Civil War . Hist . 450-3. A Political History of Africa. An analysi s o f the variety of politic a l unit s in Africa and the ways in whi c h they have c han ged. Hist. 451-3. The American Revolution. Hist. 452-3. Early National America. Hist. 453-3. Civil War and Reconstruction. Event s lea din g to the outbreak of war , the war its elf and its impact on North and South , and the e ffort s to recon s truct Southern s ociety durin g the post war period . Hist. 454-3. The Progressive Movement and After, 1900-1929. In dome stic a ffairs, empha s i s on the Progre ssive Movement and the reaction a gains t it in the twenties. In foreign affair s, emphasis on s lowly increas ing but relu c tant particip a tion in world power politic s . Hist. 456-3. The Jacksonian Era. Emphasi s on condition s that produced s triking alter a tion s in the s o c i a l , psycholo gica l , and economi c organiza tio n of the United States, as well a s violen c e and war . Hist. 459-3. American Southwest. Hist. 460-3. Mexican-American Southwest. Hist. 463-3. American Society and Thought to 1865. Analy s i s of social ideas to 1865, and the impact of the s e idea s on American society. Hist. 464-3. American Society and Thought Since 1865. Analy sis of s ocial idea s s ince 1865, and the impact of the s e idea s on American s ociety . Hist. 465-3. U.S. in Depression and War, 1929-1952. Emphasis upon the New Deal, World War II, and emergence of the Cold War . Suggested background: Hist. 454 . Hist. 466-3. The Age of Aftluence . and Anxiety: The U.S. Since 1948. Include s the U . S .Communi s t international confrontation and the growth o f an increa s in gly a ffluent but anxiety-ridden Americ a n s ociety . Sugge s ted back g round: Hist. 465. Hist. 467-3. Diplomatic History of the United States to 1912. The development of American foreign policy , emphasizing the evolution of the basic policy of i s olation from European affairs and increasing in volvement in the Pacific and Ea s t Asia . Hist. 468-3. Diplomatic History of the United States Since 1912. The conflict between i s olationi s m and internationalism in American foreign policy , ending in the triumph of the latter. Suggested background: Hist. 467 . Hist. 469-3. The New South From Reconstruction to the Present. Historical origins , race relations, society and culture, and political as pect s . Hist. 470-3. History of Urban America. From colonial time s to the present with the chief focus o n major chan g e s in the process of urbaniza -

PAGE 38

tion. Subjects will incl ude t own promotion, ris e of heavy industrial citie s, utopian towns, emerge n c e of the city "boss," urban transportation, and the future of American citie s . Hlst. 471-3. The U.S. in the Pacific . A thematic course whic h explore s the following major theme : the g rowth of American interest in the Pacific, especially in trade and missionary activities; the gaining and gove rnin g of the America n colonial empire; and the U . S . role i n interna tional rivalry in the Pacific . Hist. 473-3 . History of China. Deals with traditional China coverin g a period from the " beginni ng" to the mid 19th century . Hlst. 474-3 . History of China . A combination of de s cri ptive material with a broad analytical base i s applied t o an inve s tigation of the emergence and develo pment of modem China . Hlst. 476-3. History of Japan in the Modern Age . Hlst. 479-3. United States Military History to 1900 . D eve l opment of the mili tary and naval art of war in American his tory, i n both its peacetime and wartime aspects , from colonial time s to the end of the Spanish-American war . Hlst. 480-3 . U nited States Military History Since 1900. American military and naval his t ory since the Spanis h -American war, pre s e n ted as a cont inuin g evolution in both war and peace and empha s izing the domin at ing influen ce of technology upon operations, organization s, and polic i e . Hlst. 481-3. Mexico and Central America Since Independence I. Study of society , economic s, and politic s in the 19th c entury . Hist. 482-3. Mexico and Central America Since Independence II. Study of society, economics , and politic s in the 20th century . Hlst. 486-3 . The Old South and National Disunion . Early development of the southern United State s , the ins titution of s l a very , and the s e c tional conflic t lea ding to national disunion . Hist. 487-3. History of South Africa . Analy s i s o f European and A s i a n communitie s in Africa : their ori gins and devel o pment and their rela tion s with the indi g enou s Afri can popula t ion . Hlst. 489-3 . The Modern Middle East, 1789 to the Present. Emphasi s on the m odernizatio n of the region from Egypt throu g h P er s i a , Ana tolia, and Arabia, not only in political term s, but als o in t . erm s of the eco n omic, socia l , and int ellectual c han g e s which have tran s f o rmed the Middle E as t in the last c entury and a h alf. Hlst. 494-3 . Evolution of Modern Ru ssia . Hlst. 495-3 . The Russian Revolution and the Soviet Re g ime . Hlst. 496-3 . The Soviet Union, 1929 to the Present . Hist. 498-3. Senior Colloquium. Reading s and discussion of eminent modem historian s and their writings. Recommended but not required for senior history major s. Hlst. 499variab le cre dit . Independent Study. Consent of ins tru c t or required. POLITICAL SCIENCE Undergraduate major s mu s t complete a minimum of 3 6 se me ster hours in politi cal scie n ce, of whic h at l ea s t 21 se me ster hours must be in upper divi sion co u r s e s . Course s must be distributed among the primary fields as lis ted in this bulletin , i . e. , American government and politic , com p arative politics, intern a t ional relation s, public admin istration, and pol itical theory and public law . The major must include the following: Pol. Sci . 100, 110, 200 , 440 , and 441; Econ . 201 and 202; and one upper divi s ion co ur se in eac h of the primary field s of political science exce pt public admi ni stration . In addition , it is strongly recommended that all major s enroll for Pol. Sci . 202 . For all co ur se s numbered 300 and above , the prerequi ite, unl ess otherwise indicated , is either the Pol. Sci . 100-110 sequence or consent of the instructo r . General Courses in Political Science Poi.Sci . 100-3 . Introduction to Political Science. lntroduction t o the s tudy o f politic s, its human importan c e , and its rela tion s hip to soc i a l ins titution s. Analy s i s of the rel a tion ship betwe e n individual politic a l behavior and characteri stics o f the politic a l s y stem. Development of k ey concept s s uch as pow e r , legitimacy , a uthority , polit i cal soc ialization , and r evo luti on. Required of all m a jors. Pol.Sci. 200-3. Research in Contemporary Politic al Topics. Dev el o p ment of basi c res ear c h s kill s in areas o f c urrent political controver sy and conflict , s uch a s poverty, c rime, raci s m , c orruption , cen s or s hip , and imperiali s m. Choice of res earch topic s related t o intere s t s of the s tudent. Required of all major s. Prer. , Poi.S c i . 1 00 or co n s ent of ins tructor . College of Lib eral Arts and S ciences/3 5 Poi .Sci. 499-1 to 3 . Independent Study. lntended t o give an opportu nit y for advanced s tudents with g ood scho lastic rec o rds , and with a ppropriate c ourse s c o mpleted , to pur sue independently the s tudy of s ome s ubject of s p ecial interest t o them . Subject s chosen and arran g e m ents made to suit the need s of eac h s tudent. Primarily for s enior s. Prer. , 15 s eme s ter hours in politic a l s cie n ce and con ent of ins tructor. American Government and Politics Poi .Sci. 110-3. The American Political System. General introduction to the American politic a l s y s tem with emphasi s upon the interrelation s amon g the vario u s level s and branche s of g overnment , f orma l and informal i n s titutions, pro c e ss e s, and behavi or. Required of all major s . Not open to thos e who have h a d Poi.Sci . 101 and/or 102 . Poi .Sci. 210-3. Power in A merican Society. Who ha s power in the United St a tes ; h ow it i s dis tribu t ed and u ed; sources of power and leg itim acy; c heck s and potential c heck s on de c i sion makin g b y the powerful ; co n sequ ence s of power alloc a tion and u s e for citizen well bein g; c ontinuity and chan g e in the s tructur e o f power in Amer i ca. Prer ., Poi.Sci . 110 or con s ent of ins tructor. Pol .Sc i . 402-3 . Legi slatures and Legislation. Structure and or g anization of leg i s l a ture s and pr o ce ss of s t a tute l a wmakin g; politic a l f o r ces and intere s t g roup s ; problem s of repre s enta tion a nd the public intere st. Poi .Sci. 403-3. Political Parties and Press ure Groups. Nature, s truc ture , or g anizatio n , a n d function s of polit i c a l partie s and pressure g roups in the United State s. Analy s i s of pres s ure politi cs and political behav i or. lmpact o f partie s and pre ss ure g r oups on " the public g ood." Poi. S ci . 405-3 . Public Opinion and Political Behavior . Theorie s of public o pini o n and pr o p aganda; the formation , management , and me a s urement o f polit i c a l a ttitud es; beha vior of men and group s in politic s, espec i ally Ameri cans. Sys t e mati c con s equen c e s of political attitude s . Poi .Sci . 406-3 . State Govern ment and A dministration. Nat i on a l, s tate and inter s t ate relatio ns; c on s t i tutional dev e lopment ; leg i s l a tive , exec utive , and judic ial pr oc e sses and pro b lem ; a dmini s tr a tive or ganiza t i on a n d r e or ganization ; s tate finan ces; m a jor s tate s ervice s; future of the s tates. Spe c ial a ttenti o n to the go v e rnment of C o l or ado. Poi. Sci . 407-3. Urban Politic s . Examin a tion o f the s tructure of politic a l and s o c ial influence in u rban areas; s ele c ti o n o f urban leadership ; rela tio n s hip of the polit ica l sys t e m t o g overnmental and s ocial ins titutions. Poi.Sci. 408-3 . Municipal Government and Administration . Munic i p a litie s and their rela tion s t o the s t a t e and the national g overn ment ; local politi cs; f orms o f municipal g ov e rnment ; applica tion of ideas and technique s o f publi c a dmini s tr a tion t o management of municipal a ff ai rs; activitie s of cities, e . g . , pla nnin g, publi c u t ilitie s, l a w enfor c e ment , a n d fire protection. Poi .Sci. 409-3. Comparative Metropolitan Systems. C o mparative ana l ysis o f the m a j o r met ro politan s y s tem s in different c ountries; the s tru c tur a l en viro nment , d ec i s i o n makin g i n the b u r e a u cracies and politic a l g roupin gs, go v e rnment a l i nter a ction and c ommun ication. Poi.Sci. 451-3 . Bla c k Politics. E x amin atio n o f bla ck politi cs in the United States : the role o f black intere s t gr oups, s tructure and func tio n s of black politi ca l o r g anizati o n s, goals and pol itical s tyles of black politi cians, trends and the future of black politi cs in the United St ates . Poi .S ci. 455-3 . The Mexican A meric a n in Politic s. ( M .A.M . 455 . ) A n a l ysis of the soc i a l , c ultur a l , and e co n omic factor s whi c h affect politic a l beh a vior of Me x ican Americans. Sp e cial attenti o n will be paid to the Mex i ca n Ameri ca n c ultural herita g e and t o rela tion s between Mexica n A meric ans a nd Ang l o Americans . Poi .Sci. 4563. Political P e r s pective s on Women . Analy sis of the political e x p erienc e o f w o m e n and of s tr ateg i es o f c hang e. See also Pol. Sci . 435 and 439 listed under Public Admini s tration. Comparative Politics Pol.Sci . 201-3. Introduction to Comparative Politic s I : Technological S ocietie s. Compari on of lega l -ins titutional f e atures; s oci a l , ec onomic , and i de o l og i ca l f o r ces; p a ttern s of recruitment and dec i sion makin g and of politi caly s tem maintenance and c han g e . Poi. Sci. 202-3. Introduction to Comparative Politic s II: Pretechnolog ical Societies. Comp ar i so n of the b asic politi ca l f ea ture s of the ec onomi c all y dev elopin g s ocietie s. The tr a ditional political cultur e, n atio nali s m , politi cal i nte g ration , politic a l struc ture s, politi cal groups in developin g s ocietie s, mod es of politi cal recruitment , the s tyle o f development poli t i cs and political implication s of pla nned s o c ioeconomic chan g e ; evolutio n and revolution in the third w o rld . Poi.Sci. 310-3 . Women in a Changing World . ( So c. S ci. 335 .) Offer s an und e r s tandin g of the his t o ric a l , e c onomi c, and s ociocult ural bac k g round of women' s chan ging role s and func t i o n in the c ontemporary

PAGE 39

36/University of Colorado at Denver world . The approach and m a terial are multidisciplinary . The goal is a balanced understanding through analysi s and discussion based on objec tive infonnation . Pol.Sci. 409-3. Comparative Metropolitan Systems. Comparative analysis of the major metropolitan sys tem s in different countries; the str u ctural environment, deci sio n making in the bureaucracies and political groupings. governmental interaction and comm uni cation . Pol.Sci . 410-3 . Advanced Comparative Politics-Western Europe. An intensive and comparative analy sis of the political systems a nd processe of Western Europe . Emphasis on political culture and constitution alism ; executive-legislative relationships : electoral systems; political parties and intere s t groups ; a dministrative and judicial processes; and the impact of social changes on political in titutions. Prer. , Pol. Sci . 20 1 or con ent of instructor. Poi .Sc i. 411-3. Advanced Comparative Politics-Third World. An inten sive comparative examination of the political process in Africa, Asia. a nd Latin America. Survey of different methodological approache s to the study of the non-Western political systems. The component of political development. Effective political units in a tra nsitional s ocie t y. Prevailing "styles" of political action, includin g the u s e of violence. Poi.Sci. 413-3. Political Behavior and Political Systems in Latin America. Governments and politics of s elected co untrie s of Latin America . P olitic s and government in theory and practice. P olitical par tie , movements, and conflicts . The relationships between political prob lems and physical and social environments. Pol. Sci. 415-3. Political Systems of the Middle East and North Africa. Comparative analysis of political processe in the Middle East and North Africa . Islamic political theory and its co ntempor ary manifestation . The role of nationali m and the " quest for modernity" in the political development of thi region. Parties and programmed modernization in transitional polities . Violent and nonviolent c han ge . Poi.Sci. 416-3. Politics and Government of East Asia. P olitical and governmental changes within China, J a pan, and Korea from the 19th century to the present. Primary emphasi on contemporary political systems and sociopolitical problems . Poi.Sci. 418-3. Politics of Southeast Asia. Imp act of the We s t o n political theory and institution in Bunna, Thailand , Laos, Cambodia, Vietnam , Malaysia , Indonesia, and the Philippines . Con titutions , politi cal parties, movements, and conflict s. Influence of geographic a l, economic, and social factors on the political systems in eac h country . Poi.Sci. 419-3. Political Systems of Sub-Saharan Africa. Analy s is of major types of political sys tem s in sub Saharan Afric a and inten sive ca e studies of selected countrie s exemplifying each type . Anticolonial move ment, adoption and rejection of Western political institutio n s and values. Special political problems of multiracial a nd multicultural societie s. Poi.Sci . 450-3. The Soviet World: Origins and Present Condition. ( Econ . 450 . ) East Europe, Russia , Central Asia from earliest tim e s to the present. Equal emphasis on eco nom ics , c ulture and politics . Particular attention to 20th-century developments. Poi.Sci. 460-3. Politics of South Asia. Study of the political and administrative ystems of India , Pakistan, Ceylon , and Nepal. Impact of British rule on development of political institution s on s ubcontinent a s well as problems of political development a t all levels. International Relations Poi.Sci. 421-3. International Politics. The system of nation a l s t ates , concepts of national interest, goals of foreign policies, conduct of diplomacy, a nd the bearing of the s e elements on the problem of peace. Presentation a nd evaluation of the solutio n s that have been offerel! for the maintenance of peace. Great powers and regions of the eart h in interna tional politics today , and their role s in international ten s ions . Poi.Sci . 423-3. American Foreign Policy. Examination of th e founda tions, ass umpti o n s, objectives , and methods of U . S . foreign policy . Special a ttention to the revolutionary international environment , and to problems of colonialism and imperialism . Poi.Sci. 428-3. International Behavior. Pre s entation of alternate theoretical frameworks for the explanation of international proce s e s. Theories of conflict behavior and s ocial organization app lied to problems of war and peace. Major emphasis on the role of systema ti c empirical research in the development of theories of international behavior. Poi .Sci. 472-3. Soviet and Chinese Foreign Policy. Foreign poli ci e s of the Soviet Union and China, incl udin g the Sino-Soviet confli ct; relation s with Western powers and the Third World; interaction of domestic developments and foreign policy ; role of national intere s t, ideol ogy , a nd elite personalities. Pol.Sci. 473-3. The Middle East and World Affairs. Evolution and revolution in the Middle East. The charac t er of nationalism in the area . Analysi s of intraregional a nd international problems affec tin g the Middle East with special emphasis on the Arab-Israeli imbroglio. Impact of major power intervention . Poi .S ci. 474-3 . Sub-Saharan Africa in World Affairs. An examination of the international behavior of the new Africa . Includes preindependen ce antecedent s and post-independence detenninants, motiv e s , techniques, and result s of African state relations in the inter African and world-wide setti n gs . Imp act of major power intervention . Poi.Sci. 475-3. Africa in U.S. Foreign Policy. Examination of his torical background , assump tion s, objectives, method , and results of U . S. policy toward black Africa. Special atte ntion to areas under foreign or minority rule, ethnic factors, potency of economic and political variables , a nd stresses between a llian ce policy and symp a thy for se lf-detennination . Poi.Sci . 476-3 . International Relations in the Far East. Development s and problem s in the modem-day relations of China, Japan, Korea , Vietnam , and the We tern power s. The Far East in world politic s today. Poi.Sci. 477-3. Latin America in World Politics. Basic elements in Latin America international relations. United States-Latin American rela tions and policies. Foreign policy fonnul atio n in major Latin American republics. Public Administration Pol . Sci . 406 and 408 may be u sed by majors in political scie nce to satisfy the requirement in the field of public admi ni stration. Poi.Sci. 432-3. Public Administration. Role of administration in gov ernment; trends in American public administration; technique s of man a g ement; theories of public administrat ion . Pol.Sci. 435-3. Natural Resources: Policy and Administration. Re s ources in the American economy ; corporate, governmental , and popular control of natural resource ; organiza tion , procedures, and programs for administration and development of n a tur al resources. Pol.Sci. 437-3. Public Financial Administration. Governmental fiscal policy , a dministrative organization for fiscal administration in gov ernmen tal unit s, revenue administratio n , budgeting, pre audit and post audit , treasury management and debt administration, purchasing, finan cia l reporting . Economic sources of political corru ption . Poi.Sci. 439-3. National Policies and Administration. Major policies and program of the national government and their administration; the role of the Pre s ident and other admini trator in fonnulating public policy ; problems of centralization and public accou ntability . Political Theory and Public Law Pol.Sci. 420-3. Theories of Social and Political Change. Conservative , radical , and incremental approaches to change. Role of psychological and s ociological factors in political c han ge . Comparative perspectives on change . Self-perpetuation processes of power systems and their vul ner a bilities. Requi ite s of s ystem maintenance and system change . Selected ca s e s tudies. Poi.Sci. 440-3. Early Political Thought. Main currents of political thought in their historical s etting from Plato to the 17th century , with a critical ev aluation of those elemen t s of continuing worth . Required of all m a jors . Poi.Sci . 441 -3. Modern Political Thought. Main currents of political thought in their historical s etting from 17th ce ntury to the present. Pol. Sci . 440 i s not a prerequi s ite for Poi.S ci. 441. Required of all majors . Pol.Sci. 443-3. Jurisprudence. Origins of modem legal institutions and role of law in society throughout the ages . Contrast between Anglo American and legal sys tems s temming from the Roman Law . Law cases are studied only insofar as they mirror historical and sociologica l de velopments . Poi.Sci. 445-3. American Political Thought. History and development of America n political theorie and ideas from colonial period to present. Pol.Sci. 446-3. Administrative Law. General nature of administrative law , types of administrative actio n and enforcement, analysi s of rulemak ing adjudication , admini s trative due process, judicial revie w . Pol.Sci. 447-3. Constitutional Law I. Nature and scope of the following American con s titutional principles as developed by the U . S . Supreme Court: federalism, jurisdiction of the federal courts , se parati on of powers, the taxing p ower, and the comme r ce power. Case method. Pol.Sci. 448-3. Constitutional Law II. Continuation of Pol. Sci. 447 , with empha s i s on the war power, powers of the President, citizenship, the Bill of Rights , and the Civil War Amendments . Case meth od . Not open to freshmen and sop homores. Poi.Sci. 449-3. American Judicial System. Examination of the principal actors in the legal system : police , lawyers , judges , c itizen s. About half of the course will be devoted to the s tudy of judicial behavior, e pecially at the Supreme Court level. Pol.Sci. 490-3. Revolution and Political Violence. Study, discussion, and evaluation of alternative frameworks for the analysis of revo lution and political violence . The theoretical material will be fmnly couched in

PAGE 40

case s ituation s s uch as wes tern , class, colonial , urban , internati o n al, historical, racial, religious, and intergenerational violence . Development by the class of its own theoret ica l model. SOCIOLOGY Majors in sociology are required to complete 30 hour s in sociology with a grade of C or better. Of these hour s, 16 must be upper division . Maximum in the major is 48 hours. A maximum of 6 hours of social scie nce credit m ay be counted toward the major in sociology. As no fixed sequence of courses i s pre scri bed, it is recommended and expected that students will select an adviser from the sociology faculty to help them develop their program s. This is particularly important for tho s e intending to do graduate work in sociology . The department has developed the following rationale for courses offered. The course number changes that have resulted take effect in the fall s emester 1976. 1. Lower Divi s ion Cour s e s ( 100 and 200) a. One hundred level cour es are an introduction to the broad sociological perspective as it applies to s ocial life , s ocial sys tem s, and s ociety . b. Two hundred level courses introduce the s tudent to so mewhat more s pecific content areas: population s tudy , human ecology , s ocial p syc hology, etc. 2. Upper Division Cour ses (300 and 400) a . Three hundred level courses serve a advanced s urvey s of s ome s pecific area of co ncentration . They are des igned to acquaint the tudent with the issues, method s and concepts, and theoretical frameworks employed in the co ntent area . Such co ur ses as urban soc iology , soc iology of the fam ily, and sociology of work are offe red at thi s level. Many of these courses are "op e n " co urse s in tha t st udent s from other di sc ipline s and colleges are encouraged to enroll in them . b. Four hundred level courses are devoted to a more detailed in-depth examination of s pecifi c issues, approaches, and co n ce pts within the previ o u s l y identified content areas. Th ese a re advanced co u rses and are geare d more directly t o sociology and social scien ce ma jo rs. Soc. 100-3. Introduction to Sociology. ( F ormerly Soc. Ill.) Sociology as a science, man and culture, social groups, social institutions, social intera c tion , s ocial change. Soc. 101-3. Race and Minority Problems. (Formerly Soc. 128. ) R ace and r acism; facts and myths about grea t population s, including psycholo g ical, social, and cultura.l so u rces of bias and discr i mina tion . Soc. 102-3. Comtemporary Social Issues. Introductory consideration of some current social co n troversies s uch as d emocracy, ca pit alism, race and ethnic groups, marriage , the family, crime, int ernational t ensions, and world order . D esigned t o improve the student's ability to under stan d c urrent debate and to formulate opi n ions for h imself. Soc. 103-3 . Mass Society . (Formerly Soc. 239 . ) Study of the emerge nce of modem society. Emphasis o n the role of m asses a nd of separated and isolated individuals who l ack unifyin g valu es and purpo ses. Soc. 104 -3. Social Problems and Social Change. ( Formerly Soc . 250 . ) Sociological analysis of probl ems res ultin g from recent social changes including occupatio n a l s hift s and the redefinition of work; a d olescent roles and responses; public responses to crime, delinquency, and mental illness ; race and minority relation s; co mmunity disorganization; and the effec t s of population g r owth and red istrib uti o n on und erdevelo ped areas. Soc. 105-3. Analysis of Modern Society. ( Formerly Soc. 255.) Exami nation of variou soc i ological views of modem soc iety includin g tho se of Lundber g, Richard so n, Mill s, Rie sman, Goffman, Sorokin, Cohen, and others. Soc. 119 -3 Deviance. A consideration of the processes of social differ e ntiation . Soc . 221-3 . Population Studies. Eleme nt s of demo gra phy , natality , mortality , international and internal migra t ion, population growth, popu lation policy . Soc. 222-3. Human Ecology. Ecological organization and proce se in urban , rur al, and regional areas . College of Liberal Arts and Sciences/37 Soc. 246-3 . Introduction to Social Psychology. Survey of the following varieties of social p syc h ology: psychoan alys i s, s ymbolic inter actionis m , culture and per s onality , s tru c tural functionalism, and psycholo gical social p syc holo gy. Soc . 248-3. Social Movements. Social bases and development feature s of s uch modern social and politi cal movements as comm uni s m , socialis m , liberalism, and conservatis m . Soc. 299-variable credit. Independent Study in Sociology . Consent of instructo r required. Soc. 300-3. Urban Sociology. (Fo rmerly Soc . 426 .) The city in terms of its social s tru ctu. re, residential and institutional patternings, pr ocesses of interaction , demo g r a phi c processes, and pattern s of g rowth and change. Soc . 301-3. Social Stratifkation. ( Form erly Soc . 444.) Status , social mob ility, and class in selec ted socie ties; e lite s and leadership problems . Soc. 302-3. Social Institutions. Or g anized sys t e m of pra c tice s and social role s d eveloped about values. Machinery evolved to regu.late the practices and behavior of family, churc h, gov ernment, eco nomy , recreation, and ed u catio n . Soc. 303-3 . Social Change. ( Formerly Soc . 453 .) Process of change in W es tern soc iety and its effec t on the individual, the fami l y, and economic and political i n s titutions. Soc. 304-3. Sociology of the Family. (Formerly Soc . 455.) The family as a so cial i . n s titution. H istorica l development and contemporary cross c ultural analysis with emphasis o n the contemporary American family. Soc. 305-3. Sociology of Work. (Formerly Soc . 478 .) The analys i s of work in a var iet y of organizational se ttin gs with an emphasis on the c han ging meaning of work . Soc. 384 -3. Environment and Behavior . Foc u ses on the influence of both rational and man made environment s upon human behavior and social organizatio n . Soc. 400-3. Contemporary Sociological Theory. (Formerly Soc. 316. ) The explication of variou s conce ptu a l approac h es t o the problems of social nrder, socie tal functioning and integration , social conflict, socia